GPON OLT FHL2100

V2.1.0
CLI Manual

SHENZHEN FH-NET OPTOELECTRONICS CO.,LTD

http://www.phyhome.com
Issue：R01
Date：September 2019
Statement
Copyright © 2003-2019 Shenzhen FH-NET Optoelectronics Co.,Ltd. All rights reserved.

Without the written permission of the Company, any units or individuals are not allowed to extract,
reproduce any part or all of this Manual, and shall not transmit in any form.

PHYHOME, FH-Net, are all the Shenzhen FH-NET Optoelectronics Group. All trademarks, product logos
and product name of other companies in this Manual are the property of their respective owners.

Information in this Manual is subject to update from time to time due to version upgrade of product or for
other reasons. Unless otherwise stipulated, this Manual is only for operating guidance. All presentations,
information and recommendations in this Manual shall not constitute any express or implied warranty.

Technical Support

Shenzhen FH-NET Optoelectronics Co.,Ltd provides customers with comprehensive technical

support.

Users buying products from the agents of Shenzhen FH-NET Optoelectronics Co.,Ltd can contact directly
their sales agents or contact either Shenzhen FH-NET Optoelectronics Co.,Ltd directly.

Customer Service Hotline:

Tel.: +86- 0755-26700003 (Monday to Friday, 9:00-18:00)

Fax: 0755-86051253

5/F, Building D1, TCL International E City,No. 1001,Zhongshanyuan Road,Nanshan

District,Shenzhen,P.R China.

Email: support@phyhome.com, sales@phyhome.com

Website: http://www.phyhome.com
 Version Control
Date Revision Description
2019-09 R01 First release.
 Foreword

Related Manuals
Name of Manual Descriptions
FHL series OLT Operations and Introduce the following contents: FHL series OLT equipment
Maintenance Manual introduction, system and device, VLAN, ports, port isolate, OLT,
ONU, RSTP, Trunk, Mirror, MAC address table, QoS, ACL, IGMP,
performance, alarm, network management, system upgrade.

Content Introduction
The GPON OLT FHL2100 CLI Manual mainly introduces the command interpretations of each module.
Before installing this device and during the installation, please read this Manual carefully to aviod possible
device damage and personal injury. This Manual contains the following chapters:

Chapter 1 Command-Line Interfaces and Views. Introduce the terminal interface commands.

Chapter 2 Login device. Introduce the commands for logining device.

Chapter 3 Upgrade Management. Introduce the commands for upgrading.

Chapter 4 Device Management. Introduce the device management commands.

Chapter 5 Port Configuration Management. Introduce the commands related to the configuration
managment of Ethernet port, PON port, PON protection group and MIRROR port.

Chapter 6 Link-Aggregation Configuration Management. Introduce the commands of Link-Aggregation

function.

Chapter 7 VLAN Configuration Management. Introduce the commands for VLAN configuration
management.

Chapter 8 RSTP Configuration Management. Introduce the commands of RSTP.

Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Management. Introduce the commands of DHCP relay and DHCP snooping.

Chapter 10 ARP Configuration Management. Introduce the commands of static ARP and ARP proxy.

Chapter 11 Routing Configuration Management. Introduce the commands for routing configuration
management.

Chapter 12 ACL Configuration Management. Introduce the commands for ACL management.

Chapter 13 Network Monitoring and Management. Introduce the commands for network monitoring and
management.
Chapter 14 Multicast Configuration Management. Introduce the commands for IGMP and PIM
management.

Chapter 15 QoS Configuration. Introduce the commands for QoS management.

Chapter 16 Security Performance Configuration Management. Introduce the commands for security
performance configuration management, including commands for MAC address table configuration
management, QoS configuration management, ACL configuration management, Ip binding configuration
management, LACP configuration management, and security optimization configuration management.

Target Readers
This Manual is applicable to the following readers:

 Network administrators
 System maintenance personnel

Conventions in the Manual

1. Conventions on General Format

Format Meaning
Calibri All English texts are prepared by use of Calibri font.

2. Conventions on Command Line Format

Format Meaning
Keywords in the command line (the part to be typed in and remaining unchanged in the
Bold
command line) shall be prepared in bold font.
Command line parameters (the part to be replaced with actual values in the command
Italics
line) shall be prepared in italics.
[] Those in [ ] are optional.
(x | y | ... ) Means selecting one from two or more options.
[x|y|…] Means selecting one or none from two or more options.
<x-y> Means selecting one from x to y.
$ Means the notes.

3. Conventions on KeyboardOperation

Format Meaning
Characters in angle Refer to the key name. For example, <Enter>, <Tab>, <Backspace>, <a>, <?> etc. refer to
brackets Enter, Tab, Backspace, lowercase letter a, and ? respectively.
<Key 1 + Key 2> <Key 1 + Key 2> refers to pressing key 1 and key 2 on the keyboard at the same time. For
example, <Ctrl+Alt+A> refers to pressing "Ctrl", "Alt" and "A" keys at the same time.
 Format Meaning
< Key 1, Key 2> < Key 1, Key 2> refers to pressing Key 1 first on the keyboard, releasing, and then pressing
Key 2; for instance, <Alt, F> refers to pressing <Alt> key first, releasing, and then pressing
<F> key.

4. Special Information

The following are examples of how special information is presented in this document.

Danger — Danger indicates that the described activity or situation may result in serious personal
injury or death, for example, high voltage or electric shock hazards.

Warning — Warning indicates that the described activity or situation may, or will, cause equipment
damage or serious performance problems.

Note — Note indicates that the information is, or may be, of special interest.

5. Conventions on Term

OLT: refers to FHL2100 system, including the uplink ports connecting to the uplink devices like switch,
and main switching processing module.

PON: refers to PON protocol processing module and PON port connecting to ONU.

6. Prompt

The input of command lines in this system is case sensitive.

Statement: your understanding will be greatly appreciated if any contents of this Manual
may not be sufficiently in conformity with the actual product due to the constant update
and improvement of product and technology. For the information of product update,
please contact local office.
 Contents

Chapter 1 Command-Line Interfaces and Views..........................................................1-1

1.1 access-list.........................................................................................................................1-1
1.2 alias.................................................................................................................................. 1-3
1.3 cls..................................................................................................................................... 1-3
1.4 configure terminal........................................................................................................... 1-4
1.5 disable..............................................................................................................................1-4
1.6 enable.............................................................................................................................. 1-5
1.7 enable password..............................................................................................................1-6
1.8 end................................................................................................................................... 1-6
1.9 exec-timeout....................................................................................................................1-7
1.10 exit................................................................................................................................... 1-7
1.11 help.................................................................................................................................. 1-8
1.12 language...........................................................................................................................1-9
1.13 line vty............................................................................................................................. 1-9
1.14 list...................................................................................................................................1-10
1.15 password........................................................................................................................1-11
1.16 quit.................................................................................................................................1-11
1.17 show access-deny..........................................................................................................1-12
1.18 show access-list............................................................................................................. 1-13
1.19 show alias...................................................................................................................... 1-13
1.20 show exec-timeout........................................................................................................1-14
1.21 show history.................................................................................................................. 1-15
1.22 show language...............................................................................................................1-15
1.23 show line vty..................................................................................................................1-16
1.24 show running-config......................................................................................................1-17
1.25 show running-config interface...................................................................................... 1-17
1.26 terminal......................................................................................................................... 1-18
1.27 who................................................................................................................................ 1-19

Chapter 2 Login device................................................................................................2-21

2.1 Commands for AAA Configuration................................................................................ 2-21

2.1.1 aaa new-model..................................................................................................2-21

I
 2.1.2 aaa authentication enable................................................................................ 2-21
2.1.3 aaa authentication local-overide...................................................................... 2-22
2.1.4 aaa authentication login....................................................................................2-23
2.1.5 aaa authorization commands............................................................................2-24
2.1.6 aaa authorization login......................................................................................2-25
2.1.7 local-group.........................................................................................................2-25
2.1.8 local-group unmatch-commands...................................................................... 2-26
2.1.9 local-user........................................................................................................... 2-27
2.1.10 privilege exec..................................................................................................... 2-28
2.1.11 show aaa-configuration.....................................................................................2-28
2.1.12 show local-group............................................................................................... 2-30
2.1.13 show local-user..................................................................................................2-30
2.1.14 show privilege exec........................................................................................... 2-31
2.2 Commands for TACACS Configuration...........................................................................2-32
2.2.1 show tacacs-server............................................................................................ 2-32
2.2.2 tacacs-server......................................................................................................2-33
2.2.3 tacacs-server nas-ip...........................................................................................2-34
2.3 Commands for RADIUS Configurations......................................................................... 2-34
2.3.1 radius-server......................................................................................................2-34
2.3.2 radius-server nas-ip...........................................................................................2-35
2.3.3 show radius-server............................................................................................ 2-36

Chapter 3 Upgrade Management................................................................................3-39

3.1 Commands for File System Management..................................................................... 3-39

3.1.1 cd....................................................................................................................... 3-39
3.1.2 copy................................................................................................................... 3-39
3.1.3 dir.......................................................................................................................3-40
3.1.4 format................................................................................................................3-40
3.1.5 ls.........................................................................................................................3-41
3.1.6 mkdir..................................................................................................................3-42
3.1.7 more.................................................................................................................. 3-42
3.1.8 pwd.................................................................................................................... 3-43
3.1.9 rename.............................................................................................................. 3-44
3.1.10 rm.......................................................................................................................3-44
3.2 Commands for OLT Upgrade Management.................................................................. 3-45
3.2.1 delete onu-file................................................................................................... 3-45
3.2.2 download...........................................................................................................3-45

II
 3.2.3 erase startup-config.......................................................................................... 3-46
3.2.4 show file transferring-status............................................................................. 3-47
3.2.5 show image-info................................................................................................ 3-48
3.2.6 show image loading-status................................................................................3-49
3.2.7 show startup-config...........................................................................................3-50
3.2.8 upgrade bootrom.............................................................................................. 3-51
3.2.9 upload................................................................................................................3-51
3.2.10 write file.............................................................................................................3-53
3.2.12 autosave interval............................................................................................... 3-53
3.2.13 show autosave...................................................................................................3-54
3.3 Commands for Network Tools....................................................................................... 3-55
3.3.1 ftp acl................................................................................................................. 3-55
3.3.2 ftp get................................................................................................................ 3-55
3.3.3 ftp put................................................................................................................ 3-56
3.3.4 ftp server........................................................................................................... 3-57
3.3.5 ftp server source-ip........................................................................................... 3-58
3.3.6 ftp-password..................................................................................................... 3-58
3.3.7 ping.................................................................................................................... 3-59
3.3.8 ping6.................................................................................................................. 3-60
3.3.9 show ftp server..................................................................................................3-61
3.3.10 show ftp server source-ip..................................................................................3-62
3.3.11 show ssh server................................................................................................. 3-62
3.3.12 show ssh server source-ip................................................................................. 3-63
3.3.13 show telnet server.............................................................................................3-64
3.3.14 show telnet server source-ip.............................................................................3-64
3.3.15 ssh server...........................................................................................................3-65
3.3.16 telnet................................................................................................................. 3-66
3.3.17 telnet acl............................................................................................................ 3-66
3.3.18 telnet server...................................................................................................... 3-67
3.3.19 traceroute..........................................................................................................3-68
3.3.20 peer-public-key rsa............................................................................................3-69
3.3.21 peer-public-key end.......................................................................................... 3-69
3.3.22 public-key-code begin....................................................................................... 3-70
3.3.23 public-key-code end.......................................................................................... 3-70
3.3.24 peer-public-key rsa import................................................................................3-71
3.3.25 show peer-public-key........................................................................................ 3-71
3.3.26 ssh user..............................................................................................................3-72

III
 3.3.27 ssh user authen-type.........................................................................................3-73
3.3.28 ssh user password............................................................................................. 3-73
3.3.29 ssh user assign publickey.................................................................................. 3-74
3.3.30 show ssh user-info.............................................................................................3-74
3.3.31 no onu-upgrade-record all................................................................................ 3-75
3.3.32 no onu-upgrade-record transaction................................................................. 3-75
3.3.33 onu image.......................................................................................................... 3-76
3.3.34 onu image ( gpon view ).................................................................................... 3-76
3.3.35 show onu-upgrade-record list...........................................................................3-78
3.3.36 show onu-upgrade-record transaction............................................................. 3-79
3.3.37 show upgrade onu-group..................................................................................3-80
3.3.38 upgrade onu slot............................................................................................... 3-81
3.3.39 upgrade onu-group add.................................................................................... 3-82
3.3.40 upgrade onu-group delete................................................................................ 3-83
3.3.41 upgrade onu-group start................................................................................... 3-84
3.3.42 upgrade onu-group reset-status....................................................................... 3-84
3.3.43 upgrade onu (gpon view).................................................................................. 3-85
3.3.44 upgrade onu...................................................................................................... 3-86
3.3.45 upgrade onu slot................................................................................................3-87
3.4 ONU Upgrade Automatically......................................................................................... 3-88
3.4.1 new-software-version....................................................................................... 3-88
3.4.2 onu-auto-upgrade bind profile......................................................................... 3-89
3.4.3 onu-auto-upgrade profile..................................................................................3-90
3.4.4 onu-auto-upgrade profile cancel...................................................................... 3-90
3.4.5 onu-auto-upgrade profile enable......................................................................3-91
3.4.6 onu-auto-upgrade profile restart......................................................................3-92
3.4.7 onu-type hwversion.......................................................................................... 3-92
3.4.8 profile enable.....................................................................................................3-93
3.4.9 profile-name...................................................................................................... 3-94
3.4.10 show onu-auto-upgrade bind profile................................................................3-94
3.4.11 show onu-auto-upgrade profile........................................................................ 3-95
3.4.12 show onu-auto-upgrade record........................................................................ 3-96
3.4.13 show profile.......................................................................................................3-97
3.4.14 upgrade-file....................................................................................................... 3-99
3.4.15 upgrade-time...................................................................................................3-100

Chapter 4 Device Management................................................................................ 4-101

IV
4.1 Basic Management...................................................................................................... 4-101
4.1.1 Frame number / Slot number / Port number configuration.......................... 4-101
4.1.2 datetime.......................................................................................................... 4-101
4.1.3 show diag-log...................................................................................................4-102
4.1.4 show system.................................................................................................... 4-108
4.1.5 show system exception reboot....................................................................... 4-109
4.1.6 show system status..........................................................................................4-110
4.1.7 show system watchdog................................................................................... 4-110
4.1.8 show time-zone............................................................................................... 4-111
4.1.9 system exception reboot................................................................................. 4-112
4.1.10 system frame................................................................................................... 4-112
4.1.11 system name....................................................................................................4-113
4.1.12 system shelf..................................................................................................... 4-113
4.1.13 system watchdog............................................................................................. 4-114
4.1.14 time-zone.........................................................................................................4-114
4.2 ONU Device Configuration Management................................................................... 4-115
4.2.1 Authorization Management............................................................................4-115
4.2.2 Reboot and Registration................................................................................. 4-155
4.2.3 IP Address Management................................................................................. 4-157
4.2.4 DBA/SLA Configuration Management............................................................ 4-159
4.2.5 GPON ONU CATV Management...................................................................... 4-174
4.2.6 Service Template Configuration Management............................................... 4-183
4.2.7 ONU Line Template..........................................................................................4-209
4.2.8 ONU Long Luminescence Detection................................................................4-213
4.2.9 ONU speed test function.................................................................................4-217
4.2.10 ONU VOIP function..........................................................................................4-220
4.3 Hardware Management.............................................................................................. 4-251
4.3.1 board admin.................................................................................................... 4-251
4.3.2 board assign.....................................................................................................4-251
4.3.3 board reset...................................................................................................... 4-252
4.3.4 board unassign................................................................................................ 4-253
4.3.5 fan speed......................................................................................................... 4-254
4.3.6 show board......................................................................................................4-254
4.3.7 show power..................................................................................................... 4-256
4.3.8 show fan.......................................................................................................... 4-257
4.3.9 show temperature all...................................................................................... 4-258
4.3.10 show temperature slot....................................................................................4-258

V
 4.3.11 system reboot..................................................................................................4-259
4.3.12 temperature threshold....................................................................................4-260
4.4 Information Center Configuration Management........................................................4-260
4.4.1 information......................................................................................................4-260
4.4.2 information alarm........................................................................................... 4-261
4.4.3 information debug...........................................................................................4-262
4.4.4 information log................................................................................................4-263
4.4.5 information logfile-number............................................................................ 4-264
4.4.6 information logfile-size................................................................................... 4-264
4.4.7 information output-direction..........................................................................4-265
4.4.8 information repeat-suppress.......................................................................... 4-266
4.4.9 information slot...............................................................................................4-267
4.4.10 information statistics clear..............................................................................4-267
4.4.11 information throttle-mode............................................................................. 4-268
4.4.12 information throttle-interval.......................................................................... 4-268
4.4.13 information throttle-threshold....................................................................... 4-269
4.4.14 logbuffer clear................................................................................................. 4-269
4.4.15 no information module................................................................................... 4-270
4.4.16 show information config................................................................................. 4-271
4.4.17 show information statistics.............................................................................4-273
4.4.18 show logbuffer................................................................................................ 4-274
4.4.19 show logfile-transfer-status............................................................................ 4-275
4.4.20 snmp trap server............................................................................................. 4-276
4.4.21 syslog-server....................................................................................................4-277
4.4.22 upload logfile................................................................................................... 4-277
4.5 Fault Management...................................................................................................... 4-278
4.5.1 alarm auto-confirm......................................................................................... 4-278
4.5.2 alarm-event log............................................................................................... 4-279
4.5.3 alarm-level.......................................................................................................4-279
4.5.4 alarm (clear | confirm).................................................................................... 4-280
4.5.5 alarm mode..................................................................................................... 4-282
4.5.6 show alarm list.................................................................................................4-283
4.5.7 show alarm-active........................................................................................... 4-284
4.5.8 show alarm-event config.................................................................................4-287
4.5.9 show alarm-history..........................................................................................4-288
4.5.10 show event list.................................................................................................4-291
4.5.11 show event-history..........................................................................................4-292

VI
 4.5.12 show snmp-trapserver.................................................................................... 4-295
4.5.13 show trap-filter config.....................................................................................4-296
4.5.14 trap-filter......................................................................................................... 4-297
4.6 Optical Module Alarm Threshold Configuration.........................................................4-300
4.6.1 pon-alarm (gpon view).................................................................................... 4-300
4.6.2 pon-alarm onu(gpon view)..............................................................................4-301
4.6.3 show pon-alarm threshold(gpon view)...........................................................4-303
4.6.4 show pon-alarm onu（gpon view）.............................................................. 4-304
4.7 SNTP Configuration..................................................................................................... 4-306
4.7.1 show sntp-service status................................................................................. 4-306
4.7.2 sntp-service turn............................................................................................. 4-306
4.7.3 sntp-service unicast-server............................................................................. 4-307
4.7.4 sntp-service broadcast-ip................................................................................4-308

Chapter 5 Port Configuration Management..............................................................5-311

5.1 OLT Port Configuration Management......................................................................... 5-311

5.1.1 broadcast-suppression.................................................................................... 5-311
5.1.2 description.......................................................................................................5-312
5.1.3 flow-control..................................................................................................... 5-312
5.1.4 interface.......................................................................................................... 5-313
5.1.5 jumboframe.....................................................................................................5-314
5.1.6 mac-addr learn................................................................................................ 5-314
5.1.7 mac-limit..........................................................................................................5-315
5.1.8 mdix................................................................................................................. 5-316
5.1.9 multicast-suppression..................................................................................... 5-316
5.1.10 port-bridge...................................................................................................... 5-317
5.1.11 port-isolate group............................................................................................5-318
5.1.12 port-isolate group ( interface view )............................................................... 5-318
5.1.13 priority............................................................................................................. 5-319
5.1.14 rate...................................................................................................................5-319
5.1.15 speed-duplex................................................................................................... 5-320
5.1.16 show port-isolate group.................................................................................. 5-321
5.1.17 show interface................................................................................................. 5-322
5.1.18 show interface(interface view)....................................................................... 5-323
5.1.19 show interface brief........................................................................................ 5-324
5.1.20 show interface brief(interface view)............................................................... 5-326
5.1.21 shutdown.........................................................................................................5-327

VII
 5.1.22 unicast-suppression........................................................................................ 5-327
5.1.23 unknown-mac-addr drop................................................................................ 5-328
5.2 GPON Port Configuration Management..................................................................... 5-329
5.2.1 description.......................................................................................................5-329
5.2.2 downstream bandwidth..................................................................................5-329
5.2.3 loop-detect...................................................................................................... 5-330
5.2.4 pon dif-distance...............................................................................................5-330
5.2.5 show dif-distance mode.................................................................................. 5-331
5.2.6 show interface(gpon view)..............................................................................5-332
5.2.7 show loop-detect............................................................................................ 5-333
5.2.8 shutdown.........................................................................................................5-333
5.2.9 upstream bandwidth.......................................................................................5-334
5.2.10 fec.................................................................................................................... 5-335
5.3 ONU Port Configuration Management....................................................................... 5-335
5.3.1 show onu mac-address................................................................................... 5-335
5.3.2 show onu port basicinfo..................................................................................5-336
5.3.3 show onu port igmp group..............................................................................5-337
5.4 Logical Interface Configuration Management............................................................ 5-338
5.4.1 Loopback Interface Configuration Management............................................ 5-338
5.4.2 VLANIF Interface Configuration Management................................................5-341

Chapter 6 Link-Aggregation Configuration Management.........................................6-345

6.1 clear lacp statistics.......................................................................................................6-345

6.2 lacp long-period...........................................................................................................6-345
6.3 lacp short-period......................................................................................................... 6-346
6.4 lacp system-priority.....................................................................................................6-346
6.5 lacp timeout.................................................................................................................6-347
6.6 lacp port-priority......................................................................................................... 6-348
6.7 Link-aggregation psc....................................................................................................6-348
6.8 link-aggregation group................................................................................................ 6-349
6.9 port link-aggregation group........................................................................................ 6-350
6.10 show lacp link-aggregation brief................................................................................. 6-351
6.11 show lacp link-aggregation verbose............................................................................6-352
6.12 show lacp port-info..................................................................................................... 6-353
6.13 show link-aggregation group.......................................................................................6-355

Chapter 7 VLAN Configuration Management............................................................7-357

VIII
 7.1 VLAN Basic Management............................................................................................ 7-357
7.1.1 description.......................................................................................................7-357
7.1.2 ip-subnet-vlan ip mask priority board.............................................................7-357
7.1.3 mac-vlan.......................................................................................................... 7-358
7.1.4 multicast-flood................................................................................................ 7-359
7.1.5 port.................................................................................................................. 7-360
7.1.6 port outer-tpid.................................................................................................7-361
7.1.7 port pvid.......................................................................................................... 7-361
7.1.8 port vlan.......................................................................................................... 7-362
7.1.9 port vlan batch................................................................................................ 7-363
7.1.10 show ip-subnet-vlan........................................................................................ 7-363
7.1.11 show mac-vlan.................................................................................................7-364
7.1.12 show port vlan.................................................................................................7-365
7.1.13 show vlan.........................................................................................................7-366
7.1.14 show vlan reserve............................................................................................7-367
7.1.15 vlan.................................................................................................................. 7-368
7.1.16 vlan batch........................................................................................................ 7-368
7.1.17 vlan reserve..................................................................................................... 7-369
7.2 PON Service Management.......................................................................................... 7-370
7.2.1 vlan-map pvid.................................................................................................. 7-370
7.2.2 vlan-map gem onu pvid...................................................................................7-370
7.2.3 VLAN Transparent Configuration..................................................................... 7-371
7.2.4 VLAN Translate Configuration..........................................................................7-373
7.2.5 VLAN Aggregation Configuration.................................................................... 7-374
7.2.6 VLAN QinQ Configuration................................................................................7-375

Chapter 8 RSTP Configuration Management........................................................... 8-379

8.1 rstp...............................................................................................................................8-379
8.2 rstp bridge-priority...................................................................................................... 8-379
8.3 rstp cost....................................................................................................................... 8-380
8.4 rstp edged-port............................................................................................................8-381
8.5 rstp mcheck................................................................................................................. 8-382
8.6 rstp mode.................................................................................................................... 8-382
8.7 rstp point-to-point.......................................................................................................8-383
8.8 rstp port.......................................................................................................................8-384
8.9 rstp port-priority..........................................................................................................8-384
8.10 rstp timer forward-delay............................................................................................. 8-385

IX
 8.11 rstp timer hello............................................................................................................ 8-386
8.12 rstp timer max-age...................................................................................................... 8-387
8.13 rstp transmit-limit....................................................................................................... 8-387
8.14 show rstp..................................................................................................................... 8-388
8.15 show rstp bridge-info.................................................................................................. 8-389
8.16 show rstp brief.............................................................................................................8-390
8.17 show rstp interface-info.............................................................................................. 8-392
8.18 show rstp port-info......................................................................................................8-393

Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Management........................................................... 9-395

9.1 dhcp enable................................................................................................................. 9-395

9.2 dhcp mode...................................................................................................................9-395
9.3 dhcp cascade-port....................................................................................................... 9-396
9.4 dhcp cascade-port interface link-agg-group............................................................... 9-397
9.5 dhcp server-group....................................................................................................... 9-397
9.6 dhcp-relay server-group..............................................................................................9-399
9.7 dhcp-relay agent..........................................................................................................9-399
9.8 no dhcp cpe................................................................................................................. 9-400
9.9 clear dhcp statistics..................................................................................................... 9-400
9.10 dhcp-snooping trusted................................................................................................ 9-401
9.11 dhcp-snooping trusted interface link-agg-group........................................................ 9-402
9.12 dhcp source-verify....................................................................................................... 9-402
9.13 dhcp ip-static............................................................................................................... 9-403
9.14 show dhcp source-verify............................................................................................. 9-404
9.15 dhcp option82 enable................................................................................................. 9-405
9.16 dhcp option82 format................................................................................................. 9-405
9.17 dhcp option82 policy................................................................................................... 9-407
9.18 show dhcp config......................................................................................................... 9-407
9.19 show dhcp statistics.....................................................................................................9-409
9.20 show dhcp cpe ip......................................................................................................... 9-411
9.21 show dhcp cpe mac..................................................................................................... 9-412
9.22 show dhcp cpe.............................................................................................................9-412
9.23 show dhcp ip-static......................................................................................................9-413
9.24 dhcp ip-df.....................................................................................................................9-414
9.25 dhcp udp-srcport......................................................................................................... 9-415

Chapter 10 ARP Configuration Management..........................................................10-417

X
 10.1 arp proxy enable........................................................................................................10-417
10.2 arp static.................................................................................................................... 10-417
10.3 arp static(vlanif view)................................................................................................ 10-418
10.4 no arp.........................................................................................................................10-419
10.5 show arp.................................................................................................................... 10-420
10.6 show arp proxy.......................................................................................................... 10-421

Chapter 11 Routing Configuration Management··..................................................11-423

11.1 IP Route Basic Configuration..................................................................................... 11-423

11.1.1 ip route distance............................................................................................11-423
11.1.2 ipv6 route distance........................................................................................11-424
11.1.3 show ip fib..................................................................................................... 11-425
11.1.4 show ip fib statistics...................................................................................... 11-426
11.1.5 show ip route.................................................................................................11-427
11.1.6 show ip route distance.................................................................................. 11-428
11.1.7 show ip route statistics..................................................................................11-429
11.1.8 show ipv6 fib................................................................................................. 11-430
11.1.9 show ipv6 fib statistics.................................................................................. 11-431
11.1.10 show ipv6 route.............................................................................................11-432
11.1.11 show ipv6 route distance.............................................................................. 11-433
11.1.12 show ipv6 route statistics..............................................................................11-434
11.2 Static Routing Configuration..................................................................................... 11-435
11.2.1 ip route-static................................................................................................ 11-435
11.2.2 ipv6 route-static............................................................................................ 11-436
11.3 OSPF Configuration Management.............................................................................11-438
11.3.1 area nssa........................................................................................................11-438
11.3.2 area range......................................................................................................11-438
11.3.3 area stub........................................................................................................11-439
11.3.4 area virtual-link............................................................................................. 11-440
11.3.5 area virtual-link authentication-mode..........................................................11-441
11.3.6 area virtual-link md5-key.............................................................................. 11-442
11.3.7 area virtual-link text-key................................................................................11-443
11.3.8 compatible rfc1583....................................................................................... 11-444
11.3.9 import-route..................................................................................................11-444
11.3.10 lsa-originate-interval..................................................................................... 11-445
11.3.11 lsa-arrival-interval......................................................................................... 11-446
11.3.12 ospf................................................................................................................ 11-446

XI
 11.3.13 ospf authentication-mode............................................................................ 11-447
11.3.14 ospf cost........................................................................................................ 11-448
11.3.15 ospf enable.................................................................................................... 11-448
11.3.16 ospf dead-interval......................................................................................... 11-449
11.3.17 ospf hello-interval......................................................................................... 11-450
11.3.18 ospf md5-key.................................................................................................11-450
11.3.19 ospf network-type.........................................................................................11-451
11.3.20 ospf priority................................................................................................... 11-452
11.3.21 ospf retransmit-interval................................................................................ 11-452
11.3.22 ospf text-key.................................................................................................. 11-453
11.3.23 ospf track....................................................................................................... 11-454
11.3.24 ospf transmit-delay....................................................................................... 11-454
11.3.25 ospf passive-interface................................................................................... 11-455
11.3.26 show ospf brief..............................................................................................11-456
11.3.27 show ospf default-parameter....................................................................... 11-457
11.3.28 show ospf interface.......................................................................................11-458
11.3.29 show ospf lsdb...............................................................................................11-459
11.3.30 show ospf neighbor.......................................................................................11-460
11.3.31 spf-timer........................................................................................................ 11-462
11.4 OSPFv3 Configuration................................................................................................11-462
11.4.1 area default-cost........................................................................................... 11-462
11.4.2 area nssa........................................................................................................11-463
11.4.3 area range......................................................................................................11-464
11.4.4 area stub........................................................................................................11-464
11.4.5 area virtual-link............................................................................................. 11-465
11.4.6 auto-cost........................................................................................................11-466
11.4.7 default-cost................................................................................................... 11-467
11.4.8 import-route..................................................................................................11-468
11.4.9 lsa-arrival-interval......................................................................................... 11-469
11.4.10 lsa-refresh......................................................................................................11-469
11.4.11 ospfv3............................................................................................................ 11-470
11.4.12 ospfv3 area.................................................................................................... 11-471
11.4.13 ospfv3 cost.....................................................................................................11-471
11.4.14 ospfv3 dead-interval..................................................................................... 11-472
11.4.15 ospfv3 hello-interval..................................................................................... 11-473
11.4.16 ospfv3 network-type..................................................................................... 11-473
11.4.17 ospfv3 passive-interface............................................................................... 11-474

XII
 11.4.18 ospfv3 priority............................................................................................... 11-474
11.4.19 ospfv3 retransmit-interval............................................................................ 11-475
11.4.20 ospfv3 transmit-delay................................................................................... 11-476
11.4.21 show ospfv3 brief.......................................................................................... 11-477
11.4.22 show ospfv3 default-parameter................................................................... 11-478
11.4.23 show ospfv3 interface................................................................................... 11-479
11.4.24 show ospfv3 lsdb........................................................................................... 11-480
11.4.25 show ospfv3 neighbor................................................................................... 11-481
11.4.26 spf-timer........................................................................................................ 11-483
11.5 IS-IS configuration management...............................................................................11-483
11.5.1 isis.................................................................................................................. 11-483
11.5.2 network-entity...............................................................................................11-484
11.5.3 isis-level......................................................................................................... 11-485
11.5.4 isis-name........................................................................................................11-486
11.5.5 authentication-mode.................................................................................... 11-487
11.5.6 summary........................................................................................................11-488
11.5.7 import-route..................................................................................................11-489
11.5.8 lsp-gen-interval..............................................................................................11-490
11.5.9 lsp-max-lifetime.............................................................................................11-491
11.5.10 lsp-refresh-interval........................................................................................11-492
11.5.11 spf-interval.................................................................................................... 11-492
11.5.12 cost-style....................................................................................................... 11-493
11.5.13 clear statistics................................................................................................ 11-493
11.5.14 isis enable...................................................................................................... 11-494
11.5.15 isis track bfd...................................................................................................11-495
11.5.16 isis circuit-level.............................................................................................. 11-495
11.5.17 isis circuit-type...............................................................................................11-496
11.5.18 isis dis-priority............................................................................................... 11-497
11.5.19 isis hello-interval........................................................................................... 11-498
11.5.20 isis hello-multiplier........................................................................................ 11-498
11.5.21 isis csnp-interval............................................................................................ 11-499
11.5.22 isis authentication-mode.............................................................................. 11-500
11.5.23 isis circuit-cost............................................................................................... 11-501
11.5.24 show isis default-parameter......................................................................... 11-502
11.5.25 show isis brief................................................................................................ 11-503
11.5.26 show isis interface......................................................................................... 11-504
11.5.27 show isis lsdb.................................................................................................11-506

XIII
 11.5.28 show isis neighbor......................................................................................... 11-507
11.5.29 show isis statistics......................................................................................... 11-508
11.6 BGP Configuration..................................................................................................... 11-509
11.6.1 aggregate.......................................................................................................11-509
11.6.2 always-compare-med....................................................................................11-510
11.6.3 balance.......................................................................................................... 11-511
11.6.4 bgp................................................................................................................. 11-511
11.6.5 dampening.....................................................................................................11-512
11.6.6 default local-preference................................................................................11-513
11.6.7 default med................................................................................................... 11-514
11.6.8 deterministic-med.........................................................................................11-515
11.6.9 ebgp-interface-sensitive............................................................................... 11-516
11.6.10 import-route..................................................................................................11-516
11.6.11 ipv4-family.....................................................................................................11-517
11.6.12 neighbor advertisement-interval..................................................................11-518
11.6.13 neighbor allow-as-loop................................................................................. 11-519
11.6.14 neighbor as-number......................................................................................11-520
11.6.15 neighbor capability route-refresh.................................................................11-520
11.6.16 neighbor connect-src-ip................................................................................ 11-521
11.6.17 neighbor default-route..................................................................................11-522
11.6.18 neighbor ebgp-max-hop................................................................................11-523
11.6.19 neighbor enable............................................................................................ 11-524
11.6.20 neighbor fake-as............................................................................................ 11-524
11.6.21 neighbor ignore............................................................................................. 11-525
11.6.22 neighbor next-hop-local................................................................................11-526
11.6.23 neighbor passive............................................................................................11-527
11.6.24 neighbor password........................................................................................11-527
11.6.25 neighbor preferred-value..............................................................................11-528
11.6.26 neighbor public-as-only.................................................................................11-529
11.6.27 neighbor route-limit...................................................................................... 11-530
11.6.28 neighbor timer...............................................................................................11-531
11.6.29 network......................................................................................................... 11-532
11.6.30 refresh bgp neighbor.....................................................................................11-533
11.6.31 reset bgp........................................................................................................11-533
11.6.32 reset bgp neighbor........................................................................................ 11-534
11.6.33 reset bgp dampening.................................................................................... 11-535
11.6.34 show bgp brief...............................................................................................11-535

XIV
 11.6.35 show bgp default-parameter........................................................................ 11-537
11.6.36 show bgp neighbor........................................................................................11-539
11.6.37 show bgp network.........................................................................................11-540
11.6.38 show bgp route..............................................................................................11-541
11.6.39 show bgp route neighbor..............................................................................11-542
11.7 Track Configuration Management.............................................................................11-543
11.7.1 track bfd-param.............................................................................................11-543
11.7.2 track bfd-session manual.............................................................................. 11-544
11.7.3 track bfd-session local-discr..........................................................................11-545
11.7.4 show track..................................................................................................... 11-546
11.8 bfd Configuration Management................................................................................11-547
11.8.1 bfd..................................................................................................................11-547
11.8.2 bfd detect-multiplier..................................................................................... 11-548
11.8.3 show bfd interface config..............................................................................11-549
11.8.4 show bfd interface default-config.................................................................11-550
11.8.5 show bfd session........................................................................................... 11-550
11.9 VRF Configuration......................................................................................................11-552
11.9.1 ip vrf...............................................................................................................11-552
11.9.2 ip vrf forwarding............................................................................................11-553
11.9.3 net-mgr..........................................................................................................11-553
11.9.4 route distinguisher........................................................................................ 11-554
11.9.5 show net-mgr vrf........................................................................................... 11-554
11.9.6 show ip vrf..................................................................................................... 11-555
11.10 Policy Routing Configuration.....................................................................................11-556
11.10.1 policy-route................................................................................................... 11-556
11.10.2 show policy-route..........................................................................................11-557

Chapter 12 ACL Configuration Management.......................................................... 12-559

12.1 acl...............................................................................................................................12-559
12.2 clear acl rule statistics............................................................................................... 12-559
12.3 clear acl statistics.......................................................................................................12-560
12.4 description.................................................................................................................12-560
12.5 packet-filter............................................................................................................... 12-561
12.6 packet-filter slot........................................................................................................ 12-562
12.7 priority....................................................................................................................... 12-563
12.8 rule.............................................................................................................................12-563
12.9 rule action..................................................................................................................12-564

XV
 12.10 rule match................................................................................................................. 12-566
12.11 show acl..................................................................................................................... 12-569
12.12 show acl (acl view).....................................................................................................12-570
12.13 show acl statistics...................................................................................................... 12-571
12.14 show packet-filter......................................................................................................12-572
12.15 show packet-filter slot...............................................................................................12-572

Chapter 13 Network Monitoring and Management...............................................13-574

13.1 SNMP Configuration.................................................................................................. 13-574

13.1.1 no snmp config.............................................................................................. 13-574
13.1.2 no snmp engine-id remote............................................................................13-575
13.1.3 no snmp source-ip.........................................................................................13-575
13.1.4 show snmp cpe access-control..................................................................... 13-576
13.1.5 show snmp engine local................................................................................ 13-576
13.1.6 show snmp engine remote........................................................................... 13-577
13.1.7 show snmp group.......................................................................................... 13-577
13.1.8 show snmp notify.......................................................................................... 13-578
13.1.9 show snmp notify-filter................................................................................. 13-579
13.1.10 show snmp server......................................................................................... 13-580
13.1.11 show snmp source-ip.................................................................................... 13-580
13.1.12 show snmp target.......................................................................................... 13-581
13.1.13 show snmp target-params............................................................................ 13-582
13.1.14 show snmp user............................................................................................ 13-583
13.1.15 show snmp view............................................................................................ 13-584
13.1.16 show snmp-config......................................................................................... 13-584
13.1.17 show snmp-stat............................................................................................. 13-585
13.1.18 snmp acl.........................................................................................................13-587
13.1.19 snmp community...........................................................................................13-588
13.1.20 snmp cpe access-control enable................................................................... 13-588
13.1.21 snmp engine-id local..................................................................................... 13-589
13.1.22 snmp get-access............................................................................................ 13-589
13.1.23 snmp group................................................................................................... 13-590
13.1.24 snmp manager-ip.......................................................................................... 13-591
13.1.25 snmp notify....................................................................................................13-592
13.1.26 snmp notify-filter.......................................................................................... 13-592
13.1.27 snmp port...................................................................................................... 13-593
13.1.28 snmp set-access............................................................................................ 13-594

XVI
 13.1.29 snmp source-ip.............................................................................................. 13-594
13.1.30 snmp target................................................................................................... 13-595
13.1.31 snmp target-params......................................................................................13-596
13.1.32 snmp user...................................................................................................... 13-597
13.1.33 snmp version................................................................................................. 13-598
13.1.34 snmp view......................................................................................................13-598
13.2 Performance Management....................................................................................... 13-599
13.2.1 Performance Statistics Management........................................................... 13-599
13.2.2 Laser Monitoring........................................................................................... 13-648
13.2.3 CPU Receiving Packet Monitoring................................................................. 13-654
13.3 Mirror Configuration Management.......................................................................... 13-661
13.3.1 mirror-trunk-group........................................................................................13-661
13.3.2 mirror-port.................................................................................................... 13-662
13.3.3 monitor-port..................................................................................................13-663
13.3.4 show mirror-port...........................................................................................13-664
13.4 Inband Configuration................................................................................................ 13-664
13.4.1 inband ip-address..........................................................................................13-664
13.4.2 show inband-info...........................................................................................13-665
13.5 Outband Configuration............................................................................................. 13-666
13.5.1 outband ip-address....................................................................................... 13-666
13.5.2 show outband-info........................................................................................ 13-667

Chapter 14 Multicast Configuration Management............................................... 14-669

14.1 IGMP Configuration Management............................................................................14-669

14.1.1 igmp............................................................................................................... 14-669
14.1.2 mode..............................................................................................................14-669
14.1.3 version........................................................................................................... 14-670
14.1.4 query interval................................................................................................ 14-671
14.1.5 query response..............................................................................................14-672
14.1.6 sp-query-interval........................................................................................... 14-673
14.1.7 sp-query-number.......................................................................................... 14-674
14.1.8 sp-query-response.........................................................................................14-674
14.1.9 robust-variant................................................................................................14-676
14.1.10 router-proxy ip.............................................................................................. 14-676
14.1.11 router-proxy timeout v2............................................................................... 14-677
14.1.12 max-bandwidth............................................................................................. 14-678
14.1.13 cascade-port..................................................................................................14-679

XVII
 14.1.14 snooping age-time.........................................................................................14-680
14.1.15 uplink (IGMP view)........................................................................................ 14-680
14.1.16 static-join....................................................................................................... 14-681
14.1.17 multicast-vlan................................................................................................ 14-683
14.1.18 group group-ip...............................................................................................14-683
14.1.19 group bandwidth...........................................................................................14-685
14.1.20 group pre-join................................................................................................14-685
14.1.21 group batch (igmp-ctcprof view).................................................................. 14-686
14.1.22 group batch (igmp-mvlan view).................................................................... 14-687
14.1.23 group batch bandwidth.................................................................................14-688
14.1.24 group batch desc........................................................................................... 14-689
14.1.25 group batch pre-join......................................................................................14-690
14.1.26 uplink (multicast VLAN view)........................................................................ 14-691
14.1.27 ctc enable...................................................................................................... 14-692
14.1.28 ctc auto-reset-time........................................................................................14-692
14.1.29 ctc cdr-interval...............................................................................................14-693
14.1.30 ctc cdr-number.............................................................................................. 14-694
14.1.31 ctc cdr-report.................................................................................................14-694
14.1.32 ctc onu-fw......................................................................................................14-695
14.1.33 ctc recognition-time...................................................................................... 14-695
14.1.34 ctc-profile...................................................................................................... 14-696
14.1.35 authority........................................................................................................ 14-697
14.1.36 desc................................................................................................................14-698
14.1.37 group............................................................................................................. 14-698
14.1.38 preview-count............................................................................................... 14-699
14.1.39 preview-duration...........................................................................................14-700
14.1.40 preview-interval............................................................................................ 14-700
14.1.41 ctc-profile bind.............................................................................................. 14-701
14.1.42 show igmp brief.............................................................................................14-702
14.1.43 show igmp ctc brief....................................................................................... 14-703
14.1.44 show igmp ctc cdr..........................................................................................14-704
14.1.45 show igmp ctc profile.................................................................................... 14-705
14.1.46 show igmp group...........................................................................................14-706
14.1.47 show igmp mvlan.......................................................................................... 14-707

Chapter 15 QoS Configuration Management..........................................................15-709

15.1 OLT QoS Configuration.............................................................................................. 15-709

XVIII
 15.1.1 qos map-queue............................................................................................. 15-709
15.1.2 qos dscp-map-queue.....................................................................................15-709
15.1.3 qos bandwidth...............................................................................................15-710
15.1.4 qos trust.........................................................................................................15-711
15.1.5 qos sched.......................................................................................................15-711
15.1.6 qos sched wrr................................................................................................ 15-712
15.1.7 show qos........................................................................................................15-713

Chapter 16 Security Performance Configuration Management............................. 16-715

16.1 MAC Address Table Configuration Management...................................................... 16-715

16.1.1 age................................................................................................................. 16-715
16.1.2 mac-addr....................................................................................................... 16-715
16.1.3 show age........................................................................................................16-717
16.1.4 show mac-addr..............................................................................................16-717
16.2 Anti-DOS Attack Management.................................................................................. 16-719
16.2.1 anti-dos..........................................................................................................16-719
16.2.2 show anti-dos config..................................................................................... 16-719
16.3 URPF Configuration Management............................................................................ 16-720
16.3.1 ip urpf............................................................................................................ 16-720
16.3.2 show ip urpf config........................................................................................16-721
16.4 Anti-ARP Attack Management...................................................................................16-721
16.4.1 arp anti-attack arp-limit................................................................................ 16-721
16.4.2 arp anti-attack detect-interval...................................................................... 16-722
16.4.3 arp anti-attack mac-check.............................................................................16-723
16.4.4 arp anti-attack restore-time..........................................................................16-723
16.4.5 arp anti-attack source-suppression.............................................................. 16-724
16.4.6 arp anti-attack threshold.............................................................................. 16-724
16.4.7 cpu-packet..................................................................................................... 16-725
16.4.8 show arp anti-attack arp-limit.......................................................................16-727
16.4.9 show arp anti-attack configuration...............................................................16-728
16.4.10 show arp anti-attack deny.............................................................................16-729
16.4.11 show arp anti-attack detect-interval............................................................ 16-729
16.4.12 show arp anti-attack restore-time................................................................ 16-730
16.4.13 show arp anti-attack source-suppression..................................................... 16-730
16.4.14 show arp anti-attack threshold..................................................................... 16-731
16.4.15 show cpu-packet........................................................................................... 16-732
16.5 IP Binding Configuration Management.....................................................................16-732

XIX
 16.5.1 ip-bind............................................................................................................16-732
16.5.2 ip-bind ip........................................................................................................16-733
16.5.3 show ip-bind all............................................................................................. 16-734
16.6 PPPoE+ Configuration Management.........................................................................16-735
16.6.1 pppoe-plus enable.........................................................................................16-735
16.6.2 pppoe-plus format.........................................................................................16-735
16.6.3 pppoe-plus policy.......................................................................................... 16-737
16.6.4 pppoe-plus trusted........................................................................................16-738
16.6.5 pppoe-plus trusted interface link-agg-group................................................16-738
16.6.6 pppoe-plus cascade-port...............................................................................16-739
16.6.7 pppoe-plus cascade-port interface link-agg-group...................................... 16-739
16.6.8 show pppoe-plus config................................................................................ 16-740
16.6.9 show pppoe statistics....................................................................................16-741
16.6.10 clear pppoe statistics.....................................................................................16-742

Annex 1 Abbreviations.................................................................................................. 1

XX
 Chapter 1 Command-Line Interfaces and Views
1.1 access-list
[Command]

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip [mask]

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip mask

access-list list_id (deny|permit) host ip

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) host ip

access-list list_id (deny|permit) any

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) any

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip src_ip src_mask dst_ip

dst_mask

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip src_ip src_mask dst_ip

dst_mask

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip src_ip src_mask any

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip src_ip src_mask any

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip any dst_ip dst_mask

no access-listlist_id (deny|permit) ip any dst_ip dst_mask

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip any any

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip any any

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip src_ip src_mask host dst_ip

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip src_ip src_mask host dst_ip

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip host src_ip dst_ip dst_mask

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip host src_ip dst_ip

dst_mask

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip host src_ip host dst_ip

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip host src_ip host dst_ip

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip any host dst_ip

1-1
 no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip any host dst_ip

access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip host src_ip any

no access-list list_id (deny|permit) ip host src_ip any

no access-list (all | list_id)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

list_id: access-list id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-99 for standard access list, 100-199
for extended access list;

all: All access-list rules.

deny: Rule of configuration denied.

permit: Rule of configuration permitted.

host: An exact match to an IP. Equivalent to the mask as 0.0.0.0.

any: This rule is applied to any IP.

ip: IP permitted or denied.

mask: Wildcard bits, dotted decimal type, with range as 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

src_ip: Source IP address permitted or denied, dotted decimal type, with range as 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

src_mask: Wildcard bits for source IP address, dotted decimal type, with range as 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

dst_ip: Destination IP address permitted or denied, dotted decimal type, with range as
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

dst _mask: Wildcard bits for destination IP address, dotted decimal type, with range as
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The command “access-list” is used to configure an ACL rule. When list-id parameter is in
the range of 1-99, the rule is just valid for source IP address. When it is in the range of 100-199,
the rule is valid for both source IP and destination IP.

The command “no access-list” is used to delete an ACL rule.

1-2
 The command “no access-list all”is used to delete all ACL rules.

[Example]
$Configure list_id1 to deny the ACL rules adopted by 172.17.3.12 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# access-list 1 deny host 172.17.3.12

1.2 alias
[Command]

alias keyword commandword

no alias (all | keyword)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

keyword: Alias. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

commandword: Replaced command. Type: string; range: 1-127 characters;

all: All aliases.

[Descriptions]

The command “alias” is used to configure a new alias. When you need to configure a new
alias for the command, use this command.

The command “no alias” is used to delete an alias, while the command “all” is used to
delete all aliases.

[Example]
$Set the alias of “show board” command as “s1” in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# alias s1 "show board"
FHL2100(config)#

1.3 cls
[Command]

cls

[View]

1-3
 All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear the screen. When you need to clear the screen, use this
command. After it is successfully used, clear the screen to the top.

[Example]
$Clear the screen to the top in the enable view.
FHL2100# cls

1.4 configure terminal

[Command]

configure terminal

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enter the config view. When it requires configuring the data in the
config view, this command will be used.

[Example]
$Enter the config view from the enable view.
FHL2100# configure terminal
FHL2100(config)#

1.5 disable
[Command]

disable

[View]

1-4
 enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to exit the enable view and return to the “view” view. When the user
leaves the terminal for a long time, execute “disable” command to exit and return to the
“view” view, or execute “exit” command to exit the “enable” view, to prevent any
unauthorized user from invasion. Out of the same consideration, if user fails to enter nothing
within 10 minutes, the system will disconnect authomatically.

[Example]
$Exit the enable view and return to “view” view.
FHL2100# disable
FHL2100>

1.6 enable
[Command]

enable [level]

[View]

“view” view

[Parameter]

level: Promote the user to a designated level. Type: numerical value; range: 0-15.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enter the enable view from “view” view and enhance the user to the
designated permission level. When you need to enter the enable view and specify the user
permission level, use this command.

[Example]
$Switch to the enable view from the “view” view.
FHL2100> enable
$Enter the password “admin”.
Enable Password: ****
FHL2100#

1-5
1.7 enable password
[Command]

enable password password [level level]

no enable password [level level]

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

password: Password of enable mode. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters; default: admin.

level: corresponding level of enable. Type: numerical value; range: 0-15; default: 0.

[Descriptions]

The command “enable password” is used to set password for the enable mode. When you
need to modify the password for entering the “enable” view, use this command.

The command “no enable passwor” is used to restore the default password settings. By
default, the password for entering the “enable” view is admin.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the password for the enable mode as “admin”.
FHL2100(config)# enable password admin

1.8 end
[Command]

end

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

1-6
 This command is used to exit the current view and return to the enable view. When you need to
return to the enable view, use this command. After this command is used successfully, it will
return directly to the enable view, no matter which view you are in.

[Example]
$Exit the config view and return to the enable view.
FHL2100(config)# end
FHL2100#

1.9 exec-timeout
[Command]

exec-timeout time1 [time2]

no exec-timeout

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

time1: Timeout. Type: numerical value; unit: minute; range: 0-35791; default: 10.

time2: Timeout. Type: numerical value; unit: second; range: 0-59; default: 0.

[Descriptions]

The command “exec-timeout” is used to set the terminal protection timeout. When you
need to modify the terminal protection timeout, use this command. The system will be
disconnected automatically if exceeding the timeout, which is valid for both local Console and
remote telnet. The terminal timeout with telnet setting is valid only for the connection this time,
and doesn’t impact the timeout of other telnets.

The command “no exec-timeout” is used to restore the default terminal protection
timeout.

[Example]
$Set the timeout as 10 minutes and 20 seconds in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# exec-timeout 10 20

1.10 exit
[Command]

1-7
 exit

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This “exit”command is used to exit the current view and return to the previous view. When
you need to return to the previous view, use this command. After successfully using this
command, you can return to the previous view. However in case of “view” view or “enable”
view, after entering this command, the “login again” screen appears or it is disconnected.

[Example]
$Exit the config view and return to the enable view.
FHL2100(config)# exit
FHL2100#

1.11 help
[Command]

help

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the operating instructions for command help. When you are not
clear about how to get the help information of the command, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the operating instructions for command line help in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# help
When you need help,
anytime at the command line please press '?'.

1-8
 If nothing matches, the help list will be empty and you must backup
until entering a '?' shows the available options.

Two styles of help are provided:

1. Full help is available when you are ready to enter a command
argument (e.g. 'show ?') and describes each possible argument.

2. Partial help is provided when an abbreviated argument is entered and

you want to know what arguments match the input (e.g. 'show me?'.)

FHL2100(config)#

1.12 language
[Command]

language (chinese | english)

[View]

“view” view, enable view, config view

[Parameter]

chinese: Chinese mode.

english: English mode.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the language for display on the virtual terminal. Currently only
English mode is supported.

[Example]
$Set English for display on the terminal in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# language english
%Change language mode to english OK.

1.13 line vty

[Command]

line vty <1-20>

[View]

config view

1-9
[Parameter]

<1-20>: Quantity of the line terminal allowed to access. Type: numerical value; range: 1-20;
default: 20.

[Descriptions]

The command “line vty” is used to configure the quantity of line terminals allowed to
access. When you need to modify the quantity of terminal allowed to access, use this command.
After successfully configuring this command, when the quantity of the accessed line terminals
reaches the configured value, no new terminal is allowed to access.

[Example]
$Configure the quantity of line terminal allowed to access as 15 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# line vty 15

1.14 list
[Command]

list

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to list all commands in current view. When you need to know what
commands are in current view, use this command to query.

[Example]
$In the config view, list all operating commands in current view.
FHL2100(config)# list
acl <1-4000>
acl <1-4000> <2-4000>
age <0-50000>
alarm mode (nscrtv|ctc|internal)
alarm trap alarmid <1-100000> (enable|disable)
alarm trap slot <1-21> (enable|disable)
board admin (<1-8>|<11-18>) (is|oos)
board assign (<1-8>|<11-18>) (epua|geua|xgua)
board reset (<1-8>|<11-18>)

1-10
 cls
configure terminal
cos <0-7> vlan <1-4095> new cos <0-7>
cpu-queue <0-8> rate-limit <1-3000>
datetime <2000-2038> <1-12> <1-31> <0-23> <0-59> <0-59>
enable password WORD
end
exec-timeout <0-35791>
exec-timeout <0-35791> <0-59>
exit
fan speed (high|middle|low|auto)
help …

1.15 password
[Command]

password password

no password

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

password: Password of view mode. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters; default: admin.

[Descriptions]

The command “password” is used to set password for the view mode. When you need to
modify the password for entering the “view” view, use this command.

The command “no password” is used to restore the default password settings. By default,
the password for entering the “view” view is admin.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the password for the view mode as “admin”.
FHL2100(config)# password admin

1.16 quit
[Command]

quit

[View]

1-11
 all views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

Same as exit.

[Example]
$Exit the config view and return to the enable view.
FHL2100(config)# quit
FHL2100#

1.17 show access-deny

[Command]

show access-deny (telnet|ftp|snmp|ssh)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

telnet: view the illegal access records of telnet;

ftp: view the illegal access records of ftp;

snmp: view the illegal access records of snmp;

ssh: view the illegal access records of ssh;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the illegal access records of OLT service. You can view the
following types: telnet, ftp, snmp and ssh. The log records are under the directory:
/tffs0/log/access. You can also navigate to this directory and view with the command “more”.

[Example]
$View the illegal access records of telnet in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show access-deny telnet
count: 1
19: 41: 02 03/06/2014 172.17.3.111 times: 1

1-12
1.18 show access-list
[Command]

show access-list (all | list_id)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

list_id: access-list id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-99 for standard access list, 100-199 for
extended access list;

all: all access-lists.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration information of currently-designated ID or all

access-lists. When you need to query the configuration information of access-list, use this
command.

[Example]
$Display the configuration information of all current access-lists in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show access-list all
Standard IP access list 1
deny 172.17.3.111

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Standard IP access list Standard IP ACL index number, i.e., configuring ACL only for source IP.
Deny ACL rule is “source IP denied”

1.19 show alias

[Command]

show alias [keyword]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

1-13
 keyword: Alias. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the existing desinated alias or all aliases. In case the alias is
configured, this command can be used for query.

[Example]
$Display the information of existing aliases in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show alias
Sequence Alias Command
--------- -----------------------------
1 s1 show board
--------- -----------------------------
Total: 1 alias-name(s)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Sequence Alias serial number
Alias Alias name
Command Corresponding command of alias

1.20 show exec-timeout

[Command]

show exec-timeout

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the terminal timeout. After successfully executing this
command, the timeout will be displayed on the terminal.

[Example]
$Display current terminal timeout in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show exec-timeout
Global vty out time is 10 minutes 0 seconds.
Local vty out time is 1800 minutes 0 seconds.

1-14
  In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Global vty out time Global vty timeout
Local vty out time Local vty timeout

1.21 show history

[Command]

show history

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to search for the commands executed recently. After the successful
execution, the terminal will display the command records executed recently.

[Example]
$Display the history of input commands in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show history
cls
enable
config terminal
list
FHL2100(config)#

1.22 show language

[Command]

show language

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

N/A

1-15
[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the language mode of current virtual terminal applications.
When you need to query the language mode of current virtual terminal applications, use this
command.

[Example]
$Display the language mode of current virtual terminal in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show language
%Current language mode is : english

1.23 show line vty

[Command]

show line vty

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the currently-accessed line terminals. When you need to query
the currently-accessed line terminals, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the currently-accessed line terminals in the conifg view.
FHL2100(config)#show line vty
Index Location Vty type
--------- ------------------------------
0 Console
1 192.168.100.10 telnet

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Index Line terminal index number
Location Line terminal location
Vty type Line terminal type

1-16
1.24 show running-config
[Command]

show running-config

[View]

view view, enable view, config view, xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display current configuration information. When you need to view
which commands are configured currently, use this command. In the interface views (such as xe,
gpon), only the configuration information in current view will be displayed. In other views (such
as view, enable, config), all configurations will be displayed.

[Example]
$Display the current configuration information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show running-config
! build configuration
! system datetime: 14: 36: 49 01/14/2013
! system configuration, version: FHL2100-V2.1.0.0
configure terminal
password dce704fd8aa775365f1168c59dc4d9ad
enable password dce704fd8aa775365f1168c59dc4d9ad
outband ip-address 172.17.200.105 255.255.255.0
vlan 1
exit
…

1.25 show running-config interface

[Command]

show running-config interface x-ethernet interface-num

show running-config interface gpon interface-num

show running-config interface gigabit-ethernet interface-num

[View]

view view, enable view, config view

[Parameter]
1-17
 interface-num: interface index number, numerical value type.

 The gpon view is only for gpon board, the port number is the slot number / port number;

 The xe view is only for xe board, and the port number is the slot number / port number.

 The ge view is only for ge board, and the port number is the slot number / port number.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration information of the designated interface.
When you need to query the configuration information of an interface, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the configuration information of gpon 0/1 port in the enable view.
FHL2100# show running-config interface gpon 0/1
onu add 1 sn-auth FHTC019060EA omci onu-lineprofile-id 1 onu-srvprofile-id
1
statistics onu 1 enable
port-isolate group 1
…

1.26 terminal
[Command]

terminal length length

terminal no length

[View]

“view” view, enable view

[Parameter]

length: Number of terminal output row. Type: numerical value; range: 0-512; default: 40.

[Descriptions]

The command “terminal length” is used to set the number of terminal output rows and
debug the terminal cache size, which is valid for telnet users. When it can not be displayed
completely on one page, the terminal will wait for user to press the enter key or space key and
then export the subsequent display.

The command “terminal no length” is used to cancel the terminal row settings.

[Example]

1-18
 $Display the number of output row to be displayed on the terminal as 5 rows in the
enable view.
FHL2100# terminal length 5
FHL2100#

1.27 who
[Command]

who

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display all the currently-connected terminals. * indicates local online
users, while Console indicates the serial interface user.

[Example]
$Display the information of all end users of currently-connected device in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# who
OnLine Index Privilege Location UserName
--------- --------- --------- --------------- --------------------
33 00 192.168.100.10 --
34 00 192.168.100.10 --
35 00 192.168.100.10 --
* 38 03 Console --
39 00 192.168.100.10 --
40 00 192.168.100.10 --
41 00 192.168.100.10 --
FHL2100(config)#

1-19
 Chapter 2 Login device
2.1 Commands for AAA Configuration
2.1.1 aaa new-model

[Command]

aaa new-model

no aaa new-

model

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command “aaa new-model” is used to enable the AAA module function. When you
need to enable the AAA function, use this command.

The command “no aaa new-model” is used to disable the AAA module function. When you
need to disable the AAA function, use this command.

[Example]
$Enable the AAA module functions on the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#aaa new-model

2.1.2 aaa authentication enable

[Command]

aaa authentication enable default group tacacs+ [(local

| none)] aaa authentication enable default group (local

| none)

no aaa authentication enable default group

[View]

config view
2-21
[Parameter]

tacacs+: Specify to use tacacs+ authentication mode.

local: Specify to use local authentication mode.

none: Specify to use no authentication mode.

[Descriptions]

The command “aaa authentication” is used to configure the default authentication mode
for administrator enable. The authentication modes include tacacs+, local and none. Configuring
one mode or a combination of several modes is available. When the system requires selecting
which mode for current authentication, use this command. When configuring a combination of
several authentication modes, in case of no response of some an authentication mode, call the
next mode to proceed with the authentication. When configuring the none authentication
mode, none authentication mode must be taken as the last mode.

The command “no aaa authentication” is used to restore the default authentication
mode for administrator enable.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the default authentication mode for administrator
enable as tacacs+ authentication first, and then none authentication.
FHL2100(config)# aaa authentication enable default group tacacs+ none

2.1.3 aaa authentication local-overide

[Command]

aaa authentication local-

override no aaa authentication

local-override

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command “aaa authentication” is used to configure the compulsory local

authentication and authorization. When you need to enable all users logging in the device to

2-22
 use local authentication mode and local authorization mode on a compulsory basis, use this
command.

The command “no aaa authentication” is used to cancel local authentication and
authorization.

[Example]
$Configure the compulsory local authentication and authorization in the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# aaa authentication local-override

2.1.4 aaa authentication login

[Command]

aaa authentication login default group (tacacs+ | radius

| local) [(tacacs+ | radius | local)] [(tacacs+ | radius
| local)] [(enable | none)]

aaa authentication login default group (enable

| none) no aaa authentication login default

group

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

tacacs+: Specify to use tacacs+ authentication mode.

radius: Specify to use radius authentication mode.

enable: Specify to use enable authentication mode.

local: Specify to use local authentication mode.

none: Specify to use no authentication mode.

[Descriptions]

The command “aaa authentication” is used to configure the default authentication

mode for administrator logon. The authentication modes include tacacs+, radius, enable, local
and none. Configuring one mode or a combination of several modes is available. When the
system requires selecting which mode for current authentication, use this command. When
configuring a combination of several authentication modes, in case of no response of some an
authentication mode, call the next mode to proceed with the authentication. When configuring
the none authentication mode, none authentication mode must be taken as the last mode.
2-23
 The command “no aaa authentication” is used to restore the default authentication
mode for administrator logon.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the default authentication mode for
administrator logon as tacacs+ authentication first, and then local
authentication.
FHL2100(config)# aaa authentication login default group tacacs+ local

2-24
2.1.5 aaa authorization commands

[Command]

aaa authorization commands LEVEL default group tacacs+

[(local | none)]

aaa authorization commands LEVEL default group (local

| none) no aaa authorization commands LEVEL default

group

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

LEVEL: Configure the level of command line. Type: numerical value; range: 0-15.

tacacs+: Specify to use tacacs+ authorization mode.

local: Specify to use local authorization mode.

none: Specify to use no authorization mode.

[Descriptions]

The command “aaa authorization” is used to configure the command-line authorization

mode for administrator of specified level. The command-line authorization modes include
tacacs+, local and none. Configuring one mode or a combination of several modes is available.
When the system requires selecting which mode for current authorization, use this command.
When configuring a combination of several authorization modes, in case of no response of some
an authorization mode, call the next mode to proceed with the authorization. When configuring
the none authorization mode, none authorization mode must be taken as the last mode.

The command “no aaa authorization” is used to restore the configuration of command-
line authorization mode for administrator of specified level.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the default command-line authorization mode for
administrator as tacacs+authorization first and then local authorization.
FHL2100(config)# aaa authorization commands 10 default group tacacs+ local

2.1.6 aaa authorization login

[Command]

aaa authorization login default group tacacs+ [(local

| none)] aaa authorization login default group (local

2-25
 | none)

no aaa authorization login default group

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

tacacs+: Specify to use tacacs+ authorization mode.

local: Specify to use local authorization mode.

none: Specify to use no authorization mode.

[Descriptions]

The command “aaa authorization” is used to configure the default authentication mode
for administrator logon. The authorization modes include tacacs+, local and none. Configuring
one mode or a combination of several modes is available. When the system requires selecting
which mode for current authorization, use this command. When configuring a combination of
several authorization modes, in case of no response of some an authorization mode, call the
next mode to proceed with the authorization. When configuring the none authorization mode,
none authorization mode must be taken as the last mode.

The command “no aaa authorization” is used to restore the default authorization mode
for administrator logon.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the default authorization mode for
administrator logon as tacacs+ authorization first, and then local
authorization.
FHL2100(config)# aaa authorization login default group tacacs+ local

2.1.7 local-group

[Command]

2-26
 local-group groupname privilege LEVEL

no local-group groupname

no local-group-all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

groupname: User group level. Type: string; range: 1-50 characters.

LEVEL: User group level. Type: numerical value; range: 0-15.

[Descriptions]

The command “local-group” is used to create the user groups on the device, no more than
5 user groups.

The command “no local-group” is used to delete the user groups on the device.

The command “no local-group all” is used to delete all the user groups on the device.

[Example]
$Create the test for 14 levels of uer group in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# local-group test privilege 14

2.1.8 local-group unmatch-commands

[Command]

local-group groupname unmatch-commands ( deny | permit )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

groupname: User group level. Type: string; range: 1-50 characters.

deny: deny authentication.

permit: permit authentication.

[Descriptions]

2-27
 The command “local-group unmatch-commands” is used to whether permit the
authentication or not with not match the configuration of the command when the local group
users using the command authentication.

[Example]
$Deny the authentication with not match the configuration of the command when
the local group test users using the command authentication.
FHL2100(config)# local-group test unmatch-commands deny

2.1.9 local-user

[Command]

local-user USERNAME password PASSWORD local-group groupname

no local-user USERNAME

no local-user-all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

USERNAME: Local user name. Type: string; range: 1-50 characters.

PASSWORD: Local password. Type: string; range: 1-50 characters.

groupname: Group name of local user. Type: string; range: 1-50 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “local-user” is used to create the users on the device. The added user must
be a member of some a user group on the device. Each user group can be added at most 10
users. Upon the request of networking, when the user is not required authentication on the
certified server, use this command. After successful execution, this local user can just complete
the authentication on FHL2100 device.

The command “no local-user” is used to delete users on the device. When some a user is
not required any more, use this command.

The command “no local-user all” is used to delete all users on the device.

[Example]
$In the config view, create the user admin belong to the test user group with
password as 123456.

2-28
 FHL2100(config)# local-user admin password 123456 groupname test

2.1.10 privilege exec

[Command]

privilege exec level LEVEL COMMAND_STR1 [COMMAND_STR2]

[COMMAND_STR3] [COMMAND_STR4] [COMMAND_STR5]

no privilege exec COMMAND_STR1 [COMMAND_STR2] [COMMAND_STR3]

[COMMAND_STR4] [COMMAND_STR5]

no privilege exec-level LEVEL

no privilege exec-all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

LEVEL: Configure the level of command line. Type: numerical value; range: 0-15.

COMMAND_STR: Configure the keywords of command line. Type: string; range: 1-32 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “privilege exec” is used to configure the level of local command line for
use at the time of local command line authorization. It supports at most matching 5 keywords,
and supports configuring the level of at most 100 local command lines.

The command “no privilege exec-level ” is used to delete the commands line below
some a level.

The command “no privilege all” is used to delete all command lines.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the level of “configure terminal” as level 9.
FHL2100(config)# privilege exec level 9 configure terminal

2.1.11 show aaa-configuration

[Command]

show aaa-configuration

[View]

2-29
 All views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the AAA configuration information. When you need to query
relevant AAA information, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the configuration information of AAA module in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show aaa-configuration
show aaa configuration:
----------------------------------------------------------------
aaa new-model: enable
authentication local-overide : enable

authentication login method : tacacs+ radius local enable none

authorization login method : tacacs+ radius local

authentication enable method : tacacs+ local none

authorization commands method: (level 00)local tacacs+ none
(level 08)local tacacs+ none
(level 14)local tacacs+ none
(level 15)local tacacs+ none
----------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
aaa new-model State of AAA module function, enabled or disabled.
authentication local- State of compulsory local authentication and authorization, enabled
overide or disabled.
authentication login Default authentication mode for administrator logon. The
method authentication modes include tacacs+, radius, enable, local and
none. One mode or a combination of several modes is available.
authorization login method Default authorization mode for administrator logon. The
authorization modes include tacacs+, local and none. One mode or a
combination of several modes is available.
authentication enable Default authentication mode for administrator enable. The
method authentication modes include tacacs+, local and none. One mode or
a combination of several modes is available.
authorization commands Command line authorization mode for administrator of specified
method level. The command line authorization modes include tacacs+, local
and none. One mode or a combination of several modes is available.

2-30
2.1.12 show local-group

[Command]

show local-group (all|groupname)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

groupname: Local user group name. Type: string; range: 1-50 characters.

all: All local user groups.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the information of a specified local user group or all local user
groups, including the user group name, privilege level and user name in the group. When you
need to query information about a local user group, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the information of all local user groups in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show local-group all
show local groups: a total of 1 users
----------------------------------------------------------------
group index : 1
group name : administrators
group privilege : 15
group users : admin
----------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
group index Local user group index
group name Local user group name
group privilege Privilege level of local user group
group users User name in local user group

2.1.13 show local-user

[Command]

show local-user (all|USERNAME)

[View]

2-31
 config view

[Parameter]

USERNAME: Local user name. Type: string; length: 1-50 characters.

all: All local users.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the information of a specified local user or all local users,
including user name and the user group in which it is. When you need to query the information
of a local user, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the information of all local users in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show local-user all
show local users: a total of 1 users
----------------------------------------------------------------
user index: 1
user name : admin
user group: administrators
----------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
user index Local user index
user name Local user name
user group Name of local user group to which it belongs

2.1.14 show privilege exec

[Command]

show privilege exec

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to the added command line level on the device. When you need to query
the added command line level on the device, use this command.

2-32
[Example]
$Display the added command line level on the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show privilege exec
show privilege exec: 4 commands totally
----------------------------------------------------------------
Index Level Commands
----------------------------------------------------------------
1 15 system reboot
2 10 configuration terminal
3 11 enable
4 12 aaa authentication login
----------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Index Serial number
Level Command line level
Commands Commands of specified level

2.2 Commands for TACACSConfiguration

2.2.1 show tacacs-server

[Command]

show tacacs-server

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the tacacs+ server information, including the master and
standby server IP address, encryption key, port number, retry times, and wait timeout When you
need to query the configuration information of tacacs+ server, use this command.

[Example]
$Display tacacs+ server information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show tacacs-server
show tacacs+ server:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Type State Port Retry Timeout Ip-address Key
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

2-33
 primary active 49 2 5 192.168.1.1 admin
secondary active 49 1 3 192.168.1.2 admin
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Type Type of tacacs+ server, master server or standby server
State State of tacacs+ server, activated or inactivated
Port Port number of tacacs+ server
Retry Retry times of tacacs+ server
Timeout Wait timeout of tacacs+ server
Ip-address Address of tacacs+ server
Key Encryption key of tacacs+ server

2.2.2 tacacs-server

[Command]

tacacs-server (primary | secondary) ip-address ip-address [key KEY]

[port PORT] [retry RETRY] [timeout TIMEOUT]

no tacacs-server (primary | secondary) [(key | port |

retry | source-ip |timeout)]

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

primary: tacacs+ master server.

secondary: tacacs+ standby server.

ip-address ip-address: tacacs+ server IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

KEY: encryption key of tacacs+ server. Type: string; range: 1-32 characters; default: no
encrypted key.

PORT: Port number of tacacs+ server. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65,535; default: 49.

RETRY: Retry times of tacacs+ server. Type: numerical value; range: 0-5 times; default: 1 time.

TIMEOUT: wait timeout of tacacs+ server. Type: numerical value, unit: s; range: 3-10s; default:
5s.

[Descriptions]

2-34
 The command “tacacs-server” is used to configure the IP address, encryption key, port
number, retry times and wait timeout of tacacs+ server.

“no tacacs-server” with “key/port/retry/source-ip/timeout” indicates

that this parameter of tacacs+ server is restored to the default value. That without this
parameter indicates to delete the configuration of the server directly.

[Example]
$Add tacacs+ master server with IP address as 192.168.1.1 in the config view, with
others adopting the default configurations.
FHL2100(config)# tacacs-server primary ip-address 192.168.1.1

2.2.3 tacacs-server nas-ip

[Command]

tacacs-server (primary | secondary) nas-ip ip-address

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

primary: tacacs+ master server.

secondary: tacacs+ standby server.

nas-ip ip-address: tacacs+ server NAS IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The command “tacacs-server nas-ip” is used to configure the nas IP address of tacacs+
server.

[Example]
$Add tacacs+ master server with nas IP address as 192.168.1.1 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# tacacs-server primary nas-ip 192.168.1.1

2.3 Commands for RADIUS Configurations

2.3.1 radius-server

[Command]

2-35
 radius-server (primary | secondary) ip-address ip-address
[port
PORT] [retry RETRY] [timeout TIMEOUT] key KEY

no radius-server (primary | secondary) [key | port |

retry | timeout]

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

primary: radius master server.

secondary: radius standby server.

ip-address ip-address: IP address of radius server, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

KEY: encryption key of radius server. Type: string; range: 1-32 characters; default: no encrypted
key.

PORT: port number of radius server. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65,535; default: 1,812.

RETRY: retry times of radius server. Type: numerical value; range: 0-5 times; default: 1 time.

TIMEOUT: wait timeout of radius server. Type: numerical value, unit: s; range: 3-10s; default:
5s.

[Descriptions]

The command “radius-server” is used to configure the IP address, encryption key, port
number, retry times and wait timeout of radius server.

“no radius-server” with “key/port/retry/timeout” indicates that this

parameter of radius server is restored to the default value. That without this parameter
indicates to delete the configuration of the server directly.

[Example]
$Add radius master server with IP address as 192.168.1.1, key as password123 in
the config view, with others adopting the default configurations.
FHL2100(config)# radius-server primary ip-address 192.168.1.1 key password123

2.3.2 radius-server nas-ip

[Command]

radius-server (primary | secondary) nas-ip ip-address

2-36
[View]

config view

[Parameter]

primary: radius master server.

secondary: radius standby server.

nas-ip ip-address: NAS IP address of radius server, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The command “radius-server nas-ip” is used to configure the nas IP address of radius
server.

[Example]
$Add tacacs master server with IP address as 192.168.1.1 in the config view, with
others adopting the default configurations.
FHL2100(config)# radius-server primary nas-ip 192.168.1.1

2.3.3 show radius-server

[Command]

show radius-server

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the radius server information, including the master and standby
server IP address, encryption key, port number, retry times, and wait timeout When you need to
query the configuration information of radius server, use this command.

[Example]
$Display radius server information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show radius-server
show radius server:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

2-37
Type State Port Retry Timeout Ip-address Key
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary active 49 1 3 192.168.1.3 admin
secondary inactive -- -- -- -- --
---------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the

following table:
Parameter Descriptions
Type Type of radius server, master server or standby server.
State State of radius server, activated or inactivated.
Port Port number of radius server
Retry Retry times of radius server
Timeout Wait timeout of radius server
Ip-address Address of radius server
Key Encryption key of radius server
 Chapter 3 Upgrade Management
3.1 Commands for File System Management
3.1.1 cd

[Command]

cd [directory]

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

directory: Directory name. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enter the specified directory; if no directory is specified, enter the root
directory; cd .(a space between d and ”. “ is required): displays the current directory path,
equivalent to cd and pwd; cd .. (a space between d and ” . . “ is required): navigate to the
parent directory. If the directory entered is an absolute path (beginning with “/”), navigate to
the absolute directory directly, otherwise navigate to the next-level corresponding directory
under current directory.

[Example]
$Navigate to the next-level app directory in the enable view.
FHL2100# cd app
%Current Directory is "/tffs0/app/".

3.1.2 copy

[Command]

copy file-url file-url

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

file-url: File name. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

3-39
[Descriptions]

This command is used for file duplication. When the entered file name is an absolute path
(beginning with “/”), copy the file name with the absolute path directly, otherwise copy
corresponding file under current directly.

[Example]
$Copy the startcon.cfg under this directory and save as 111.cfg in the config view.
FHL2100#copy startcon.cfg 111.cfg
%Copy file /tffs0/startcon.cfg to /tffs0/111.cfg OK.

3.1.3 dir

[Command]

dir [directory]

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

directory: Directory name. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to list the files and subdirectories under the directory. If it is without
parameter, list all files and subdirectories under this directory. If it is with directory, list the files
and subdirectories under the corresponding directory, which is identical to the command “Is”.

[Example]
$List information of files and subdirectories under current directory in the enable
view.
FHL2100# dir
size date time name
-------- ------ ------ --------
2048 FEB-12-2019 09: 57: 50 app <DIR>
2048 JAN-29-2019 11: 03: 34 appbak <DIR>
2048 FEB-07-2019 15: 04: 10 onuapp <DIR>
1049 FEB-15-2019 15: 05: 24 startcon.cfg

1 files, total size: 1049 bytes, free space: 27445248 bytes

3.1.4 format

[Command]

format ( tffs0 | yaffs2 | sdfs )

3-40
[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to format the tffs0 file system. When you need to format the tffs0 file
system, use this command.

[Example]
$Format the tffs0 file in the enable view.
FHL2100# format tffs0
WARNING: This will erase all flash file.
Are you sure?(y/n) [n] y
Begin to format tffs0 ,please wait a few minute !

Format tffs0 success!

3.1.5 ls

[Command]

ls [directory]

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

directory: Directory name. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to list the files and subdirectories under current directory. It can be
followed the path name to display the files and subdirectories under the corresponding path,
and supports relative path and absolute path.

[Example]
$Display the files and subdirectories under current directory in the enable view.
FHL2100# ls
Size Date Time Comment Name
---------- ------------ ---------- ----------- ---------------------------
2048 APR-08-2019 13: 51: 34 <DIR> app

3-41
 2048 APR-09-2019 21: 13: 14 <DIR> appbak
2048 APR-08-2019 14: 41: 06 <DIR> onuapp
4352 APR-09-2019 11: 24: 40 startcon.cfg.bak
8 APR-09-2019 20: 24: 28 ccmts.log
4352 APR-03-2019 16: 21: 20 startcon.cfg
320064 FEB-20-2019 11: 25: 58 bootrom.bin
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 4 files, 3 directories.

Current directory size : 334920 bytes

Free size : 23549952 bytes
Total flash size : 65007616 bytes
3.1.6 mkdir

[Command]

mkdir directory

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

directory: Directory name. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to create a directory. When you enter a directory with absolute path
(beginning with “/”), an absolute directory is created. Otherwise create a new directory under
current directory.

[Example]
$Create a log directory in the enable view.
FHL2100# mkdir log

3.1.7 more

[Command]

more filename [offset <0-4294967294>] [len <1-6291456>]

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

filename: File name. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

3-42
 offset offset: Specifies the file offset.

len len: the maximum length of the file contents from the specified start position.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the contents of the specified file. When you enter a file name
with absolute path (beginning with “/”), the contents of the file under an absolute directory are
displayed. Otherwise display the contents of corresponding file uner current directory.

[Example]
$Display the contents of startcon.cfg file under current directory in the enable view.
FHL2100# more startcon.cfg
! build configuration
! system datetime: 14: 57: 34 01/14/2019
! system configuration, version: FHL2100-V2.1.0.0
configure terminal
password dce704fd8aa775365f1168c59dc4d9ad
enable password dce704fd8aa775365f1168c59dc4d9ad
outband ip-address 172.17.200.105 255.255.255.0
vlan 1
exit
vlan 100
exit
vlan 200
exit
…
3.1.8 pwd

[Command]

pwd

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the path of current directory, equivalent to “cd .”.

[Example]
$Display the path of current directory in the enable view.
FHL2100# pwd

3-43
 %Current Directory is "/tffs0/".

3.1.9 rename

[Command]

rename oldFileName newFileName

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

oldFileName: File or directory name before renaming. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

newFileName: File or directory name after renaming. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to rename a file or directory. When you enter a file or directory name
with absolute path (beginning with “/”), rename the absolute file or directory. Otherwise
rename corresponding file or directory under current directory.

[Example]
$Rename the file log.txt as logbak.txt in the enable view.
FHL2100# rename log.txt logbak.txt

3.1.10 rm

[Command]

rm DirorFile-url

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

DirorFile-url : File or directory name. Type: string; range: 1-40 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete a file or directory. When you enter a file or directory name with
absolute path (beginning with “/”), delete the absolute file or directory name. Otherwise delete
corresponding file or directory under current directory.

3-44
[Example]
$Delete the directory for log file under the absolute path in the enable view.
FHL2100# rm /log

3.2 Commands for OLT Upgrade Management

3.2.1 delete onu-file

[Command]

delete onu-file (filename|all)

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

filename: onu upgrade file name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters for file name, 1-63
characters for file path and name.

all: all onu upgrade files.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete the specified onu upgrade file or all onu upgrade files. When
you need to delete the onu upgrade file, use this command.

[Example]
$Delete the onu upgrade file onuback1.bin in the enable view.
FHL2100# delete onu-file onuback1.bin

3.2.2 download

[Command]

download (mgu | mgubak | bootrom-e500 | bootrom-e500bak | onu |

config ) ipaddress username password filename [ source-ip ip-
address ] [ vrf vrf-name ]

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

mqu: mgu borad upgrade file;

3-45
 mgubak: mgu backup upgrade file;

onu: onu upgrade file;

config: system configuration file;

bootrom-e500: bootrom file;

bootrom-e500bak: bootrom backup file;

ipaddress: ftp server IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

username: ftp user name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

password: ftp password. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

filename: filename to be downloaded. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters for file name, 1-
63 characters for file path and name.

source-ip ip-address: specify the source IP address of the loading file；

vrf vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to download files from ftp to flash of OLT. When you need to upgrade
the system software, use this command to download the upgrade software.

Notes:

Reboot the ftp server before executing this command.

This command shall be used together with show file-transfering-status.

The field of display information of this command is related to the device model. Please be
subject to the actual situation of the device.

[Example]
$Download the MGU version file vxworks.bin from FTP server with 10.10.10.250 in
the enable view.
FHL2100# download mgu 10.10.10.250 test test mgu.bin

3.2.3 erase startup-config

[Command]

erase startup-config

3-46
[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear the startup configuration. When you need to clear the startup
configurations, use this command. After successfully executing this command, the factory
configurations will be loaded when the device is started again. If the standby MPU is in place,
the emptied configuration file will be synchronized automatically to the standby MPU.

Notes:

Avoid clearing the configuration file and synchronizing the configuration file at the same time.

[Example]
$Clear the startup configuration in the enable view.
FHL2100# erase startup-config
WARNING: This will erase the configuration in the flash memory.
Are you sure?(y/n) [n]y
Erasing configuration.......
[Success]

3.2.4 show file transferring-status

[Command]

show file transferring-status

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the status of file transmission. After executing the command
“download” or “upload”, you can use this command to view the status of file transmission.

[Example]

3-47
 $Display the information of file transmission in the enable view.
FHL2100# show file transferring-status
Ftp Server IP : 172.17.10.61
Ftp User : test
Ftp Password : ****
Source File : /tffs0/app/mgu.bin
Destination File : mgu.bin
Transfer Action : put file to ftp server
Transfer Status : transfer failed
Failed Reason : read/write file failed

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Ftp Server IP ftp server IP address
Ftp User ftp user name
Ftp Password ftp password
Source File Source file
Destination File Destination file, including file path
Transfer Action Transmission action, including “no operation”, “put file to ftp
server”, “get file from ftp server”, “halt”
Transfer Status Transmission status, including “idle”,“ transferring...”, “transfer
successfully”, “transfer failed”
Failed Reason Reason of file transfer failure

3.2.5 show image-info

[Command]

show image-info ( mgu | mgubak |

all ) show image-info onu

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

mgu: display the update file information of the master board.

mgubak: display the update file information of the MGUB.

all: the whole OLT update file.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the software information of OLT board.

[Example]

3-48
 $Display the software information of the master board in the enable view.
FHL2100# show image-info all
Main mpu(slot 1) file information is:
File Name Software Version Inner CRC-32 File
Size(Bytes) Modified Time Status
------------------------------- ------------------------- ------------- ------------
----- --------------------- ----------
/yaffs2/app/bootrom.bin V2.3.0 0xD345A006 524288
2019/11/26 17:47:14 ok
/tffs0/app/mgu.bin FHL2100-V2.1.0.0 0x56641ECC 24957611
2019/11/26 17:47:14 ok
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------
Total size: 25481899 Bytes.
 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
File Name The file name
Software Version The software version
Inner CRC-32 Internal CRC-32
File Size(Bytes) The file size
Modified Time The modified time
Status The status

3.2.6 show image loading-status

[Command]

show image loading-status

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the loaded image information of the board. When you need to
view the loaded image information of the boards, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the loaded image information in the enable view.

3-49
FHL2100# show image loading-status
Slot ID Load Status Load Image Time Software Version
Location
--------- ------------- ---------------------- --------------------------------- ---
---------------------------------------------
1 success 2019/12/21 14:35:12 FHL2100-V2.1.0.0
/tffs0/app/mgu.bin
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------
Total 1 slot(s) loaded image.
 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot ID Slot serial number of the device
Load Status Image loading status, including “success”, “fail”
Load Image Time Image loading time
Software Version Software version
Location Image loading location

3.2.7 show startup-config

[Command]

show startup-config

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configurations of system startup. When you need to query
which commands are configured at the time of system startup, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the startup configuration in the enable view.
FHL2100# show startup-config
! build configuration
! system datetime: 00: 00: 15 01/17/2019
! system configuration, version: FHL2100-V2.1.0.0
configure terminal
password dce704fd8aa775365f1168c59dc4d9ad

3-50
 enable password dce704fd8aa775365f1168c59dc4d9ad
outband ip-address 172.17.200.105 255.255.255.0
vlan 1
exit
vlan 100
exit
vlan 200
exit
vlan 300
…
3.2.8 upgrade bootrom

[Command]

upgrade bootrom slot slotID

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

slotID: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to upgrade the bootrom of board on the specified slot through ftp. When
you need to upgrade the bootrom file of the board, use this command.

Notes:

When executing this command, download the bootrom file to the MPU with the
command“download” first, and ensure that the device is always powered on and the board
can not pulled out during the operation.

[Example]
$Upgrade bootrom of the board on slot 3 in the enable view.
FHL2100#upgrade bootrom slot 3
upgrading bootrom ........... success.

3.2.9 upload

[Command]

upload (mgu | mgubak | config) ipaddress username password

filename [ source-ip ip-address ] [ vrf vrf-name ]

3-51
 upload logfile ipaddress username password

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

mgu: MGU upgrade file;

mgubak: MGUB backup upgrade file;

config: OLT configuration file;

logfile：OLT log file；

ipaddress: ftp server IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

username: ftp user name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

password: ftp password. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

filename: file name to be downloaded. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters for file name, 1-
63 characters for file path and name.

source-ip ip-address: specify the source IP address of the loading file；

vrf vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to upload the file to ftp server. When you need to upload the upgrade file
to the server, use this command.

Notes:

Reboot the ftp server first before executing this command.

This command shall be used together with show file transferring-status.

The field of display information of this command is related to the device model. Please be
subject to the actual situation of the device.

[Example]
$Upload the file to ftp server in the enable view.
FHL2100# upload mgu 172.10.10.122 anonymous anonymous mpu.bin
Start to upload file from /tffs0/app/mgu.bin to ftp server.

3-52
3.2.10 write file

[Command]

write file

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to save the current configuration to the configuration file. When you
need to save the current configuration, use this command. After successfully executing this
command, the saved startup configuration will be loaded next time when the system is started.
If the standby MPU is in place, the configuration file will be synchronized to the standby MPU.

Notes:

Avoid writing the configuration file and synchronizing the configuration file at the same time.

[Example]
$Save the current configuration in the enable view.
FHL2100# write file
WARNING: This will save the configuration to the flash memory.
Are you sure?(y/n) [n]y
Building configuration.....
[Success]

3.2.11 autosave interval

[Command]

autosave interval( on | off | interval-time )

[View]

config

[Parameter]

on: Enable automatic saving of configuration.

off: Disable automatic saving of configuration.

3-53
 interval-time: Time interval for automatic saving of configuration, range: 10 ~ 10080; unit:
minutes.

[Descriptions]

Enable/disable automatic saving of configuration, set the time interval for automatic saving of
configuration.

[Example]
$ Enable automatic saving of configuration
FHL2100(config)# autosave interval on
$ Set the time interval of automatic saving of configuration to 10 minutes
FHL2100(config)# autosave interval 10

3.2.12 show autosave

[Command]

show autosave

[View]

ENABLE view, CONFIG View

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

Show automatic saving of configuration.

[Example]
$ Show automatic saving of configuration
FHL2100(config)# show autosave
autosave interval enable: on
autosave interval: 10 minutes

 In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:
Parameter Description

autosave interval enable Whether to enable the automatic saving of configuration

autosave interval Interval of automatic saving of configuration

3-54
3.3 Commands for Network Tools
3.3.1 ftp acl

[Command]

ftp acl list_id

no ftp acl

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

list_id: bound access-list value. Type: numerical value; range: 1-99 for standard access list,
100-199 for extended access list.

[Descriptions]

The command “ftp acl” is used to bind ftp server with access-list rule. Conduct corresponding
rule detection at the time of ftp connection;

The command “no ftp acl” is used to delete the binding with access-list rule.

[Example]
$Bind ftp server with access-list 2 rule in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# ftp acl 2

3.3.2 ftp get

[Command]

ftp get ipaddress username password filename[ path file-url] [ source-

ip ip-address ] [ vrf vrf-name ]

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

ipaddress: ftp server IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

username: ftp user name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

password: ftp password. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

3-55
 filename: name of file to be downloaded. The file must be under the ftp root directory.

path file-url: file name to be saved after downloading. Type: string; range: 1-64 visible
english characters. When entering a file name with absolute path (beginning with “/”), the file
will be downloaded to the specified location for the file with absolute path. Otherwise create
the downloaded file name as the file name to be saved under /tffs0 directory automatically.

source-ip ip-address: specify the source IP address of the loading file.

vrf vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long.

[Descriptions]

This command is used for ftp client to download the files. When you need to use the ftp client to
download files, use this command.

Notes:

When you execute this command, first start the ftp server. The file name shall be of 1-64
visible english characters, which shall not begin with ., and supports visible characters (except
\ / : * ? “ < >| (space)).

[Example]
$Download mpu0215001.txt file from the ftp server with IP as 172.10.10.110 to
the device and save it as mpuLog file in the enable view.
FHL2100# ftp get 172.10.10.110 ftp0 ftp0 mpu0215001.txt mpuLog
Getting mpu0215001.txt from 172.10.10.110......
File transfer finished successfully,12352 bytes recieved at 0 s.

3.3.3 ftp put

[Command]

ftp put ipaddress username password file-url

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

ipaddress: ftp server IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

username: ftp user name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

password: ftp password. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

3-56
 file-url: Name of file to be uploaded. Type: string; range: 1-64 visible english characters.
When entering a file name with absolute path (beginning with “/”), the file with absolute path
will be uploaded directly. Otherwise upload the file under current directory and the file will be
uploaded under the ftp root directory.

[Descriptions]

This command is used for ftp client to upload the files. When you need to use the ftp client to
upload files, use this command.

Notes:

When you execute this command, first start the ftp server. The file name shall be of 1-64
visible english characters, which shall not begin with ., and supports visible characters (except
\ / : * ? “ < >| (space)).

[Example]
$Upload mpuLog file from the device to the specified folder in the ftp server with IP
as 172.10.10.110 in the enable view.
FHL2100# ftp put 172.10.10.110 ftp0 ftp0 mpuLog
Put the file mpuLog to 172.10.10.110
File transfer finished successfully,12352 bytes sended at 0 s.

3.3.4 ftp server

[Command]

ftp server (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the ftp server;

disable: Disable the ftp server.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set enabling/disabling the ftp server. When you need to open or close
the ftp server, use this command.

[Example]

3-57
 $Enable the ftp server in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# ftp server enable

3.3.5 ftp server source-ip

[Commands]

ftp server source-ip ip-address

no ftp server source-ip

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

source-ip ip-address: to designate the source IP address of an FTP server. It is in dotted

decimal notation.

[Description]

The ftp server command is used to configure the source IP address of an FTP server. The no
ftp server command is used to delete the configured source IP address of an FTP server.
The source IP address of an FTP server is not configured by default.

Before configuring the source IP address of an FTP server, you need to make sure that the IP
address is an IP address which already exists on the interface of the device.

[Example]
$ Configure the source IP address of a telnet server to be 2.2.2.2:
FHL2100(config)# ftp server source-ip 2.2.2.2

3.3.6 ftp-password

[Command]

ftp-password WORD

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

WORD: ftp password. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

3-58
 This command is used to configure the ftp server password. When you need to configure the ftp
server password, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure the ftp server password as update in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# ftp-password update

3.3.7 ping

[Command]

ping ip-address1 [ -c count ] [ -s length ] [ -m <1-10000> ] [ -a

ip-address2 ] [ -V vrf-name ]

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

ipaddress: ping destination IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

-V vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long.

-c count: set the number of ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packet to be sent. When you need to set
the number of request packets, use this parameter. When the network quality is not high, you
can add the number of packets to be sent, and detect the network quality by packet loss rate.
Type: numerical value; range: 1-20,000.

-s length: set the length of ECHO_REQUEST packet (excluding IP and ICMP packet headers).
Whe you need to set the length of ECHO_REQUEST again, use this parameter. Type: numerical
value; unit: byte; range: 20-1466.

-m <1-10000>: set the wait timeout for ECHO_REQUEST packet response. If the source host
fails to receive the ECHO_REQUEST packet from the destination host within the packet response
timeout, timeout will be displayed on the sending terminal. When the network transmission
rate is lower, this parameter can be used to increase the ECHO_REQUEST packet response
timeout. Type: numerical value; unit: ms; range: 1-255.

-a ip-address2: the specified source IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

3-59
 This command is used to send ping packet to the remote host. Check whether the network host
is reachable. Whe you need to check whether there’s any fault of network connection or check
the network line quality, use this command. When the destination host is reachable, the system
will return the number of packets sent, the nubmer of packets received, percentage of non-
response packets and minimum, maximum and average response time; when the destination
host is unreachable, you can not detect the network connection or network line failure.

[Example]
$Conduct ping operation against IP 172.10.10.13 and detect whether the
connection is available.
FHL2100# ping 172.10.10.13 -count 5
PING 172.10.10.13: 56 data bytes
Reply from ads8308 (172.10.10.13): time=0ms TTL=64
Reply from ads8308 (172.10.10.13): time=0ms TTL=64
Reply from ads8308 (172.10.10.13): time=0ms TTL=64
Reply from ads8308 (172.10.10.13): time=0ms TTL=64
Reply from ads8308 (172.10.10.13): time=0ms TTL=64
----172.10.10.13 PING Statistics----
5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 0/0/0

3.3.8 ping6

[Command]

ping6 ipv6-address1 [ -c count ] [ -h hop ] [ -s length ] [ -m time ] [ -V vrf-

name ] [ -a ipv6-address2 ]

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

ipv6-address1: ping destination IPv6 address.

-V vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long.

-c count: set the number of ICMP ECHO_REQUEST packet to be sent. When you need to set
the number of request packets, use this parameter. When the network quality is not high, you
can add the number of packets to be sent, and detect the network quality by packet loss rate.
Type: numerical value; range: 1-20,000.

-s length: set the length of ECHO_REQUEST packet (excluding IP and ICMP packet headers).
Whe you need to set the length of ECHO_REQUEST again, use this parameter. Type: numerical
value; unit: byte; range: 20-1466.

3-60
 -m time: set the wait timeout for ECHO_REQUEST packet response. If the source host fails to
receive the ECHO_REQUEST packet from the destination host within the packet response
timeout, timeout will be displayed on the sending terminal. When the network transmission
rate is lower, this parameter can be used to increase the ECHO_REQUEST packet response
timeout. Type: numerical value; unit: ms; range: 1-255.

-a ipv6-address2: the specified source IPv6 address, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to send ping packet to the remote host. Check whether the network host
is reachable. Whe you need to check whether there’s any fault of network connection or check
the network line quality, use this command. When the destination host is reachable, the system
will return the number of packets sent, the nubmer of packets received, percentage of non-
response packets and minimum, maximum and average response time; when the destination
host is unreachable, you can not detect the network connection or network line failure.

[Example]
$Conduct ping operation against IPv6 10: : 1 and detect whether the connection is
available.
FHL2100# ping6 10:: 1
Pinging 10:: 1 with 64 bytes of data:
Reply from 10:: 1 bytes=64 hlim=64 seq=1 time=1ms
Reply from 10:: 1 bytes=64 hlim=64 seq=2 time=3ms
Reply from 10:: 1 bytes=64 hlim=64 seq=3 time=4ms
Reply from 10:: 1 bytes=64 hlim=64 seq=4 time=4ms

--- 10:: 1 ping statistics ---

4 packets transmitted, 4 received, 0% packet loss, time 6008 ms
rtt min/avg/max = 1/3/4 ms

3.3.9 show ftp server

[Command]

show ftp server

[View]

config view and enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

3-61
 This command is used to view the ftp server. When you need to use the ftp loading mode for
query the ftp server configurations, use this command.

[Example]
$View the ftp server configurations in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show ftp server
Ftp server : enable
Ftp Access-list number : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Ftp server ftp server status: enabled or disabled
Ftp Access-list number ftp server access-list number

3.3.10 show ftp server source-ip

[Command]

show ftp server source-ip

[Views]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show ftp server source-ip command is used to view the information on the
source IP address of an FTP server.

[Example]
$ View the information on the source IP address of an FTP server:
FHL2100(config)# show ftp server source-ip
ftp server source ip: 2.2.2.2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
ftp server source ip The source IP address of an FTP server

3.3.11 show ssh server

[Command]

show ssh server

3-62
[Views]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show ssh server command is used to view information of an SSH server.

[Example]
$ View the information of an SSH server:
FHL2100(config)# show ssh server source-ip
Ssh server : enable
Ssh Access-list number : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Ssh server Whether enable SSH server or not
Ssh Access-list number Access list of the SSH server

3.3.12 show ssh server source-ip

[Command]

show ssh server source-ip

[Views]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show ssh server source-ip command is used to view information on the source IP
address or source IPv6 address of an SSH server.

[Example]
$ View the information on the source IP address or source IPv6 address of an SSH
server:
FHL2100(config)# show ssh server source-ip
ssh ipv6 server source : any
ssh ipv4 server source : 2.2.2.2

3-63
  In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
ssh ipv6 server source The source IPv4 address of an SSH server
ssh ipv4 server source The source IPv6 address of an SSH server

3.3.13 show telnet server

[Command]

show telnet server

[View]

ENABLE view, CONFIG view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

This command allows you to view the configuration of the telnet server.

[Example]
$ Check the telnet server
FHL2100(config)# show telnet server
Telnet server : enable
Telnet Access-list number : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Telnet server Enabling state of the telnet server, enable or disable
Telnet Access-list number Telnet server's access-list number

3.3.14 show telnet server source-ip

[Command]

show telnet server source-ip

[Views]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

3-64
[Description]

The show telnet server source-ip command is used to view the information on the
source IP address or source IPv6 address of a telnet server.

[Example]
$ View the information on the source IP address or source IPv6 address of a telnet
server:
FHL2100(config)# show telnet server source-ip
telnet ipv6 server source : any
telnet ipv4 server source : 2.2.2.2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
telnet ipv6 server source The source IPv6 address of a telnet server
telnet ipv4 server source The source IPv4 address of a telnet server

3.3.15 ssh server

[Commands]

ssh server ( enable | disable )

ssh server source-ip ip-

address ssh server source-ipv6

ipv6-address no ssh server

source-ip

no ssh server source-ipv6

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

enable: enable the SSH server.

disable: disable the SSH server.

source-ip ip-address: to designate the source IP address of an SSH server. It is in dotted

decimal notation.

source-ipv6 ipv6-address: to designate the source IPv6 address of an SSH server. The
ipv6-address is a 32-digit hexadecimal number with the format of X: X: X: X: X: X: X: X.

[Description]
3-65
 The ssh server command is used to configure the source IP address or source IPv6 address
of an SSH server. The no ssh server command is used to delete the configured source IP
address or source IPv6 address of an SSH server. The source IP address or source IPv6 address of
an SSH server is not configured by default.

Before configuring the source IP address or source IPv6 address of an SSH server, you need to
make sure that the IP address or IPv6 address is an IP address or source IPv6 address which
already exists on the interface of the device.

[Example]
$ Configure the source IP address of an SSH server to be 2.2.2.2:
FHL2100(config)# ssh server source-ip 2.2.2.2

3.3.16 telnet

[Command]

telnet ipaddress [port]

[View]

All views except the view of “view”

[Parameter]

ipaddress: remote device IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

port: remote telnet server port number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to log on the remote server or host. After successfully executing this
command, log on the device remotely through the network, and configure and conduct
maintenance of the device.

[Example]
$Log on pon board on slot 12 remotely in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# telnet 192.168.254.12

3.3.17 telnet acl

[Command]

telnet acl list_id

3-66
 no telnet acl

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

list_id: the bound access-list value. Type: numerical value; range: 1-99 for standard access
list, 100-199 for extended access list.

[Descriptions]

The command “telnet acl” is used to bind the telnet server with access-list rule. Detect
corresponding rules at the time of telnet connection.

The command “no telnet acl” is used to delete the binding with access-list rule.

[Example]
$Bind the telnet server with access-list rule 2 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# telnet acl 2

3.3.18 telnet server

[Commands]

telnet server source-ip ip-address

telnet server source-ipv6 ipv6-address

no telnet server source-ip

no telnet server source-ipv6

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

source-ip ip-address: to designate the source IPv4 address of a telnet server. The ip-
address is in dotted decimal notation.

source-ipv6 ipv6-address: to designate the source IPv6 address of a telnet server. The
ipv6-address is a 32-digit hexadecimal number, with a format of X: X: X: X: X: X: X: X.

[Description]

3-67
 The telnet server command is used to configure the source IP address or source IPv6
address of a telnet server. The no telnet server command is used to delete the
configured source IP address or source IPv6 address of a telnet server. The source IP address or
source IPv6 address of a telnet server is not configured by default.

Before configuring the source IP address or source IPv6 address of a telnet server, you need to
make sure that the IP address or IPv6 address is an IP address or IPv6 address which already
exists on the interface of the device.

[Example]
$ Configure the source IP address of a telnet server to be 2.2.2.2:
FHL2100(config)# telnet server source-ip 2.2.2.2

3.3.19 traceroute

[Command]

traceroute ip-address1 [ -c count ] [ -m max-ttl ] [ -w time ]

[ -V vrf-name ] [ -a ip-address2 ]

traceroute -ipv6 ipv6-address1 [ -c count ] [ -m max-ttl ] [ -w

time ] [ -V vrf-name ] [ -a ipv6-address2 ]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

ipaddress1: specify the destination IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

-c count: specifies the number of times for sending probe messages. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-16; default value: 3

-m max-ttl: specify max. TTL of the packet. Type: numerical value; range: 1-64.

–w time: specify the response timeout. Type: numerical value; unit: second; range: 1-16.

-V vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long.

-a ip-address2: Specifies the source IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

3-68
 This command is used to test routing of packet from the sending host to the destination host.
When you need to track the routing of packet sent and check where the network failure occurs,
use this command. After successfully executing this command, the system will display the
gateway IP address list for arriving at the destination host.

[Example]
$Track the 172.17.3.6 routing in the enable view.
FHL2100# traceroute 172.17.3.22
traceroute to 172.17.3.6 from 172.17.10.231, 16 hops max
1: 172.17.3.254 (172.17.3.254) 3 ms 3 ms 4 ms
2: 172.17.3.6 (172.17.3.6) 6 ms * 6 ms

3.3.20 peer-public-key rsa

[Command]

peer-public-key rsa key

no peer-public-key (key| all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

key: the name of ssh public key. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

[Descriptions]

peer-public-key rsa command is used to enter the rsa-public-key view.

no peer-public-key command is used to delete the key configured by peer-

public-key rsa or peer-public-key import rsa.

[Example]
$ Enter the rsa-public-key view.
FHL2100(config)#peer-public-key rsa key
%Enter configuration commands.End with command "peer-public-key end"
FHL2100(config-rsa-public-key)#

3.3.21 peer-public-key end

[Command]

peer-public-key end

[View]

3-69
 rsa-public-key view

[Parameter]

none

[Descriptions]

This command is used to exit the rsa-public-key view.

[Example]
$ Exit the rsa-public-key view
FHL2100(config-rsa-public-key)#peer-public-key end
FHL2100(config)#

3.3.22 public-key-code begin

[Command]

public-key-code begin

[View]

rsa-public-key view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enter rsa-key-code view.

[Example]
$ Enter rsa-key-code view.
FHL2100(config-rsa-public-key)#public-key-code begin
%Enter configuration commands.End with command "public-key-code end"
FHL2100(config-rsa-key-code)#

3.3.23 public-key-code end

[Command]

public-key-code end

[View]

rsa-key-code view

3-70
[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to end the public-key-code procedure, and exit the rsa-key-code view.

[Example]
$ End the public-key-code procedure, and exit the rsa-key-code view.
FHL2100(config-rsa-key-code)#public-key-code end
FHL2100(config-rsa-public-key)#

3.3.24 peer-public-key rsa import

[Command]

peer-public-key import rsa key

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

key: the name of ssh public key. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

[Descriptions]

This command is used to import the client RSA public key form the file.

[Example]
$Import the client RSA public key form the file.
FHL2100(config)# peer-public-key import rsa
test_key Import public key [Success].

3.3.25 show peer-public-key

[Command]

show peer-public-key (word| all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

word: the name of ssh user. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

3-71
 all: all of the public key

[Descriptions]

Display the client public key information.

[Example]
$ Displays the client public key information.
FHL2100(config)# show peer-public-key all
All public key(s):
----------------------------------------------------------------
Public key : 1
Public-key-name : key
Public-key-type : RSA
Public key : 2
Public-key-name : test_key
Public-key-type : RSA
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2 public key(s)
FHL2100(config)#

3.3.26 ssh user

[Command]

ssh user word

no ssh user word

no ssh user-all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

word: the name of ssh user. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

[Descriptions]

ssh usercommand is used to add a SSH user, and config the authentication mode as none.

no ssh user command is used to delete the SSH user.

[Example]
$Add the SSH user as wuhan
FHL2100(config)#ssh user wuhan

3-72
3.3.27 ssh user authen-type

[Command]

ssh user word authen-type (any | password |

publickey) no ssh user word authen-type

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

word: the name of ssh user. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

[Descriptions]

ssh user authen-type command is used to and set the authentication mode of the SSH
user.

no ssh user authen-type command is used to restore the authentication mode as

none.

[Example]
$ Set the authentication mode of the SSH user wuhan as password.
FHL2100(config)# ssh user wuhan authen-type password

3.3.28 ssh user password

[Command]

ssh user word password word

no ssh user word password

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

word: the name of ssh user. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

[Descriptions]

ssh user passwordcommand is used to modify the password of the SSH user.

no ssh user command is used to restore the passsword as the default value.

3-73
[Example]
$Modify the password as 123.
FHL2100(config)# ssh user wuhan password 123

3.3.29 ssh user assign publickey

[Command]

ssh user word assign publickey key

no ssh user word assign publickey

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

word: the name of ssh user. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

key: the name of ssh public key. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

[Descriptions]

ssh user assign publickey command is used to band the key to the SSH user.

no ssh user assign publickey command is used to cancle banding the key to the SSH
user.

[Example]
$Band the key to the SSH user wuhan
FHL2100(config)# ssh user wuhan assign publickey key

3.3.30 show ssh user-info

[Command]

show ssh user-info word

show ssh user-info-all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

word: the name of ssh user. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters

3-74
[Descriptions]

Display the SSH user information.

[Example]
$ Display the SSH user information.
FHL2100(config)# show ssh user-info-all
All ssh user-info:
----------------------------------------------------------------
User : 1
User name : wuhan
----------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1 users

3.3.31 no onu-upgrade-record all

[Command]

no onu-upgrade-record all

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

all: all ONU upgrade record information.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete all onu upgrade record information. The upgrading information
can not be deleted.

[Example]
$Delete all onu upgrade information.
FHL2100# no onu-upgrade-record transaction all

3.3.32 no onu-upgrade-record transaction

[Command]

no onu-upgrade-record transaction trans-id

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

3-75
 trans-id: transaction ID number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-100.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete the spepcified transaction ID onu upgrade record information.
The upgrading information can not be deleted.

[Example]
$Delete the onu upgrade information of transaction ID 3 in the enable view.
FHL2100# no onu-upgrade-record transaction 3

3.3.33 onu image

[Command]

onu image (activate|commit) onu-upgrade-record trans-id

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

activate: reboot onu and load the image from the backup software area;

commit: make onu backup software are effective and have it become the main software area;

trans-id: transaction ID number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-100.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to activate and commit onu image manually according to the onu list in
onu upgrade record. After upgrading onu in batch with no-activate method, use this command
to activate onu manually.

[Example]
$After upgrading onu in batch with no-activate method in the pon view, activate
these onu manually according to the upgrade records.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/1)#onu image activate onu-upgrade-record 1
This will activate onu. Are you sure?(y/n) [n]y
Please wait...

3.3.34 onu image ( gpon view )

[Command]

onu image ( activate | commit ) index onuid-start [ to onuid-end ]

3-76
 onu image ( activate | commit ) type (ta-pn8625 | ta-
pn8626
|any )

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

activate: reboot onu and load the image from the backup software area;

commit: make onu backup software are effective and have it become the main software area;

onuid-start: activate or commit the start onuid of the image in batch. Type: numerical
value; range: 1-128;

onuid-end: activate or commit the end onuid of the image in batch. Type: numerical value;
range: 2-128;

ta-pn8625|ta-pn8626| any: onu model, any for any onu model;

[Descriptions]

The command “onu image (activate|commit) index” is used to activate or commit

the ONU image according to ONUID index.

The command “onu image (activate|commit) type” is used to activate or commit

the ONU image according to ONUID type.

[Example]
$Activate the onu with index range of 1-8 on pon 0/1 in batch in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu image activate index 1 to 8
This will activate onu. Are you sure?(y/n) [n]y
Please wait...
OnuId Action Result OnuId Action Result OnuId Action Result
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
0/1:1 success 0/1:2 success 0/1:3 not active
0/1:4 not active 0/1:5 not active 0/1:6 not active
0/1:7 not active 0/1:8 not active
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 8 onu(s)

$ Activate the onu with model as PN8626 on pon 0/1 in batch in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu image activate type ta-pn8626
This will activate onu. Are you sure?(y/n) [n]y
Please wait...

OnuId Action Result OnuId Action Result OnuId Action Result

--------- ------------ -------------- ------ -------- -----------
0/1:1 success 0/1:2 success

3-77
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 2 onu(s)

3.3.35 show onu-upgrade-record list

[Command]

show onu-upgrade-record list

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the onu upgrade information list. When you need to view the
onu upgrade information of the device, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the onu upgrade information list under pon0/1 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/1)#show onu-upgrade-record list
Transaction ID Slot Onu Type File Type Status Start Time
---------------- ----- ----------- ----------- ---------- ---------------
Last Update Time File Name
-------------------- --------
1 0 ta-pn8621 combined-pkg upgrading 2012/02/09 13: 22:
31
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2012/02/09 13: 22: 31 App4315.tkf
-------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Transaction ID Transaction ID number
Slot ONU local slot
Onu Type ONU model
File Type File type
Status Upgrade status, including “upgrading”, “upgraded”
Start Time Upgrade start time
Last Update Time Last upgrade time
File Name Upgrade file name

3-78
3.3.36 show onu-upgrade-record transaction

[Command]

show onu-upgrade-record transaction trans-id

[View]

enable view, config view, pon view

[Parameter]

trans-id: transaction ID number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-100.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the onu upgrade details of the specified transaction ID. When
you need to query the ONU upgrade details of the specified transaction ID, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the upgrade details of onu1 with transaction ID as 6 under pon4/1 port in
the onu view.
FHL2100(config)#show onu-upgrade-record transaction 6
Transaction ID : 6
Slot : 0
Onu Type : ta-pn8625
File Type : combined-pkg
Status : upgraded
Start Time : 2012/02/07 15: 04: 20
Last Update Time : 2012/02/07 15: 04: 50
File Name : /tffs0/onuapp/App4315_E232_28.59131.tkf
Onu Upgrade Status
----------- ---------------
00/01: 01 success
---------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Transaction ID Transaction ID number
Slot ONU local slot
Onu Type ONU model
File Type File type
Status Upgrade status, including “upgrading”, “upgraded”
Start Time Upgrade start time
Last Update Time Last upgrade time
File Name Upgrade file name
Onu Upgraded ONU list
Upgrade Status Upgrade status of each ONU

3-79
3.3.37 show upgrade onu-group

[Command]

show upgrade onu-group [ group ]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

group: specified the ONU group ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-10. If no group-id is
specified, the status of all the ONU groups are displayed.

[Descriptions]

The show upgrade onu-group command is used to display the batch upgrade
statusinformation of the ONU groups.

[Example]
$Display the batch upgrade statusinformation of the ONU groups.
FHL2100# show upgrade onu-group
Onu Group Informaiton:
Group ID Upg-Mode Dev-Type Hw-Ver File Name Action Mode
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 ctc ta-pn8625 any 8625op19.bin activate and commit
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Slot List Status
---------------
2 success
---------------
Total 1 record(s)
Onu Group Upgrading Status:
Group ID Slot ID Trans-ID Start Time End Time Status
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 3 1 2016/03/14 11: 48: 50 2016/03/14 11: 51: 06
success
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Group ID The group ID
Upg-Mode The upgrade mode
Dev-Type The device type
Hw-Ver The hardware version
File Name The upgrade file name

3-80
 Parameter Description
Action Mode The action mode
Slot List The slot list
Status The upgrade status
Slot ID The slot ID
Trans-ID The transaction ID
Start Time The start time
End Time The end time

3.3.38 upgrade onu slot

[Command]

upgrade onu ctc slot slotId ( ta-pn8621 | ta-pn8622 | ta-

pn8624 | ta-pn8625 | ta-pn8626 | ta-pn8628 | ta-pn8630 |
ta-pn8641 | ta- pn8644 | ta-pn8647 | ta-pn8651 | ta-
pn8652 | ta-pn8653 | ta-pn8654
| any ) (hwversion | any ) filename ( auto | no-commit | no-
activate )

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

tk: upgrade mode, tk private message mode;

ctc: upgrade mode, ctc standard message mode;

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

ta-pn8621|ta-pn8622|ta-pn8624|ta-pn8625|ta-pn8626|ta-pn8628|ta-
pn8630|ta-pn8641|ta-pn8644|ta-pn8647|ta-pn8651|ta-pn8652|ta-
pn8653|ta-pn8654|any: onu model, any for the onu of other manufacturers.

hwversion |any: onu hardware version number. Type: string; range: 1-8 bytes. In case of
not distinguishing between hardware versions, fill in any;

filename: upgrade file name. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters.

auto: automatic upgrade mode. For ctc mode, it indicates to upgrade the onu file and
activate+commit onu, which is recommended to adopt; For tk mode, it indicates to upgrade the
onu file and restart the onu, which is recommended to adopt;

3-81
 no- commit: commit makes the onu backup software area effective and become the
main software area; no- commit indicates to activate only, without commit operation;

no- activate: activate makes onu reboot and load the image from the backup
software area; no- activate indicates neither to activate nor commit;

no-reset: reset indicates automatic reboot after upgrade; no-reset indicates no

reboot after upgrading the onu file.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to upgrade all onu with the same type and the same version number
under the specified pon board in batch. When you need to upgrade all onu with the same type
and the same hardware version under the specified pon board in batch, use this command.

[Example]
$Upgrade onu under pon 4 board in batch in the enable view.
FHL2100# upgrade onu ctc slot 3 ta-pn8624 any App4D15_C230_SPI_8Mb.tkf auto
Start to upgrade onu, transaction id is 3.
You can use command [show onu-upgrade-record transaction 3] to query
upgrade status.

3.3.39 upgrade onu-group add

[Command]

upgrade onu-group add group-id ctc ( ta-pn8621 | ta-

pn8622 | ta- pn8624 | ta-pn8625 | ta-pn8628 | ta-
pn8630 | ta-pn8641 | ta- pn8644 | ta-pn8647 | ta-
pn8651 | ta-pn8652 | ta-pn8653 | ta- pn8654 | any )
( hwversion | any ) filename ( auto | no-commit | no-
activate )

upgrade onu-group add <1-10> ctc ( cc8800a | cc8800c |

cc8800e | cc8800ce | cc8800de | cc8800c10g ) filename
( auto | no-commit | no-activate )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

group: specified the ONU group ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-10.

tk: upgrade mode, tk private message mode;

3-82
 ctc: upgrade mode, ctc standard message mode;

ta-pn8621 | ta-pn8622 | ta-pn8624 | ta-pn8625 | ta-

pn8628 | ta- pn8630 | ta-pn8641 | ta-pn8644 | ta-pn8647
| ta-pn8651 | ta- pn8652 | ta-pn8653 | ta-pn8654 | any:
onu model, any for any onu model;

cc8800a | cc8800c | cc8800e | cc8800ce | cc8800de |

cc8800c10g:
CCMTS model;

hwversion | any: onu hardware version number. Type: string; range: 1-8 bytes. In case of
not distinguishing between hardware versions, fill in any;

filename: upgrade file name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

auto: automatic upgrade mode. For ctc mode, it indicates to upgrade the onu file and
activate+commit onu, which is recommended to adopt; For tk mode, it indicates to upgrade the
onu file and restart the onu, which is recommended to adopt;

no- commit: commit makes the onu backup software area effective and become the main
software area; no- commit indicates to activate only, without commit operation;

no- activate: activate makes onu reboot and load the image from the backup software
area; no- activate indicates neither to activate nor commit;

no-reset: reset indicates automatic reboot after upgrade; no-reset indicates no

reboot after upgrading the onu file.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to create the upgrade group in batch. By default, no upgrade group is
created in batch.

[Example]
$ Create the upgrade group 1 for upgrade the pn8621 with the CTC mode.
FHL2100# upgrade onu-group add 1 ctc ta-pn8621 any 8621op19.bin auto

3.3.40 upgrade onu-group delete

[Command]

upgrade onu-group delete group-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

3-83
 group: specified the ONU group ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-10.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete the upgrade group in batch.

[Example]
$ Delete the upgrade group 1 in batch
FHL2100# upgrade onu-group del 1

3.3.41 upgrade onu-group start

[Command]

upgrade onu-group start [ slot slotId ]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to start the upgrade group in batch.

[Example]
$ Start the upgrade group in batch.
FHL2100# upgrade onu-group start
WARNING: This operation will prohibit other manually upgrading onu.
Continue?(y/n) [n]y
%You can use command [show upgrade onu-group] to query transaction and
status.

3.3.42 upgrade onu-groupreset-status

[Command]

upgrade onu-group reset-status

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

3-84
 N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used for clear all the status and slot informations of the current upgrade group.

[Example]
$ Clear all the status and slot informations of the current upgrade group.
FHL2100# upgrade onu-group reset-status

3.3.43 upgrade onu (gpon view)

[Command]

upgrade onu onu-id(omci-baseline|omci-extend)file-

name(auto|no- commit|no-activate)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

omci-baseline: to designate the GPON ONU upgrade to be performed through standard

OMCI

omci-extend: to designate the GPON ONU upgrade to be performed through extended

OMCI

file-name: filename of the GPON ONU mirror file (including file patch), it is in the form of a
character string, with a length range of 1-63 characters.

auto: to set the GPON ONU upgrade to automatically be effective after successful upgrade,
which means that the ONU will be rebooted to load new mirror file after the upgrade and this
mirror will be used as the primary mirror file of the ONU after rebooting (the image file will be
used every time when the ONU is powered off or manually rebooted). This mode is
recommended.

no-commit: to reboot the ONU to load new mirror file after successful GPON ONU upgrade,
but not make this mirror file the primary mirror file.

no-activate: neither perform the reboot operation nor make this mirror file the primary
mirror file after successful GPON ONU upgrade.

3-85
[Description]

The upgrade onu command is used to specify individual ONU upgrade.

[Example]
$ Upgrade the ONU with the ID of 1 in GPON 0/1, and the upgrade file is pn8625.bin
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#upgrade onu 1 omci-baselin epn8625.binauto

3.3.44 upgrade onu

[Command]

upgrade onu(omci-baseline|omci-extend)(ta-pn8625|ta-
pn8626|any)(hardware-version|any)file-name(auto|no-commit|no-
activate)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

omci-baseline: to designate the GPON ONU upgrade to be performed through standard

OMCI

omci-extend: to designate the GPON ONU upgrade to be performed through extended

OMCI

ta-pn8625: hardware model of the GPON ONU

ta-pn8626: hardware model of the GPON ONU

any: any model of the GPON ONU

hardware-version: hardware version of the GPON ONU, it is in the form of a character

string, with a length range of 1-8 bytes. If the upgrade is independent of the hardware version of
the ONU, choose any.

file-name: filename of the GPON ONU mirror file (including file patch), it is in the form of a
character string, with a length range of 1-63 characters.

auto: to set the GPON ONU upgrade to automatically be effective after successful upgrade,
which means that the ONU will be rebooted to load new mirror file after the upgrade and this
mirror will be used as the primary mirror file of the ONU after rebooting (the image file will be
used every time when the ONU is powered off or manually rebooted). This mode is
recommended.

3-86
 no-commit: to reboot the ONU to load new mirror file after successful GPON ONU upgrade,
but not make this mirror file the primary mirror file.

no-activate: neither perform the reboot operation nor make this mirror file the primary
mirror file after successful GPON ONU upgrade.

omci-channel: to designate the GPON ONU upgrade to be performed through standard

OMCI (base-line) or extended OMCI (extend). Auto-negotiation (auto) is used by
default.

[Description]

The upgrade onu command is used to upgrade all the ONUs of the specified GPON port.

[Example]
$ Upgrade all the ONUs in GPON 0/1, and the upgrade file is pn8625.bin
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#upgrade onu omci-baseline any any pn8625.binauto

3.3.45 upgrade onu slot

[Command]

upgrade onu (omci-baseline|omci-extend) slot slot_id(ta-

pn8625|ta-pn8628 | any) (hardware-type| any)file-name (auto| no-
commit| no-activate)

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

omci-baseline: to designate the GPON ONU upgrade to be performed through standard

OMCI

omci-extend: to designate the GPON ONU upgrade to be performed through extended

OMCI

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

ta-pn8625: hardware model of the GPON ONU

ta-pn8628: hardware model of the GPON ONU

any: any model of the GPON ONU

3-87
 hardware-version: hardware version of the GPON ONU, it is in the form of a character
string, with a length range of 1-8 bytes. If the upgrade is independent of the hardware version of
the ONU, choose any.

file-name: filename of the GPON ONU mirror file (including file patch), it is in the form of a
character string, with a length range of 1-63 characters.

auto: to set the GPON ONU upgrade to automatically be effective after successful upgrade,
which means that the ONU will be rebooted to load new mirror file after the upgrade and this
mirror will be used as the primary mirror file of the ONU after rebooting (the image file will be
used every time when the ONU is powered off or manually rebooted). This mode is
recommended.

no-commit: to reboot the ONU to load new mirror file after successful GPON ONU upgrade,
but not make this mirror file the primary mirror file.

no-activate: neither perform the reboot operation nor make this mirror file the primary
mirror file after successful GPON ONU upgrade.

[Description]

The upgrade onu (omci-baseline|omci-extend) slot command is used to

batch upgrade the ONUs of the specified card.

[Example]
$ Upgrade all the ONUs on GPON board card 3, with hardware model and
hardware version set to any, and the upgrade file is pn8625.bin.
FHL2100(config)#upgrade onu omci-baseline slot 3 any any pn8625.bin auto

3.4 ONU Upgrade Automatically

3.4.1 new-software-version

[Command]

new-software-version newversion

[View]

onu-auto-upgrade profile view

[Parameter]

newversion: software version number after upgrade. Type: string; range: 1-16
characters(EPON onu), 1-14 characters(GPON onu). The content of version number must be

3-88
 identical to the version number read after the upgrade. To upgrade TK onu, ensure it has the
identical version number with new pers file.

[Descriptions]

This commad is used to configure the new software version after upgrade in the automatic
upgrade template. When you need to configure the new software version parameter after
upgrade in the automatic upgrade template, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure the new software version in the automatic upgrade template 1 as
V1.2.0.0 in the onu-auto-upgrade profile view.
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)# new-software-version V1.2.0.0

3.4.2 onu-auto-upgrade bind profile

[Command]

onu-auto-upgrade bind profile profile-id

no onu-auto-upgrade bind profile (profile-id |all)

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

profile-id: onu automatic upgrade template ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-20.

all: all onu automatic upgrade templates.

[Descriptions]

The command “onu-auto-upgrade bind profile” is used to bind the automatic

upgrade template to the pon port, with conditions for binding shown as follows:

1. The template must exist;

2. New software version and config file in the template must be configured;

3. Onu type and hardware version in the template must be configured.

The command “no onu-auto-upgrade bind profile” is used to unbind the

automatic upgrade template of pon port, with conditions for unbinding shown as follows:

1. The template must exist and have been bound to the pon port;

2. The template is not in use;

3-89
[Example]
$Bind the automatic upgrade template 1 to gpon0/1 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu-auto-upgrade bind profile 1
$Deleting automatic upgrade template.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#no onu-auto-upgrade bind profile all

3.4.3 onu-auto-upgrade profile

[Command]

onu-auto-upgrade profile profile-id

no onu-auto-upgrade profile (profile-id |all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: onu automatic upgrade template ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-20.

[Descriptions]

The command “onu-auto-upgrade profile” is used to enter the onu automatic

upgrade template configuration view. When you need to configure the onu automatic upgrade
template, use this command. In case of no template, create one and then enter the view.

The command “no onu-auto-upgrade profile” is used to delete the onu automatic
upgrade template. When you need to delete the automatic upgrade template, use this
command.

The command “no onu-auto-upgrade profile all” is used to delete all onu
automatic upgrade templates.

[Example]
$Enter the view of onu automatic upgrade template configuration from the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# onu-auto-upgrade profile 1
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)#

3.4.4 onu-auto-upgrade profile cancel

[Command]

onu-auto-upgrade slot slotId profile profile-id cancel

onu-auto-upgrade profile profile-id cancel

3-90
[View]

config view, pon view

[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

profile-id: onu automatic upgrade template number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-20.

[Descriptions]

The command “onu-auto-upgrade slot” is used to cancel the ongoing automatic

upgrade of the specified template on some a pon board.

The command “onu-auto-upgrade profile” is used to cancel the ongoing automatic

upgrade of the specified template on all pon boards.

If the template is being upgraded, it will be valid immediately after using this command and the
upgrade will stop; if it is not being upgraded, this command has no effect.

[Example]
$Cancel automatic upgrade of template 1 under pon3/2 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu-auto-upgrade profile 1 cancel

3.4.5 onu-auto-upgrade profile enable

[Command]

onu-auto-upgrade profile profile-id enable

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

profile-id: onu automatic upgrade template number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-20.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable automatic upgrade of the specified template under PON port.
When the automatic upgrade of the specified template under PON port is disabled, use this
command to enable it.

[Example]

3-91
 $Enable the automatic upgrade function of template 1 under pon0/1 in the pon
view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu-auto-upgrade profile 1 enable

3.4.6 onu-auto-upgrade profile restart

[Command]

onu-auto-upgrade slot slotId profile profile-id restart

onu-auto-upgrade profile profile-id restart

[View]

config view, pon view

[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

profile-id: onu automatic upgrade template ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-20.

[Descriptions]

The command “onu-auto-upgrade slot” is used to restart the automatic upgrade of the
specified template on PON boad, which is used in the config view. If the PON board is using this
template for ONU upgrade, it will not restart. If the upgrade has finished, a new round of
upgrade will start.

The command “onu-auto-upgrade profile” is used to restart the automatic upgrade of

the specified template under the specified PON port, which is used in the pon view. If the PON
port is using this template for ONU upgrade, it will not restart. If the upgrade has finished, a new
round of upgrade will start.

[Example]
$Restart the automatic upgrade of template 1 under pon0/1 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/1)#onu-auto-upgrade profile 1 restart

3.4.7 onu-type hwversion

[Command]

onu-type (ta-pn8621|ta-pn8622|ta-pn8624|ta-pn8625|ta-
pn8626|ta- pn8628|ta-pn8630|ta-pn8641|ta-pn8644|ta-
pn8647|ta-pn8651|ta- pn8652|ta-pn8653|ta-pn8654|ta-
pn5121|ta-pn5127|ta-pn5221|ta-

3-92
 pn5227|ta-pn6121|ta-pn6127|ta-pn6321|ta-pn6327| any)
hwversion (HWVERSION|any)

[View]

onu-auto-upgrade profile view

[Parameter]

ta-pn8621|ta-pn8622|ta-pn8624|ta-pn8625|ta-pn8626|ta-
pn8628|ta- pn8630|ta-pn8641|ta-pn8644|ta-pn8647|ta-
pn8651|ta-pn8652|ta- pn8653|ta-pn8654|ta-pn5121|ta-
pn5127|ta-pn5221|ta-pn5227|ta- pn6121|ta-pn6127|ta-
pn6321|ta-pn6327| any: onu model, any for any onu model.

hwversion|any : hardware type , string type, 1-14 bytes. In case no hardware version type
is specified, select any.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure onu type and hardware version of the automatic upgrade
template, whose setting and constraints shall be identical to those in section 2.1.7.8.

[Example]
$Configure onu type of the automatic upgrade template 1 as ta-pn8621 and
hardware version as V1.0 in the onu-auto-upgrade profile view.
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)#onu-type ta-pn8621 hwversion V1.0

3.4.8 profile enable

[Command]

profile enable

[View]

onu-auto-upgrade profile view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable the automatic upgrade template. After the upgrade template is
disabled, this command can be used to restore the automatic upgrade function of the template.

3-93
[Example]
$Enable the automatic upgrade template 1 in the onu-auto-upgrade profile view.
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)# profile enable

3.4.9 profile-name

[Command]

profile-name name

[View]

onu-auto-upgrade profile view

[Parameter]

name: automatic upgrade template name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the name of automatic upgrade template. When you need to
modify the name of automatic upgrade template, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure the name of automatic upgrade template 1 as profile1 in the onu-auto-
upgrade profile view.
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)#profile-name profile1

3.4.10 show onu-auto-upgrade bind profile

[Command]

show onu-auto-upgrade bind profile

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the information of automatic upgrade template bound to
current pon port. When you need to query the information of automatic upgrade template
bound to current pon port, use this command.

3-94
[Example]
$Display the information of automatic upgrade template bound to pon3/1 port in
the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/1)#show onu-auto-upgrade bind profile
Profile Admin Status Running Status
--------- --------------- ---------------
3 enable idle
-----------------------------------------
Total: 1 profile(s)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Profile Automatic upgrade template ID
Admin Status Management status, including “forbidden”, “enable”, “unknown”
Running Status Running status, including “idle”, “upgrading”

3.4.11 show onu-auto-upgrade profile

[Command]

show onu-auto-upgrade profile (profile-id |all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: onu automatic upgrade template ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-20.

all: all automatic upgrade templates .

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the specified template ID or configuration information of all
automatic upgrade templates. When you need to query the configuration information of
automatic upgrade template, use this command.

[Example]
$Display all automatic upgrade templates in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# show onu-auto-upgrade profile
all
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile ID : 1
Description : onu_upg_profile_1
Onu Type : ta-pn8624
Hardware Version : any
Upgrade Mode : ctc
New Software Version : V1.1.3.0
Upgrade Start Time : 2013/07/26 13: 22: 00
3-95
 Upgrade File 1 :
Upgrade File 2 :
Upgrade File 3 :
Upgrade app file : pn8624_1130.bin
Upgrade config file :
Running Status : idle
Bind Pon Port List :
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 profile(s)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Profile ID Automatic upgrade template ID
Description Descriptions of automatic upgrade template
Onu Type ONU type
Hardware Version ONU hardware version
Upgrade Mode Upgrade mode
New Software Version New software version
Upgrade Start Time Timing upgrade start time
Upgrade File 1 Upgrade file 1
Upgrade File 2 Upgrade file 2
Upgrade File 3 Upgrade file 3
Upgrade app file app upgrade file
Upgrade config file Upgrade configuration file
Running Status Running status, including “idle”, “running”, “forbidden (software
version mismatch detected)”
Bind Pon Port List Bound pon port list

3.4.12 show onu-auto-upgrade record

[Command]

show onu-auto-upgrade slot slotId record ( index | all )

show onu-auto-upgrade slot all

record all show onu-auto-upgrade

record (all|index)

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view

[Parameter]

slot slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the
actual situation of the equipment.

slot all: display all automatic upgrade records of all slots.

3-96
 record index: display all automatic upgrade records of the specified index.

record all: display all automatic upgrade records of all index.

[Descriptions]

The command “ show onu-auto-upgrade slot slotId record ( index |

all )” or “ show onu-auto-upgrade slot all record all” is used to display all
automatic upgrade records of the specified slot or all slots in the config view.

The command “ show onu-auto-upgrade record (all|index)” is used to display

the specified upgrade index or all automatic upgrade records in the pon view.

[Example]
$Display all automatic upgrade records under pon0/1 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#show onu-auto-upgrade record all
Slot Record Index Profile ID Status Start Time
----- ------------- ----------- ----------- --------------------- --------
End Time
------------ --------
0 1 2 upgraded 2013/05/28 16:10:43
2013/05/28 16:11:20 0 2 2 upgraded
2013/05/28 16:12:43
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
2013/05/28 16:14:32
Total 2 record(s)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot Slot number
Record Index Automatic upgrade record index
Profile ID Automatic upgrade template ID
Status Upgrade status, including “upgrading”, “upgraded”
Start Time Upgrade start time
End Time Upgrade end time

3.4.13 show profile

[Command]

show profile

[View]

onu-auto-upgrade profile view

[Parameter]

3-97
 N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration information of current automatic upgrade
template. When you need to view the configurations of automatic upgrade template, use this
command.

[Example]
$Display the configuration information of current automatic upgrade template 1
in the onu- auto-upgrade profile view.
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)#show profile
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile ID : 1
Description : onu_upg_profile_1
Onu Type : ta-pn8624
Hardware Version : any
Upgrade Mode : ctc
New Software Version : V1.1.3.0
Upgrade Start Time : auto
Upgrade File 1 :
Upgrade File 2 :
Upgrade File 3 :
Upgrade app file : pn8624_1130.bin
Upgrade config file :
Running Status : idle
Bind Pon Port List :
3/1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Profile ID Automatic upgrade template ID
Description Descriptions of automatic upgrade template
Onu Type ONU type
Hardware Version ONU hardware version
Upgrade Mode Upgrade mode
New Software Version New software version
Upgrade Start Time Timing upgrade start time
Upgrade File 1 Upgrade file 1
Upgrade File 2 Upgrade file 2
Upgrade File 3 Upgrade file 3
Upgrade app file app upgrade file
Upgrade config file Upgrade configuration file
Running Status Running status, including “idle”, “running”, “forbidden (software
version mismatch detected)”
Bind Pon Port List Bound pon port list

3-98
3.4.14 upgrade-file

[Command]

upgrade-file (app|config) filename

upgrade-file file-id file-id filename

no upgrade-file file-id file-id

no upgrade-file (app|config|all)

[View]

onu-auto-upgrade profile view

[Parameter]

app: app upgrade file .

config: Upgrade configuration file .

all: all upgrade files.

file-id file-id: Other upgrade file ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-3.

filename : File name of the upgrade file. Type: string; range: 1-127 characters. Support
relative and absolute paths. The relative path starts with “/tffs0/onuapp/”.

[Descriptions]

The command “upgrade-file” is used to configure the upgrade file in the automatic
upgrade template, where the configuration file must use “upgrade-file config
filename” for configuration, and the configuration file is the file with onu software version
number; app file must use “upgrade-file app filename” for configuration; other files
use “upgrade-file file-id <1-3> filename” for configuration; id can be selected
at will.

The command “no upgrade-file” is used to delete the upgrade file in the automatic
upgrade template. Select app to delete the app upgrade files; select config to delete the
configuration files; select all to delete all files; select file-id <1-3> to delete the
upgrade files with one of other id.

[Example]
$In the onu-auto-upgrade profile view, configure the upgrade files in the automatic
upgrade template 1, with config file as PN8621_Pers4315_C231_V1_2_0.tkf, app
file as

3-99
 App4315_C231_SPI_8Mb.tkf, other upgrade files as Boot4315_C230_SPI_8Mb.tkf
and WebFs4315_C230_240_simple.tkf.
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)#upgrade-file
config PN8621_Pers4315_C231_V1_2_0.tkf
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)# upgrade-file app
App4315_C231_SPI_8Mb.tkf FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)#upgrade-file
file-id 1 Boot4315_C230_SPI_8Mb.tkf
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)#upgrade-file file-id
2 WebFs4315_C230_240_simple.tkf

3.4.15 upgrade-time

[Command]

upgrade-time year month day hour minute

no upgrade-time

[View]

onu-auto-upgrade profile view

[Parameter]

year: Year. Type: numerical value; range: 2000-2038

month: Month. Type: numerical value; range: 1-12

day: Day. Type: numerical value; range: 1-31

hour: Hour. Type: numerical value; range: 0-23

minute: Minute. Type: numerical value; range: 0-59

[Descriptions]

The command “upgrade-time” is used to configure the start time of timing upgrade. After
successfully configuring this command, the function of timing upgrade will be valid for 1 hour
starting from the configured time.

The command “no upgrade-time” is used to cancel the timing upgrade and restore to
automatic upgrade.

[Example]
$Configure the start time of timing upgrade of automatic upgrade template as 16:
26, July 26, 2013 in the onu-auto-upgrade profile view.
FHL2100(config-onu-au-profile-1)# upgrade-time 2013 7 26 16 26

3-100
 Chapter 4 Device Management
4.1 Basic Management
4.1.1 Frame number / Slot number / Port numberconfiguration
Frame id
Frame type Main control board Frame number range
FHL2100 MGUA/MGUB Range 1-100, default: 1

Slot id
Frame type Slot number Slot of main Service board slot Power plate slot Fan plate slot
control board

FHL2100 1 0 0 / /

Port id
The port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. For port information of
veneers, please refer to the detailed description of the veneer in the “Hardware Description”.

4.1.2 datetime

[Command]

datetime year month day hour minute second

[View]

config view

4-101
[Parameter]

year: Year. Type: numerical value; range: 2000-2038;

month: Month. Type: numerical value; range: 1-12;

day: Day. Type: numerical value; range: 1-31;

hour: Hour. Type: numerical value; range: 0-23;

minute: Minute. Type: numerical value; range: 0-59;

second: Second. Type: numerical value; range: 0-59.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the system time. When you need to modify the system time, use
this command. Relevant command: show system.

[Example]
$Set the system time in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# datetime 2012 2 9 8 47 58

4.1.3 show diag-log

[Command]

show diag-log ( reboot | excp ) slot slotid

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

reboot: Display card to restart record information;

excp: Display abnormal record information of card；

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

The display diag-log (reboot | excp) slot command is used to view the card
restart information or card exception information recorded on the specified slot board.

[Example]
$ View restart information recorded on slot 1

4-102
FHL2100(config)#show diag-log reboot slot 1
649: user reset, 17:50:08 08/10/2018 (5)
648: user reset, 19:07:58 08/09/2018 (5)
647: user reset, 19:00:15 08/09/2018 (5)
646: user reset, 09:32:46 08/09/2018 (5)
645: user reset, 14:50:33 08/08/2018 (5)
644: user reset, 10:22:36 08/08/2018 (5)
643: user reset, 09:38:39 08/08/2018 (5)
642: user reset, 20:01:22 08/07/2018 (5)
641: unknown exception, 19:43:24 08/07/2018 (5)
640: user reset, 19:24:18 08/07/2018 (5)
639: unknown exception, 18:56:21 08/07/2018 (5)
638: user reset, 18:46:33 08/07/2018 (5)
637: user reset, 15:53:03 08/07/2018 (5)
636: user reset, 15:42:10 08/07/2018 (5)
635: user reset, 11:50:12 08/07/2018 (5)
634: user reset, 10:04:39 08/07/2018 (5)
633: user reset, 17:45:56 08/06/2018 (5)
632: user reset, 17:14:13 08/06/2018 (5)
631: user reset, 17:09:27 08/06/2018 (5)
630: user reset, 16:44:11 08/06/2018 (5)
629: user reset, 16:39:37 08/06/2018 (5)
628: user reset, 16:29:15 08/06/2018 (5)
627: user reset, 16:24:34 08/06/2018 (5)
626: user reset, 16:15:06 08/06/2018 (5)
625: user reset, 15:22:46 08/06/2018 (5)
624: user reset, 15:16:55 08/06/2018 (5)
623: user reset, 13:57:44 08/06/2018 (5)
622: user reset, 13:53:47 08/06/2018 (5)
621: user reset, 13:35:01 08/06/2018 (5)
620: user reset, 13:28:34 08/06/2018 (5)
619: user reset, 12:06:53 08/06/2018 (5)
618: user reset, 11:48:16 08/06/2018 (5)
617: user reset, 11:07:33 08/06/2018 (5)
616: user reset, 16:46:41 08/03/2018 (5)
615: user reset, 16:06:14 08/03/2018 (5)
614: user reset, 15:48:34 08/03/2018 (5)
613: user reset, 15:26:32 08/03/2018 (5)
612: user reset, 15:14:15 08/03/2018 (5)
611: user reset, 14:32:26 08/03/2018 (5)
610: power on, 14:11:00 08/03/2018 (77)
609: user reset, 10:18:29 08/02/2018 (5)
608: user reset, 10:10:34 08/02/2018 (5)
607: user reset, 09:39:54 08/02/2018 (5)
606: power on, 11:45:10 08/01/2018 (76)
605: power on, 10:33:27 08/01/2018 (88)
604: user reset, 17:35:00 07/31/2018 (5)
603: user reset, 15:27:33 07/31/2018 (5)
602: user reset, 15:14:54 07/31/2018 (5)
601: power on, 15:06:37 07/31/2018 (77)
600: power on, 14:06:39 07/31/2018 (88)
599: user reset, 10:12:01 07/31/2018 (5)
598: user reset, 10:06:12 07/31/2018 (5)
597: user reset, 09:50:59 07/31/2018 (5)
596: user reset, 11:53:17 07/30/2018 (5)

4-103
595: user reset, 15:40:01 07/27/2018 (5)
594: user reset, 15:36:04 07/27/2018 (5)
593: user reset, 15:22:43 07/27/2018 (5)
592: user reset, 15:05:08 07/27/2018 (5)
591: user reset, 14:47:26 07/27/2018 (5)
590: power on, 14:30:21 07/27/2018 (76)
589: power on, 13:54:30 07/27/2018 (88)
588: power on, 20:55:27 07/26/2018 (88)
587: power on, 09:52:46 07/26/2018 (89)
586: power on, 09:47:05 07/26/2018 (89)
585: power on, 09:17:36 07/26/2018 (89)
584: power on, 09:09:21 07/26/2018 (88)
583: power on, 20:12:02 07/25/2018 (89)
582: power on, 19:47:52 07/25/2018 (89)
581: power on, 13:47:21 07/25/2018 (89)
580: power on, 12:02:54 07/25/2018 (89)
579: power on, 11:29:05 07/25/2018 (89)
578: power on, 11:24:30 07/25/2018 (89)
577: power on, 10:10:57 07/25/2018 (89)
576: power on, 09:56:24 07/25/2018 (89)
575: power on, 17:00:26 07/24/2018 (88)
574: power on, 15:23:00 07/24/2018 (88)
573: power on, 14:52:54 07/24/2018 (89)
572: power on, 11:43:20 07/24/2018 (89)
571: power on, 11:23:28 07/24/2018 (89)
570: power on, 11:16:47 07/24/2018 (89)
569: power on, 10:51:17 07/24/2018 (89)
568: power on, 10:23:02 07/24/2018 (89)
567: power on, 09:31:36 07/24/2018 (89)
566: power on, 08:45:08 07/24/2018 (89)
565: power on, 16:56:52 07/23/2018 (89)
564: power on, 15:38:38 07/23/2018 (89)
563: power on, 11:58:05 07/23/2018 (89)
562: power on, 11:16:16 07/23/2018 (89)
561: power on, 10:59:53 07/23/2018 (89)
560: power on, 10:34:28 07/23/2018 (89)
559: power on, 10:10:30 07/23/2018 (89)
558: power on, 17:34:36 07/20/2018 (89)
557: power on, 15:59:41 07/20/2018 (89)
556: power on, 15:34:19 07/20/2018 (89)
555: power on, 14:14:29 07/20/2018 (89)
554: power on, 13:51:16 07/20/2018 (89)
553: power on, 13:46:02 07/20/2018 (89)
552: power on, 13:18:25 07/20/2018 (89)
551: power on, 11:28:13 07/20/2018 (89)
550: power on, 09:40:29 07/20/2018 (89)
549: power on, 16:58:52 07/19/2018 (89)
548: power on, 16:18:17 07/19/2018 (89)
547: power on, 13:48:14 07/19/2018 (88)
546: power on, 11:26:20 07/19/2018 (89)
545: power on, 11:08:23 07/19/2018 (89)
544: power on, 10:56:32 07/19/2018 (88)
543: power on, 19:07:27 07/18/2018 (89)
542: power on, 18:51:34 07/18/2018 (89)
541: power on, 18:48:16 07/18/2018 (89)

4-104
540: power on, 17:11:07 07/18/2018 (89)
539: power on, 15:23:22 07/18/2018 (89)
538: power on, 14:41:34 07/18/2018 (89)
537: power on, 14:12:42 07/18/2018 (89)
536: power on, 09:06:51 07/18/2018 (89)
535: power on, 17:11:36 07/17/2018 (89)
534: power on, 17:04:44 07/17/2018 (89)
533: power on, 13:53:21 07/17/2018 (89)
532: power on, 13:35:48 07/17/2018 (89)
531: power on, 12:07:11 07/17/2018 (89)
530: power on, 11:35:19 07/17/2018 (89)
529: power on, 09:00:39 07/17/2018 (89)
528: power on, 18:41:04 07/13/2018 (89)
527: power on, 18:18:24 07/13/2018 (89)
526: power on, 15:51:33 07/13/2018 (89)
525: power on, 15:00:07 07/13/2018 (89)
524: power on, 10:14:44 07/13/2018 (89)
523: power on, 09:02:34 07/13/2018 (89)
522: power on, 20:25:41 07/12/2018 (89)
521: power on, 19:41:22 07/12/2018 (89)
520: power on, 13:47:32 07/11/2018 (89)
519: power on, 19:11:05 07/10/2018 (89)
518: power on, 19:05:27 07/10/2018 (89)
517: power on, 16:24:32 07/10/2018 (89)
516: power on, 15:03:00 07/10/2018 (89)
515: power on, 13:52:14 07/10/2018 (89)
514: power on, 11:42:35 07/10/2018 (89)
513: power on, 11:33:32 07/10/2018 (89)
512: power on, 11:17:38 07/10/2018 (89)
511: power on, 10:26:34 07/10/2018 (89)
510: power on, 09:34:21 07/10/2018 (89)
509: power on, 19:09:41 07/09/2018 (89)
508: power on, 18:41:55 07/09/2018 (89)
507: power on, 17:15:18 07/09/2018 (89)
506: power on, 14:39:27 07/09/2018 (89)
505: power on, 11:52:39 07/09/2018 (89)
504: power on, 11:24:06 07/09/2018 (89)
503: power on, 09:41:36 07/09/2018 (89)
502: power on, 21:10:56 07/06/2018 (89)
501: power on, 20:39:20 07/06/2018 (89)
500: power on, 19:54:53 07/06/2018 (89)
499: power on, 18:47:29 07/06/2018 (89)
498: power on, 17:21:13 07/05/2018 (89)
497: power on, 16:46:10 07/05/2018 (89)
496: power on, 12:07:52 07/05/2018 (89)
495: power on, 10:27:18 07/05/2018 (89)
494: power on, 09:57:19 07/05/2018 (89)
493: power on, 08:43:06 07/02/2018 (88)
492: power on, 14:27:42 06/29/2018 (89)
491: power on, 11:55:47 06/29/2018 (89)
490: power on, 11:37:36 06/29/2018 (89)
489: power on, 19:42:46 06/28/2018 (89)
488: power on, 19:06:52 06/28/2018 (89)
487: power on, 17:28:40 06/28/2018 (89)
486: power on, 15:55:41 06/28/2018 (89)

4-105
485: power on, 11:27:54 06/28/2018 (89)
484: power on, 15:52:06 06/27/2018 (89)
483: power on, 14:49:21 06/27/2018 (89)
482: power on, 14:23:18 06/27/2018 (89)
481: power on, 10:24:06 06/27/2018 (89)
480: power on, 09:20:17 06/27/2018 (88)
479: power on, 09:09:24 06/27/2018 (88)
478: power on, 08:55:50 06/27/2018 (89)
477: power on, 02:23:52 06/27/2018 (89)
476: power on, 02:05:56 06/27/2018 (89)
475: power on, 01:41:06 06/27/2018 (89)
474: power on, 01:02:07 06/27/2018 (89)
473: power on, 00:21:54 06/27/2018 (89)
472: power on, 15:51:39 06/26/2018 (89)
471: power on, 09:15:15 06/26/2018 (89)
470: power on, 18:18:46 06/23/2018 (89)
469: power on, 18:12:21 06/23/2018 (89)
468: power on, 17:28:34 06/23/2018 (89)
467: power on, 16:41:48 06/23/2018 (89)
466: power on, 16:13:18 06/23/2018 (89)
465: power on, 14:28:48 06/23/2018 (89)
464: power on, 13:18:52 06/23/2018 (89)
463: power on, 11:09:40 06/23/2018 (89)
462: power on, 10:45:26 06/23/2018 (89)
461: power on, 09:59:00 06/23/2018 (89)
460: power on, 09:24:37 06/23/2018 (89)
459: power on, 08:57:05 06/23/2018 (89)
458: power on, 18:11:23 06/22/2018 (89)
457: power on, 17:40:23 06/22/2018 (89)
456: power on, 17:11:08 06/22/2018 (89)
455: power on, 16:58:28 06/22/2018 (89)
454: power on, 16:21:51 06/22/2018 (89)
453: power on, 15:55:54 06/22/2018 (89)
452: power on, 15:05:24 06/22/2018 (89)
451: power on, 14:29:29 06/22/2018 (89)
450: power on, 13:56:34 06/22/2018 (89)
449: power on, 13:50:19 06/22/2018 (89)
448: power on, 13:31:18 06/22/2018 (89)
447: power on, 11:31:07 06/22/2018 (89)
446: power on, 10:07:08 06/22/2018 (89)
445: power on, 08:59:13 06/22/2018 (89)
444: power on, 20:15:19 06/21/2018 (89)
443: power on, 19:20:40 06/21/2018 (89)
442: power on, 17:14:13 06/21/2018 (89)
441: power on, 10:37:41 06/21/2018 (89)
440: power on, 10:26:54 06/21/2018 (89)
439: power on, 10:16:00 06/21/2018 (89)
438: power on, 10:05:56 06/21/2018 (89)
437: power on, 09:25:51 06/21/2018 (89)
436: power on, 08:40:28 06/21/2018 (89)
435: power on, 09:29:25 06/20/2018 (89)
434: power on, 08:48:03 06/20/2018 (89)
433: power on, 08:37:26 06/20/2018 (89)
432: power on, 20:22:32 06/19/2018 (89)
431: power on, 17:40:20 06/19/2018 (89)

4-106
430: power on, 16:38:54 06/19/2018 (89)
429: power on, 15:50:09 06/19/2018 (89)
428: power on, 10:47:03 06/19/2018 (89)
427: power on, 19:58:43 06/15/2018 (89)
426: power on, 19:49:35 06/15/2018 (89)
425: power on, 19:21:48 06/15/2018 (89)
424: power on, 19:03:59 06/15/2018 (89)
423: power on, 18:52:13 06/15/2018 (89)
422: power on, 16:51:23 06/15/2018 (89)
421: power on, 16:30:31 06/15/2018 (89)
420: power on, 15:32:35 06/15/2018 (88)
419: power on, 15:03:26 06/15/2018 (89)
418: power on, 14:41:16 06/15/2018 (89)
417: power on, 14:23:32 06/15/2018 (88)
416: power on, 12:45:20 06/15/2018 (89)
415: power on, 12:03:17 06/15/2018 (89)
414: power on, 11:34:22 06/15/2018 (89)
413: power on, 11:20:21 06/15/2018 (89)
412: power on, 11:12:46 06/15/2018 (89)
411: power on, 10:24:16 06/15/2018 (89)
410: power on, 20:17:08 06/14/2018 (89)
409: power on, 20:04:54 06/14/2018 (88)
408: power on, 19:57:45 06/14/2018 (88)
407: power on, 19:45:37 06/14/2018 (88)
406: power on, 19:37:40 06/14/2018 (88)
405: power on, 19:16:43 06/14/2018 (89)
404: power on, 19:06:54 06/14/2018 (89)
403: power on, 18:54:34 06/14/2018 (89)
402: power on, 18:46:30 06/14/2018 (89)
401: power on, 18:34:55 06/14/2018 (89)
400: power on, 17:59:49 06/14/2018 (88)
399: power on, 17:54:25 06/14/2018 (88)
398: power on, 17:47:07 06/14/2018 (89)
397: power on, 17:27:36 06/14/2018 (89)
396: power on, 16:13:31 06/14/2018 (89)
395: power on, 15:40:51 06/14/2018 (89)
394: power on, 15:31:49 06/14/2018 (89)
393: power on, 15:06:47 06/14/2018 (89)
392: power on, 14:55:32 06/14/2018 (89)
391: power on, 14:37:35 06/14/2018 (89)
390: power on, 14:19:48 06/14/2018 (89)
389: power on, 13:24:45 06/14/2018 (88)
388: power on, 10:36:13 06/14/2018 (89)
387: power on, 10:29:50 06/14/2018 (89)
386: power on, 10:15:40 06/14/2018 (89)
385: power on, 09:55:50 06/14/2018 (89)
384: power on, 20:52:01 06/13/2018 (89)
383: power on, 20:15:18 06/13/2018 (89)
382: power on, 20:08:10 06/13/2018 (89)
381: power on, 17:37:41 06/13/2018 (89)
380: power on, 17:27:31 06/13/2018 (89)
379: power on, 16:20:03 06/13/2018 (89)
378: power on, 10:31:50 06/13/2018 (89)
377: power on, 06:41:45 06/13/2018 (89)
376: power on, 04:27:10 06/13/2018 (89)

4-107
 375: power on, 00:58:42 06/13/2018 (89)
374: power on, 20:25:04 06/12/2018 (89)
373: power on, 18:53:29 06/12/2018 (89)
372: power on, 17:33:33 06/12/2018 (89)
371: power on, 17:08:51 06/12/2018 (89)
370: power on, 15:37:07 06/12/2018 (89)
369: power on, 13:41:32 06/12/2018 (89)
368: power on, 11:01:23 06/12/2018 (89)
367: power on, 09:35:46 06/12/2018 (89)
366: power on, 17:09:32 06/08/2018 (89)
365: power on, 16:41:50 06/08/2018 (89)
364: power on, 09:26:25 06/08/2018 (89)
363: power on, 17:25:32 06/07/2018 (89)
362: power on, 17:01:17 06/07/2018 (89)
361: power on, 11:24:56 06/07/2018 (89)
360: power on, 10:18:59 06/07/2018 (89)
359: power on, 10:12:46 06/07/2018 (89)
358: power on, 13:52:41 06/06/2018 (89)
357: power on, 10:20:18 06/06/2018 (89)
356: power on, 08:54:50 06/06/2018 (88)
355: power on, 17:28:15 06/05/2018 (89)
354: power on, 09:44:10 06/04/2018 (89)
353: power on, 09:23:47 06/04/2018 (89)
352: power on, 09:56:09 06/01/2018 (89)
351: power on, 20:01:49 05/31/2018 (89)
350: power on, 18:51:11 05/31/2018 (89)

4.1.4 show system

[Command]

show system

[View]

“view” view, enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the device information, including shelf number, frame number,
name and system time of the device, system uptime and slot information of the device. When
you need to query the device information, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the device information in the enable view.
FHL2100# show system
Shelf number : 1

4-108
 Frame number : 1
System time : 09:49:04 12/27/2017 (UTC)
System uptime : 1 Day 23 Hours 2 Mins 41 Secs
System name : FHL2100
System total service slots : 1
System total power slots : 2
System total fan slot : 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Shelf number Shelf number
Frame number Frame number
System time System time
Systime uptime System uptime
System name System name
System total service slots Total service slot number of the system
System total power slots Total power slot number of the system
System total fan slot Total fan slot number of the system

4.1.5 show system exception reboot

[Command]

show system exception reboot

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the abnormal reboot configurations of key system tasks. When
you need to query the abnormal reboot configurations of the system, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the abnormal reboot configurations of key system tasks in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show system exception reboot
system exception reboot : enable

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
system exception reboot The state of abnormal system reboot configuration: enabled or
disabled

4-109
4.1.6 show system status

[Command]

show system status slotid

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

slotid：slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

The show system status command is used to view the system status of the device, such
as CPU, RAM, Flash, and so on.

[Example]
$ Show the system status of slot 1.
FHL2100(config)# show system status
1 CPU usage rate : 34%
Ram total size : 268435456 Bytes
Ram free size : 68865627 Bytes
Ram usage rate : 74%
Flash total size : 67108864 Bytes
Flash free size : 25845760 Bytes
Flash usage rate : 61%

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
CPU usage rate CPU utilization
Ram total size RAM total size
Ram free size RAM idle size
Ram usage rate RAM utilization
Flash total size FLASH total size
Flash free size FLASH idle size
Flash usage rate FLASH utilization ratio

4.1.7 show system watchdog

[Command]

show system watchdog

4-110
[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to dispay the enabling state of system watchdog. When you need to
query the configuration of system watchdog, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the enabling state of system watchdog in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show system watchdog
system watchdog : enable

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
system watchdog The enabling state of system watchdog: enabled or disabled

4.1.8 show time-zone

[Command]

show time-zone

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the time zone information of the system. When you need to
understand the time zone information of the system, use this command.

[Example]
$View the time zone information of the system in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show time-zone
System time: 09: 23: 24 05/14/2014
Time Zone(DefaultZoneName): UTC

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

4-111
 Parameter Descriptions
System time System time
Time Zone System time zone

4.1.9 system exception reboot

[Command]

system exception reboot (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the reboot. In case of system abnormity, the system will restart automatically.

disable: disable the reboot. In case of system abnormity, the system will not restart
automatically.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the reboot configuration of key system tasks in case of abnormity.
When you need to set the system to enable reboot in case of abnormity of key system taks, use
this command.

[Example]
$Set the device to restart automatically in case of abnormity of key system tasks in
the config view.
FHL2100(config)# system exception reboot enable

4.1.10 system frame

[Command]

system frame frameid

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

frameid: Frame number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-100; deafult: 1.

[Descriptions]

4-112
 This command is used to set the frame number of the device. By default, the frame number of
the device is 1. Relevant command is: show system.

[Example]
$Set the frame number of the device as 1 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#system frame 1

4.1.11 system name

[Command]

system name name

no system name

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

name: Device name. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “system name” is used to set the device name. When you need to modify the
device name, use this command.

The command “no system name” is used to restore the default device name “FHL2100”.

Relevant command: show system

[Example]
$Set the device name as wuhan in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# system name wuhan

4.1.12 system shelf

[Command]

system shelf shelfid

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

4-113
 shelfid: Shelf number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65,535; default: 1.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the shelf number of the device. By default, the shelf number of the
device is 1. Relevant command is: show system.

[Example]
$Set the shelf number of the device as 1 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# system shelf 1

4.1.13 system watchdog

[Command]

system watchdog (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: Enable the function of system watchdog.

disable: Disable the function of system watchdog.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable or disable the function of system watchdog. When you need to
configure the function of system watchdog, use this command.

[Example]
$Enable the function of system watchdog in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# system watchdog enable

4.1.14 time-zone

[Command]

time-zone ZONENAME (add|minus) hour minute

no time-zone

[View]

config view

4-114
[Parameter]

ZONENAME: Time zone name, which can be any readable character for user’s convenience of
reading and remembering, without any other specified meanings. Type: string; range: 1-31
characters. Generally it is recommended to name the time zone information as a standard name
of time zone. The default time zone name is “DefaultZoneName”.

hours: hour difference from UTC (0 time zone). Type: numerical value; range: 0-12; default:
0.

minute: minute difference from UTC (0 time zone). Type: numerical value; range: 0-59;
default: 0.

[Descriptions]

The command “time-zone” is used to configure the time zone information of OLT, record OLT
local time zone, time difference from UTC (0 time zone), with the eastern hemisphere as positive
value and western hemisphere as negative value, the max. offset as 12 hours. For example, to
configure the time zone of OLT as East eight zone, Beijing, the configuration command is time-
zone beijing add 8 0; while to configure the USA West five zone, the configuration command is
time-zone USA minus 5 0. By default, the time zone name is “DefaultZoneName”, and the time
zone is UTC (0 time zone).

The command “no time-zone” is used to restore the default time zone information of OLT.

[Example]
$Set the system as Beijing time zone in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# time-zone beijing add 8 0

4.2 ONU Device ConfigurationManagement

4.2.1 Authorization Management
authentication

[Command]

authentication mode (auto | loid | loid-logic-password |

password
| sn | sn-password | mix)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

4-115
 auto: the authentication mode is automatic authentication, namely, conducting automatic
authorization for the registered online ONU, which is suitable for such application scenarios that
there’s a greater number of ONU regarded as legitimate.

loid: the authentication mode is loid authentication, namely ONU LOID-based ONU
authentication;

loid-logic-password: ONU LOID+PASSWORD-based ONU authentication;

password: ONU PASSWORD-based ONU authentication;

sn: ONU SN-based ONU authentication；

sn-password: ONU SN+PASSWORD-based ONU authentication;

mix: the actual configuration of ONU ADD. Unconfigured, it enters automatic authentication.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the authentication mode of ONU under PON port. The
default authentication mode is auto. When you need to modify the authentication mode, use
this command.

[Example]
$Configure ONU authentication mode of PON0/1 port as LOID authentication in the
pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/1)# authentication loid

authentication add

[Command]

authentication add mac-authentication MAC type (8621 |

8622 | 8624 | 8625 | 8626 | 8628 | 8630 | 8641 | 8642
| 8643 | 8644 |
8645 | 8646 | 8647 | 8648 | 8649 | 8651 | 8652 | 8653 |
8654 |
8800a | 8800E | 8800CE | 8800DE | 8800XG | none) [onuid
onu-id]

authentication add ctc-authentication LOID [password] type

(8621 | 8622 | 8624 | 8625 | 8626 | 8628 | 8630 | 8641 |
8642 | 8643 |
8644 | 8645 | 8646 | 8647 | 8648 | 8649 | 8651 | 8652 |
8653 |
8654 | 8800a | 8800E | 8800CE | 8800DE | 8800XG | none)
[onuid
4-116
 onu-id]

[View]

pon view

4-117
[Parameter]

mac-authentication: Specify ONU authentication mode as MAC authentication. In MAC

authentication mode, OLT will judge whether ONU MAC is consistent with the configuration. If
yes, the authentication is passed, and ONU can be online normally.

ctc-authentication: Specify ONU authentication mode as CTC authentication. The

parameters of CTC authentication mode can be used in two ways. When entering only LOID, it
indicates selecting the SN authentication mode, and OLT will judge whether ONU SN is
consistent with the configuration. If yes, the authentication is passed, and ONU can be online
normally. When entering LOID + password, it indicates selecting SN+password
authentication mode, and OLT will judge whether ONU SN and password are consistent with the
configurations. If yes, the authentication is passed, and ONU can be online normally.

MAC : ONU MAC address, with format as AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB.CCDD.EEFF;

LOID: ONU logical identification. Type: string; range: 1-24 characters.

password: ONU logical identification password. Type: string; range: 1-12 characters;

8621: 1GE port indoor SFU;

8622: 1GE port field SFU;

8624: 4GE port or 4FE port indoor SFU;

8625: 4GE port or 4FE port field SFU;

8626: 4GE port and 1 CATV port field SFU;

8628 : 4GE port 10G SFU;

8630 : 2GE port 10G SFU;

8641: 8FE port MDU;

8644: 16FE port MDU;

8647: 24FE port MDU;

8651: 4GE port electrical ONU;

8652 : 4GE port electrical ONU;

8653: 4GE port electrical ONU;

8654: 4GE port electrical ONU;

none: unkown type of ONU;

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

4-118
[Descriptions]

This command is used to add an ONU to current PON port and specify the ONU authentication
mode and type, with the authentication mode as MAC address-based authentication, LOID-
based authentication or LOID+password-based authentication, and the specified ONU index
number optional.

Notes:

When adding ONU under pon port, ensure the specified ONU authentication mode in compliance with
the configured authentication mode of pon port, that is to say, in auto authentication and mac
authentication modes, you can only specify ONU authentication mode as mac authentication; in loid

authentication mode, you can only specify onu authentication mode as loid authentication; in loid-

pwd authentication mode, you can only specify onu authentication mode as loid+password
authentication; in mix authentication mode, all onu authentication modes are supported.

If the specified onu authentication mode does not match the authentication mode of pon port, adding
onu will be failed

[Example]
$In the pon view, add an ONU with authentication mode as MAC authentication,
MAC address as 66: 55: 44: 33: 22: 11 and type as pn8622 to pon3/4 port.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/4)#authentication add mac-authentication 66: 55: 44:
33: 22: 11 type 8622

authentication delete

[Command]

authentication delete onu-id

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete an ONU. When deleting an ONU, the configuration information
of the ONU will be deleted as well and the online ONU will be foreced to be offline. When you
need to delete some an ONU, use this command.

4-119
[Example]
$Delete the ONU with ONU ID as 2 under pon0/1 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/1)#authentication delete 2

authentication modify

[Command]

authentication modify onuid onu-id (mac MAC | loid LOID [password

password])

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

MAC : ONU MAC address, with format as AA : BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB.CCDD.EEFF;

LOID : ONU logical identification. Type: string; range: 1-24 characters;

password: ONU logical identification password. Type: string; range: 1-12 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to modify the ONU MAC address, LOID, LOID+PASSWORD. When the ONU
fails and needs to be replaced, this command can be used to modify the authentication
information as the newly-replaced ONU. After successfully configuring this command, the
original ONU will be foreced to be offline, and the ONU authentication information will be
replaced with the new ONU information, with ONU configuration remaining unchanged. When
replacing the ONU authentication information, it shall be consistent with the authentication
mode of pon port, which is not supported temporarily.

[Example]
$In the pon view, modify the MAC address of ONU under pon3/4 port with ONU ID
as 2, authentication mode as MAC address-based authentication to be 11: 11: 22:
22: 33: 33.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/4)#authentication modify onuid 2 mac 11: 11: 22: 22:
33: 33

black-list

[Command]

black-list (add | delete) mac-address

4-120
[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

add: add an ONU blacklist to current PON port;

delete: delete an ONU blacklist from current PON port ;

mac-address: ONU MAC address, with format as AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB.CCDD.EEFF;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to add or delete an ONU blacklist under current PON port. When you
need to prohibit the authentication of some an ONU, you can use the command for addition to
add the ONU MAC address to the blacklist. For online ONU, adding to the blacklist will force the
ONU to be offline, with configurations retained. When cancelling some an ONU to prohibit the
authentication, you can use the command for deletion to remove the ONU MAC address from
the blacklist. After successful removal, normal authentication of ONU will be conducted.

[Example]
$In the pon view, add the ONU under pon3/4 port with MAC address as 00: 11: 22:
33: 44: 55 to the blacklist.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/4)#black-list add 00: 11: 22: 33: 44: 55

capability-set

[Command]

capability-set add [ fe fe-number ] [ ge ge-number ] [ e1 e1-

number ] [ pots ports-number ] [ wlan wlan-number ] [ catv catv-
number ] [ uart uart-number ]

capability-set delete ( set-id | all )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

fe fe-number: fe port. Type: numerical value; range: 0-24;

ge ge-number: ge port. Type: numerical value; range: 0-24;

e1 e1-number: e1 port. Type: numerical value; range: 0-24;

4-120
 pots ports-number: pots port. Type: numerical value; range: 0-24;

wlan wlan-number: WLAN port. Type: numerical value; range: 0-24;

catv catv-number: CATV port. Type: numerical value; range: 0-24;

uart uart-number: UART port. Type: numerical value; range: 0-24;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure manually an ONU capability set. When the existing capability
set does not match the actual ONU capability, use this command to add a new ONU capability
set.

[Example]
$In the config view, add manually an ONU capability set: 1 fe port, 4 ge port, no
e1 port and pots port.
FHL2100(config)# capability-set add fe 1 ge 4 e1 0 pots 0
FHL2100(config)# show onu capability-set 33
capability-set id : 33
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Num of GE ports : 4
Num of FE Ports : 1
Num of POTS Ports : 0
Num of E1 Ports : 0
Num of WLAN Ports : 0
Num of CATV Ports : 1
Num of UART Ports : 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

fixed-bind

[Command]

fixed-bind (enable | disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable precise binding function

disable: disable precise binding function

[Descriptions]

The command is used to control the status of the precise binding function. By default, the
function is disabled.

4-121
 When the precise binding function is enabled, the ONU binding to the specified PON port only
can be online on this PON port. When the precise binding function is disabled, the ONU can bind
to multiple PON ports.

[Example]
$Enable precise binding function
FHL2100(config)#fixed-bind enable

onu conform all

[Command]

onu confirm all

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to authorize the onu with authentication failed in batch. When you need
to authorize all onu under pon port, use this command. After successfuly executing this
command, all onu in the unauthorization table will be added to the authentication white list,
and the unauthorization table will be deleted. The onu can be online normally by means of
secondary authorization.

[Example]
$Authorize all unauthorized onu under pon3/5 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/5)#onu conform all

show authentication-mode

[Command]

show authentication-mode

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

4-122
 N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the authentication mode of ONU under current PON port.
When you need to query the authentication mode of current PON port, use this command.

[Example]
$View ONU authentication mode of PON3/4 port in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/4)# show authentication-mode
Pon authentication is loid mode.

show onu capability-set

[Command]

show onu capability-set (all | capability-set-id)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

capability-set-id: onu capability set index number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-256,
where 1-32 is the default capacity set supported by the system.

all : all onu capability sets, including the default capability set supported by the system.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view information of the specified index or all onu capability sets. When
you need to view the configuration information of existing onu capability sets, use this
command.

[Example]
$View information of the manually-added capability set with index as 33 in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# show onu capability-set 33
capability-set id : 33
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Num GE ports : 4
GE port map : 15
Num FE Ports : 1
FE port map : 1
Num POTS Ports : 0
POTS port map : 0
Num E1 Ports : 0
E1 port map : 0

4-123
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
capability-set id Capability set index
Num GE ports Number of GE ports
GE port map Distributio bitmap of GE ports
Num FE Ports Number of FE ports
FE port map Distributio bitmap of FE ports
Num POTS Ports Number of POTS ports
POTS port map Distributio bitmap of POTS ports
Num E1 Ports Number of E1 ports
E1 port map Distributio bitmap of E1 ports

show onu summary

[Command]

show onu gpon summary [slot slot-id]

[View]

config view, pon view

slot-id : slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 0-0.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view quantity statistics information of onu of various authentication
status in the device or on the specified slot in the config view, or view quantity statistics
information of onu of various authentication status under current pon port in the pon view.
When you need to view the quantity statistics information of onu, use this command.

[Example]
$View the quantity statistics information of onu on the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show onu gpon summary
PON-ID Total Onu Ccmts Online Offline Active Deactive Mismatch ConfigFail
------- ----- ----- ------ ------- ------- -------- -------- ---------- ----
03/06 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0
Total 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

4-124
 Parameter Descriptions
PON-ID pon port index
Total Total quantity of devices under pon port
Onu Total quantity of onu under pon port
Ccmts Total quantity of ccmts under pon port
Online Quantity of online onu
Offline Quantity of offline onu
Active Quantity of active onu
Deactive Quantity of inactive onu
Mismatch Quantity of onu with capability set unmatched
ConfigFail Quantity of onu with configuration failed

show onu version

[Command]

show onu gpon version

[View]

enable view, config view, pon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the version information of all onu on the device in the config
view, or view the version information of onu udner current pon port in the pon view. When you
need to view the version information of onu, use this command.

[Example]
$View the version information of all onu on the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show onu gpon version
ONU-ID Control-Flag Run-State MAC address Type
------- -------------- ----------- ----------------- ------------
Software Version Hardware Version
------------------- -------------------
03/5: 01 active online 00: 24: 68: 74: 01: 51 8624
V1.1.4.9 8624BA11
03/5: 02 active online 00: 24: 68: 74: 01: 43 8624
V1.1.4.9 8624BA11
03/5: 03 active online 00: 24: 68: 74: 01: 25 8624
V1.1.4.9 8624BA11
03/5: 04 active online 00: 24: 68: 74: 01: 57 8624
V1.1.4.9 8624BA11

4-125
  In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
ONU-ID Onu index
Control-Flag Control flag: active or deactive
Run-State Running status: online or offline
MAC address onu MAC address
Type Product type
Software Version Software version
Hardware Version Hardware version

show onuinfo all

[Command]

show onuinfo all [slot slot-id]

[View]

config view, pon view

[Parameter]

slot-id : slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 0-0.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the authentication information of onu on the device or the
specified slot in the config view, or view the authentication information of onu of current pon
port in the pon view. When you need to view the authentication information of onu, use this
command.

[Example]
$View the authentication information of global onu on the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show onuinfo all
ONU-ID LLID Control-Flag Run-State Match-State Config-State
------- ---- -------------- --------- -------------- ------------
MAC address Type ActiveTime
--------------------- ------- ------------------
03/5: 01 3c03 active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 4a 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 06
03/5: 02 3c00 active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 13 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 06
03/5: 03 3c02 active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 2c 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 06
03/5: 04 3c0a active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 5a 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 07
03/5: 05 3c05 active online match normal
00: d0: d0: 53: 13: b9 8624 1970/01/01 11: 15: 07

4-126
 03/5: 06 3c06 active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 54 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 07
03/5: 07 3c08 active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 08 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 07
03/5: 08 3c04 active online match normal
00: d0: d0: 53: b5: d0 8624 1970/01/01 11: 15: 07
03/5: 09 3c0b active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 51 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 07
03/5: 10 3c0c active online match normal
00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 41 8621 1970/01/01 11: 15: 07

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
ONU-ID onu index
LLID onu logical link identification
Control-Flag Control flag: active or deactive
Run-State Running status: online or offline
Match-State Matching status of capability set, including “initial”,
“match”, “mismatch”
Config-State Configuration status, including “initial”, “fail”, “in-
config”, “normal”
MAC address onu MAC address
Type Product type
ActiveTime onu online time

show onuinfo in-black-list

[Command]

show onuinfo in-black-list [slot slot-id]

[View]

enable view, config view, pon view

[Parameter]

slot-id : slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 0-0.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the blacklist information of ONU on the devlcie or the specified
slot in the config view, or view the blacklist information of onu of current pon port in the pon
view. When you need to view the blacklist information of onu, use this command.

[Example]
$View the blacklist information of ONU under PON3/4 port in the pon view.

4-127
 FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/5)#show onuinfo in-black-list
S/P/Index MAC address
--------- -----------------
03/4/ 01 00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 1b

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
S/P/Index Blacklist onu index, slot number/ pon port
number/ index number
MAC address MAC address of onu added to the blacklist

show onuinfo unauthorized

[Command]

show onuinfo unauthorized [slot slot-id]

[View]

enable view, config view, pon view

[Parameter]

slot-id : s slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 0-0.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the authentication information of unauthorized onu on the device
or the specified slot in the config view, or view the authentication information of unauthorized
onu of current pon port in the pon view. When you need to view the authentication information
of unauthorized onu, use this command.

[Example]
$View the authentication information of unauthorized onu on the device in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# show onuinfo unauthorized
S/P/Index MAC Address Loid Password Type OUI-version Distance(m)
--------- ----------------- ------- ------- ----- ---------- ------------
Auth-Time
--------------------
3/5/ 1 00: d0: d0: 53: 13: b9 12305B 5B0321 8624 CTC2.1 91
2016/08/05 16: 09: 50

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
S/P/Index Unauthorized onu index, slot number/ pon port
number/ index number
MAC Address Unauthorized onu MAC address
4-128
 Parameter Descriptions
Loid Unauthorized onu logical identification
Password Unauthorized onu logical identification password
Type Product type
Auth-Time Last authentication and authorization time

authentication-mode

[Command]

authentication mode(auto|loid|loid-logic-
password|password|sn|sn- password|mix)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

auto: auto authentication, that is automatically authorizing the registered ONU. It applies to
scenarios where there are many ONUs and all of them are considered legitimate.

sn: ONU authentication based on ONU SN.

sn-password: ONU authentication based on ONU SN + Password.

password: ONU authentication based on ONU Password.

loid: ONU authentication based on ONU LOID.

loid-logic-password: ONU authentication based on ONU LOID + Password.

mix: based on actual configuration of the ONU ADD, if not configured, auto authentication
will be used.

[Description]

The authentication mode command is used to designate the authentication mode of

the GPON port. By default, the authentication mode of the GPON port is ONU authentication
based on ONU SN. Authorization of the ONU should match the authentication mode of the
GPON port.

[Example]
$ Configure the authentication mode of the GPON3/1 port to be auto.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#authentication mode auto

4-129
 auto-auth

[Commands]

auto-auth index index onu-lineprofile-id onu-lineprofile-id onu-

srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id [onu-type type-string][eth eth-
port][wlan wlan-port ][catv catv-port][veip veip-port]

auto-auth index index bind slot(slot-id|all)

auto-auth index index bind slot slot-id port port-list

no auto-auth index index

no auto-auth index index bind slot(slot-id|all)

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

Index: index of auto authentication configuration information, the parameter is an integer

with a value range of 1-256.

onu-lineprofile-id: ONU line template ID, the parameter is an integer with a value
range of 1-1024.

onu-srvprofile-id: ONU service template ID, the parameter is an integer with a value
range of 1-1024.

type-string: ONU type information, the parameter is a string with a length range of 1-19
bytes.

eth-port: number of ETH ports, the parameter is an integer with a value range of 0-24.

wlan-port: number of WLAN ports, the parameter is an integer with a value range of 0-2.

catv-port: number of CATV ports, the parameter is an integer with a value range of 0-2.

veip-port: number of VEIP ports, the parameter is an integer with a value range of 0-8.

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-list: list of batch processed gpon port IDs. Up to 8 sets of parameters are supported
and each set of parameters is delimited by comma. A set of parameters can be an individual

4-130
 port-id as well as the range of consecutive port-ids represented by a hyphen "-", for example, "1,
3-5, 7-9, 11, 13-15". Each port-id is in the integer form with a value range of 1-16.

all: to batch bind specified configuration information to all the gpon ports on the device.

[Description]

The auto-auth index command is used to create ONU automatic authentication

configuration information.

The auto-auth index bind command is used to bind configuration information to the
specified gpon port.

The no auto-auth index command is used to delete ONU automatic authentication

configuration information.

The no auto-auth index bind command is used to unbind configuration information

from the specified gpon port.

[Example]
$ Configure the automatic authentication index and bind it to the gpon port.
FHL2100(config)#auto-auth index 1 onu-lineprofile-id 1 onu-srvprofile-id 1
onu-type top8625 eth 4 wlan 0 catv 0 veip 0
FHL2100(config)#auto-authindex 2 onu-line profile-id 1 onu-srvprofile-id 1
onu-type top8625 eth 4 wlan 1
FHL2100(config)#auto-auth index 1 bind slot all
FHL2100(config)#auto-auth index 2 bind slot 3 port 1-5,8,6,11

onu-auto-find-enable

[Commands]

onu-auto-find

enable no onu-auto-

find enable

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The onu-auto-find enable command is used to enable the ONU auto-find function of
the specified GPON port.

4-131
 The no onu-auto-find enable command is used to disable the ONU auto-find function
of the specified GPON port.

By default, the ONU auto-find function of the GPON port is enabled.

[Example]
$ Disable the ONU auto-find function of the GPON 0/1 port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#noonu-auto-findenable

onu-add

[Commands]

onu add onu-id sn-auth sn-value [password-auth password]omcionu-

lineprofile-id onu-lineprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id onu-
srvprofile-id

onuadd onu-id loid-auth loid-value[logic-password logic-

password]omcionu-lineprofile-id onu-lineprofile-id onu-
srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id

onuadd onu-id password-auth password omcionu-lineprofile-id onu-

lineprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

sn-value: sn-value: SN serial number of GPON ONU. It is a 14 or 16 16 hexadecimal

characters , <XXXXXXXXXXXXXX> or <XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX>.

loid-value: it is in the form of a string, with a value range of 1-24 bytes.

password: it is in the form of a string, with a value range of 1-10 bytes.

logic-password: it is in the form of a string, with a value range of 1-12 bytes.

omci: the OLT authenticates and manages the GPON ONU through the OMCI protocol.

onu-lineprofile-id: ONU line template ID. It is in the integer form with a value range of
1-1024.

onu-srvprofile-id: ONU service template ID. It is in the integer form with a value range
of 1-1024.

4-132
[Description]

The onu add command is used to add an authenticated GPO ONU in current GPON port, and to
specify the line template ID and the service template ID.

[Example]
$ Configure an ONU with authentication based on ONU SN in the GPON 0/1 port,
and designate the GPON ONU authentication SN ID to be 12345678912345, ONU
line template ID to be 21 and ONU service template ID to be 40.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu add 1 sn-auth 12345678912345 omci
onu- lineprofile-id 21 onu-srvprofile-id 40

onu description

[Command]

onu onu-id description name

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

name: description information of the GPON ONU, it is in the form of a string, with a value
range of 1-63.

[Description]

The onu description command is used to modify the description information of the
specified ONU in the specified GPON port.

[Example]
$ Modify the description information of ONU1 in GPON 0/1 port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# onu 1 description gpon_onu_1

onu-delete (gpon view)

[Command]

onu delete(onu-id |all | offline)

[View]

GPON view

4-133
[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

all: Delete the authentication configuration of all ONU under the port, including online and
non online ONU.

[Description]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

all: all ONUs under the port.

offline: offline ONUs under the port.

User's pre-configured ONUs are also known as offline ONUs. Make sure the pre-configured ONU
can be deleted when using this command.

[Example]
$ Delete all ONU authentication configuration under port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu delete all

onu delete (config view)

[Command]

onu delete ( all |offline)

onu delete slotslotid( all |offline)

onu delete slotslotidPORTLIST( all |offline)

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

slotid：slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

all：Delete the authentication configuration of all ONU under the port, including online and
non online ONU.

offline：Offline ONU.

PORTLIST：Port number batch input, support 1,3,5-7 format input.

[Description]

4-134
 onu delete all：Delete all ONU.

onu delete offline: Delete all offline ONU.

onu delete slot slotid all：Delete the specified PON slot bits for all ONU.

onu delete slot slotid offline: Delete the specified PON slot bits for all offline
ONU.

onu delete slot slotid PORTLIST all：Deletes all ONUs of the specified slot
batch port, and if the input port number has an illegal value, the system returns an error, and
other correct PON ports do not perform this operation.

onu delete slot slotid PORTLIST offline：Delete all offline ONUs for the
specified slot batch port. If the input port number has an illegal value, the system will return an
error, and other correct PON ports will not perform this operation.

User pre configured ONU is also known as offline ONU.

When using commands, you need to make sure that pre
configured ONU can be deleted.

[Example]
$ Delete device 0 slot all offline ONU.
FHL2100(config)#onu delete slot 0 offline

offline-onu auto-clear

[Command]

offline-onu auto-clear

(enable|disable) offline-onu auto-

clear period time

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

enable：Enable offline ONU automatic cleaning function.

disable：Disable offline ONU automatic cleaning function., The default is disable。

time: Online time. The range is 1~30, unit days, 7 days by default.

[Description]

offline-onu auto-clear enable: Enable offline ONU automatic cleaning function.

4-135
 offline-onu auto-clear disable: Disable offline ONU automatic cleaning function；

offline-onu auto-clear period time：Configure offline time to automatically

delete offline ONU.

User pre configured ONU is also known as offline ONU. When using commands, you need to
make sure that pre configured ONU can be deleted. The offline time error of configuring ONU is
about 1 hours.

[Example]
$ Enable offline ONU automatic cleaning function.
FHL2100(config)#offline-onu auto-clear enable
$ Configuration ONU offline time more than 2 days will be automatically deleted.
FHL2100(config)#offline-onu auto-clear period 2

show offline-onu auto-clearinfo

[Command]

show offline-onu auto-clear info

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

None

[Description]

show offline-onu auto-clear info：View current offline ONU automatic delete

function information.

[Example]
$ View current offline ONU automatic delete function information.
FHL2100(config)#show offline-onu auto-clear info
Offline-onu auto-clear info .
-------------------------------------
auto-clear state : enable.
offline-onu period: 1(days).
-------------------------------------

onu-modify

[Commands]

onu modify onuid onu-id sn sn-value[password password]

4-136
 onu modify onuid onu-id password password

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

sn-value: SN serial number of GPON ONU. It is a 14 or 16 16 hexadecimal characters ,

<XXXXXXXXXXXXXX> or <XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX>.

password: it is in the form of a string, with a value range of 1-10 bytes.

[Description]

The onu modify command is used to modify the authentication mode for the GPON ONU,
including authentication based on SN, authentication based on SN + Password and
authentication based on Password.

[Example]
$ Modify the authentication mode of the GPON ONU with an ONU ID of 2 in
GPON 0/1 port to be SN-based authentication, and the SN serial number is
222233334444.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu modify onuid 2 sn 222233334444

onu-activaite

[Commands]

onu activate(onu-id|all)

onu deactivate(onu-id|all)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

all: to batch activate all the ONUs in GPON port.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The onu activate command is used to activate the specified ONU or all the ONUs in a
GPON port.

4-137
 The onu deactivate command is used to deactivate the specified ONU or all the ONUs in a
GPON port.

[Example]
$ Deactivate the ONU with an ONU ID of 1 in GPON 0/1 port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu deactivate 1

onu-confirm

[Commands]

onu confirm onu-id sn-auth sn-value[password-auth password]omci

onu-lineprofile-id onu-lineprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id onu-
srvprofile-id

onuconfirm onu-id loid-auth loid-value[logic-password logic-

password]omci onu-lineprofile-id onu-lineprofile-id onu-
srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id

onuconfirm onu-id password-auth password omci onu-lineprofile-id

onu-lineprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id

onu confirmsn-auth[password-auth]all onu-lineprofile-id onu-

lineprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id

onuconfirm loid-auth[logic-pasword]all onu-lineprofile-id onu-

lineprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id

onuconfirm password-auth all onu-lineprofile-id onu-lineprofile-

idonu-srvprofile-id onu-srvprofile-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

sn-value: SN serial number of GPON ONU. It is a 14-byte or 16-byte hexadecimal string,

<XXXXXXXXXXXXXX> or <XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX>.

loid-value: it is in the form of a string, with a value range of 1-24 bytes.

password: it is in the form of a string, with a value range of 1-10 bytes.

logic-password: it is in the form of a string, with a value range of 1-12 bytes.

4-138
 omci: the OLT authenticates and manages the GPON ONU through the OMCI protocol.

onu-lineprofile-id: ONU line template ID. It is in the integer form with a value range of
1-1024.

onu-srvprofile-id: ONU service template ID. It is in the integer form with a value range
of 1-1024.

[Description]

The onu confirm command is used to confirm the GPON ONU in the auto-find index of
current GPON port, and to authorize the ONU to come online.

[Example]
$ Authorize all the GPON ONUs with SN-based authentication in GPON 0/1 port, and
designate the ONU line template ID to be 21 and the ONU service template ID to be 40.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu confirm sn-auth all omci onu-lineprofile-id
2
1 onu-srv-profile-id 40

onu admin-status

[Commands]

onu admin-status onu-id enable

no onu admin-status onu-id enable

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The onu admin-status onu-id enable command is used to enable the administrative
status of the ONU.

The no onu admin-status onu-id disable command is used to disable the

administrative status of the ONU.

[Example]
$ Disable the administrative status of ONU 1 on GPON 0/1 board.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#no onu admin-status 1 enable

4-139
 onu cancel

[Command]

onu cancel(sn-value|all)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

all: all the auto-found ONUs in a GPON port.

sn-value: SN serial number of GPON ONU. It is a 14-byte or 16-byte hexadecimal string,

<XXXXXXXXXXXXXX> or <XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX>.

[Description]

The onu cancel sn-value command is used to delete a specified auto-found ONU of a
specified GPON port.

The onu cancel all command is used to delete all the auto-found ONUs of a specified
GPON port.

[Example]
$ Delete all the auto-found ONUs in GPON 0/1 port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu cancel all

gpon onuautofind timeout

[Command]

gpon onu autofind timeout time

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

time: auto-find aging time, it is in the integer form with a value range of 100-300, and the
default value is 300s.

[Description]

4-140
 The gpon onu autofind timeout command is used to configure the aging time of the
auto-find function for the GPON ONU, preventing prolonged occupancy of the auto-find index
by un-authenticated ONUs.

[Example]
$ Modify the auto-find aging time for the GPON ONU
FHL2100(config)# gpon onu autofind timeout 200

show gpon onuautofind timeout

[Command]

show gpon onu autofind timeout

[View]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show gpon onu autofind timeout command is used to query the aging time of
the auto-find function for the GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ Query the auto-find aging time for the GPON ONU
FHL2100(config)# show gpon onu autofind timeout
Aging time of the automatically found ONUs : 300(s)

onu mac-filter

[Commands]

onu onu-id mac-filtereth port-id mac-addr

no onu onu-id mac-filtereth port-id(mac-addr|all )

no onu onu-id mac-filter all

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

4-141
 all: to batch execute all the ONUs in a specified pon port.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

port-id: ETH port ID 1-24.

mac-addr: MAC address, XXXX.XXXX.XXXX.

[Description]

The onu onu-id mac-filter eth port-id mac-addr command is used to create
a MAC address filter list against the specified ports of the specified GPON ONU user-side, and up
to 16 entries can be configured in the MAC address filter list.

The no onu onu-id mac-filter eth port-id mac-addr command is used to

delete the specified MAC address filter list of specified ports of the specified GPON ONU user-
side.

The no onu onu-id mac-filter eth port-id all command is used to delete all
the MAC address filter lists of specified ports of the specified GPON ONU user-side.

The no onu onu-id mac-filter all command is used to delete all the MAC address
filter lists of the specified GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ Create a MAC address filter list against port 1 of ONU1 in GPON 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#onu 1 mac-filter eth 1 1234.5678.9012

show onu mac-filter

[Commands]

show onu onu-id mac-filter all

show onu onu-id mac-filtereth port-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

all: to batch execute all the ONUs in a specified pon port.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

port-id: ETH port ID 1-24.

4-142
[Description]

The show onu onu-id mac-filter all command is used to display the MAC address
filter list of the specified ONU.

The show onu onu-id mac-filter eth command is used to display the MAC address
filter list of specified ETH ports of the specified ONU.

[Example]
$ Display the MAC address filter list of ONU1 in GPON 0/2.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#show onu 1 mac-filter all
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Onu Uni Mac-Address
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 1234.5678.9012
1 2 1234.5678.9013
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Onu ONU ID

Uni UNI port index ID

Mac-Address MAC address

show auto-auth

[Commands]

show auto-auth index(index|all)

show auto-auth index index

bindinfo

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

index: index of auto authentication configuration information, the parameter is an integer

with a value range of 1-256.

all: to display detailed information of the ONUs in the auto-find index.

[Description]

4-143
 The show auto-auth index command is used to display automatic authentication
configuration information.

The show auto-auth index bind info command is used to display information
about the bound gpon port of the automatic authentication configuration.

[Example]
$ Display automatic authentication configuration information and information
about the bound gpon port.
FHL2100(config)# show auto-auth index all
Codes: U - unconcern
Index Onu-Type Line-Profile Srv-Profile Eth Wlan Catv Veip
---------------------------------------------------------------
1 top8625 1 1 4 0 0 0
2 top8625 1 1 4 1 U U
---------------------------------------------------------------
The num of index: 2

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Index Display ID
Onu-Type ONU type information, in the integer form
Line-Profile ONU line template ID, the parameter is an
integer with a range of 1-1024
Srv-Profile ONU service template ID, the parameter is an
integer with a range of 1-1024
Eth Number of ETH ports
Wlan Number of WLAN ports
Catv Number of CATV ports
Veip Number of VEIP ports

FHL2100(config)# show auto-auth index 1 bind info

Slot Port
----------------------------------------
0 1-16
FHL2100(config)# show auto-auth index 2 bind info
Slot Port
----------------------------------------
0 1-6,8,11

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Slot Slot ID
Port Port ID

4-144
 show onu gpon autofind

[Command]

show onu gpon auto find[slot slot-id [port port-id]](all|brief)

[View]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: to designate the port of a slot, please refer to actual device for accurate value
range. If the port ID is not designated, it indicates that ONU information in the auto-find index of
the specified slot will be displayed.

all: to display detailed information of the ONUs in the auto-find index.

brief: to display brief information of the ONUs in the auto-find index.

[Description]

The show onu gpon auto find command is used to display ONU information in the
auto-find index.

[Example]
$ Display information about all the ONUs in the auto-find index of the device.
FHL2100(config)#show onu gpon auto find all
-------------------------------------------------
Number: 1
S/P: 0/12
OnuSN: 46485454002460E2
Password: 00000001
Loid: FHTT12345678
Checkcode: Phyhome
VenderID: FHTT
OnuVersion: 8625-102
OnuSoftwareVersion: v1.1.0.8
OnuEquipmentID: 110F
Onuautofindtime: 14: 04: 4310/10/2016(UTC)
-------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:

4-145
 Parameter Description
Number Display ID
S/P Slot ID and port ID
OnuSN SN of the ONU
Password Password of the ONU
Loid LOID of the ONU
Checkcode Checkcode of the ONU
VenderID Manufacturer ID
OnuVersion ONU version
OnuSoftwareVersion ONU software version
OnuEquipmentID ONU device ID
Onuautofindtime ONU auto-find time

show onu gpon autofind (gpon view)

[Command]

show onu gpon auto find

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show onu gpon auto find command is used to display ONU information in the
auto-find index of the current GPON port.

[Example]
$ Display ONU information in the auto-find index of the GPON 0/1 port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#show onu gpon autofind
-------------------------------------------------
Number: 1
S/P: 0/1
OnuSN: 46485454002460E2
Password: 00000001
Loid: FHTT12345678
Checkcode: Phyhome
VenderID: FHTT
OnuVersion: 8625-102
OnuSoftwareVersion: v1.1.0.8
OnuEquipmentID: 110F
Onuautofindtime: 14: 04: 4310/10/2016(UTC)
-------------------------------------------------

4-146
  In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is
shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Number Display ID
S/P Slot ID and port ID
OnuSN SN of the ONU
Password Password of the ONU
Loid LOID of the ONU
Checkcode Checkcode of the ONU
VenderID Manufacturer ID
OnuVersion ONU version
OnuSoftwareVersion ONU software version
OnuEquipmentID ONU device ID
Onuautofindtime ONU auto-find time

show onu gpon capability

[Command]

show onu gpon capability onu-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The show onu gpon capability command is used to query and display the capability
set information of the ONU.

[Example]
$ Query and display the capability set information of the ONU with ONU ID 1.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/7)# show onu gpon capability 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
ONU Hardware Capability / Status Information
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
S/P :0/7
ONU ID 1
Equipment ID :PN8625
Number of uplink PON ports 1
Number of POTS ports 0
Number of ETH ports 4
Number of VEIP ports 0

4-147
Number of CATV ports 0
Number of Wlans 1
Number of GEM ports 256
Number of Ip host 0
Number of Traffic Schedulers 15
Number of T-CONTs 15
ONU type :SFU
Extended OMCI message format :not support
TX power cut off :enable
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of PQs in T-CONT 0 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 1 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 2 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 3 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 4 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 5 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 6 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 7 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 8 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 9 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 10 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 11 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 12 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 13 8
Number of PQs in T-CONT 14 8
--------------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the explanation of the echoing parameters of the commands

is shown in the table below:
Parameter
S/P
ONU ID
EquipmentID
Numberof uplink PON ports
Number of POTS ports
NumberofETHports
Number of VEIP ports
NumberofCATVports
NumberofWlans
Number of GEM ports
Number of Ip host
Numberof Traffic Schedulers
NumberofT-CONTs
ONU type
Extended OMCI message format
TX power cut off
Number of PQs in T-CONT
Description
Slot ID and port ID
Specific ONU ID
Device ID
Number of uplink PON ports to be provided to users
Number of user POTS interfaces
Number of ETH ports to be provided to users
Number of user VEIP interfaces
Number of GEM ports to be provided to users
Number of WLAN ports to be provided to users
Number of CATV ports to be provided to users
Number of IP hosts configured
Number of traffic schedulers
Number of T-CONTs supported on the ONU
ONU device type HGU/SFU
Extended OMCI
Power off optical module
Number of PQs per T-CONT

4-148
 show onu gpon config-capability

[Command]

show onu gpon config-capability onu-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The show onu gpon config-capability command is used to query and display the
configured capability set of the ONU.

[Example]
$ Query and display information about the configured capability set of the ONU
with ONU ID 1.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/7)#show onu gpon config-capability 1
-------------------------------------------
PON port ID : 7
ONU ID : 1
Manage mode : OMCI
Number of POTS ports : 0
Number of ETH ports : 4
Number of CATV ports : 0
Number of Wlan ports : 0
Number of Veip ports : 0
Number of GEM ports : 1
Number of TCONT ports : 1
Mapping mode : Priority
-------------------------------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter
PONportID
ONUID
Managemode
Number of POTS ports
NumberofETHports
NumberofCATVports
Numberofwlanports
Number of Veip ports
Description
PON port ID
ONUID
Management mode
Number of user POTS interfaces
Number of ETH ports to be provided to users.
Number of CATV ports to be provided.
Number of WLAN ports
Number of VEIP interfaces

4-149
 Parameter Description
NumberofGEMports Number of GEM ports to be provided to users.
Number of TCONT ports Number of TCONT ports to be provided to users.
Mappingmode Mapping mode of a port

show onu gpon version

[Command]

show onu pon version[slot slot-id[port port-id][onu onu-id]]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameters]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: to designate the port of a slot, please refer to actual device for accurate value
range. If the port ID is not designated, it indicates that ONU information in the auto-find index of
the specified slot will be displayed.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The show onu gpon version command is used to display version information of the
GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ View version information of the GPON ONU.
FHL2100(config)# show onu gpon version
--------------------------------------------------------------------
S/P/ONT-ID VendorID ONU Model Software Version Hardware Version
0/9/1 HWTC 110F V3R012C00S101 4D2.A
--------------------------------------------------------------------
The total of online ONUs are: 1

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
S/P/ONT-ID Slot ID/port ID/ONU ID of the ONU
VendorID Manufacturer ID
ONUModel ONU type
SoftwareVersion Software version

4-150
 Parameter Description
HardwareVersion Hardware version

show onu gpon version (gpon view)

[Command]

show onu gpon version[onu onu-id]

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The show onu gpon version command is used to display version information of the
GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ View version information of the GPON ONU in GPON 0/1.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/5)#show onu gpon version
---------------------------------------------------------------------
S/P/ONT-ID VendorID ONUModel SoftwareVersion HardwareVersion
0/1/1 FHTT cc v1.0 v1.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ThetotalofonlineONUsare: 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
S/P/ONT-ID Slot ID/port ID/ONU ID of the ONU
VendorID Manufacturer ID
ONUModel ONU type
SoftwareVersion Software version
HardwareVersion Hardware version

show onuinfo gpon

[Command]

show onu info gpon all[slot slot-id]

4-151
[View]

config view and enable view

[Parameter]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Description]

The show onu info gpon all command is used to view information about the
successfully added ONUs of the whole device.

The show onu info gpon all slot command is used to view information about the
successfully added ONUs of the specified slot.

[Example]
$ View information about the successfully added ONUs of the device.
FHL2100(config)#show onuinfo gpon all
---------------------------------------------------------------------
S/P/ONU-ID SN Controlflag Runstate Configstate Matchstate
--------------------
ActiveTime
0/5/14 6485454002460E2 active online normal mismatch
2017/10/24 18: 38: 45
0/5/8 6485454005C6314 active online normal mismatch
2017/10/24 18: 55: 23
0/1/10 648545400420581 active online normal mismatch
2017/10/24 18: 55: 36
---------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
S/P/ONU-ID Slot ID/port ID/ONU ID of the ONU
SN SN of the ONU
Controlflag Control flags of the ONT, including "active" and "deactive".
Runstate Running flag of the ONU, indicating the running state of current ONU.
States include "online" and "offline".
Configstate Configure state, this flag indicates whether the ONT has configured restore
function and whether the configuration is finished when the ONT is online.
States include "initial", "normal", "failed", and "config".
Matchstate Match state, indicating whether the capability of the ONT matches the
capability of the bound ONT service template. States include "initial",
"match" and "mismatch"

4-152
 show onuinfo gpon (gpon view)

[Command]

show onu info gpon[all|onu onu-id]

[View]

gpon view.

[Parameters]

all: to batch query information about all the successfully added ONUs of the specified slot or
the whole OLT.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The show onu info gpon all command is used to display information about all the
successfully added ONUs of current gpon port.

The show onu info gpon onu command is used to display information about specified
ONUs successfully added in current gpon port.

[Example]
$ View information about all the successfully added ONUs in GPON 0/16.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/16)#show onuinfo gpon all
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------
S/P/ONU-ID SN Control flag Run state Config state
Match state
0/16/1 FHTC01906941 active online normal
match
0/16/2 FHTC0190609F active online normal
match
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
S/P/ONU-ID Slot ID/port ID/ONU ID of the ONU
SN SN of the ONU
Controlflag Control flags of the ONT, including "active" and "deactive".
Runstate Running flag of the ONU, indicating the running state of current
ONU. States include "online" and "offline".

4-153
 Parameter Description
Configstate Configure state, this flag indicates whether the ONT has configured
restore function and whether the configuration is finished when the
ONT is online. States include "initial", "normal", "failed", and
"config".
Matchstate Match state, indicating whether the capability of the ONT matches
the capability of the bound ONT service template. States include
"initial", "match" and "mismatch"

show onu gpon summary

[Command]

show onu gpon summary[slot slot-id]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Description]

The show onu gpon summary command is used to view summary information about the
number of all the ONUs on the device.

The show onu gpon summary slot command is used to view summary information
about the number of all the ONUs in the specified slot.

[Example]
$ View summary information about the number of ONUs on the device.
FHL2100#show onu gpon summary
SLOT PON-ID Total Onu Ccmts Online Offline Active Deactive Mismatch
----------------------------------------------------------------------
0 9 3 3 0 1 2 3 0 3
Total 3 3 0 1 2 3 0 3
ConfigFail
------------
2
2
FHL2100(config)#show onu summary slot3
gpon
SLOT PON-ID Total Onu Ccmts Online Offline Active Deactive Mismatch
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
0 9 3 3 0 1 2 3 0 3
Total 3 3 0 1 2 3 0 3
ConfigFail

4-154
 -------------
2
2

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
SLOT Slot ID
PON-ID ID of the GPON port
Total Total number of devices mounted to the GPON port
Onu Number of ONUs mounted to the GPON port
Ccmts Number of CCMTS mounted to the GPON port
Online Number of online ONUs
Offline Number of offline ONUs
Active Number of activated ONUs
Deactive Number of deactivated ONUs
Mismatch Number of ONUs with mismatched capability set
ConfigFail Number of ONUs with failed configuration

4.2.2 Reboot and Registration

onu reset onu-upgrade-record

[Command]

onu reset onu-upgrade-record trans-id

[View]

enable view ,config view

[Parameter]

trans-id: onu upgrade transaction ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-100.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to reset the global onu on the device in batch according to the upgrade
trans-id in the config view, or reset onu under current pon port in batch according to the
upgrade trans-id in the pon view. When you need to reset the onu in batch according to the
upgrade trans-id, use this command.

[Example]
$Restart ONU of current pon port with trans-id as 3 in the pon view.
FHL2100(config)# onu reset onu-upgrade-record 3

4-155
 onu reset type

[Command]

onu reset type (onutype | any)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onutype: specific onu model to reset.

any: any for any onu model.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to reset onu under current EPON/GPON port in batch according to onu
product type. When you need to reset onu in batch according to the product type, use this
command.

[Example]
$ Enter GPON view.
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/4
$ Restart ONU under PON0/4 port with model as ta-pn8625 in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# onu reset type ta-pn8625

onu reset

[Command]

onu reset(onu id|all)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

all: to batch execute all the ONUs in the specified gpon port.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The onu reset all command is used to remotely reboot all the ONUs in the gpon port.

4-156
 The onu reset onuid command is used to remotely reboot the ONUs with ONU ID of
onuid in the gpon port.

[Example]
$ Remotely reboot all the ONUs on GPON 0/2 board.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#onu reset 1

4.2.3 IP Address Management

onu-ipconfig ip-index

[Commands]

onu-ip config onu-id ip-index ip-index dhcp vlan vlanid[priority

priority]

onu-ip config onu-id ip-index ip-index staticip-address ip-

address mask mask gateway gateway vlan vlanid[priority priority]

onu-ip config onu-id ip-index ip-index staticip-address ip-

address mask mask gateway gateway vlan vlanid [priority
priority][pri-dns pri-dns][slave-dns slave-dns]

no onu-ip config onu-id ip-index ip-index

no onu-ip config onu-id all

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

ip-index: to configure IP Host interface index. It is in the integer form with a value range of
1-64.

dhcp: to configure the IP address to be acquired dynamically through DHCP.

static: to configure the IP address to be acquired statically.

ip-address: to configure static IP address for managing the ONU.

mask: to configure the address mask of static IP address, there are two forms: <0-32> or
A.B.C.D.

4-157
 gateway: to configure IP address of the gateway for ONU administrative network, it should
be in the same network segment with the configured static IP address.

vlanid: to configure the management VLAN of the ONU.

priority: to configure the priority of the management VLAN of the ONU, it will be effective
on the ONU. The higher the value, the higher the priority.

pri-dns: to configure the IP address of primary DNS server.

slave-dns: to configure the IP address of slave DNS server

[Description]

The onu-ip config command is used to configure IP address related information of the
ONU. ONU supports up to 64 IP addresses. You can either configure IP addresses statically, or
use the DHCP mode to acquire IP addresses.

The no onu-ip config command is used to delete IP address related information of the
ONU.

[Example]
$ Configure ONU 1 on GPON board 0/2, making IP Host interface index 1 to acquire
IP address vlan 100 through DHCP.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#onu-ipconfig1 ip-index1 dhcp vlan 100

show onu-ipconfig

[Command]

show onu-ipconfig onu-id(all |ip-index)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

all: to batch execute all the ONUs in a specified pon port.

ip-index: to configure IP Host interface index.

[Description]

The show onu-ipconfig onu-id all command is used to display all the IP address
related information of the specified ONU.

4-158
 The show onu-ipconfig onu-id ip-index command is used to display IP address
related information of the specified IP Host interface index for the specified ONU.

[Example]
$ View all the IP address related information of ONU 1 on GPON board 0/2.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#show onu-ipconfig1 all
---------------------------------------------------
ONU IP host index : 1
ONU IP host status : valid
ONU config type : DHCP
ONU IP : 192.168.100.2
ONU IP Mask : 255.255.255.0
ONU gateway : 192.168.100.254
ONU primary DNS : 192.168.100.1
ONU slave DNS : 192.168.100.100
ONU manage VLAN : 100
ONU manage priority : 7
----------------------------------------------------

 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
ONUIPhostindex IP host index
ONUIPhoststatus IP host status
ONUconfigtype DHCP/Static
ONUIP IP Address
ONUIP Mask Subnet mask
ONU gateway Gateway
ONUprimaryDNS Primary DNS
ONUslaveDNS Slave DNS
ONUmanageVLAN Management vlan
ONUmanagepriority Priority

4.2.4 DBA/SLA Configuration Management

traffic-profile

[Commands]

traffic-profile profile-id profile-id

notraffic-profile profile-id profile-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

4-159
 profile-id: traffic template serial number. It is in the integer form with a value range of
11-1024.

[Description]

The traffic-profile command is used to create and enter the traffic template mode, or
enter the created traffic template mode.

The notraffic-profile command is used to delete the specified traffic template. If a

traffic template is no longer needed, you can use this command to delete it.

[Example]
$ Create a traffic template with the ID of 20
FHL2100(config)#traffic-profile profile-id 20

description

[Commands]

description description

no description

[View]

traffic-profile view

[Parameter]

description: description information of a traffic template, it is a string within the length

range of 1-31 characters.

[Description]

The description command is used to modify the description information of a traffic

template.

The no description command is used to restore the description information of a traffic

template to its default value.

[Example]
$ Modify the description information of the traffic template with the ID of 20
to 8600gpon_test
FHL2100(config-traffic-profile-20)#description 8600gpon_test

4-160
 show traffic-profile

[Command]

show traffic-profile(all|profile-id profile-id)

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view

[Parameters]

all: to query basic information of all traffic templates, including template ID and specific
speed limits.

profile-id: traffic template serial number. It is in the integer form with a value range of 1-
1024.

[Description]

The showtraffic-profileall command is used to query information of all traffic

templates.

The showtraffic-profileprofile-id command is used to query information of the

specified traffic template.

[Example]
$ Query information of all traffic templates
FHL2100(config)#show traffic-profile all
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ID CIR CBS PIR PBS Description
(kbps) (bytes) (kbps) (bytes)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
1 off off off off traffic-profile_1
2 4096 133072 8192 264144 traffic-profile_2
3 10240 329680 20480 657360 traffic-profile_3
4 20480 657360 40960 1312720 traffic-profile_4
5 51200 1640400 102400 3278800 traffic-profile_5
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 5

 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
ID Traffic template ID.
CIR(kbps) Committed Information Rate, the information rate
guaranteed for users.
CBS(bytes) Committed Burst Size, the amount of traffic allowed to pass
the service flow or the port when there’s a traffic burst.

4-161
 Parameter Description
PIR(kbps) Peak Information Rate, the maximum rate that users could
reach.
PBS(bytes) Peak Burst Size, the maximum amount of traffic allowed to
pass the service flow or the port when there’s a traffic burst.
Description Traffic template description information

cir cbs pir pbs

[Commands]

cir cir cbs cbs pir pir pbs pbs

cir off

[View]

traffic-profile view

[Parameters]

cir: Committed Information Rate, the guaranteed information rate. It is a numeric value with
a value range of 64-10240000 measured in kbit/s.

cbs: Committed Burst Size, the guaranteed traffic allowed in traffic burst. It is a numeric value
with a value range of 2000-1024000000 measured in bytes.

pir: Peak Information Rate. It is a numeric value with a value range of 64-10240000
measured in kbit/s.

pbs: Peak Burst Size. It is a numeric value with a value range of 2000-1024000000 measured
in bytes.

By default, they are all set to their maximum values.

[Description]

The cir command is used to configure the speed limit information defined in the traffic
template.

The cir off command is used to configure the traffic template not to set speed limits.

By default, they are all set to their maximum values.

[Example]
$ Modify the speed limit information of the traffic template with the ID of 20
FHL2100(config-traffic-profile-20)#cir 64000 cbs 10240000 pir 640000 pbs
102400000

4-162
 dba-profile profile-id

[Commands]

dba-profile profile-id profile-id

no dba-profile profile-id profile-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: to designate the template ID of a DBA template, it is in the integer form with a
value range of 11-256.

[Description]

The dba-profile profile-id command is used to create a DBA template.

The no dba-profile profile-id command is used to delete a DBA template. When

using the command to delete a DBA template, it’s not allowed to delete the DBA template
bound to T-COUNT.

[Example]
$ Create a DBA template with the ID of 11.
FHL2100(config)#dba-profile profile-id11

description

[Commands]

description description

no description

[View]

onu-gpon-dbaprofile view

[Parameter]

description: to designate description information of a DBA template, it is in the form of a

string, with a length range of 1-31 characters.

[Description]

4-163
 The description command is used to configure the description information of a DBA
template.

The no description command is used to restore the description information of a DBA

template to its default value. The description information in the DBA template is
"dba_profile_xx" by default, where xx refers to template ID.

[Example]
$ Configure the description information of the DBA template with the ID of 11 to be
profile1.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-dbaprofile-11)#description profile1

type

[Commands]

type1 fix fix-bandwidth

type2 assure assure-bandwidth

type3 assure assure-bandwidth max max-bandwidth

type4 max max-bandwidth

type5 fix fix-bandwidth assure assure-bandwidth max max-bandwidth

[View]

onu-gpon-dbaprofile view

[Parameters]

fix-bandwidth: the fixed bandwidth. This bandwidth capacity is allocated to the user, and
other users can not take it even if the allocated user is not using it. It is a numeric value with a
value range of 512-10240000 measured in kbit/s.

assure-bandwidth: the assured bandwidth. This bandwidth capacity is allocated to the

user, and other users can take it if the allocated user is not using it. It is a numeric value with a
value range of 512-10240000 measured in kbit/s.

max-bandwidth: the maximum bandwidth. It refers to the maximum bandwidth that a user
could use. In type3 DBA template, the maximum bandwidth should be greater than or equal to
the assured bandwidth. In type5 DBA template, the maximum bandwidth should be greater
than or equal to the sum of the fixed bandwidth and the assured bandwidth. It is a numeric
value with a value range of 512-10240000 measured in kbit/s.

[Description]

4-164
 The type command is used to configure the bandwidth control policy of a DBA template.

The DBA template only allows to configure one of the five bandwidth control polices: Type1,
Type2, Type3, Type4 or Type5. Newly configured bandwidth control policy will automatically
override the old one, and it will be effective after executing the commit command. The DBA
template without a control policy is not allowed to be bound to line template onu-lineprofile.

By default, there are 10 DBA templates with template IDs 1-10. These templates provide typical
traffic parameter values, please refer to "Factory Settings of DBA Template Parameters", or use
the show dba-profile all command to query related parameters of the templates.

Template Type Template Name Fixed Assured Maximum

Index Bandwidth Bandwidth Bandwidth (kbps)
(kbps) (kbps)
1 3 dba_profile_OMCI 0 8192 20480
2 1 dba-profile_Fix1M 1024 0 0
3 1 dba-profile_Fix5M 5120 0 0
4 4 dba_profile_CC8800 0 0 1024000
5 4 dba_profile_ONU_autoAuth 0 0 102400
6 4 dba-profile_Max10M 0 0 10240
7 4 dba-profile_Max50M 0 0 51200
8 2 dba-profile_Assure32M 0 32768 0
9 2 dba-profile_Assure100M 0 102400 0
10 3 dba-profile_A32M_F64M 0 32768 65536

Users can query the default DBA template, but modification and deletion are not allowed.

Different bandwidth types have different priorities. When allocating bandwidth capacity, the
fixed bandwidth is allocated first, then the assured bandwidth. These bandwidth types are
guaranteed. If there’s remaining bandwidth capacity, it will be allocated to other bandwidth.

Allowed range of bandwidth control parameters is 512Kbit/s to 10240000Kbit/s. Currently,

neither GPON nor EPON will exceed 2.5Gbit/s, however, taking future compatibilities with 10G-
EPON and 10G-GPON into account, the range of 512Kbit/s to 10240000Kbit/s is still used.

The minimum granularity of bandwidth control is 256Kbit/s with a deviation of ±5%. The
entered bandwidth value will be shaped when configuring bandwidth parameters, and it will be
shaped down on a multiple of 256. For example, if the entered bandwidth value is 1022Kbit/s,
the actual bandwidth value will be 768Kbit/s.

[Example]
$ Configure the bandwidth control policy of the DBA template with the ID of 1 to
be type1, and the fixed bandwidth to be 1024kbit/s.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-dbaprofile-11)#type1 fix 1024

4-165
 commit

[Command]

commit

[View]

onu-gpon-dbaprofile view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The commit command is used to commit modifications of the DBA template parameters.

Users can modify the bandwidth control policy of the DBA template after creating the DBA
template and entering the DBA template view. However, modifications of the bandwidth control
policy won’t be effective immediately. Users should perform the commit operation before
exiting the DBA template view, and it will only be valid after the bandwidth policy passes the
system check. If the commit operation fails, or users exit the DBA template view without
performing the commit operation, the modification will fail.

If bandwidth policy of the DBA template is modified and committed consecutively for many
times, the last committed configuration takes precedence.

[Example]
$ Commit modifications of the parameters in DBA template 11.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-dbaprofile-11)#commit

show dba-profile

[Command]

show dba-profile(all|profile-id profile-id)

[View]

config view, enable view, onu-gpon-dbaprofile view

[Parameters]

all: to designate all the DBA templates.

profile-id: DBA template ID, it is in the integer form with a value range of 11-256.

4-166
[Description]

The show dba-profile all command is used to query information of all the DBA
templates.

The show dba-profile profile-id command is used to query information of the

specified DBA template.

[Example]
FHL2100(config)# show dba-profile all
--------------------------------------------
Profile-ID Type Fix(kbps) Assure(kbps) Max(kbps) Bind-times
1 3 0 8192 20480 0
2 1 1024 0 0 0
3 1 5120 0 0 0
4 4 0 0 1024000 0
5 4 0 0 102400 1
6 4 0 0 10240 0
7 4 0 0 51200 0
8 2 0 32768 0 0
9 2 0 102400 0 0
10 3 0 32768 65536 0
33 1 512000 0 0 1
----------------------------------------------------
-------------------------
Description
dba_profile_OMCI
dba_profile_Fix1M
dba_profile_Fix5M
dba_profile_CC8800
dba_profile_ONU_autoAuth
dba_profile_Max10M
dba_profile_Max50M
dba_profile_Assure32M
dba_profile_Assure100M
dba_profile_A32M_M64M
dba_profile_33
-----------------

DBA profile num: 11

FHL2100# show dba-profile profile-id 1
------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Description : dba_profile_OMCI
Type : 3
Fix(kbps) : 0
Assure(kbps): 8192
Max(kbps) : 20480
Bind-times : 0

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:

4-167
 Parameter Description
Profile-ID ONU auto-find
Description DBA template description information
Type Bandwidth control policy of the DBA template
Fix(kbps) Fixed bandwidth configured in the DBA template. "0" indicates that this
bandwidth is not configured. Normal value range: 512Kbit/s-
10240000Kbit/s.
Assure(kbps) Assured bandwidth configured in the DBA template. "0" indicates that
this bandwidth is not configured. Normal value range: 512Kbit/s-
10240000Kbit/s.
Max(kbps) Maximum bandwidth configured in the DBA template. "0" indicates
that this bandwidth is not configured. Normal value range: 512Kbit/s-
10240000Kbit/s.
Bind-times Times of the DBA template being bound to the ONT line template.

onu-lineprofile gpon profile-id

[Commands]

onu-lineprofile gpon profile-id profile-id

no onu-lineprofile gpon profile-id profile-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: to designate the ID of a GPON line template, it is in the integer form with a
value range of 2-1024.

[Description]

The onu-lineprofile gpon profile-id command is used to create a line template.

The no onu-lineprofile gpon profile-id command is used to delete the created

line template. When deleting the GPON line template, it’s not allowed to delete the line
template with bound ONUs.

[Example]
$ Create a line template with the ID of 2.
FHL2100(config)#onu-lineprofile gpon profile-id 2

description

[Commands]

4-168
 description description

no description

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile view

[Parameter]

description: to designate description information of a line template, it is in the form of a

string, with a length range of 1-31 characters.

[Description]

The description command is used to configure the description information of a line

template.

The no description command is used to restore the description information of a line

template to its default value. The description information of the line template is
"onu_lineprofile_xx" by default, where xx refers to template ID.

[Example]
$ Configure the description information of the line template to be profile2.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)#description profile 2

fec-upstream enable

[Commands]

fec-upstream

enable no fec-

upstream enable

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The fec-upstream enable command is used to enable the ONU upstream data flow FEC
function of the ONU line template.

4-169
 The no fec-upstream enablecommand is used to disable the ONU upstream data flow
FEC function of the ONU line template.

For the onu-lineprofile with the ONU upstream data flow FEC function enabled, you need to
make sure that its bound ONU terminal is FEC-capable, or the configuration will fail after ONU
authentication.

For the line template already bound to an ONU, you are not allowed to enable or disable the
fec-upstream function.

[Example]
$ Configure the description information of the line template to be profile2.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)#fec-upstream enable

tcont

[Commands]

tcont tcont-id dba-profile profile-id

notcont tcont-id

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile view

[Parameters]

tcont-id: to designate the ID of tcont, it is a numeric value with a value range of 1-4.

profile-id: to designate the ID of a DBA template, it is in the integer form with a value
range of 1-256.

[Description]

The tcont command is used to create the t-cont of the GPON ONU line template. The
specified DBA template must already have been created.

The notcont command is used to delete the t-cont of the GPON ONU line template.

Up to 4 t-conts are allowed per GPON ONU line template.

By default, the OMCI uses the t-cont0 of the ONU line template, and the information of t-cont0
is not modifiable or displayed to users. Any GEMport created by users can only be bound to t-
cont 1-4.

[Example]

4-170
 $ Configure t-cont1 of line template 2, and bind it to DBA template 4.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)#tcont 1 dba-profile 4

mapping-mode

[Commands]

mapping-mode(vlan|priority|vlan-

priority|port) no mapping-mode

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile view

[Parameters]

vlan: designated to be the vlan mapping mode.

priority: designated to be the priority mapping mode.

vlan-priority: designated to be the vlan + priority mapping mode.

port: designated to be the port based mapping mode.

[Description]

The mapping-mode command is used to configure the gemport mapping mode of a GPON
ONU line template.

The no mapping-mode command is used to restore the gemport mapping mode of a GPON
ONU line template to its default value. By default, the ONU uses the VLAN mapping mode.

The mapping modes configured with the mapping-mode command are mutually exclusive on
the same ONU terminal. You should also make sure that the gemport mapping mode is
consistent with the mapping mode used by the gem mapping command.

For the line template with a bound ONU, you are not allowed to adjust its mapping mode. No
configuration is allowed when the mapping mode used by the gemmaping command is not
consistent with the newly configured mapping mode.

[Example]
$ Configure the mapping mode for line template 2.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)#mapping-mode port

gem

[Commands]

4-171
 gem add gem-port-id tcont tcont-
id[encrypt(enable|disable)][ priority-queue priority-queue ]

gem delete gem-port-id

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile view

[Parameters]

gem-port-id: a specified gem-port ID, it is a numeric value with a value range of 1-64.

tcont-id: a specified t-cont ID, it is a numeric value with a value range of 1-7. enable:

to enable the GEMport secure encryption function.

disable: to disable the GEMport secure encryption function.

priority-queue: a specified priority-queue ID, it is in the integer form with a value range
of 0-7.

[Description]

The gemadd command is used to create the GEMport in the GPON ONU line template, and
configure the binding between the GEMport and the T-cont. Before configuration, you need to
create the t-cont first and bind the t-cont to the DBA template, and also make sure that the DBA
template is created.

For the line template with a bound ONU terminal, adding or deleting or adjusting the gemport
or the binding between the gem-port and the t-cont is not allowed.

The gemdeletecommand is used to delete the GEMport. Configuration data related to the
GEMport and configuration of the ONU-side user data flow mapping will be automatically
cleared after deleting the GEMport.

You are only allowed to create and delete the GEMport, modifications are forbidden.

By default, the GEMport secure encryption function is enabled.

[Example]
$ Create GEMport1 and bind it to T-cont1.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)#gem add 1 tcont 1

gem mapping

[Commands]

4-172
 gem mapping gem-port-id mapping-index[vlan vlan-id][priority
priority][vlan-priority vlan-idpriority][port onu-portid] [ip-
index ip-index]

no gem mapping gem-port-id mapping-index

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile template view

[Parameters]

gem-port-id: a specified gem-port ID. You need to create the gem-port beforehand. It is a
numeric value with a value range of 1-64.

mapping-index: mapping index. It’s used to distinguish different service flows of the same
gem-port, and up to 8 different service flows are allowed to be mapped to a same gem-port. It’s
a numeric value with a value range of 1-8.

vlan-id: vlan mapping mode. If the mapping mode of the line template is configured to be
vlan mapping with the mapping-mode command, this parameter is used when specified vlan
service flow is to be mapped to specific gem-port. It’ a numeric value with a value range of 1-
4095.

priority: priority mapping mode. If the mapping mode of the line template is configured to
be priority mapping with the mapping-mode command, this parameter is used when specified
priority service flow is to be mapped to specific gem-port. It is a numeric value with a value
range of 0-7.

vlan-idpriority: vlan + priority mapping mode. If the mapping mode of the line
template is configured to be vlan-priority mapping with the mapping-mode command, this
parameter is used when specified vlan + priority service flow is to be mapped to specific gem-
port. The vlanid is a numeric value with a value range of 0-4095; the priority is a numeric value
with a value range of 0-7.

onu-portid: port based mapping mode. If the mapping mode of the line template is
configured to be port based mapping with the mapping-mode command, this parameter is used
when the service flow of specified ONU port is to be mapped to specific gem-port. It is a
numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

ip-index: iphost based mapping mode. If the mapping mode of the line template is
configured to be port based mapping with the mapping-mode command, this parameter is used

4-173
 when the service flow of the ONU IPHOST port is to be mapped to specific gem-port. It is a
numeric value with a value range of 1-64.

[Description]

The gem mapping command is used to configure the mapping mode between the gem-port
and the ONU-side service.

The no gem mapping command is used to delete the mapping mode between the gem-port
and the ONU-side service.

Before configuring the mapping mode between the gem-port and the ONU-side service, use the
mapping-mode command to configure the supported mapping mode of the ONU, to make sure
that the supported mapping mode of the ONU is consistent with the configured mapping mode
between the gem-port and the ONU-side service.

For the onu-lineprofile with a bound ONU terminal, adjusting or modifying the gem-port and the
binding between the gem-port and the service flow in this template is not allowed.

[Example]
$ Configure the mapping mode between gem-port 1 and the ONU-side service
to be vlan- priority, the VLANID to be 10 and the priority to be 1.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)#gem mapping 1 1 vlan-priority 10 1

4.2.5 GPON ONU CATV Management

onu catv

[Command]

onu onuid catv (enable|disable)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

enable|disable: Enable or disable the CATV receiver.

[Descriptions]

Enable/disable the CATV receiver of the specified ONU. The CATV receiver must be enabled to
work normally; if it is disabled, it will shut down RF output.

4-174
[Example]
$ Enable ONU 1's CATV.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# onu 1 catv enable

catv gain agc

[Command]

catv gain onuid onuid agc up upvaule range offset

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

upvaule: When ONU’s CATV’s interface outputs the gain of AGC type, the upper limit of the
optical power, falling between -80 ~ +20 (Unit: 0.1dBm), will be input.

offset: When ONU’s CATV’s interface outputs the gain of AGC type, the range of the optical
power, falling between 0 ~ 100 (Unit: 0.1dBm), will be input.

[Descriptions]

catv gain onuid onuid agc up upvaule range offset is used to configure
CATV's optical power range under the AGC mode. This mainly includes CATV's management
state, type of gain control and corresponding parameters.

[Example]
$ Configure ONU 1's output gain control to AGC, upper limit of optical power input
to -20 and optical power range to 100
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# catv gain onuid 1 agc up -20 range 100

catv gain mgc

[Command]

catv gain onuid onuid mgc attenuation

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

4-175
 attenuation: When ONU’s CATV’s interface outputs the gain of MGC type, the level
attenuation value falling between 0 ~ 200 (Unit: 0.1dB), will be output.

[Descriptions]

catv gain onuid onuid mgc attenuation is used to configure CATV’s output level
attenuation under the MGC mode.

[Example]
$ Configure ONU 1's output gain type to MGC, and its level attenuation to 100 (Unit:
0.1dB)
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# catv gain onuid 1 mgc 100

no catv gain

[Command]

no catv gain onuid onuid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

Restore CATV’s gain control to the system's default value. The system's current default value is
AGC for output gain control from the interface, with the upper limit of -20 and the range of 100.

[Example]
$ Configure ONU 1's output gain to the default value
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# no catv gain onuid 1

catv alarm threshold

[Command]

catv alarm threshold onuid onuid input-low input-low input-hi

input-hi output-low output-low output-hi output-hi voltage-low
voltage-low voltage-hi voltage-hi temperature-low temperature-low
temperature-hi temperature-hi

[View]

4-176
 gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

input-lo: Lower warning threshold of CATV interface receiving power, unit: 0.1 dBm; range: -
400 - 80; default value: -150.

input-hi: Upper warning threshold of CATV interface receiving power, unit: 0.1 dBm; range: -
400 - 80; default value: 20.

output-lo: Lower warning threshold of CATV interface output level, unit: 0.1 dBuV; range: 0 -
1500; default value: 0.

output-hi: Upper warning threshold of CATV interface output level, unit: 0.1 dBuV; range: 0 -
1500; default value: 1500.

voltage-lo: Lower warning threshold of CATV interface working voltage, unit : 0.1 V; range: 0
- 65530; default value: 100.

voltage-hi: Upper warning threshold of CATV interface working voltage, unit : 0.1 V; range:
0 - 65530; default value: 140.

temperature-lo: Upper warning threshold of CATV interface working temperature, unit:

0.1°C; range: -1280 - 1280; default value: -200.

temperature-hi: Lower warning threshold of CATV interface working temperature, unit:

0.1°C; range: -1280 - 1280; default value: 70.

[Descriptions]

Configure the alarm threshold of ONU CATV working parameters. Show the lower default value.

[Example]
$ Configure the lower threshold of ONU 1 CATV interface receiving power to -300
and the upper threshold to 50; configure the lower threshold of ONU 1 CATV
interface output level to 0 and the upper threshold to 1500; configure the lower
threshold of ONU 1 CATV interface working voltage to 0 and the upper threshold
to 1000; configure the lower threshold of ONU 1 CATV interface working
temperature to -200 and the upper threshold to 700.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# catv alarm threshold onuid 1 input-lo -
300 input-hi 50 output-lo 0 output-hi 1500 voltage-lo 0 voltage-hi
1000
temperature-lo -200 temperature-hi 700

no catv alarm threshold

[Command]

4-177
 no catv alarm threshold onuid onuid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

no catv alarm threshold onuid Command onuidis used to configure the CATV
upper/lower warning threshold of ONU to the default values.

[Example]
$ Configure ONU 1's warning threshold to the default values
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# no catv alarm threshold onuid 1

show catv alarm threshold

[Command]

show catv alarm threshold onuid onuid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

Mainly used to view the alarm threshold of CATV's receiving optical power, output level, working
voltage and working temperature.

[Example]
$ Check the warning threshold of ONU 1 CATV's parameters
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# show catv alarm threshold onuid 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Onu-id : 0/4: 1
Input LO : -150 (0.1dBm)
Input HI : 20 (0.1dBm)
Output LO : 0 (0.1dBuV)
Output HI : 1500 (0.1dBuV)
Voltage LO : 100 (0.1V)

4-178
 Voltage HI : 140 (0.1V)
Temperature LO : -200 (0.1C)
Temperature HI : 700 (0.1C)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Onu-id ONU’s ID
Input LO Lower warning threshold of optical power input
Input HI Upper warning threshold of optical power input
Output LO Lower warning threshold of CATV interface output level
Output HI Upper warning threshold of CATV interface output level
Voltage LO Lower warning threshold of the CATV optical module
working voltage
Voltage HI Upper warning threshold of the CATV optical module
working voltage
Temperature LO Lower warning threshold of the CATV optical module
working temperature
Temperature HI Upper warning threshold of the CATV optical module
working temperature

show catv gain

[Command]

show catv gain onuid onuid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

Check relevant parameters of ONU CATV interface’s output gain control, mainly including the
type of gain control and relevant configuration parameters.

[Example]
$ Check ONU 1’s output gain control parameters
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# show catv gain onuid 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Onu-id : 0/4: 1
Catv Admin : enable
Gain Control Type : AGC
AGC Up Value : -20 (0.1dBm)

4-179
 AGC Range : 100 (0.1dBm)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Onu-id ONU’s ID
Catv Admin CATV management state
Gain Control Type Gain control type
AGC UP Value Upper limit of the optical power input of AGC gain,
unit: 0.1dBm
AGC Range Range of the optical power input of AGC gain, unit:
0.1dBm

show catv gain all

[Command]

show catv gain all

show catv gain all slot slotid

[View]

gpon view, config view

[Parameter]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

Check all relevant parameters of ONU CATV interface’s output gain control of the entire slot or a
certain PON port, mainly including the type of gain control and relevant configuration
parameters.

[Example]
$ Check information of the ONU output gain control under the PON port
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# show catv gain all
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Index Type Catv-Admin AGC-Up-Value(0.1dBm) AGC-Range(0.1dBm)
------- ----- ---------- -------------------- ------------
----- --------------
MGC-Tx-Attenuation(0.1dBm)
----- --------------
00/04: 02 AGC enable -80 100
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-

4-180
  In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Index ONU index
Type Gain type
Catv-Admin CATV management state
AGC-UP-Value Upper limit of the optical power input of AGC gain, unit:
0.1dBm
AGC-Range Range of the optical power input of AGC gain, unit: 0.1dBm
MGC-Tx-Attenuation Output level attenuation of MGC gain, unit: 0.1 dB

show catv info

[Command]

show catv info onuid onuid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

Check ONU's CATV related information, including CATV’s software version, hardware version,
CATV interface’s receiving power, output level, working voltage, and working temperature.

[Example]
$ Obtains ONU 1's CATV information
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# show catv info onuid 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Onu-id : 0/4: 1
Software version : V1.2.0179
Hardware version : V3.1.0001
Rx Power : --
RF Level : 50.0 (dBuV)
Voltage : 11.6 (V)
Temperature : 41.0 (C)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Onu-id ONU’s ID
Software Version ONU software version
Hardware Version ONU hardware version
Rx Power Receiving optical power, unit: dBm

4-181
 Parameter Description
(show "--" in the absence of optical signals)
RF Level RF signal carrier level, unit: dBuV
Voltage Signal voltage, unit: V
Temperature CATV optical module's temperature, unit: C

show catv info all

[Command]

show catv info all

show catv info all slot slotid

[View]

gpon view, config view

[Parameter]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

Check ONU's CATV related information of the entire slot or a certain PON port, including CATV’s
software version, hardware version, CATV interface’s receiving power, output level, working
voltage, and working temperature.

[Example]
$ Check ONU's CATV information under the PON port
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# show catv info all
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Index Software-Version Hardware-Version Rx-Power(dBm)
----------- ----------------------- ------------------ ------------
RF-Level(dBuV) Voltage(V) Temperature(C)
------- --------------- ----------------
00/04: 02 V1.2.0179 V3.1.0001 -7.4
----------------------------------------------------------------------
------------ ---------- -----------
77.0 12.1 34.0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Index ONU index
Software-Version ONU software version
Hardware-Version ONU hardware version

4-182
 Parameter Description
Rx-Power(dBM) Receiving optical power, unit: dBm
RF-Level(dBuV) RF signal carrier level, unit: dBuV
Voltage(V) Signal voltage, unit: V
Temperature(C) CATV optical module's temperature, unit: C

4.2.6 Service Template Configuration Management

onu-srvprofile gpon

[Commands]

onu-srvprofile gpon profile-id profile-id

no onu-srvprofile gpon profile-id profile-id

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

profile-id: serial number of GPON ONU service template. The value range is 11-1024.

[Description]

The onu-srvprofile gpon command is used to create and enter the GPON ONU service
template mode, or enter the created GPON ONU service template mode.

The no onu-srvprofile gpon command is used to delete the specified GPON ONU
service template. If a GPON ONU service template is no longer needed, you can use this
command to delete it.

[Example]
$ Create a GPON ONU service template with the ID of 12
FHL2100(config)#onu-srvprofile gpon profile-id 12

description

[Commands]

description description

no description

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

4-183
[Parameter]

description: description information of a GPON ONU service template. It is in the form of

a string, with a length range of 1-31 characters.

[Description]

The description command is used to modify the description information of a service

template.

The no description command is used to restore the description information of a service

template to its default value.

[Example]
$ Modify the description information of the service template with the ID of 12 to
8600gpon
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-12)#description 8600gpon

show onu-srvprofile gpon

[Command]

show onu-srvprofile gpon (all|profile-id profile-id)

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view

[Parameters]

all: to query basic information of all the GPON ONU service templates, including template ID,
description information and binding times.

profile-id: serial number of GPON ONU service template. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 1-1024.

[Description]

The show onu-srvprofile gpon command is used to query information of the GPON
ONU service template. The actual capability of the ONU and service related parameters are
mainly configured on the GPON ONU service template.

[Example]
$ Display information about the service template with the ID of 12
FHL2100(config)#showonu-srvprofilegponprofile-id12
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID: 12
Description: onu_srvprofile_12

4-184
Access-type: GPON
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Port-typePort-number
---------------------------------------------------------------------
POTS0
ETH5
WLAN0
CATV0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Multicastmode: Olt-control
Multicastfastleave: Enable
Mac-addresslearning: Enable
Mac-addressagingtime: 253
Loopdetect: Enable
Isolate: Disable
ONUVLAN-poolID: 2
ONUVLAN-poolassignedcount: 8
---------------------------------------------------------------------
PortPortMtuFlowMac-addressMulticast
typeIDconurolmaxcountgroupmax
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH11518EnableUnlimitedUnconcern
ETH22000Disable253Unconcern
ETH3UnconcernEnableUnconcern100
ETH4UnconcernUnconcernUnconcern10
ETH5UnconcernUnconcernUnconcern253
---------------------------------------------------------------------
PortPortPVIDVLANFollowPVIDPriority
typeIDtypepoolPortID
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH1Fix--10
ETH2Fix--10
ETH3Fix--10
ETH4Fix--10
---------------------------------------------------------------------
PortPortDirectionRateTraffic
typeIDlimitprofile
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH1UpstreamEnable1
ETH1DownstreamEnable1
ETH2UpstreamEnable11
ETH2DownstreamEnable12
ETH3UpstreamUnconcern-
ETH3DownstreamUnconcern-
ETH4UpstreamUnconcern-
ETH4DownstreamUnconcern-
ETH5UpstreamUnconcern-
ETH5DownstreamUnconcern-
---------------------------------------------------------------------
PortPortMulticastMulticastMulticast
typeIDVLANtag-stripCVLAN
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH1-Keep-
ETH2100200300400500600700800Translate4000
ETH36007008009001000100110021003Strip-

4-185
ETH4-Unconcern-
ETH5-Unconcern-
---------------------------------------------------------------------
PortPortModeS-VLANC-VLAN
typeIDlist
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH1Aggregation2002021222324252627
ETH1Aggregation3003031323334353637
ETH1Aggregation40040414243444546478
ETH1Aggregation5005051525354555657
ETH1Aggregation6006061626364656667
ETH1Aggregation7007071727374757677
ETH1Aggregation1000102103104105106107
ETH1Aggregation2000100101
ETH2Translation101100
ETH2Translation200200
ETH2Translation300300
ETH2Translation400400
ETH2Translation500500
ETH2Translation600600
ETH2Translation700700
ETH2Translation800800
ETH3Tag--
ETH4Trunk100100
ETH4Trunk200200
ETH4Trunk300300
ETH4Trunk400400
ETH4Trunk500500
ETH4Trunk10001000
ETH4Trunk10011001
ETH4Trunk10021002
ETH5Transparent--
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Bindingtimes: 2
---------------------------------------------------------------------

 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
Profile-ID GPON ONU service template ID.
Description GPON ONU service template description information.
Access-type GPON ONU service template access type, with the only value
of GPON.
Port-type Port type. Values: POTS, ETH, WLAN and CATV.
Port-number Number of ports.
Multicastmode ONU multicast mode. Values: IGMP-Snooping, OLT-Control
and Unconcern.
Multicastfastleave ONU multicast fast-leave function switch.
Mac-addresslearning ONU MAC address learning function switch
Mac-addressagingtime ONU MAC address aging time.
Loopdetect Local loop detection switch.
Isolate Port isolate function switch

4-186
 Parameter Description
Port-ID Port ID.
MTU ONU port MTU.
Flow-conurol ONU port flow control switch.
Max-address max count Maximum number of the MAC address learning entries of
the ONU port
Multicast group max Maximum number of multicast groups of the ONU
PVID type PVID type
VLAN pool Vlan-pool ID
Follow Port ID Follow port ID
PVID ONU port PVID.
Priority Priority of the ONU port PVID.
Direction Flow direction of the ONU port.
Ratelimit ONU port speed limit switch
Traffic profile Traffic template ID.
MulticastVLAN The multicast VLAN of an ONU port.
Multicasttag-strip The multicast VLANTAG processing mode of an ONU port.
MulticastCVLAN The VLAN after switching the multicast VLAN.
Mode VLAN mode of an ONU port.
S-VLAN Service VLAN.
C-VLANlist User VLAN.

onu-port eth

[Command]

onu-porteth(eth-port|adaptive)pots(pots-port|adaptive)catv(catv-
port|adaptive)wlan(wlan-port|adaptive) veip ( veip-port |
adaptive )

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

eth-port: number of ETH ports, the value range is 0-24

pots-port: number of POTS ports, the value range is 0-2

catv-port: number of CATV ports, the value range is 0-2

wlan-port: number of WLAN ports, the value range is 0-2

veip-port: number of Veip ports, the value range is 0-4

adaptive: indicates that the number of ports is adaptive

4-187
[Description]

The onu-port command is used to configure the port capability set of the ONU service
template, that is configuring the number of ports for all port types of the ONU. By default, the
number of ports for all port types of the ONU is 0.

[Example]
$ In ONU service template 12, configure the number of ETH ports to be 4, the
number of pots ports to be 2, the number of CATV ports to be 2 , the number of
WiFi ports to be 2 and the number of VEIP ports to be 1
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-12)#onu-port eth 4 pots 2 catv 2 wlan 2
veip 1

port vlan eth

[Commands]

port vlan eth port-id

mode(transparent|tag|translation|aggregation|trunk)

port vlan eth port-id service-vlan svlan-id user-vlan cvlan-id

port vlan eth port-id vlan-id

no port vlan eth port-id vlan-id

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

transparent: transparent transmission mode. In this mode, the ONU device transparently
forwards upstream and downstream Ethernet frames.

tag: tag mode. In this mode, the ONU device processes the received upstream untag Ethernet
frame by adding a VLANTag for it, and processes the downstream Ethernet frame by deleting its
VLANTag.

translation: translation mode. In this mode, the ONU device performs VLAN translation
against upstream and downstream Ethernet frames according to configured translation pair.

aggregation: N: 1 aggregation mode. In this mode, the ONU device performs N: 1

translation against upstream and downstream Ethernet frames according to configured
translation pair.

4-188
 trunk: VLAN trunk mode. In this mode, the ONU device allows the configured trunk vlan
frame to pass.

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

svlan-id: ONU service-side VLANID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

cvlan-id: ONU user-side VLANID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

vlan-id: VLANID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

[Description]

The port vlan eth mode command is used to configure the VLAN mode of the port. By
default, all the ports are configured to be in transparent mode.

The port vlan eth service-vlan command is used to configure the VLAN 1: 1
translation rule of the port.

The port vlan eth command is used to configure VLAN which is allowed to pass by the
port.

The no port vlan eth command is used to delete the ONU user-side port VLAN of the
ONU service template. If user messages with this VLAN no longer need to pass the ONU user-
side port, use this command to delete the port from this VLAN.

[Example]
$ Configure the vlan mode of port 1 in service template 20 to be n: 1
aggregation, and configure user vlan10, vlan20 to switch to service vlan100
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan eth 1 mode aggregation
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan eth 1 service-vlan 100
user- vlan 10
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan eth 1 service-vlan 100
user- vlan 20

port vlan

[Commands]

port vlan eth port-id pvid(vlan-id|vlan-poolpool-id)[priority

priority]

port vlan eth port-id pvid follow eth port-id[priority priority]

port vlan eth port-id pvid unconcern

no port vlan eth port-id pvid

[View]

4-189
 onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

pool-id: VLAN pool ID, the value range is 1-64.

port-id: ONUETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

vlan-id: port PVID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

vlan-pool: ONU port pvid is dynamically allocated from the VLAN pool.

priority: to configure the 802.1p priority for Untag messages passing the ONU port. It is a
numeric value with a value range of 0-7. Default value is 0.

unconcern: not to configure port pvid value in the service template

[Description]

The port vlan eth pvid command is used to configure the ONU port pvid.

The port vlan eth pvid follow eth command directly states that the vlan of
current eth port is consistent with that of other ports.

The no port vlan eth pvid command is used to restore the ONU port pvid to its
default value.

[Example]
$ Configure pvid of port 1 in service template 20 to be 4000
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan eth 1 pvid 4000

onu port pvid

[Commands]

onu port pvid onu-id eth onu-port-id vlan vlan-id[priority

priority]

no onu port pvid onu-id eth onu-port-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

onu-port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

4-190
 vlan-id: a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

priority: to configure the 802.1p priority for Untag messages passing the ONU port. It is a
numeric value with a value range of 0-7. Default value is 0.

[Description]

The onu port pvid command is used to configure the ONU port pvid.

The no onu port pvid command is used to restore the ONU port pvid to its default
value. By default, the pvid value in the GPON port view is 1, and the priority value is 0.

[Example]
$ Configure the pvid of ONU 1 on GPON 0/2 to be 2000
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#onu port pvid 1 eth 1 vlan 2000

vlan-pool

[Commands]

vlan-pool vlan-pool-id(global|pon)vlan-id-list

no vlan-pool vlan-pool-id

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

vlan-pool-id: VLAN pool ID, the value range is 1-64

global: the allocation scope of the VLAN pool is global, and the allocated VLAN-ID is globally
unique

pon: the allocation scope of the VLAN pool is based on the PON port, the allocated VLAN-ID is
unique to the PON port

vlan-id-list: VLAN-ID list in the VLAN pool

[Description]

The vlan-pool command is used to add a VLAN pool

The no vlan-pool command is used to delete a VLAN pool

[Example]
$ Create a global vlan pool with the ID of 3, and set the VLAN range to 2-1000

4-191
 FHL2100(config)#vlan-pool 3 global 2-1000

multicast mode

[Command]

multicast mode(igmp-snooping|olt-control|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

igmp-snooping: uncontrollable multicast, the ONU listens on IGMP messages and

maintains local multicast forwarding table items.

olt-control: dynamic controllable multicast.

unconcern: do not concern.

[Description]

The multicast mode command is used to configure the multicast mode of the ONU in the
GPON ONU service template. Different multicast modes process multicast program flow
differently, and authentication methods of multicast users are also different. If multicast
forwarding table is maintained by the ONU, choose the igmp-snooping mode; if the ONU
multicast forwarding table is maintained by the OLT, choose the olt-control mode; if the ONU
does not support the multicast mode of the ONU specified by the OLT or does not allow it to
pass, choose unconcern.

By default, the multicast mode of the ONU is unconcern, that is the OLT not designating the
multicast mode of the ONU.

[Example]
$ Configure the multicast mode of the service template with the ID of 20 to be olt-
control
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#multicast mode olt-control

port multicast-vlan

[Commands]

port multicast-vlan eth port-id vlan-id

no port multicast-vlan eth port-id vlan-id

[View]

4-192
 onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

vlan-id: multicast vlan. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

[Description]

The port multicast-vlan command is used to divide ONU ports into specified multicast
VLAN. Users cannot view multicast VLAN programs until they have joined the multicast VLAN.

The no port multicast-vlan command is used to delete the multicast VLAN of the
port. If you no longer need to divide the ONU ports into the specified multicast VLAN, please
delete that multicast VLAN from theport.

[Example]
$ Configure the multicast VLAN of port 1 in the service template with the ID of 20 to
be 3000
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port multicast-vlan eth 1 3000

port multicast-tag

[Commands]

port multicast-tag eth port-id(strip|keep|unconcern)

port multicast-tag eth port-id translate vlan-id

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

vlan-id: to designate the VLANtag after switch when configuring the multicast message
forwarding mode to be switch mode. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

strip: to strip the VLANTag of the downstream multicast data message.

keep: to transparently forward the downstream multicast data message.

unconcern: do not concern how the VLANTag of the multicast data message is processed.
The OLT does not configure the multicast forwarding mode of the ONU, and the implementation
of the multicast forwarding is determined by the ONU.

4-193
[Description]

The port multicast-tag eth(strip|keep|unconcern) command is used to

configure how multicast data message TAG is processed in the ONU service template. By default,
the system does not concern how the VLANTag of the multicast data message is processed.

The port multicast-tag eth translate command is used to set the VLAN
translation configuration of the multicast data message in the ONU service template. The
multicast vlan translation function is not configured by default.

[Examples]
$ Configure the multicast downstream tag mode of port 1 in the service template
with the ID of 20 to be strip
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port multicast-tag eth 1 strip
$ Configure the multicast downstream tag mode of port 1 in the service template
with the ID of 20 to be translate, and switch to vlan 1200
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port multicast-tag eth 1
translate 1200

port multicast group-num-max

[Command]

port multicast group-num-max eth port-id(group-num｜

unlimited|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

group-num: to designate the maximum number of multicast program groups allowed by the
ONU. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-255.

unlimited: not to limit the maximum number of multicast program groups allowed by the
ONU.

unconcern: not to designate the maximum number of multicast program groups allowed by
the ONU.

[Description]

4-194
 The port multicast group-num-max command is used to configure the maximum
number of multicast program groups in the ONU service template. By default, the maximum
number ofmulticast program groups allowed by the ONU is not set.

[Example]
$ Configure the maximum number of multicast groups of port 1 in the service
template with the ID of 20 to be 200
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port multicast group-num-max eth 1 200

multicast fast-leave

[Command]

multicastfast-leave(enable|disable|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

enable: to enable the multicast fast-leave function. With the multicast fast-leave function
enabled, the ONU will update local multicast table items according to the multicast leave
message once it has received it, without sending specific group query message to check if the
user is actually offline. Use this parameter if the user needs to switch channels faster.

disable: to disable the multicast fast-leave function. With the multicast fast-leave function
disabled, the ONU need to send specific group query to check if the user is online, after it has
received the multicast leave message from the user. If no report message is received from the
user after the specific group query times out, the user is considered to be offline and local
multicast table items will be updated. Use this parameter if the user has no need to switch
channels quickly.

unconcern: the multicast fast-leave function switch is not concerned. That is, the OLT does
not designate the status of the multicast fast-leave function switch on the ONU. Choose this
parameter if corresponding ONU does not support the multicast fast-leave function switch
configuration or does not require it.

[Description]

The multicastfast-leave command is used to configure the multicast fast-leave

function switch in the ONU service template. The multicast fast-leave function switch is set to
unconcern by default.

4-195
[Example]
$ Enable the multicast fast-leave function of the service template with the ID of 20
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#multicast fast-leave enable

mac-address learning

[Command]

mac-address learning(enable|disable|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

enable: to enable the ONU MAC address learning function.

disable: to disable the ONU MAC address learning function.

unconcern: not to designate the ONU MAC address learning function switch.

[Description]

The mac-address learning command is used to enable or disable the ONU MAC address
learning function. By default, the ONU MAC address learning function switch is not set.

[Example]
$ Enable the mac address learning function of the service template with the ID of
20
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#mac-address learning enable

mac-address timer

[Command]

mac-address timer(aging-time|no-aging|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

aging-time: to configure the aging time of the MAC address. It is a numeric value with a
value range of 10s-1000000s. Unit: s.

no-aging: to configure the MAC address to be no aging. Use this parameter if the MAC
address aging function is not to be enabled.

4-196
 unconcern: not to configure the aging time of the MAC address.

[Description]

The mac-address timer command is used to configure the aging time of dynamic table
items in the MAC address table. By default, the aging time of the MAC address is not set. The
default aging time is 300s.

The aging time of the MAC address becomes effective immediately after configuration. The
system will check the dynamic MAC address periodically. If the system does not send or receive
any message with that source MAC address in an aging cycle (1-2 times of the aging time),
corresponding MAC address will be removed from the MAC address table. Regular aging of
dynamic MAC addresses will release resources in the MAC address table, so that the system is
able to learn new MAC addresses.

[Example]
$ Configure the aging time of mac address for the service template with the ID of 20
to be no aging
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#mac-address timer no-aging

port max-mac-count

[Command]

port max-mac-count eth port-id(mac-address-

num|unlimited|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

mac-address-num: to configure the maximum number of MAC addresses that the ONU
could learn. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-255.

unlimited: not to limit the total number of MAC addresses that the ONU could learn. That
is, the ONU could learn as many MAC addresses as it can.

unconcern: not to configure the total number of MAC addresses that the ONU could learn.

[Description]

4-197
 The max-mac-count command is used to configure the maximum number of MAC address
learning entries in the ONU service template. By default, the total number of MAC addresses
that the ONU could learn is not set.

[Example]
$ Configure the maximum number of MAC address learning entries of port 1 in the
service template with the ID of 20 to be 200
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port max-mac-count eth 1 200

onu port admin-status

[Commands]

onu port admin-status onu-id eth port-id enable

no onu port admin-status onu-id eth port-id enable

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

enable: to enable the ONU ETH port administrative function.

[Description]

The onu port admin-status command is used to enable the ONU ETH port
administrative function.

The no onu port admin-status command is used to disable the ONU ETH port
administrative function.

[Example]
$ Configure the administrative status of ONU 1 on GPON 0/2 to be disabled
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#no onu port admin-status 1 eth 1 enable

show onu port info

[Command]

show onu port info onu-id eth(all|port-id)

[View]

4-198
 gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

[Description]

The show onu port info command is used to query ONU ETH port information.

[Example]
$ Query information about port 2 of ONU1 in PON 0/2
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#show onu port info 1 eth all
----------------------------------------------------
Port : 1
PVID : 1
Priority : 0
Adminstatus : Disable
----------------------------------------------------
Port : 2
PVID : 1
Priority : 0
Adminstatus : Enable
----------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Port ONU UNI port ID
PVID ONU UNI port PVID
Priority Priority of the ONU UNI port PVID
Adminstatus Administrative status of ONU UNI port

port mtu

[Command]

port mtu eth port-id(value|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-24.

4-199
 value: to configure the ETH port MTU, the value range is 1518-2000.

unconcern: not to configure the ONU ETH port MTU.

[Description]

The port mtu eth command is used to configure the ONU UNI port MTU. By default, the
ONU ETH port MTU is not set.

[Example]
$ Configure the MTU of port 1 in the service template with the ID of 20 to be 2000
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port mtu eth 1 2000

port flow-conurol

[Command]

port flow-conurol eth port-id(enable|disable|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of1-24.

enable: to enable the traffic control function of the ETH port. disable:

to disable the traffic control function of the ETH port. unconcern: not to

configure the traffic control function of the ETH port.

[Description]

The port flow-conurol eth command is used to enable or disable the traffic control
function of the ETH port. By default, the traffic control function of the ETH port is not set.

With the traffic control function of the ETH port being enabled, the device controls the traffic of
the ETH port. With the traffic control function of the ETH port being disabled, the device does
not control the traffic of the ETH port.

[Example]
$ Configure the traffic control function of port 1 in the service template with the ID
of 20 to be disabled
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port flow-conurol eth 1 disable

4-200
 port rate-limit

[Commands]

port rate-limit eth port-

id(upstream|downstream)( unconcern|traffic-profile traffic-
profile-id)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU ETH port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of1-24.

upstream: indicates the in-direction of the ONU UNI port.

downstream: indicates the out-direction of the ONU UNI port.

traffic-profile-id: traffic template ID, the value range is 1-1024.

unconcern: not to configure the traffic control parameters for the upstream and
downstream ports.

[Description]

The port rate-limit eth unconcern command is used to not configure the
upstream and downstream port traffic control parameters.

By default, the upstream and downstream port traffic control parameters are not set.

[Example]
$ Configure the upstream traffic template of port 1 in the service template with the
ID of 20 to be 5
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port rate-limit eth 1
upstream traffic-profile 5

loop detect

[Command]

loop detect(enable|disable|unconcern)

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

4-201
[Parameters]

enable: to enable the UNI local ring network detection function. disable:

to disable the UNI local ring network detection function. unconcern: not to

configure the UNI local ring network detection function.

[Description]

The loop detect command is used to enable or disable the UNI-side ring network detection
function. By default, the UNI local ring network detection function is not set.

[Example]
$ Enable the loop detection function of the service template with the ID of 20
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#loop detect enable

show vlan-pool

[Command]

show vlan-pool[all|pool-id]

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view

[Parameter]

pool-id: VLAN pool ID, the value range is 1-64

[Description]

The show vlan-pool command is used to query basic information of the VLAN pool and the
allocation of VLANs.

[Example]
$ Query vlan pool information
FHL2100(config)#show vlan-pool all
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Pool Range VLAN VLANlist
ID count
---------------------------------------------------------------------
1 Global 4000 2-4001
2 Pon 1000 1-1001
---------------------------------------------------------------------
FHL2100(config)#show vlan-pool1
PoolID : 1
Range : Global

4-202
 VLANcount : 4000
VLANlist : 2-4001
Per-onubindingtimes: 10
Per-unibindingtimes: 1
Usedcount : 1000
Freecount : 3000
UsedVLANlist : 2-1001
FreeVLANlist : 1002-4001
FHL2100(config)#show vlan-
pool2 PoolID : 2
Range : Pon
VLANcount : 1000
VLANlist : 2-1001
Per-onubindingtimes: 2
Per-unibindingtimes: 1
------------[PON2/2]------------
Usedcount : 3
Freecount : 997
UsedVLANlist : 2-3,5
FreeVLANlist : 4,6-1001
------------[PON2/3]------------
Usedcount : 5
Freecount : 995
UsedVLANlist : 2-6
FreeVLANlist : 7-1001

 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
PoolID VLAN pool ID
Range VLAN pool allocation scope
VLANcount Number of VLANs in the VLAN pool
VLANlist VLAN list in the VLAN pool
Per-onubindingtimes Number of allocations based on the ONU.
Per-unibindingtimes Number of allocations based on the UNI.
Usedcount Number of allocated VLANs
Freecount Number of spare VLANs
UsedVLANlist List of allocated VLANs
FreeVLANlist List of spare VLANs

show vlan-pool onu-assigned-

info

[Commands]

show vlan-pool onu-assigned-info[slot-id[port-id]]all

show vlan-pool onu-assigned-info slot-id port-id onu-id

[View]

gpon view

4-203
[Parameters]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: PON port ID. The value range is 1-16.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The show vlan-pool onu-assigned-infocommand is used to query the VLANs

allocated to the ONU port when dynamically allocating the vlans.

[Example]
$ Query information about the dynamic vlans allocated to the ONU
FHL2100(config-gpon-0/1)#show vlan-pool onu-assigned-info all
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Port Assigned vlan-pool Follow PVID
Type ID type Port-ID
---------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH 2 Fix 1 - 200
ETH 5 Fix 1 - 201
ETH 6 Fix 1 - 202
ETH 7 Fix 1 - 301
ETH 8 Fix 1 - 300

 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
Port-type Port type. Values: POTS, ETH, WLAN and CATV.
Port-ID Port ID.
Assignedtype Allocation mode of the ONU port PVID
vlan-pool Corresponding VLAN pool ID of the ONU port PVID allocation
Follow Port-ID Directly states that the vlan of current Port-ID is consistent with
that of other Port-IDs.
PVID Dynamic PVID actually acquired by the ONU port.

port vlan（config veip）

[Commands]

port vlan veip port-id mode ( transparent | tag |

translation | aggregation | trunk )

port vlan veip port-id service-vlan svlan-id user-vlan cvlan-id

port vlan veip port-id vlan-id

no port vlan veip port-id cvlan-id

4-204
[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

transparent: transparent transmission mode. In this mode, the ONU device transparently
forwards upstream and downstream Ethernet frames.

tag: tag mode. In this mode, the ONU device processes the received upstream untag Ethernet
frame by adding a VLANTag for it, and processes the downstream Ethernet frame by deleting its
VLANTag.

translation: translation mode. In this mode, the ONU device performs VLAN translation
against upstream and downstream Ethernet frames according to configured translation pair.

aggregation: N: 1 aggregation mode. In this mode, the ONU device performs N: 1

translation against upstream and downstream Ethernet frames according to configured
translation pair.

trunk: VLAN trunk mode. In this mode, the ONU device allows the configured trunk vlan
frame to pass.

port-id: ONU VEIP port ID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-4.

svlan-id: ONU service-side VLANID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

cvlan-id: ONU user-side VLANID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

vlan-id: VLANID. It’s a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

[Description]

The port vlan veip mode command is used to configure the VLAN mode of the port. By
default, all the ports are configured to be in transparent mode.

The port vlan veip service-vlan command is used to configure the VLAN 1: 1
translation rule of the port.

The port vlan veip command is used to configure VLAN which is allowed to pass by the
port.

The no port vlan veip command is used to delete the ONU user-side port VLAN of the
ONU service template. If user messages with this VLAN no longer need to pass the ONU user-
side port, use this command to delete the port from this VLAN.

[Example]

4-205
 $ Configure the vlan mode of port 1 in service template 20 to be n: 1 aggregation,
and configure user vlan10, vlan20 to switch to service vlan100
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan veip mode aggregation
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan veip service-vlan 100
user- vlan 10
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan veip service-vlan 100
user- vlan 20

port vlan veip

[Commands]

port vlan veip port-id pvid vlan-id [priority priority]

no port vlan veip port-id pvid

[View]

onu-gpon-srvprofile view

[Parameters]

port-id: ONU VEIP port ID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-4

vlan-id: port PVID. It is a numeric value with a value range of 1-4094.

priority: to configure the 802.1p priority for Untag messages passing the ONU port. It is a
numeric value with a value range of 0-7. Default value is 0.

[Description]

The port vlan veip pvid command is used to configure the ONU VEIP port pvid.

The no port vlan veip pvid command is used to restore the ONU port pvid to its
default value.

[Example]
$ Configure pvid of VEIP port 1 in service template 20 to be 4000
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-20)#port vlan veip 1 pvid 4000

show onu-srvprofile gpon

[Commands]

show onu-srvprofile gpon ( all | profile-id profile-id )

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view

4-206
[Parameters]

all: Show all ONU service template information.

profile-id: ONU service template ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-1024.

[Description]

The show onu-srvprofile gponcommand is used to query information of the GPON

ONU service template. The actual capability of the ONU and service related parameters are
mainly configured on the GPON ONU service template.

[Example]
$ Display information about the service template with the ID of 12
FHL2100(config)# show onu-srvprofile gpon profile-id 12
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 12
Description : onu_srvprofile_12
Access-type : GPON
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port-type Port-number
----------------------------------------------------------------------
POTS 0
ETH 4
WLAN 0
CATV 0
VEIP 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Multicast mode : Unconcern
Multicast fast leave : Unconcern
Mac-address learning : Unconcern
Mac-address aging time : Unconcern
Loop detect : Unconcern
Isolate : Unconcern
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Port Mtu Flow Mac-address Multicast
type ID control max count group max
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH 1 1800 Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern
ETH 2 Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern
ETH 3 2000 Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern
ETH 4 Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern
VEIP 1 Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern Unconcern
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Port PVID VLAN Follow PVID Priority
type ID type pool Port ID
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH 1 Fix - - 100 5
ETH 2 Fix - - 1 0
ETH 3 Fix - - 1 0
ETH 4 Fix - - 1 0
VEIP 1 Fix - - 200 3

4-207
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Port Direction Rate Traffic
type ID limit profile
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH 1 Upstream Unconcern -
ETH 1 Downstream Unconcern -
ETH 2 Upstream Unconcern -
ETH 2 Downstream Unconcern -
ETH 3 Upstream Enable 1
ETH 3 Downstream Unconcern -
ETH 4 Upstream Unconcern -
ETH 4 Downstream Unconcern -
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Port Multicast Multicast Multicast
type ID VLAN tag-strip CVLAN
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH 1 - Unconcern -
ETH 2 - Unconcern -
ETH 3 - Unconcern -
ETH 4 - Unconcern -
VEIP 1 - Unconcern -
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Port Mode S-VLAN C-VLAN
type ID list
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ETH 1 Translation 100 800
ETH 1 Translation 300 1000
ETH 2 Transparent - -
ETH 3 Transparent - -
ETH 4 Transparent - -
VEIP 1 Aggregation 1000 1000
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Binding times : 0
----------------------------------------------------------------------

 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
Profile-ID GPON ONU service template ID.
Description GPON ONU service template description information.
Access-type GPON ONU service template access type, with the only value of
GPON.
Port-type Port type. Values: POTS, ETH, WLAN and CATV.
Port-number Number of ports.
Multicastmode ONU multicast mode. Values: IGMP-Snooping, OLT-Control and
Unconcern.
Multicastfastleave ONU multicast fast-leave function switch.
Mac-addresslearning ONU MAC address learning function switch
Mac-addressagingtime ONU MAC address aging time.
Loopdetect Local loop detection switch.
Isolate Port isolate function switch
Port-ID Port ID.

4-208
 Parameter Description
MTU ONU port MTU.
Flow-conurol ONU port flow control switch.
Max-address max count Maximum number of the MAC address learning entries of the ONU
port
Multicast group max Maximum number of multicast groups of the ONU
PVID type PVID type
VLAN pool Vlan-pool ID
Follow Port ID Follow port ID
PVID ONU port PVID.
Priority Priority of the ONU port PVID.
Direction Flow direction of the ONU port.
Ratelimit ONU port speed limit switch
Traffic profile Traffic template ID.
MulticastVLAN The multicast VLAN of an ONU port.
Multicasttag-strip The multicast VLANTAG processing mode of an ONU port.
MulticastCVLAN The VLAN after switching the multicast VLAN.
Mode VLAN mode of an ONU port.
S-VLAN Service VLAN.
C-VLANlist User VLAN.

4.2.7 ONU Line Template

gem traffic-limit

[Commands]

gem traffic-limit gem-port-id traffic-id

no gem traffic-limit gem-port-id

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile view

[Parameters]

gem-port-id: a specified gem-port ID, it is a numeric value with a value range of 1-64.

traffic-id: a specified traffic ID, it is a numeric value with a value range of 1-1024.

[Description]

The gem traffic-limit command is used to specify the Traffic speed limit template for
GEM port binding in the ONU line template, while ensuring that a speed limit template has been
created.

4-209
 The no gem traffic-limit command is used to delete the speed limit template for GEM
port binding.

[Example]
$ GEM port 1, binding traffic limit template 100.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)#gem traffic-limit 1 100

gem mapping

[Commands]

gem mapping gem-port-id mapping-index veip veip-portid

no gem mapping gem-port-id mapping-index

[View]

onu-gpon-lineprofile template view

[Parameters]

gem-port-id: a specified gem-port ID, it is a numeric value with a value range of 1-64.

mapping-index: mapping index. It’s used to distinguish different service flows of the same
gem-port, and up to 8 different service flows are allowed to be mapped to a same gem-port. It’s
a numeric value with a value range of 1-8.

veip-portid: port based mapping mode. If the mapping mode of the line template is
configured to be port based mapping with the mapping-mode command, this parameter is used
when the service flow of specified ONU port is to be mapped to specific gem-port. It is a
numeric value with a value range of 1-4.

[Description]

The gem mapping command is used to configure the mapping mode between the gem-port
and the ONU-side service.

The no gem mapping command is used to delete the mapping mode between the gem-port
and the ONU-side service.

Before configuring the mapping mode between the gem-port and the ONU-side service, use the
mapping-mode command to configure the supported mapping mode of the ONU, to make sure
that the supported mapping mode of the ONU is consistent with the configured mapping mode
between the gem-port and the ONU-side service.

4-210
 For the onu-lineprofile with a bound ONU terminal, adjusting or modifying the gem-port and the
binding between the gem-port and the service flow in this template is not allowed.

[Example]
$ The configuration gem-port mapping is VEIP 1.
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-lineprofile-2)# gem mapping 1 1 veip 1

show onu-lineprofile gpon

[Commands]

show onu-line profile gpon ( all | profile-id profile-id )

[View]

enable view, config view, onu-gpon-lineprofile view

[Parameters]

all: to query information about the all ONU line template.

profile-id: to query information about the ONU line template with specified ID. It is in the
integer form with a value range of 1~1024.

[Description]

The show onu-lineprofile gpon all command is used to query summary

information of the all GPON ONU line template.

The show onu-lineprofile gpon profile-idcommand is used to query summary

information of the specified GPON ONU line template.

[Example]
$ Query summary information of all the GPON ONU line templates and verbose
information of line template 1.
FHL2100(config)# show onu-lineprofile gpon profile-id 1
-------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Description : onu_lineprofile_1
FEC upstream switch : disable
Mapping mode : Priority
-------------------------------------------------------
<T-CONT 1> DBA Profile-ID: 5
<Gem Index 1> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 0 - -
-------------------------------------------------

4-211
 <Gem Index 2> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 1 - -
-------------------------------------------------
<Gem Index 3> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 2 - -
-------------------------------------------------
<Gem Index 4> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 3 - -
-------------------------------------------------
<Gem Index 5> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 4 - -
-------------------------------------------------
<Gem Index 6> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 5 - -
-------------------------------------------------
<Gem Index 7> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 6 - -
-------------------------------------------------
<Gem Index 8> Encrypt enable Priority: 0 Traffic limit: 0
---------------------------------------------------
Mapping-index VLAN Priority Port-ID PORT-TYPE
-------------------------------------------------
1 - 7 - -
-------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------
Times Bound by ONU: 17
-------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the explanation of the echoing parameters of the commands

is shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Profile-ID Line template ID
Description Line template description
FECupstreamswitch Enable or disable the upstream FEC switch of the GPON
ONT line template. Values: Enable and Disable

4-212
 Parameter Description
Mappingmode The mapping mode supported by the ONU in the GPON
ONU line template. Values: vlan, priority, vlan-priority, port.
T-CONT ID of the T-CONT
DBAProfile-ID The bound DBA template of the T-CONT
GemIndex The GEMIndex bound to the T-CONT.
encrypt Configure downstream encryption properties for the
specified GEMIndex. Values: unconcern, enable, disable.
Traffic limit The bound limit template of the GEM port
Mapping-index Mapping index
VLAN The VLANID used to designate the VLAN mapping or the
combined mapping modes related to VLAN mapping.
Priority Designate the message priority of the GEMIndex.
Port-ID Port ID.
PORT-TYPE Port types, such as ETH, VEIP
TimesBoundbyONU Binding times of the ONU

4.2.8 ONU Long Luminescence Detection

rogue-onu-check (enable|disable)

[Commands]

rogue-onu-check

enable rogue-onu-

check disable

[View]

config view, gpon view

[Parameters]

enable: to enable the rogue ONU automatic detection function of the device.

disable: to disable the rogue ONU automatic detection function of the device.

[Description]

The rogue-onu-check enable command is used to enable the rogue ONU automatic
detection function of the device.

The rogue-onu-check disable command is used to disable the rogue ONU automatic
detection function of the device.

By default, the rogue ONU automatic detection function of the device is global enabled, and
disabled on PON/GPON port.

4-213
[Example]
$ Enable the long luminous ONU automatic detection function of the device:
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/1)#rogue-onu-check enable

rogue-onu laser-tx

[Command]

rogue-onu laser-tx (on|off) onuid onu-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

on: Turn on the ONU's laser emitter;

off: Turn off the ONU's laser emitter;

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

rogue-onu laser-tx (on|off) onuid onu-id is used to manually turn on/off the
laser emitter of the specified ONU under the port. Before executing this command, the Always-
On detection function of the current port must be enabled. When turning off the ONU's laser
emitter, the ONU must be online, and the command will not trigger an alarm. However, you may
check detailed information under the PON port using show rogue-onu info.

[Example]
$ Turn off ONU0/1: 1 laser emitter.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# rogue-onu laser-tx off onuid 1

rogue-onu restore mac

[Command]

rogue-onu restoremac mac

[View]

pon view

[Parameter]

4-214
 mac: MAC address of the EPON ONU, supported formats include AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF and
AABB.CCDD.EEFF.

[Description]

The rogue-onu restore mac command is used to bring the long luminous ONU with
specified MAC online again after the problems are solved.

[Example]
$ Enable the long luminous ONU with a specified MAC address of 11: 22: 33:
44: 55: 66 to come online again after the problems are solved
FHL2100(config-if-pon-2/1)#rogue-onu restoremac11: 22: 33: 44: 55:
66 FHL2100(config-if-pon-2/1)#show running-config | include rogue
Filtering...
rogue-onu-check enable

rogue-onu restore sn

[Command]

rogue-onu restore sn sn-value

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

sn-value: SN serial number of GPON ONU. It is a 14-byte or 16-byte hexadecimal string,

with the format of XXXXXXXXXXXXXX or XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX.

[Description]

The rogue-onu restore sn command is used to bring the long luminous ONU with
specified SN online again after the problems are solved.

[Example]
$ Enable the long luminous ONU with a SN of 544F50560177697B to come online
again after the problems are solved
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/3)#rogue-onu
restoresn48575443F62EC026 FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/3)#show
running-config | include rogue Filtering...
rogue-onu-check enable

show rogue-onu info

[Command]

4-215
 show rogue-onu info

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show rogue-onu info command is used to display rogue ONU information of current
PON port. Display MAC address in the PON port of the EPON, and display SN information in the
PON port of the GPON.

[Examples]
$ View current port long luminous information.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/1)# show rogue-onu info
----------------------------
State: enable
Rogueonu List:
Index MAC/SN
------- -------------------

 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
Index Slot ID/Port ID: ONU-ID
MAC EPON ONU MAC address
SN GPON ONU SN serial number
State The port has a long luminous state, and the value is
enable or disable.

show rogue-onu config

[Command]

show rogue-onu config

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

None

4-216
[Descriptions]

show rogue-onu config is used to check the user configuration information for the
system’s Always-On detection function, including whether the global/port Always-On is enabled
or disabled.

[Example]
$ Check detailed information of user configuration for Always-On detection.
FHL2100(config)# show rogue-onu info
State: enable
Rogue port:
Epon-08/03 Gpon-01/09
4.2.9 ONU speed test function
speed-test add

[Command]

speed-test add server-url-id server-url

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

server-url-id: The speed test server url's ID, integer, value range: 6 - 10.

server-url: The speed test server url, string, value range: 1 - 128.

[Descriptions]

speed-test add is used to add the ONU speed test server url. The url with ID falling
between 1 - 5 is the ONU’s default speed test serve address and cannot be changed.

[Example]
$ Add the ONU speed test server url.
FHL2100(config)# speed-test add 6 http:
//dlglobal.qq.com/weixin/Windows/WeChat_C1018.exe

speed-test delete

[Command]

speed-test delete server-url-id

[View]

4-217
 config view

[Parameter]

server-url-id: The speed test server url's ID, integer, value range: 6 - 10.

[Descriptions]

speed-test addis used to delete the ONU speed test server url. The url with ID falling
between 1 - 5 is the ONU’s default speed test serve address and cannot be deleted.

[Example]
$ Delete the ONU speed test server url.
FHL2100(config)# speed-test del 6

show speed-test server-url-list

[Command]

show speed-test server-url-list

[View]

All common views

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

show speed-test server-url-list is used to show the list of IDs corresponding to

the speed test server url.

[Example]
$ Show the list of IDs corresponding to the speed test server url.
FHL2100(config)# show speed-test server-url-list
server-url-id server-url
1 http: //dldir1.qq.com/qqfile/qq/QQ8.3/18038/QQ8.3.exe
2 http: //down.360safe.com/setup.exe

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
server-url-id The speed test server url's ID
server-url The speed test server url

4-218
 speed-test

[Command]

speed-test onu-id server-url-id server-url-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

server-url-id: The speed test server url's ID, integer, value range: 1 - 10.

[Descriptions]

Speed-test is used to execute the specified ONU speed test. After executing speed test for
about 30 seconds, you can view the test result with show speed-test-info onu-id.

[Example]
$ Configure the specified ONU to execute network speed test.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/1)# speed-test 1 server-url-id 1

show speed-test-info

[Command]

show speed-test-info onu-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

show speed-test-info onu-id is used to query the network speed test information of
the specified ONU.

[Example]
$ Query the network speed test information of the specified ONU.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# show speed-test-info 1
TaskStatus : Success

4-219
 TimeStamp : 2017-04-27 13: 02
Download (Mbps) : 2.430

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
TaskStatus Speed test execution status, success/failure/in progress
TimeStamp The time when test starts
Download (Mbps) Tested speed

4.2.10 ONU VOIP function

onu-sipagent-profile

[Command]

onu-sipagent-profile profile-id profile-id

no onu-sipagent-profile profile-id profile-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: Number of the specified SIP agent profile, an integer with a value range of 1-64.

[Descriptions]

Once bound by a service profile, the SIP agent profile shall not be revised or deleted.

[Example]
$ Create SIP agent profile 1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipagent-profile profile-id 1

description

[Command]

description description

no description

[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

4-220
 description: Descriptions of the specified SIP agent profile, a string with a length of 1 - 31
characters.

[Descriptions]

For a SIP agent profile that the user does not manually configure descriptions, the system's
automatic default descriptive string is "sipagent_profile_xx" (xx is the profile number).

[Example]
$ Configure descriptions of SIP agent profile 1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipagent-profile profile-id 10
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-10)# description admin

proxy-server

[Command]

proxy-server (primary | secondary) url proxy-server-uri [port

proxy-server-port]

no proxy-server (primary | secondary)

[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

primary: Configure SIP's primary proxy server.

secondary: Configure SIP's secondary proxy server, which can only be done when the primary
proxy server is already in place.

proxy-server-uri: SIP proxy server’s IP address or domain name, used to identify the
proxy server. A string with a length of 1-63 characters. Considering the diversity of the domain
name format, the string will not be subject to format validity inspection.

proxy-server-port: SIP proxy server's transport layer protocol port number; value range:
0 - 65535; default value: 0.

[Descriptions]

Used to configure the primary and secondary proxy servers.

[Example]
$Configure the SIP agent profile's proxy server.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipagent-profile profile-id 10

4-221
 FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-10)# proxy-server primary
uri 172.17.10.163 port 5060

registrar-server

[Command]

registrar-server (primary | secondary) url registrar-server-uri

[port registrar-server-port]

no registrar-server (primary | secondary)

[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

primary: Configure SIP's primary register server.

secondary: Configure SIP's secondary register server, which can only be done when the
primary register server is already in place.

registrar-server-uri: SIP register server’s IP address or domain name, used to identify

the register server. A string with a length of 1-63 characters. Considering the diversity of the
domain name format, the string will not be subject to format validity inspection.

registrar-server-port: SIP register server's transport layer protocol port number; value
range: 0 - 65535; default value: 0.

[Descriptions]

Used to configure the SIP protocol’s register server address information.

[Example]
$ Configure the SIP agent profile's register server.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipagent-profile profile-id 10
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-10)#registrar-server primary
uri 172.17.10.163 port 5060
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-10)#registrar-server secondary
uri 172.17.10.162 port 5060

outbound-server

[Command]

outbound-server (primary | secondary) url outbound-server-uri

[port outbound-server-port]

4-222
 no registrar-server (primary | secondary)

[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

primary: Configure SIP's primary Outbound server.

secondary: Configure SIP's secondary Outbound server, which can only be done when the
primary Outbound server is already in place.

outbound-server-uri: The Outbound server’s IP address or domain name, used to

identify the Outbound server. A string with a length of 1-63 characters. Considering the diversity
of the domain name format, the string will not be subject to format validity inspection.

outbound-server-port: The Outbound server's transport layer protocol port number;

value range: 0 - 65535; default value: 0.

[Descriptions]

Used to configure the SIP protocol’s Outbound server address information.

[Example]
$ Delete all ONU certified configurations under Port GPON3/1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipagent-profile profile-id 10
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-10)# outbound-server primary
uri 172.17.10.163 port 5060
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-10)# outbound-server secondary
uri 172.17.10.162 port 5060

reg-exp-time

[Command]

reg-exp-time exp-time

no reg-exp-time

[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

exp-time: SIP register server's effective duration, unit: s, value range: 1 - 65534. Default
value: 3600

4-223
[Descriptions]

Reg-exp-time command is used to configure the SIP register server's effective duration.

Reg-exp-timecommand is used to restore the default value of the SIP register server's
effective duration.

[Example]
$ Configure the effective duration for SIP agent profile 1's register server.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipagent-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-1)# reg-exp-time 1800

heartbeat

[Command]

heartbeat

(enable|diable) no

heartbeat

[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

heartbeat enable command is used to enable the SIP server's heartbeat test function;

heartbeat disable command is used to disable the SIP server's heartbeat test function;

This configuration is only for EPON, and is ignored by GPON.

By default, the heartbeat test function is disabled.

[Example]
$ Configure the heartbeat test function of SIP agent profile 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-1)# heartbeat enable

heartbeat-cycle

[Command]

heartbeat-cycle cycle-value

no heartbeat-cycle

4-224
[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

cycle-value: Heartbeat cycle, value range: 1 - 1000; unit: s; default value: 60s

[Descriptions]

heartbeat-cycle cycle-value is used to configure the heartbeat cycle. This

configuration takes effect after the heartbeat test is enabled.

This configuration is only for EPON, and is ignored by GPON.

[Example]
$ Configure the heartbeat cycle of SIP agent profile 1.
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-1)# heartbeat-cycle 120

heartbeat-count

[Command]

heartbeat-count count-value

no heartbeat-count

[View]

SIP agent profile view

[Parameter]

count-value: Counts of heartbeat test, value range: 1 - 30; default value: 3

[Descriptions]

heartbeat-count is used to configure the heartbeat test counts. This configuration takes
effect after the heartbeat test is enabled. When the user proxy client re-transmits the count
value count-valueand fails to receive the IMS response, the user proxy client will take it as a
link error and disconnect with IMS.

This configuration is only for EPON, and is ignored by GPON.

[Example]
$ Configure the heartbeat test count of SIP agent profile 1.
FHL2100(config-onu-sipagent-profile-1)# heartbeat-count 6

4-225
 show onu-sipagent-profile

[Command]

show onu-sipagent-profile (all | profile-id profile-id)

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

all: Show the summary information of all agent profiles.

profile-id: SIP agent profile ID, an integer with a value range of 1 - 64.

[Descriptions]

Query the agent profile's information.

The device supports the creation of SIP agent profiles, and can configure up to 64 SIP agent
profiles.

[Example]
$ Query detailed information of No.1 SIP agent profile in the system. An
example of the detailed information is as below.
FHL2100(config)# show onu-sipagent-profile all
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID Bind description
times
-------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 sipagent_profile_1
2 3 sipagent_profile_2
-------------------------------------------------------------------
FHL2100(config)# show sipagent-profile 1
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Description : sipagent-profile_1
Proxy server : 192.168.1.1
Proxy server port : 5000
Secondary proxy server : 192.168.1.10
Secondary proxy server port : 5000
Register server : 192.168.1.1
Register server port : 5000
Secondary Register server : 192.168.1.10
Secondary Register server port : 5000
Outbound server : 192.168.1.1
Outbound server port : 5000
Secondary outbound server : 192.168.1.10
Secondary outbound server port : 5000
Registration expiration : 600(s)

4-226
 Heartbeat : disable
Heartbeat cycle : 60(s)
Heartbeat count : 3

----------------------------------------------------------------
Times Bound by ONU-SIP : 33

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter
Profile-ID
Description
Proxy server
Proxy server port
Secondary proxy server
Secondary proxy server port
Register server
Register server port
Secondary Register server
Secondary Register server port
Outbound server
Outbound server port
Secondary outbound server
Secondary outbound server port
Registration expiration
Heartbeat
Heartbeat cycle
Heartbeat count
Times Bound by ONU-SIP
Description
Number of the agent profile.
Name of the agent profile.
IP or URL of the proxy server
Port of the proxy server
IP or URL of the secondary proxy server
Port of the secondary proxy server
IP or URL of the register server
Port of the register server
IP or URL of the secondary register server
Port of the secondary register server
IP or URL of the Outbound server
Port of the Outbound server
IP or URL of the secondary Outbound server
Port of the secondary Outbound server
Valid cycle of the register server
Heartbeat test switch
Heartbeat cycle
Counts of heartbeat test
Counts of binding the SIP port

onu-voipmedia-profile

[Command]

onu-voipmedia-profile profile-id profile-id

no onu-voipmeida-profile profile-id profile-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: Number of the specified VOIP media profile, an integer with a value range of 1 -
64.

[Descriptions]

4-227
 A VOIP media profile is used to configure the POTS port's fax mode and fax/MODEM negotiation
mode.

[Example]
$ Create VOIP media profile 1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-voipmedia-profile profile-id 1

description (onu-voipmedia-profile)

[Command]

description description

no description

[View]

VOIP media profile view

[Parameter]

description: Descriptions of the specified VOIP media profile, a string with a length of 1 - 31
characters.

[Descriptions]

For an VOIP media profile that the user does not manually configure descriptions, the system's
automatic default descriptive string is "voipmedia_profile_xx"(xx is the profile number).

[Example]
$ Create the description information of VOIP media profile 1
FHL2100(config)# onu-voipmedia-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-voipmedia-profile-1)# description
admin

faxmode

[Command]

faxmode (passthru |

t.38) no faxmode

[View]

VOIP media profile view

[Parameter]

4-228
 passthru: means passthrough, a mode consuming fewer DSP resources but weak in network
disturbance resistance.

t. 8: means T.38 fax, which consumes more DSP resources but is strong in resisting network
disturbance. OLT's default setting is T.38fax.

[Descriptions]

Faxmod command is used to configure the fax mode. The system supports two modes,
passthru and T.38.

[Example]
$ Create VOIP media profile 1’s fax mode.
FHL2100(config-onu-voipmedia-profile-1)#faxmode passthru

negotiate-mode

[Command]

negotiate-mode (negotiate | self-

switch) no negotiate-mode

[View]

VOIP media profile view

[Parameter]

negotiate: means the negotiation mode. A transmission mode involving softswitch or IMS is
known as the negotiation mode. The negotiation mode is the default setting.

self-switch: means the self-switching mode. A transmission mode that does not involve
softswitch or IMS is known as the self-switch mode.

[Descriptions]

Negotiate-mode is used to configure the fax/modem negotiation mode. The system

supports two modes, Negotiate and Self-Switch.

[Example]
$ Create VOIP media profile 1’s negotiation mode.
FHL2100(config-onu-voipmedia-profile-1)# negotiate-mode self-switch

show onu-voipmedia-profile

[Command]

4-229
 show onu-voipmedia-profile profile-id profile-id

show onu-voipmedia-profile all

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

profile-id: VOIP media profile ID, an integer with a value range of 1 - 64

[Descriptions]

show onu-voipmedia-profile command is used to view detailed information of the

specified VOIP media profile, or summary information of all media profiles.

[Example]
$ Query detailed information of No.1 VOIP media profile in the system. An example
of the detailed information is as below.
FHL2100(config)# show onu-voipmedia-profile profile-id 1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Description : voipmedia-profile_1

Faxmode : T.38
Negotiate mode : negotiate

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Times Bound by ONU-SIP : 33
-------------------------------------------------------- ------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Profile-ID Number of VOIP media profile
Description Name of VOIP media profile
Faxmode Fax mode
Negotiate mode Fax/MODEM negotiation mode
Times Bound by ONU-SIP Counts of binding the SIP port

onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id

[Command]

onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id profile-id

no onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id profile-id

[View]

4-230
 config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: Number of the specified SIP service data profile, an integer with a value range of
1 - 64.

[Descriptions]

The SIP service data profile is used to configure ONU voice service data information.

[Example]
$ Create SIP service data profile 1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1

description(onu-sipsrv-profile)

[Command]

description description

no description

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

description: Descriptions of the specified SIP service data profile, a string with a length of 1
- 31 characters.

[Descriptions]

For an SIP service data profile that the user does not manually configure descriptions,
the system's automatic default descriptive string is "sipsrv _profile_xx"(xx is the profile number).

[Example]
$ Configure descriptions of SIP service profile 1.
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# description admin

call-waiting

[Command]

call-waiting

(enable|disable) no call-

waiting
4-231
[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

enable|disable: The call waiting permission, default value: enable.

[Descriptions]

call-waiting command is used to configure the voice user’s call waiting permission.

no call-waiting command is used to restore the default value.

[Example]
$ Configure call waiting of SIP service profile 1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# call-waiting disable

three-party

[Command]

three-party

(enable|disable) no

three-party

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

enable|disable: Configure the three-party calling permission, default value: enable.

[Descriptions]

Three-party command is used to configure the voice user's three-party calling permission

no three-party command is used to restore the default value

[Example]
$ Disable SIP service profile 1's three-party calling permission.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# three-party
disable

call-transfer

[Command]
4-232
 call-transfer

(enable|disable) no call-

transfer

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

enable|disable: Call-transfer permission, default value: disable.

[Descriptions]

Call-transfercommand is used to configure the voice user’s call transfer permission.

no call-transfer command is used to restore the default value.

[Example]
$ Enable SIP service profile 1's call transfer permission.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# call-transfer
enable

call-hold

[Command]

call-hold

(enable|disable) no

call-hold

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

enable|disable: The call-hold permission, default value: enable.

[Descriptions]

call-hold command is used to configure the voice user’s call-hold permission.

no call-hold command is used to restore the default value.

[Example]
$ Disable SIP service profile 1's call transfer permission.
4-233
F ig-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# call-hold disable
H
L
2
1
0
0
(
c
o
n
f
i
g
)
#

o
n
u
-
s
i
p
s
r
v
-
p
r
o
f
i
l
e

p
r
o
f
i
l
e
-
i
d

F
H
L
2
1
0
0
(
c
o
n
f 4-234
 do-not-disturb

[Command]

do-not-disturb

(enable|disable) no do-not-

disturb

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

enable|disable: The do-not-disturb permission, default value: disable.

[Descriptions]

do-not-disturb command is used to configure the voice user’s do-not-disturb permission.

no do-not-disturb command is used to restore the default setting

[Example]
$ Disable SIP service profile 1's call transfer permission
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# do-not-disturb
disable

hotline

[Command]

hotline

(enable|disable) no

hotline

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

enable|disable: Hotline permission, default value: disable.

[Descriptions]

hotline command is used to configure the voice user’s hotline permission.

4-235
no hotline command is used to restore the default setting.

4-236
[Example]
$ Enable SIP service profile 1's call transfer permission.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# hotline
enable

hotline-num

[Command]

hotline-num num-string

no hotline-num

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

num-string: Hotline number, a string with a length of 1 - 32 characters.

[Descriptions]

hotline-num command is used to configure the voice user’s hotline number.

[Example]
$ Configure SIP service profile 1's call transfer permission.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# hotline-num
4004001

hotdelay

[Command]

hotdelay ( enable |

disable ) no hotdelay

[View]

SIP service data profile view

[Parameter]

enable | disable: The call waiting permission, default value: disable.

[Descriptions]

hotdelay command is used to configure the voice user’s hotdelay permission.

4-237
 no hotdelay command is used to restore the default setting.

[Example]
$ Enable SIP service profile 1's hotdelay function.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-sipsrv-profile-1)# hotdelay
enable

show onu-sipsrv-profile

[Command]

show onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id profile-id

show onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id all

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

profile-id: SIP service data profile ID, an integer with a value range of 1 - 64.

all: View the summary information of all SIP service data profiles.

[Descriptions]

show onu-sipsrv-profile command is used to show detailed information of the

specified SIP service data profile, or summary information of all SIP service data profiles.

[Example]
$ Query detailed information of No.1 SIP service data profile in the system. An
example is as below.
FHL2100(config)# show onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Description : sipsrv-profile_1

Call waiting : enable

Three party : enable
Call transfer : disable
Call hold : enable
Do not disturb : disable
Hotline : disable
Hotline numbers : 4004001
Hotline delay : enable

-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Times Bound by ONU-SIP : 33

4-238
  In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Profile-ID Number of VOIP media profile
Description Name of VOIP media profile
Call waiting The call waiting permission.
Three party The three-party calling permission.
Call transfer The call-transfer permission.
Call hold The call-hold permission.
Do not disturb The do-not-disturb permission.
Hotline The hotline permission.
Hotline numbers The hotline number of the hotline service (URI).
Hotline delay Whether to use the hotdelay function.

onu-digitmap-profile

[Command]

onu-digitmap-profile profile-id profile-id

no onu-digitmap-profile profile-id profile-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

profile-id: Number of the specified digitmap profile, an integer with a value range of 1 - 64.

[Descriptions]

An digitmap profile is used to configure the ONU's digitmap information.

[Example]
$ Create digitmap profile 1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-digitmap-profile p
FHL2100(config)# onu-digitmap-profile profile-id 1

onu-digitmap-profile description

[Command]

description description

no description

[View]

4-239
 Digitmap profile view

[Parameter]

description: Descriptions of the specified digitmap profile, a string with a length of 1 - 31

characters.

[Descriptions]

For a digitmap profile that the user does not manually configure descriptions, the system's
automatic default descriptive string is "digitmap_profile_xx"(xx is the profile number).

[Example]
$ Configure descriptions of digitmap profile 1.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-digitmap-profile-1)# description admin

critical-dial-time

[Command]

critical-dial-time time-value

no critical-dial-time

[View]

Digitmap profile view

[Parameter]

time-value: The digitmap timer's length of overtime under exact match, unit: ms; value
range: 1 - 65535; default value: 4000.

[Descriptions]

critical-dial-time command is used to configure the digitmap timer's length of

overtime under exact match of the digitmap.

[Example]
$ Configure digitmap timer 1's length of overtime
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-digitmap-profile-1)# critical-dial-time 6000

partial-dial-time

[Command]

4-240
 partial-dial-time time-value

no partial-dial-time

[View]

Digitmap profile view

[Parameter]

time-value: The digitmap timer's length of overtime under partial match, unit: ms; value
range: 1 - 65535; default value: 16000.

[Descriptions]

partial-dial-time command is used to configure the digitmap timer's length of overtime

under partial match of the digitmap.

[Example]
$ Configure digitmap timer 1's length of overtime under partial match.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-digitmap-profile-1)# critical-dial-time 6000

dial-plan token

[Command]

dial-plan id token token-strings

no dial-plan (id | all)

[View]

Digitmap profile view

[Parameter]

id: The index of the digitmap body, numeric, value range: 1 - 64

token-strings: Content of the digitmap body, i.e., the rule of number matching.
To guarantee compatibility, the digitmap's content will skip inspection for now, and the user is
responsible for its correctness. String with a length of 1 - 28.

all: Refers to all digitmap bodies

[Descriptions]

dial-plan is used to configure or delete a digitmap body.

4-241
[Example]
$ Configure digitmap profile 1's digitmap body.
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-digitmap-profile-1)# dial-plan 1 token 1xxxx

digitmap-body

[Command]

digitmap-body digitmap-body

[View]

Digitmap profile view

[Parameter]

digitmap-body: A digitmap body is the set of multiple digitmap plans separated by "|".
Every digitmap body is 1 - 28 characters long. The overall length is 1 - 200 characters.

[Descriptions]

digitmap-body is used to configure multiple digitmap bodies to facilitate user input.

[Example]
$ Configure digitmap profile 1's digitmap body
FHL2100(config)# onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id 1
FHL2100(config-onu-digitmap-profile-1)# digitmap-body 1xxx|2xxxx
Total: 2 Success: 2 Failed: 0 Ignored: 0

show onu-digitmap-profile

[Command]

show onu-digitmap-profile profile-id profile-id

show onu-digitmap-profile all

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

profile-id: SIP digitmap profile ID, an integer with a value range of 1 - 64.

all: Query the summary information of all digitmap profiles.

[Descriptions]

4-240
 show onu-digitmap-profile is used to query detailed information of the specified
digitmap profile, or the summary information of all digitmap profiles.

[Example]
$ Query detailed information of No.1 digitmap profile in the system. An example is
as below.
FHL2100(config)# show onu-digitmap-profile profile-id 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Profile-ID : 1
Description : digitmap-profile_1

Critical-dial-time : 4000ms
Partial-dial-time : 16000ms
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dial-plan-id Dial-plan-token
1 1XXXXXXXX
2 2XXXXXXXX
3 3XXXXXXXX
4 4XXXXXXXX
5 5XXXXXXXX
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Times Bound by ONU-SIP : 33
----------------------------------------------------------- ----------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Profile-ID Number of the digitmap profile.
Description Name of the digitmap profile.
Critical-dial-time Overtime length under exact match
Partial-dial-time Overtime length under partial match
Dial-plan-id ID of a single digitmap body
Dial-plan-token Content of the digitmap body
Times Bound by ONU-SIP Counts of binding the ONU SIP port

if-sip

[Command]

if-sip potsid onu-sipagent-profile profile-id ip-index ipindex-

value [onu-voipmedia-profile profile-id]

no if-sip (potsid|all)

[View]

GPON service profile view

[Parameter]

4-241
 onu-sipagent-profile profile-id: Number of the specified SIP agent profile, an
integer with a value range of 1 ~ 64.

ipindex-value: IP interface of the specified SIP interface, an integer with a value range of 1
- 64.

onu-voipmedia-profile profile-id: Number of the specified SIP media profile, an

integer with a value range of 1 ~ 64.

[Descriptions]

if-sip command is used to add or modify an agent profile bound to an SIP interface.

no if-sip command is used to delete the SIP interface.

[Example]
$ Configure Service Profile 100’s if-sip interface.
FHL2100(config)# onu-srvprofile gpon profile-id 100
FHL2100(config-onu-gpon-srvprofile-100)# if-sip 1 onu-sipagent-profile 1 ip-
index 1 onu-voipmedia-profile 1

sippstnuser

[Command]

sippstnuser onuid potsid telno telno-str [username username-str

password password-str]

no sippstnuser onuid potsid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

potsid: POTS number, value range: 1 - 2.

telno-str: SIP PSTN user's telephone number and URI string. A string with a length of 1 - 64
characters.

username-str: SIP PSTN user certified user name. A string with a length of 1 - 32 characters.

password-str: SIP PSTN user certified password. A string with a length of 1 - 24 characters.

[Descriptions]

4-242
 sippstnuser command is used to add or modify sip user information.

no sippstnuser command is used to delete a sip user.

[Example]
$ Configure SIP user of POTS port 1 of ONU 1 under Port GPON0/14.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/14)# sippstnuser 1 1 telno 88008123 username
88008123 password 88008123

sippstnuser call-forwarding

[Command]

sippstnuser onuid potsid call-forwarding telno-str (cfb | cfu)

sippstnuser onuid potsid call-forwarding telno-str cfnr [time]

no sippstnuser onuid potsid call-forwarding

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

potsid: POTS number, value range: 1 - 2

telno-str: Call forwarding telephone number. A string with a length of 1 - 64 characters.

cfb: User busy forwarding

cfu: Unconditional forwarding

cfnr: No answer forwarding

time: No answer waiting length, unit: s; value range: 5 - 55; default value: 30s

[Descriptions]

sippstnuser call-forwarding command is used to configure call forwarding service。

[Example]
$ Configure the SIP call forwarding service of POTS port 1 of ONU 1 under Port
GPON0/14
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/14)# sippstnuser 1 1 call-forwarding 4001000 cfb

sippstnuser bind

[Command]

4-243
 sippstnuser bind onulist pots potsid onu-digitmap-profile
profile-id

sippstnuser bind onulist pots potsid onu-sipsrv-profile profile-

id

no sippstnuser bind onulist pots potsid onu-digitmap-profile

no sippstnuser bind onulist pots potsid onu-sipsrv-profile

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onulist: Onuid list, supporting formats such as 1-3, 10-128. The total length of the string is
1 - 128.

potsid: POTS number, value range: 1 - 2.

onu-digitmap-profile profile-id: Digitmap body index, value range: 1 - 64.

onu-sipsrv-profile profile-id: SIP service data profile index, value range: 1 - 64.

[Descriptions]

sippstnuser bind command is used to configure the correlation between the SIP PTSN
user and the digitmap profile and service profile.

no sippstnuser bind command is used to delete the correlations of SIP PTSN users.

When configuring the sippstnuser bind, the sippstnuser must have been created.

[Example]
$ Configure SIP user of POTS port 1 of ONU 1 under Port GPON0/14
FHL2100(config-if-pon-0/14)# onu-if-sip 1-64 pots 1 onu-sipagent-profile 1

show sippstnuser

[Command]

show sippstnuser all

show sippstnuser onuid ( all | potsid)

[View]

gpon view

4-244
[Parameter]

all: Query all SIP user information under the PON port or ONU.

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

potsid: POTS number, value range: 1 - 2.

[Descriptions]

show sippstnuser command is used to query the sip user information.

[Example]

$ Query detailed information of all sip users under the current PON port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# show sippstnuser all
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ONU Pots-Port Telephone
ID ID NO.
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 1 77007778
1 2 77007801
2 2 77007802
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 3

FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# show sippstnuser 1 all

----------------------------------------------------------------------
ONU ID : 1
Port ID : 1

Telephone NO. : 77007778

User name : -
Password : -
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ONU ID : 1
Port ID : 2

Telephone NO. : 770077801

User name : -
Password : -
----------------------------------------------------------------------

FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# show sippstnuser 2 1

----------------------------------------------------------------------
ONU ID : 2
Port ID : 1

Telephone NO. : 77007802

User name : -
Password : -
Call forwarding mode : cfu
Call forwarding Tel NO. : 55667788

4-245
 --------------------------------------------------------------------------
Digitmap profile ID : 1
Description : digitmap-profile_1
Critical-dial-time : 4000ms
Partial-dial-time : 16000ms
--------------------------------------------------------------
Dial-plan-id Dial-plan-token
1 1XXXXXXXX
2 2XXXXXXXX
3 3XXXXXXXX
4 4XXXXXXXX
5 5XXXXXXXX
--------------------------------------------------------------------
SIP server profile ID : 1
Description : digitmap-profile_1
Call waiting : enable
Three party : enable
Call transfer : disable
Call hold : enable
Do not disturb : disable
Hotline : disable
Hotline numbers : -
Hotline delay
----------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
ONU ID ONU number
Port ID POTS port number on the ONU
Telephone NO. Telephone number
User name User name
Password Password
Call forwarding mode Call forwarding cfu/cfb/cfnr
Call forwarding Tel No. Call forwarding telephone number
Digitmap profile ID Digitmap profile ID
SIP server profile ID SIP service data profile ID, not supported by EPON

show onu-if-sip

[Command]

show onu-if-sip onuid ( all | potsid )

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

all: Query all sip interface information under the ONU.

4-246
 onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

potsid: POTS number, value range: 1 - 2

[Descriptions]

show onu-if-sip command is used to query the sip interface information.

[Example]
$ Query detailed information of the specified SIP interface under the current PON
port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# show onu-if-sip 1 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ONU ID : 1
Port ID : 1

Proxy server : 192.168.1.1

Proxy server port : 5000
Secondary proxy server : 192.168.1.10
Secondary proxy server port : 5000
Register server : 192.168.1.1
Register server port : 5000
Secondary Register server : 192.168.1.10
Secondary Register server port : 5000
Outbound server : 192.168.1.1
Outbound server port : 5000
Secondary outbound server : 192.168.1.10
Secondary outbound server port : 5000
Registration expiration : 600(s)
Heartbeat : disable
Heartbeat cycle : 60(s)
Heartbeat count : 3

Faxmode : T.38
Negotiate mode : negotiate
----------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table.
Parameter Description
ONU ID ONU number
Port ID POTS port number on the ONU
Proxy server IP or URL of the proxy server
Proxy server port Port of the proxy server
Secondary proxy server IP or URL of the secondary proxy server
Secondary proxy server port Port of the secondary proxy server
Register server IP or URL of the register server
Register server port Port of the register server
Secondary Register server IP or URL of the secondary register server
Secondary Register server port Port of the secondary register server
Outbound server IP or URL of the Outbound server

4-247
 Parameter Description
Outbound server port Port of the Outbound server
Secondary outbound server IP or URL of the secondary Outbound server
Secondary outbound server port Port of the secondary Outbound server
Registration expiration Valid cycle of the register server
Heartbeat Heartbeat test switch
Heartbeat cycle Heartbeat cycle
Heartbeat count Counts of heartbeat test
Faxmode Fax mode
Negotiate mode Fax/Modem negotiation mode

onu pots

[Command]

onu onuid pots potsid enable

no onu onuid pots potsid enable

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

potsid: POTS number, value range: 1 - 2

[Descriptions]

Enable and disable POTS port

[Example]
$ Configure the enabling of POTS port of ONU1 under GPON 0/1.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# onu 1 pots 1 enable

onu-voip line-status

[Command]

show onu-voip line-status onuid [potsid]

[View]

gpon view

4-248
[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

potsid: POTS number, value range: 1 - 2.

[Descriptions]

show onu-voip line-status command is used to query the wire status of the POTS port
of the specified ONT.

[Example]

$ Query the wire status of No.1 POTS port of No.2 ONU:

FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# show onu-voip line-status 2 1
----------------------------------------------------------------------
ONU ID : 2
Port ID : 1
Codec used : PCMA
Service status : regail-auth
Session type : none
Line state : Ringing
----------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:
Parameter Description
ONU ID ONU number
Port ID POTS port number on the ONU
Code used Type of POTS port encoding/decoding
0 PCMU
1 reserved
2 reserved
3 GSM
4 ITU-T G.723
5 DVI4, 8 kHz
6 DVI4, 16 kHz
324 Rec. ITU-T G.988 (10/2012)
7 LPC
8 PCMA
9 ITU-T G.722
10 L16, 2 channels
11 L16, 1 channel
12 QCELP
13 CN
14 MPA
15 ITU-T G.728

4-249
 Parameter Description
16 DVI4, 11.025 kHz
17 DVI4, 22.050 kHz
18 ITU-T G.729
Service status VoIP service status
1. NONEORINITIAL: Service initialized.
2. REGISTERED: Serviceregistered.
3. INSESSION: Service in progress.
4. RegFail-ICMP: Service registration failed due to ICMP error.
5. RegFail-TCP: Service registration failed due to TCP error.
6. RegFail-AUTH: Service registration failed due to authentication
failure.
7. RegFail-Timeout: Service registration failed due to timeout.
8. RegFail-Server: Service registration failed due to server error.
9. InvFail-ICMP: Conversation initialization failed due to ICMP error.
10. InvFail-TCP: Conversation initialization failed due to TCP error.
11.InvFail-AUTH: Conversation initialization failed due to
authentication failure.
12. InvFail-Timeout: Conversation initialization failed due to timeout.
13.InvFail-Server: Conversation initialization failed due to service
error.
14. PortNotconfigure: Port not configured.
15. CONFIGDONE: Service configurationfinished.
16. DisabledBySwitch: Service port banned by the callserver
Session type Conversation type:
Value range includes: IDLEORNONE, TWOWAY, THREEWAY, FAX, TELEM
and CONFERENCE
1. IDLEORNONE: Idle.
2. TWOWAY: Two-way conversation.
3. THREEWAY: Three-way conversation.
4. FAX: Fax.
5. TELEM: Telem.
6. CONFERENCE: Conference.
Line state Idle: Idle port
Off-hook: Off-hook by the calling/called user
Dial tone: Dial tone for the calling user
Ringing: Ringing
Audible ringback: Audible ring back to the calling user
Connecting
Connected: Speaking
Disconnecting, audible indication
Receiver off hook (ROH), no tone
ROH with tone
Unknown or undefined

4-250
4.3 Hardware Management
4.3.1 board admin

[Command]

board admin slotId ( is | oss )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

is: specify the status of board management is in service.

oss: specify the status of board management out of service.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the management status of board on some a non-MPU slot as in
service. When you need to configure the management of some a board, use this command.

Notes:

The execution of this command is related to the device model. Please be subject to the actual
situation of the device.

The MPU can not be configured.

[Example]
$Configure the management status of board 4 as is in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#board admin 4 is

4.3.2 board assign

[Command]

board assign slotId

(epua|epub|epuc|xpua|geua|geub|xgua|xgub|xguc|gpua)

[View]

config view

4-251
[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

epua: board type as epua;

epub: board type as epub;

epuc: board type as epuc;

xpua: board type as xpua;

geua: board type as geua;

geub: board type as geub;

xgua: board type as xgua;

xgub: board type as xgub;

xguc: board type as xguc;

gpua: board type as gpua.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the pre-configured type of board on some a non-host slot. The
optional pre-configured type of the non-MPU slot of the device is subject to the actual situation.

Notes:

The execution of this command is related to the device model. Please be subject to the actual situation
of the device.

[Example]
$Configure board 4 as epua in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# board assign 4 epua

4.3.3 board reset

[Command]

board reset slotId

[View]

config view

4-252
[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to restart the board. When you need to restart the board, use this
command.

Notes:

The execution of this command is related to the device model. Please be subject to the actual situation
of the device.

The host MPU can not be restarted with this command

[Example]
$Restart board 3 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# board reset 3
WARNING: Board 3 will reset! Continue?(y/n) [n]

4.3.4 board unassign

[Command]

board unassign slotId

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete the pre-configured type of board on some a non-host slot.

[Example]
$Unassign board 2.
FHL2100(config)# board unassign 2
WARNING: Configuration in slot 2 will be cleared.
And slot 2 will be reset! Continue?(y/n) [n]y

4-253
 Notes:

The execution of this command is related to the device model. Please be subject to the actual situation
of the device.

4.3.5 fan speed

[Command]

fan speed (high|middle|low|auto)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

high: high speed. FHL2100: about 6,000rpm;

middle: middle speed. FHL2100: about 4,000rpm;

low: low speed. FHL2100: about 2,000rpm;

auto: automatic mode. The fan speed will be adjusted automatically according to the
temperature of device board, corresponding to one of the above three modes.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the fan speed. When you need to adjust the fan speed, use this
command. The default configuration is auto.

[Example]
$Set the fan speed as low at the config view.
FHL2100(config)#fan speed low

4.3.6 show board

[Command]

show board [slotId]

[View]

“view” view, enable view, config view

4-254
[Parameter]

slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the board information. When no slot number is designated,
display the information of all boards, including the pre-configured board type, the actually-
inserted board type, board management status, board running status; but if a slot number is
designated, display the information of the board on the specific slot, including board insertion
status, pre-configured board type, board management status, physical board type, board service
type (active/standby status), board running status, and firmware information, hardware
information, software information and serial number of the board.

[Example]
$Display information of all boards in the config view.
FHL2100# show board
Slot Assign Type Present Type Admin Status Operation Status
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 - - - -
2 - - - -
3 - - - -
4 - - - -
5 - - - -
6 - - - -
7 - - - -
8 - - - -
9 mpua - IS OOS
10* mpua mpua(M) IS IS
11 - - - -
12 epua epua IS IS
13 - - - -
14 - - - -
15 - - - -
16 - - - -
17 - - - -
18 - - - -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 2 boards online

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot Slot number of the device
Assign Type Pre-configured board type
Present Type Current board type
Admin Status Board management status, IS(in service) or OOS(out of service)
Operation Status Board operation status, IS(in service) or OOS(out of service) or

4-255
 Parameter Descriptions
READY

Notes:

The dispay information of this command is related to the device model. Please be subject to the
actual situation of the device.

IS: in service; OOS: out of service; READY: ready but not in service.

* : indicates which board is operated currently.

! : indicates the heartbeat of the board is lost, that is to say, it is disconnected with the MPU.

M: represents the active MPU (equivalent to MPU_ACTIVE).

S: represents the standby MPU (equivalent to MPU_STANDBY).

The command “show board slotid” can be also used to view the information of a specific board.

4.3.7 show power

[Command]

show power

[View]

“view” view, enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the power information of the system. When you need to query
the power information of the system, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the power information in the
configview.
FHL2100(config)# show power
Power slot : 20
Power name : power board
Power install-status : not installed
Power slot : 21
Power name : power board

4-256
 Power install-status : installed

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Power slot Local power slot
Power name Power name
Power install-status Power installation status

4.3.8 show fan

[Command]

show fan (config|status)

[View]

“view” view, enable view, config view

[Parameter]

config: fan configuration mode and installation information;

status: actual speed of current fan.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration and speed information of the fan. When you
need to query the configuration and speed information of the fan, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the fan configurations in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show fan config
Fan slot : 19
Fan name : fan board
Fan install-status : installed
Fan speed control-mode : auto

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Fan slot Local slot of fan
Fan name Fan name
Fan install-status Installation status of fan
Fan speed control-mode Fan speeed control mode
$Display the actual fan speed in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show fan status
Fan real speed : 6150

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
4-257
 Parameter Descriptions
Fan real speed Actual fan speed

Notes:

The display information of this command is related to the device model. Please be subject to the actual
situation of the device.

4.3.9 show temperature all

[Command]

show temperature all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the current temperature value of all of the board.

[Example]
$Display current temperature value of all of the board.
FHL2100(config)# show temperature all
----------------------------------------------
Slot Status Upper Lower Temperature.(C)
----------------------------------------------
1 normal 65 0 41

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot Slot ID
Status Status of the board
Upper Upper threshold of the board temperature
Lower Lower threshold of the board temperature
Temperature.(C) Current temperture

4.3.10 show temperature slot

[Command]

4-258
 show temperature slot slot

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 1-1.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the current temperature value of the specified board.

[Example]
$Display the current temperature value of the board 4.
FHL2100(config)# show temperature slot 4
----------------------------------------------
Slot Status Upper Lower Temperature.(C)
----------------------------------------------
4 normal 85 0 48

4.3.11 system reboot

[Command]

system reboot

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to restart the system. When you need to restart the system, use this
command.

[Example]
$Restart the whole system in the enable view.
FHL2100# system reboot
WARNING: System will reboot! Continue?(y/n) [n]

4-259
4.3.12 temperature threshold

[Command]

temperature slot (lower|upper) threshold STATTHR<0-85>

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 1-1.

lower: lower threshold of temperature;

upper: upper threshold of temperature;

STATTHR: upper/lower threshold of temperature. Type: numerical value; unit: C; range: 0-85.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the upper/lower threshold of temperature monitoring of the
specified board. When you need to set the upper/lower threshold of temperature monitoring of
the specified board, use this command.

[Example]
$Set the upper threshold of temperature monitoring of board 3 as 60℃ in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# temperature 3 upper threshold 60

4.4 Information Center Configuration Management

4.4.1 information

[Command]

information (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the information center.

disable: disable the information center.

4-260
[Descriptions]

The command is used to enable/disable the information center, By default, the information
center is enabled.

Note:

Disabling the information center can not affect the alarm trap.

[Example]
$Enable the information center.
FHL2100(config)# information enable

4.4.2 information alarm

[Command]

information alarm ( console | monitor | loghost |

logfile ) ( emergency | alert | critical | error |
warning | notice | information | debug| none )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

console: the console

monitor: the VTY terminal

loghost: the log host.

logfile: the log file.

Emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice |

information | debug | none: the information level. The level nonemeans closed
the information output.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the output level of the alarm information on the output
terminal. The information can be output only when the level is higher than the configured level.

Note:

By default, the output level of debug information for console, monitor, loghost, and logfile is none,

4-261
 none, and none.

For debug information output to the console or monitor, the VTY terminal output must be enabled

[Example]
$Configure the alarm information with the error and higher level of all module
output to the logfile.
FHL2100(config)# information alarm default logfile error

4.4.3 information debug

[Command]

information debug ( modName | default ) ( console |

monitor | loghost | logbuffer | logfile ) ( emergency |
alert | critical | error | warning | notice |
information | debug | none )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

modName: the module name.

default: the default configuration for all modules.

console: the console

monitor: the VTY terminal

loghost: the log host.

logbuffer: the log buffer

logfile: the log file.

emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice |

information | debug | none: the information level. The level none means closed
the information output.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the output level of the debug information on the output
terminal. The information can be output only when the level is higher than the configured level.

Note:

4-262
 default is the default configuration for all module. If the module does not configure the level, the
default configuration will be valid.

By default, the output level of debug information for console, monitor, loghost, logbuffer, and logfile is
none, none, notice notice, and notice.

For debug information output to the console or monitor, the module debug and the VTY terminal
output must be enabled.

[Example]
$Configure the debug information with the error and higher level of all module
output to the logfile.
FHL2100(config)# information debug default logfile error

4.4.4 information log

[Command]

information log ( modName | default ) ( console |

monitor | loghost | logfile ) ( emergency | alert |
critical | error | warning | notice | information |
debug | none )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

modName: the module name.

default: the default configuration for all modules.

console: the console

monitor: the VTY terminal

loghost: the log host.

logfile: the log file.

Emergency | alert | critical | error | warning | notice |

information | debug | none: the information level. The level none means closed
the information output.

[Descriptions]

4-263
 The command is used to configure the output level of the log information on the output
terminal. The information can be output only when the level is higher than the configured level.

Note:

default is the default configuration for all module. If the module does not configure the level, the
default configuration will be valid.

By default, the output level of debug information for console, monitor, loghostr, and logfile is none,
none, notice notice, and notice.

For debug information output to the console or monitor, the VTY terminal output must be enabled.

[Example]
$Configure the log information with the error and higher level of all module output
to the logfile.
FHL2100(config)# information log default logfile error

4.4.5 information logfile-number

[Command]

information logfile-number number

no information logfile-number

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

number: the log file number, the range is 2 to 100.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the log file number. By default, the number is 50.

[Example]
$Configure the log file number as 10.
FHL2100(config)# information logfile-number 10

4.4.6 information logfile-size

[Command]

information logfile-size size

4-264
 no information logfile-size

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

size: the log file size, the range is 1 to 8 Mbytes.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the log file size. By default, the size is 4Mbytes.

[Example]
$Configure the log file size as 1Mbytes
FHL2100(config)# information logfile-size 1

4.4.7 information output-direction

[Command]

information output-direction ( slotId | all ) ( console |

monitor
| logbuffer ) ( local | master | master-slave )

no information output-direction (slotId |all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

all: all of the board.

console: the information output to the console monitor:

the information output to the VTY terminal logbuffer:

the information output to the log buffer local: the

information output to the specified board. master: the

information output to the main control board.

master-slave: the information output to the main and slave control board.

4-265
[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the information output direction. By default, the information
output to the main and slave control board.

Note:

All of the board information can only output to the snmpagent, loghost terminal of the main control
board and logfile terminal of the main and slave control board.

[Example]
$Configure the board 3 information output to the own console terminal.
FHL2100(config)# information output-direction 3 console local

4.4.8 information repeat-suppress

[Command]

information repeat-suppress (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the information repeat-suppress.

disable: disable the information repeat-suppress.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to enable the information repeat-suppress. By default, the information
repeat-suppress is enabled.

Note:

If receiving the multiple information A and then information B, the information center will send
information A when receiving the information A at the first time, then the information center send the
information B after sending the repeat times of the information A.

If always receiving information A, the information center will send information A and the repeat times
at the first 30 seconds, then send the repeat times at the follow 120 seconds. After that, the
information center sends the repeat times at every 600 seconds.

4-266
[Example]
$Disable the information repeat-suppress.
FHL2100(config)# information repeat-suppress disable

4.4.9 information slot

[Command]

information slot (slotId|all) (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

all: all of the board.

enable: enable the board information output.

disable: disable the board information output.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to enable the board information output.

[Example]
$Disable the board 3 information output.
FHL2100(config)# information slot 3 disable

4.4.10 information statistics clear

[Command]

information statistics clear

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

4-267
 The command is used to clear the statistics.

[Example]
$Clear the statistics.
FHL2100(config)# information statistics clear

4.4.11 information throttle-mode

[Command]

information throttle-mode ( inhibited |

maintainBelowThreshold | stopAtThreshold |
unconstrained )

no information throttle-mode

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

inhibited: the device do not send information.

maintainBelowThreshold: In every period, if the number of sending information

exceeds the limit threshold,the information center will stop to send the information until the
next period is start.

stopAtThreshold: In one period, if the number of sending information exceeds the limit
threshold, the information center will stop to send the information until reconfigure the rate-
limit mode.

unconstrained: no limit for sending information.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the rate-limit mode of the information. By default, no limit
for sending information

[Example]
$Configure the rate-limit mode as maintainBelowThreshold.
FHL2100(config)# information throttle-mode maintainBelowThreshold

4.4.12 information throttle-interval

[Command]

information throttle-interval cycle

4-268
 no information throttle-interval

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

cycle: the interval of the information rate-limit, the range is 1 to 3600 seconds.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the interval of the information rate-limit. By default, the
interval is 10 seconds.

[Example]
$Configure the interval of the information rate-limit as 60 seconds.
FHL2100(config)# information throttle-interval 60

4.4.13 information throttle-threshold

[Command]

information throttle-threshold thr

no information throttle-threshold

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

thr: the threshold of the information output while a period, the ranges is 0 to 20000.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the threshold of the information output while a period. By
default, the threshold is 10.

[Example]
$Configure the threshold of the information output while a period as 100
FHL2100(config)# information throttle-threshold 100

4.4.14 logbuffer clear

[Command]

4-269
 logbuffer clear

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command is used to clear the logbuffer information.

[Example]
$Clear the logbuffer information.
FHL2100(config)# logbuffer clear

4.4.15 no information module

[Command]

no information module (modName|default|all)

(debug|alarm|log)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

modName: the module name.

default: the default configuration for all modules.

all: all of the module. debug:

the debug information. alarm:

the alarm information. log:

the log information.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to restore the default output level of the debug/arlarm/log information
on the output terminal.

[Example]
$Restore the default output level of the log information on the output terminal.

4-270
 FHL2100(config)# no information module all log

4.4.16 show information config

[Command]

show information config

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command is used to display the configuration of the information center.

[Example]
$Display the configuration of the information center.
FHL2100(config)# show information config
Information Function : enable
Throttle Mode : unconstrained
Throttle Threshold : 10
Throttle Interval : 10 second(s)
Repeated Info Suppress : enable
Logfile Size : 4 MBytes
Logfile Number : 50

[Syslog Server]:
[Slot Config]:
Slot Id State Console Monitor Loghost Snmpagent
------- --------- ------------- ----------- ------------ -------------
1 enable master-slave master-slave master master
2 enable master-slave master-slave master master
3 enable master-slave master-slave master master
Logbuffer Logfile
----------- -------------
local master-slave
local master-slave
local master-slave
[Console Output Level]:
Module Name Debug Alarm Log
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
default none none none
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s).

[Monitor Output Level]:

4-271
 Module Name Debug Alarm Log
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
default none none none
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s).

[Loghost Output Level]:

Module Name Debug Alarm Log
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
default notice none notice
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s).

[Snmpagent Output Level]:

Module Name Debug Alarm Log
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
default none debug none
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s).

[Logbuffer Output Level]:

Module Name Debug Alarm Log
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
default notice none none
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s).

[Logfile Output Level]:

Module Name Debug Alarm Log
---------------- ---------------- ---------------- ----------------
default notice none notice
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s).

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Information Function Status of the information center
Throttle Mode Rate-limit mode of the information
Throttle Threshold Threshold of the information output while a
period
Throttle Interval Interval of the information rate-limit
Repeated Info Suppress Status of the information repeat-suppress
Logfile Size Log file size
Logfile Number Log file number
Slot Id Slot ID
State Status of the information center
Console The configuration for the console
Monitor The configuration for the VTY terminal
Loghost The configuration for the loghost
Snmpagent The configuration for the SNMP agent

4-272
 Parameter Descriptions
Logbuffer The configuration for the logbuffer
Logfile The configuration for the logfile
Module Name Module name
Debug Output level for debug
Alarm Output level for alarm
Log Output level for log

4.4.17 show information statistics

[Command]

show information statistics [ detail ]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

detail: display detail statistics

[Descriptions]

The command is used to display the input and output information statistics.

[Example]
$ display the input and output information statistics.
FHL2100(config)# show information statistics
Module Name [I]Debug [I]Alarm [I]Log [O]Console [O]Monitor
--------------- --------- ---------- --------- ------------ -----------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 109 9 0 0 0
[O]Loghost [O]Snmpagent [O]Logbuffer [O]Logfile
------------- ---------- ------------ ----------
------------------------------------------------
0 9 109 118

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Module Name Module name
[I]Debug Statistics of the input debug information
[I]Alarm Statistics of the input alarm information
[I]Log Statistics of the input log information
[O]Console Statistics for output to the console
[O]Monitor Statistics for output to the monitor
[O]Loghost Statistics for output to the loghost

4-273
 Parameter Descriptions
[O]Snmpagent Statistics for output to the snmp agent
[O]Logbuffer Statistics for output to the logbuffer
[O]Logfile Statistics for output to the logfile

4.4.18 show logbuffer

[Command]

show logbuffer ( modName | all ) ( slotId | all )

show logbuffer ( modName | all ) ( slotId | all )

( emergency | alert | critical | error | warning |
notice | information | debug )

show logbuffer ( modName | all ) ( slotId | all ) ( before |

after ) DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> TIME<hh: mm: ss>

show logbuffer ( modName | all ) ( slotId | all ) period START-

DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> START-TIME<hh: mm: ss> END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> END-
TIME<hh: mm: ss>

show logbuffer ( modName | all ) ( slotId | all ) last number

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

modName: the module name.

all: all of the module.

modName | all: the module name or all of the module.

slotId : slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

before: before the configured time.

after: after the configured time.

DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>: the date.

TIME<hh: mm: ss>: the time.

START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>: the start date.

START-TIME<hh: mm: ss>: the start time.

4-274
 END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>: the end date.

END -TIME<hh: mm: ss>: the end time.

number: the number of the information.

[Descriptions]

The commands are used to display the logbuffer information with the specified condition.

[Example]
$Display the logbuffer information with error level of all the module and slot.
FHL2100(config)# show logbuffer all all error
Jun 14 2016 09: 48: 21 l2vpn ERROR <0> last information repeated 1
times.
Jun 14 2016 09: 26: 31 l2vpn ERROR <0> [04]scg_mpls_l2[2533]:
table[scg_mpls_vsi_vif_bind_table] get failed[1030]
Jun 14 2016 09: 26: 31 bcm ERROR <0> last information repeated 1
times.
Jun 14 2016 09: 26: 01 bcm ERROR <0> [04]scg_vlan.c [3569]:
sup_driver_api[scg_db_update] failed[ret = 1030].
Jun 14 2016 09: 17: 23 bcm ERROR <0> [04]scg_vlan.c [3569]:
sup_driver_api[scg_db_update] failed[ret = 1030].
Jun 14 2016 09: 02: 04 dol_eqam ERROR <6300> [04]mgrEqam.c [0386]:
agteqam: mgrVirtualEqamGetBind()(Line: 386)>>>>: db operate ret =8450!.

4.4.19 show logfile-transfer-status

[Command]

show logfile-transfer-status

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command is used to display the status of uploading the log file.

[Example]
$Display the status of uploading the log file.
FHL2100# show logfile-transfer-
status Ftp Server IP : 172.17.3.7
Ftp User : 123
Ftp Password : ***

4-275
 Transfer Status : transfer successfully(done: 2, failed: 0)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Ftp Server IP FTP server IP address
Ftp User FTP server user
Ftp Password FTP password
Transfer Status Status for log transferring

4.4.20 snmp trap server

[Command]

snmp-trapserver name ip-address port [community]

snmp-trapserver name ipv6 ipv6-address port [community]

no snmp-trapserver name

no snmp-trapserver ipv6 name

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

name: name of snmp server to which the alarm is reported. Type: string; range: 1-32
characters;

ip-address: IP address of snmp server to which the alarm is reported, dotted decimal type,
with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

ipv6 ip-address: IPv6 address of snmp server to which the alarm is reported. The ipv6
address is a 32-digit hexadecimal number, with a format of X: X: X: X: X: X: X: X.

port: listening port of snmp server to which the alarm is reported. Type: numerical value;
range: 162, 1025-65534; default: 162.

community: community name of snmp server to which the alarm is reported. Type: string;
range: 1-63 characters; default: public.

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp-trapserver” is used to set the parameters of snmp server to which
the alarm and event are reported. The max. configuration is 20.

4-276
 The command “no snmp-trapserver” is used to delete the snmp server to which the
alarm and event are reported.

[Example]
$Set the alarm and event to be reported to snmp server 172.10.10.103 in the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# snmp-trapserver server1 172.10.10.103 162

4.4.21 syslog-server

[Command]

syslog-server NAME ipaddress portId

no syslog-server NAME

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

NAME: the server name

ipaddress: the IP address of the server.

portId: the monitor port of the server, the value is 514 or 1024 to 65534. By default, the value is
514.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the syslog server. The maximum number of the server that
supported is 5.

[Example]
$Configure the syslog server name as host1, IP address as 172.17.3.7.
FHL2100(config)# syslog-server host1 172.17.3.7 514

4.4.22 upload logfile

[Command]

upload logfile ipaddress username password

[View]

enable view

[Parameter]

4-277
 ipaddress: the IP address of the server.

username: the user name of the FTP.

password: the password of the FTP.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to upload all the log file to FTP server.

[Example]
$Upload the log file to FTP server 172.17.3.7.
FHL2100(config)# upload logfile 172.17.3.7 123 123

4.5 Fault Management

4.5.1 alarm auto-confirm

[Command]

alarm auto-confirm enable interval

alarm auto-confirm disable

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable automatic alarm confirmation;

disable: disable automatic alarm confirmation;

interval: automatic alarm confirmation interval. Type: numberical value; unit: minute;
range: 0-1440; default: 0.

[Descriptions]

The command “alarm auto-confirm enable” is used to set enabling the automatic
alarm confirmation and wait interval. The default configuration is automatic confirmation,
without wait. In case of enabling the automatic alarm confirmation, the automatic alarm
confirmation will become the historical alarm record after this interval when the current alarm
status is cleared.

The command “alarm auto-confirm disable” is used to set disabling the automatic
alarm confirmation. In case of disabling, the alarm can be confirmed only by manual.

4-278
[Example]
$Set enabling the automatic alarm confirmation and the confirmation takes effect 5
minutes after the alarm is cleared in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# alarm auto-confirm enable 5

4.5.2 alarm-event log

[Command]

alarm-event log (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the alarm and event log.

disable: disable the alarm and event log.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the alarm and event to record log file.

[Example]
$Enable the alarm and event log.
FHL2100(config)# alarm-event log enable

4.5.3 alarm-level

[Command]

alarm-level alarmId (critical | major | minor | warning |

info | clear)

no alarm-level (alarmId | all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

alarmId: alarm id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

critical , major , minor , warning , info, clear: alarm levels,

including: critical, major, minor, warning, information, clear.

4-279
[Descriptions]

The command “alarm-level” is used to set the alarm level according to the alarm id.

The command “no alarm-level” is used to restore the alarm level according to the alarm
id.

The command “no alarm-level all” is used to restore all alarm levels.

[Example]
$Set the alarm level with alarm ID as 4103 as critical in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# alarm-level 4103 critical

4.5.4 alarm (clear | confirm)

[Command]

alarm (clear | confirm) all

alarm (clear | confirm) sequence SEQ-ID-START<1-4294967295> [to

SEQ-ID-END<1-4294967295>]

alarm (clear | confirm) id idStart [to idEnd]

alarm (clear | confirm) level (critical | major | minor |

warning
| info | clear)

alarm (clear | confirm) class (equipment |

service | communication | environment |
process)

alarm (clear | confirm) (olt-

device|static-
route|ospf|isis|bfd|track)

alarm (clear | confirm) slot slotIdStart [to slotIdEnd]

alarm (clear | confirm) port slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart

to portIdEnd

alarm (clear | confirm) onu-device slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd

alarm (clear | confirm) onu-pon slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd

alarm (clear | confirm) onu-eth slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd uniIdStart to
uniIdEnd
4-280
 alarm (clear | confirm) vlanif vidStart [to vidEnd]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

SEQ-ID-START <1-4294967295>, SEQ-ID-End <1-4294967295>: start and end

value of alarm serial number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4294967295;

idStart, idEnd: alarm id start and end value. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

critical , major , minor , warning , info, clear: alarm levels, including: critical,
major, minor, warning, information, clear;

equipment, service , communication , environment , process: alarm types,

including: equipment, sevice quality, communication, environment, processing failed.

olt-device,slot,port,onu-device,onu-pon,onu-eth,vlanif,static-
route,ospf,isis,bfd,track: alarm object interface types, including olt device, slot, port,
onu device, onu pon port, onu Ethernet interface, vlan virtual interface, static routing, ospf, isis,
bfd, track;

slotIdStart, slotIdEnd : start and end physical slot number, the range of values shall
be based on the actual situation of the equipment;

portIdStart, portIdEnd : start and end physical port number. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-8;

onuidStart, onuidEnd : start and end onu logical index number. range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board.

uniIdStart, uniIdEnd : start and end onu uni port number. Type: numerical value; range:
1-32;

vidStart, vidEnd: start and end vlan id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear or confirm the current alarm manually. The above commands are
described in order:

Confirm or clear manually all current alarms;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm according to the alarm serial number;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm according to the alarm ID;

4-281
 Confirm or clear manually the current alarm according to the alarm level;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm according to the alarm type;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm of olt device level, static routing, ospf, isis, bfd,
track and other protocols;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm of olt slot level;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm of olt port level;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm of onu device level;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm of onu pon port level;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm of onu Ethernet interface level;

Confirm or clear manually the current alarm of vlan virtual interface level.

[Example]
$Confirm manually the alarm with serial number range of 1-100 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# alarm confirm sequence 1 to 100

4.5.5 alarm mode

[Command]

alarm mode

(nscrtv|ctc|cuc|standard) no

alarm mode

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

nscrtv: radio & TV alarm mode;

ctc: Telecom alarm mode;

cuc: Unicom alarm mode;

standard: internal alarm mode.

[Descriptions]

The command “alarm mode” is used to set the alarm operator mode. The standard mode is
applied in the device internally, and the radio & TV mode is used for NMS interaction by default.

The command “no alarm mode” is used to restore the alarm operator mode.

4-282
 Notes:

Since the configuration of alarm level is related to the configurations and modes of filtering alarm
according to the alarm level, change in the alarm mode will clear such configurations automatically and
restore to the default configurations.

[Example]
$Set the current alarm mode as ctc mode in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#alarm mode ctc
WARNING: Changing operator alarm mode will automatically erase config
about alarm level. Are you sure?(y/n) [n]y

4.5.6 show alarm list

[Command]

show alarm list (id| all)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

id: alarm id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

all: all alarm id.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the specified alarm ID information or all alarm ID information.
When you need the query the alarm ID information, use this command.

[Example]
$View all alarm ID information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show alarm list all
Alarm ID Level Type Alarm Name
--------------------- --------- -------------- ---------------------------
4103 (0x00001007) critical environment BD_TEMP_HIGH
4105 (0x00001009) critical environment BD_TEMP_LOW
4107 (0x0000100b) major environment FAN_FAIL
4111 (0x0000100f) critical equipment POWER_ABNORMAL
4117 (0x00001015) critical process BD_TYPE_ERROR
4119 (0x00001017) critical process BD_SW_ERROR
4121 (0x00001019) critical process BD_NOT_MATCH

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

4-283
 Parameter Descriptions
Alarm ID Alarm ID
Level Alarm level
Type Alarm type
Alarm Name Alarm name

4.5.7 show alarm-active

[Command]

show alarm-active [detail]

show alarm-active sequence SEQ-ID-START<1-4294967295> to SEQ-ID-

End <1-4294967295> [detail]

show alarm-active id idStart to idEnd [detail]

show alarm-active level (critical | major | minor |

warning | info | clear) [detail]

show alarm-active class (equipment | service |

communication | environment | process) [detail]

show alarm-active first-occur-time START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> START-

TIME<hh: mm: ss> to END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>
[detail]

show alarm-active last-occur-time START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> START-

TIME<hh: mm: ss> to END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>
[detail]

show alarm-active (olt-device|static-

route|ospf|isis|bfd|track) [detail]

show alarm-active slot slotIdStart to slotIdEnd [detail]

show alarm-active port slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart to

portIdEnd [detail]

show alarm-active onu-device slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart

to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd [detail]

show alarm-active onu-pon slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart to

portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd [detail]

show alarm-active onu-eth slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart to

portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd uniIdStart to uniIdEnd [detail]

4-284
 show alarm-active vlanif vidStart to vidEnd [detail]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

SEQ-ID-START <1-4294967295>, SEQ-ID-End <1-4294967295>: start and end

value of alarm serial number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4294967295;

idStart, idEnd: alarm id start and end value. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

critical , major , minor , warning , info, clear: alarm levels, including: critical,
major, minor, warning, information, clear;

equipment, service , communication , environment , process: alarm types,

including: equipment, sevice quality, communication, environment, processing failed.

olt-device,slot,port,onu-device,onu-pon,onu-eth,vlanif,static-
route,ospf,isis,bfd,track: alarm object interface types, including olt device, slot, port,
onu device, onu pon port, onu Ethernet interface, vlan virtual interface, static routing, ospf, isis,
bfd, track;

START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>, END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>: start and end date, with

format as yyyy-mm-dd; range for yyyy: 2000-2038, range for mm: 1-12, and range for dd: 1-
31.

START-TIME<hh: mm: ss>, END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>: start and end time, with
format as hh: mm: ss; range for hh: 0-24, range for mm: 0-59, and range for ss: 0-59.

slotIdStart, slotIdEnd : start and end physical slot number, the range of values shall
be based on the actual situation of the equipment;

portIdStart, portIdEnd : start and end physical port number. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-8;

onuidStart, onuidEnd : start and end onu logical index number. range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board.

uniIdStart, uniIdEnd : start and end onu uni port number. Type: numerical value; range:
1-32;

vidStart, vidEnd: start and end vlan id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094;

detail: display the details, with parameter optional.

4-285
[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the current alarm and details. The above commands are
described in order:

Display all current alarms and details;

Display the current alarm and details according to the alarm serial number;

Display the current alarm and details according to the alarm ID;

Display the current alarm and details according to the alarm level;

Display the current alarm and details according to the alarm type;

Display the current alarm and details according to the first alarm time;

Display the current alarm and details according to the latest alarm time;

Display the current alarm and details of olt device level, static routing, ospf, isis, bfd, track and
other protocols;

Display the current alarm and details of olt slot level;

Display the current alarm and details of olt port level;

Display the current alarm and details of onu device level;

Display the current alarm and details of onu pon port level;

Display the current alarm and details of onu Ethernet interface level;

Display the current alarm and details of vlan virtual interface level.

[Example]
$View the current alarm in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show alarm-active

Sequence Alarm ID Alarm Name Location Last Occur Time

-------- -------- ----------------- ------------- -------------------
Alarm Confirm Repeated
Level Class State State Times
-------- ----- ------- ------- --------
1 20485 UNI_AUTONEG_FAIL 3/1: 1/1 2013-11-08 09: 00: 50
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
warning COMM raise -- 0
-----------------------------------------
Total 1 record(s).
Note: 1. EQU=equipment, SERV=service, COMM=communication, ENV=environment,
PROC=process.
2. '*' means alarm manually cleared or confirmed.
In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

4-286
 Parameter Descriptions
Sequence Alarm serial number
Alarm ID Alarm ID
Alarm Name Alarm name
Location Alarm object interface
Last Occur Time Last alarm time
Level Alarm level
Class Alarm type
Alarm State Alarm status
Confirm State Alarm confirm status
Repeated Times Alarm repeated times

4.5.8 show alarm-event config

[Command]

show alarm-event config

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the global configurations of alarms and events. When you need
to view the information of global configurations of alarms and events, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the global configuration of alarms and events in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show alarm-event config
Alarm Mode : nscrtv
Auto Confirm Alarm : enable
Auto Confirm Interval : 0 minute(s)
Alarm-event Statistics Cycle : 1 hour(s)
Alarm-event Log : enable

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Alarm Mode Alarm mode, including “nscrtv”, “ctc”, “cuc”, “standard”
Auto Confirm Alarm Status of automatic alarm confirmation, enabled or disabled.
Auto Confirm Interval Automatic alarm confirmation interval
Alarm-event Statistics Cycle Cycle of alarm and event statistics

4-287
 Parameter Descriptions
Alarm-event Log Log status of alarm and event

4.5.9 show alarm-history

[Command]

show alarm-history [detail]

show alarm-history sequence SEQ-ID-START<1-4294967295> to SEQ-ID-

End <1-4294967295> [detail]

show alarm-history id idStart to idEnd [detail]

show alarm-history level (critical | major | minor |

warning | info | clear) [detail]

show alarm-history class (equipment | service |

communication | environment | process) [detail]

show alarm-history first-occur-time START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> START-

TIME<hh: mm: ss> to END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>
[detail]

show alarm-history last-occur-time START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> START-

TIME<hh: mm: ss> to END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>
[detail]

show alarm-history clear-time START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> START-

TIME<hh: mm: ss> to END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>
[detail]

show alarm-history (olt-device|static-

route|ospf|isis|bfd|track) [detail]

show alarm-history slot slotIdStart to slotIdEnd [detail]

show alarm-history port slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart to

portIdEnd [detail]

show alarm-history onu-device slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart

to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd [detail]

show alarm-history onu-pon slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart

to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd [detail]

4-288
 show alarm-history onu-eth slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart
to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd uniIdStart to uniIdEnd
[detail]

show alarm-history vlanif vidStart to vidEnd [detail]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

SEQ-ID-START <1-4294967295>, SEQ-ID-End <1-4294967295>: start and end

value of alarm serial number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4294967295;

idStart, idEnd: alarm id start and end value. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

critical , major , minor , warning , info, clear: alarm levels, including: critical,
major, minor, warning, information, clear;

equipment, service , communication , environment , process: alarm types,

including: equipment, sevice quality, communication, environment, processing failed.

olt-device,slot,port,onu-device,onu-pon,onu-eth,vlanif,static-
route,ospf,isis,bfd,track: alarm object interface types, including olt device, slot, port,
onu device, onu pon port, onu Ethernet interface, vlan virtual interface, static routing, ospf, isis,
bfd, track;

START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>, END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>: start and end date, with

format as yyyy-mm-dd; range for yyyy: 2000-2038, range for mm: 1-12, and range for dd: 1-
31.

START-TIME<hh: mm: ss>, END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>: start and end time, with
format as hh: mm: ss; range for hh: 0-24, range for mm: 0-59, and range for ss: 0-59.

slotIdStart, slotIdEnd : start and end physical slot number, the range of values shall
be based on the actual situation of the equipment;

portIdStart, portIdEnd : start and end physical port number. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-8;

onuidStart, onuidEnd : start and end onu logical index number. range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board.

uniIdStart, uniIdEnd : start and end onu logical index number. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-32;

4-289
 vidStart, vidEnd: start and end vlan id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094;

detail: display the details, with parameter optional.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the historical alarm and details. The above commands are
described in order:

Display all historical alarms and details;

Display the historical alarm and details according to the alarm serial number;

Display the historical alarm and details according to the alarm ID;

Display the historical alarm and details according to the alarm level;

Display the historical alarm and details according to the alarm type;

Display the historical alarm and details according to the first alarm time;

Display the historical alarm and details according to the latest alarm time;

Display the historical alarm and details according to the alarm clearing time;

Display the historical alarm and details of olt device level, static routing, ospf, isis, bfd, track and
other protocols;

Display the historical alarm and details of olt slot level;

Display the historical alarm and details of olt port level;

Display the historical alarm and details of onu device level;

Display the historical alarm and details of onu pon port level;

Display the historical alarm and details of onu Ethernet interface level;

Display the historical alarm and details of vlan virtual interface level.

[Example]
$View the historical alarm in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show alarm-history

Sequence Alarm ID Alarm Name Location First Occur Time

-------- --------- ----------------- --------- -------------------
Repeated
Clear Time Level Class Times
-------------------- -------- ----- --------
2 16393 ONU_PWR_OFF 3/1: 1/0 2013-11-08 09: 01: 06
2013-11-08 09: 01: 41 critical COMM 0
1 8193 PORT_LINK_DOWN 3/1: 0/0 2013-11-08 09: 01: 06

4-290
 2013-11-08 11: 52: 19 minor EQU 0
--------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------
Total 2 record(s).
Note: EQU=equipment, SERV=service, COMM=communication, ENV=environment,
PROC=process.

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Sequence Alarm serial number
Alarm ID Alarm ID
Alarm Name Alarm name
Location Alarm object interface
First Occur Time First alarm time
Clear Time Alarm clearing time
Level Alarm level
Class Alarm type
Repeated Times Alarm repeated times

4.5.10 show event list

[Command]

show event list (id| all)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

id: event id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

all: all event id.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the specified event ID information or all event ID information.
When you need the query the event ID information, use this command.

[Example]
$View all event ID information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show event list all
Event ID Type Event Name
------------------- -------------- -------------------------------------
1 (0x00000001) equipment SYS_RESET
2 (0x00000002) equipment SYS_START
3 (0x00000003) equipment SYS_HA_SWITCH

4-291
 7 (0x00000007) process ONU_UPG
9 (0x00000009) process FILE_UPLOAD
11 (0x0000000b) process FILE_DOWNLOAD
13 (0x0000000d) process SW_SYNC
….
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 31 events.

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Event ID Event ID
Type Event type
Event Name Event name

4.5.11 show event-history

[Command]

show event-history [detail]

show event-history sequence SEQ-ID-START<1-4294967295> to SEQ-ID-

End <1-4294967295> [detail]

show event-history id idStart to idEnd [detail]

show event-history class (equipment | service |

communication | environment | process) [detail]

show event-history occur-time START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> START-

TIME<hh: mm: ss> to END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd> END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>
[detail]

show event-history (olt-device|static-

route|ospf|isis|bfd|track) [detail]

show event-history slot slotIdStart to slotIdEnd [detail]

show event-history port slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart to

portIdEnd [detail]

show event-history onu-device slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart

to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd [detail]

show event-history onu-pon slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart

to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd [detail]

4-292
 show event-history onu-eth slotIdStart to slotIdEnd portIdStart
to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd uniIdStart to uniIdEnd
[detail]

show event-history vlanif vidStart to vidEnd [detail]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

SEQ-ID-START <1-4294967295>, SEQ-ID-End <1-4294967295>: start and end

value of event serial number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4294967295;

idStart, idEnd: event id start and end value. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

equipment, service , communication , environment , process: event types,

including: equipment, sevice quality, communication, environment, processing failed.

olt-device,slot,port,onu-device,onu-pon,onu-eth,vlanif,static-
route,ospf,isis,bfd,track: event object interface types, including olt device, slot, port,
onu device, onu pon port, onu Ethernet interface, vlan virtual interface, static routing, ospf, isis,
bfd, track;

START-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>, END-DATE<yyyy-mm-dd>: start and end date, with

format as yyyy-mm-dd; range for yyyy: 2000-2038, range for mm: 1-12, and range for dd: 1-
31.

START-TIME<hh: mm: ss>, END-TIME<hh: mm: ss>: start and end time, with
format as hh: mm: ss; range for hh: 0-24, range for mm: 0-59, and range for ss: 0-59.

slotIdStart, slotIdEnd : start and end physical slot number, the range of values shall
be based on the actual situation of the equipment;

portIdStart, portIdEnd : start and end physical port number. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-8;

onuidStart, onuidEnd : start and end onu logical index number. range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board.

uniIdStart, uniIdEnd : start and end onu uni port number. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-32;

vidStart, vidEnd: start and end vlan id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094;

detail: display the details, with parameter optional.

4-293
[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the historical event and details. The above commands are
described in order:

Display all historical events and details;

Display the historical event and details according to the event serial number;

Display the historical event and details according to the event ID;

Display the historical event and details according to the event type;

Display the historical event and details according to the event occurrence time;

Display the historical event and details of olt device level, static routing, ospf, isis, bfd, track and
other protocols;

Display the historical event and details of olt slot level;

Display the historical event and details of olt port level;

Display the historical event and details of onu device level;

Display the historical event and details of onu pon port level;

Display the historical event and details of onu Ethernet interface level;

Display the historical event and details of vlan virtual interface level.

[Example]
$ View the historical event in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show event-history
Sequence Event ID Event Name Location Occur Time Class Addtional Text
-------- --------- ---------- ---------------------- ----- ------------
7 16433 ONU_OFFLINE 3/1: 1/0 2013-11-08 09: 01: 08 PROC
6 260 BD_ONLINE 3/0: 0/0 2013-11-08 08: 27: 26 PROC
5 4101 BD_INSERT 3/0: 0/0 2013-11-08 08: 26: 29 EQU
4 2 SYS_START olt device 2013-11-08 08: 26: 27 EQU
3 4113 POWER_REMOVE 21/0: 0/0 2013-11-08 08: 26: 25 EQU
2 4113 POWER_INSERT 20/0: 0/0 2013-11-08 08: 26: 25 EQU
1 4109 FAN_INSERT 19/0: 0/0 2013-11-08 08: 26: 25 EQU
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 7 record(s).
Note: EQU=equipment, SERV=service, COMM=communication, ENV=environment,
PROC=process.

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Sequence Event serial number
Event ID Event ID

4-294
 Parameter Descriptions
Event Name Event name
Location Event object interface
Occur Time Event occurrence time
Class Event type
Addtional Text Other descriptions

4.5.12 show snmp-trapserver

[Command]

show snmp-trapserver

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration information of snmp server to which the
alarm is reported. When you need to query the configuration information of snmp server to
which the alarm is reported, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the configuration information of snmp server to which the alarm is
reported in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp-trapserver
Sequence Server Name Ip Address Port Community
-------- ------------------------ ---------------- -------- ------
1 aaa 192.168.100.10 162 public
2 server1 172.10.10.103 162 public
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 2 snmp trap server(s).

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Sequence Serial number of snmp server to which the alarm is reported
Server Name Name of snmp server to which the alarm is reported
Ip Address IP address of snmp server to which the alarm is reported
Port Listening port of snmp server to which the alarm is reported
Community Community of snmp server to which the alarm is reported

4-295
4.5.13 show trap-filter config

[Command]

show trap-filter config

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the alarm and event screening configurations. When you need
to query the alarm and event screening configurations, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the alarm and event screening configurations in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show trap-filter config
Alarm level filter: minor clear
Alarm class filter: equipment service
Alarm/event ID filter:
Filter Object Alarm/Event ID Alarm Name
---------------- --------------------- ------------------------------
alarm 8193 (0x00002001) PORT_LINK_DOWN
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 1 alarm/event ID filter config.
Alarm/event interface filter:
Filter Object Interface Type Slot ID Port ID Onu ID Uni ID
Vlan ID
-------------- ---------------- ---------- ---------- ----------- --------
alarm slot 2-3 -- -- -- --
event onu-eth 3 1-8 1-64 1-32 --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total 2 alarm/event interface filter config.

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Alarm level filter Filtered alarm level
Alarm class filter Filtered alarm type
Alarm/event ID filter Filter according to the alarm or event ID
Filter Object Filtering object, alarm or event
Alarm/Event ID Alarm or event ID
Alarm Name Alarm name
Alarm/event interface filter Filter according to the alarm or event object interface

4-296
 Parameter Descriptions
Filter Object Filtering object, alarm or event
Interface Type Interface type
Slot ID Slot number
Port ID Port number
Onu ID ONU ID number
Uni ID UNI port number
Vlan ID VLAN ID number

4.5.14 trap-filter

[Command]

trap-filter id id

no trap-filter id id

trap-filter level (critical | major | minor | warning

| info | clear)

no trap-filter level (critical | major | minor | warning

| info | clear)

trap-filter class (equipment | service |

communication | environment | process)

no trap-filter class (equipment | service |

communication | environment | process)

trap-filter (olt-device|static-

route|ospf|isis|bfd|track) no trap-filter (olt-

device|static-route|ospf|isis|bfd|track) trap-filter

(alarm | event) slot slotIdStart [to slotIdEnd]

no trap-filter (alarm | event) slot slotIdStart [to slotIdEnd]

trap-filter (alarm | event) port slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd

no trap-filter (alarm | event) port slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd

trap-filter (alarm | event) onu-device slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd

no trap-filter (alarm | event) onu-device slotIdStart to

slotIdEnd portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd
4-297
 trap-filter (alarm | event) onu-pon slotIdStart to slotIdEnd
portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd

no trap-filter (alarm | event) onu-pon slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd

trap-filter (alarm | event) onu-eth slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd uniIdStart to
uniIdEnd

no trap-filter (alarm | event) onu-eth slotIdStart to slotIdEnd

portIdStart to portIdEnd onuidStart to onuidEnd uniIdStart to
uniIdEnd

trap-filter (alarm | event) vlanif vidStart [to vidEnd]

no trap-filter (alarm | event) vlanif vidStart [to vidEnd]

no trap-filter all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

id: alarm or event id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535;

critical , major , minor , warning , info, clear: alarm levels, including:

critical, major, minor, warning, information, clear;

equipment, service , communication , environment , process: alarm

types, including: equipment, sevice quality, communication, environment, processing failed.

olt-device,slot,port,onu-device,onu-pon,onu-eth,vlanif,static-
route,ospf,isis,bfd,track: alarm object interface types, including olt device, slot, port,
onu device, onu pon port, onu Ethernet interface, vlan virtual interface, static routing, ospf, isis,
bfd, track;

slotIdStart,slotIdEnd : start and end physical slot number, the range of values shall be
based on the actual situation of the equipment;

portIdStart,portIdEnd: start and end physical port number. Type: numerical value;
range: 1-8;

onuidStart, onuidEnd : start and end onu logical index number. range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board.

4-298
 uniIdStart,uniIdEnd : start and end onu uni port number. Type: numerical value; range:
1-32;

vidStart,vidEnd: start and end vlan id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the system conditions for alarm and event screening. When
you need to screen the alarm and event to be reported to the NMS by the device, this command
can be used to set the screening conditions, which has no impact on recording local alarm and
event. The above commands are described in order:

Set or delete the screening conditions according to the alarm or event ID;

Set or delete the screening according to the alarm level;

Set or delete the screening according to the alarm or event type;

Set or delete the alarm or event screening conditions of olt device level, static routing, ospf, isis,
bfd, track and other protocols;

Set or delete the alarm or event screening conditions of olt slot level;

Set or delete the alarm or event screening conditions of olt port level;

Set or delete the alarm or event screening conditions of onu device level;

Set or delete the alarm or event screening conditions of onu pon port level;

Set or delete the alarm or event screening conditions of onu Ethernet interface level;

Set or delete the alarm or event screening conditions of vlan virtual port level;

Delete all alarm and event screening conditions.

Notes:

1. Set screening of slot level, and the alarms and events generated by its sub-level port, onu-device,
onu-port and onu-eth will be screened automatically;

2. Set screening of port level, and the alarms and events generated by its sub-level onu-device, onu-
pon and onu-eth will be screened automatically;

3. Set screening of onu-device level, and the alarms and events generated by its sub-level onu-pon
and onu-eth will be screened automatically.

[Example]
$Screen the alarm with id as 8193 in the config view.

4-299
 FHL2100(config)#trap-filter id 8193

4.6 Optical Module Alarm Threshold Configuration

4.6.1 pon-alarm (gpon view)

[Command]

pon-alarm ( optical-temperature | optical-Voltage |

optical- biascurrent | optical-xgbiascurrent | optical-
txpower | optical- xgtxpower ) ( upper-threshold-value |
lower-threshold-value ) value

pon-alarm ( optical-temperature | optical-Voltage |

optical- biascurrent | optical-xgbiascurrent | optical-
txpower | optical- xgtxpower ) ( upper-threshold-value |
lower-threshold-value )
( enable | disable )

no pon-alarm ( optical-temperature | optical-voltage |

optical- biascurrent | optical-xgbiascurrent | optical-
txpower | optical- xgtxpower ) ( upper-threshold-value |
lower-threshold-value )

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

optical-temperature: temperature of pon optical module

optical-Voltage: voltage of pon optical module

optical-biascurrent: bias current of pon optical module

optical-xgbiascurrent: 10G bias current of pon optical module for XPUA

optical-txpower: sending optical power of pon optical module

optical-xgtxpower: sending optical power of pon optical module for XPUA

upper-threshold-value: alarm upper threshold

lower-threshold-value: alarm lower threshold

value: alarm threshold. Type: numerical value; unit of temperature: ℃ ; unit of optical
power: dBm; unit of current: mA; unit of voltage: mV; range: -65535-65535.

4-300
enable: enable the alarm

4-301
 disable: disable the alarm.

[Descriptions]

The "pon-alarm" command is used to configure the upper/lower threshold of relevant alarms
of pon optical module.

The "pon-alarm ( enable | disable )"command is used to enable/disable the

upper/lower threshold of relevant alarms of pon optical module.

By default, the relevant alarms of pon optical module is disabled.

[Example]
$ Configure the upper threshold of sending optical power of pon optical module is
5dBm,and the lower is 1dBm.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pon-alarm optical-txpower upper-threshold-value 5
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#pon-alarm optical-txpower lower-threshold-value 1

4.6.2 pon-alarm onu(gpon view)

[Command]

pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-

voltage | optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower |
optical-txpower | llid- based-receive-power ) ( upper-
threshold-value | lower-threshold- value ) ( enable |
disable )

pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-

voltage | optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower |
optical-txpower| llid- based-receive-power ) upper-
threshold-value upper-threshold-value

pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-

voltage | optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower |
optical-txpower| llid- based-receive-power ) lower-
threshold-value lower-threshold-value

no pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-

voltage | optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower |
optical-txpower| llid- based-receive-power ) ( upper-
threshold-value | lower-threshold- value )

[View]

gpon view
4-302
[Parameter]

4-303
 onu_id: GPON ONU Index number，Integer type，range 1-128;

onu-temperature: temperature of onu optical module;

optical-voltage: voltage of pon optical module;

optical-biascurrent: bias current of pon optical module;

optical-rxpower: receiving optical power of onu optical module;

optical-txpower: sending optical power of pon optical module;

llid-based-receive-power: GPON port receiving optical power based on LLID;

upper-threshold-value: alarm upper threshold;

lower-threshold-value: alarm lower threshold;

value: alarm threshold. Type: numerical value; unit of temperature: ℃ ; unit of optical
power: dBm; unit of current: mA; unit of voltage: mV; range: -65535-65535.

enable: enable the alarm;

disable: disable the alarm.

[Descriptions]

“pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-voltage |

optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower | optical-txpower| llid-
based-receive-power) ( upper-threshold-value | lower-threshold-
value ) ( enable | disable )” command is used to enable/disable the
upper/lower threshold of relevant alarms of gpon onu optical module.

“pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-voltage |

optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower | optical-txpower| llid-
based-receive-power) upper-threshold-value upper-threshold-value”
Command to configure the specified GPON ONU optical module alarm upper-threshold-value;

“pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-voltage |

optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower | optical-txpower| llid-
based-receive-power) lower-threshold-value lower-threshold-value”
Command to configure the specified GPON ONU optical module alarm lower-threshold-value;

“no pon-alarm onu onu_id ( optical-temperature | optical-

voltage
| optical-biascurrent | optical-rxpower | optical-
txpower| llid- based-receive-power) ( upper-threshold-
value | lower-threshold-

4-304
 value )” Command to delete the specified GPON ONU optical module alarm threshold
upper and lower limits;

By default, the relevant alarms of GPON ONU optical module is disabled. If the GPON ONU
optical module parameter is enabled, the default values for each parameter are as follows:

“optical-temperature” The upper-threshold-value is 128 degrees Celsius,The lower-

threshold-value is minus 128 degrees Celsius;

“optical-voltage” The upper-threshold-value is 6553mV，The lower-threshold-value is

0mV;

“optical-biascurrent” The upper-threshold-value is 131mA，The lower-threshold-

value is 0mA;

“optical-rxpower” The upper-threshold-value is 8dbm，The lower-threshold-value is -

40dbm;

“optical-txpower” The upper-threshold-value is 8dbm，The lower-threshold-value is -

40dbm.

“llid-based-receive-power” The upper-threshold-value is 8dbm，The lower-

threshold-value is -40dbm.

[Example]
$Configure a temperature alarm threshold of GPON 0/5 under ONU 1to a maximum
of 20 degrees Celsius
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/5)#pon-alarm onu 1 onu-temperature upper-
threshold- value 20
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/5)#show running-config | include pon-alarm onu
1 onu-temperature upper-threshold-value 20
Filtering...
pon-alarm onu 1 onu-temperature upper-threshold-value 20

4.6.3 show pon-alarm threshold(gpon view)

[Command]

show pon-alarm ( optical-temperature | optical-voltage |

optical- biascurrent | optical-xgbiascurrent | optical-
txpower | optical- xgtxpower ) threshold

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

4-305
 optical-temperature: temperature of pon optical module

optical-voltage: voltage of pon optical module

optical-biascurrent: bias current of pon optical module

optical-xgbiascurrent: 10G bias current of pon optical module for XPUA

optical-txpower: sending optical power of pon optical module

optical-xgtxpower: sending optical power of pon optical module for XPUA

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the upper/lower thresholds of the optical module alarm.

[Example]
$Query the alarm upper/lower thresholds of the sending optical power
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#show pon-alarm optical-txpower threshold
---------------------------------------------
optical-txpower upper-thresh(dbm) : 8
optical-txpower upper-switch : on
optical-txpower lower-thresh(dbm) : -40
optical-txpower lower-switch : on
---------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
optical-txpower upper-thresh(dbm) Alarm upper threshold of sending optical power of
optical module
optical-txpower upper-switch Switch of upper alarm of sending opticla power of
optical module
optical-txpower lower-thresh(dbm) Alarm lower threshold of sending optical power of
optical module
optical-txpower lower-switch Switch of lower alarm of sending opticla power of
optical module

4.6.4 show pon-alarm onu（gpon view）

[Command]

show pon-alarm onu onu_id ( onu-temperature | onu-

rxpower | onu- txpower | onu-biascurrent | onu-voltage |
llid-based-receive- power) threshold

[View]

gpon view

4-306
[Parameter]

onu_id: GPON ONU Index number，Integer type，range 1-128;

onu-temperature: temperature of onu optical module;

optical-rxpower: receiving optical power of onu optical module;

optical-txpower: sending optical power of pon optical module;

llid-based-receive-power: GPON port receiving optical power based on LLID;

optical-biascurrent: bias current of pon optical module;

optical-voltage: voltage of pon optical module;

[Descriptions]

“show pon-alarm onu” command is used ton query the upper/lower threshold of
relevant alarms of onu optical module. When you need to view the alarm threshold of relevant
parameters of onu optical module, use this command.

[Example]
$ Query GPON0/9 under the 1 ONU send optical power alarm threshold upper
and lower limits
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/9)#show pon-alarm onu 1 onu-temperature threshold
---------------------------------------------------------------------
onu-temperature upper-thresh(C) : 128
onu-temperature upper-switch : on
onu-temperature lower-thresh(C) : -128
onu-temperature lower-switch : on
---------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter
onu-temperature upper-thresh(℃)
onu-temperature upper-switch
onu-temperature lower-thresh(℃)
onu-temperature lower-switch
Descriptions
Optical module temperature threshold alarm
upper limit, the unit is℃.
Optical module temperature upper limit alarm
switch.
Optical module temperature threshold alarm
lower limit, the unit is℃.
Optical module temperature lower limit alarm
switch.

4-307
4.7 SNTP Configuration
4.7.1 show sntp-service status

[Command]

show sntp-service status

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query information of running status of SNTP clock synchronization
service. When you need to query information of running status of SNTP clock synchronization
service, use this command.

[Example]
$View information of SNTP protocol in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show sntp-service status
sntp-service information
sntp-service status : off
unicast-server ipaddr : 0.0.0.0 port: 123
time-sync interval : 64 s, timeout 3 s
sntp-service broadcast : 192.168.254.255
broadcast interval : 64 s
current system time : WED AUG 17 19: 32: 28 2016

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
sntp-service status sntp server status
unicast-server ipaddr sntp server IP address
time-sync interval Interval of synchronizing clock information
sntp-service broadcast snmp server broadcast IP address
broadcast interval Interval of broadcast synchronizing clock
information
current system time Current system time

4.7.2 sntp-service turn

[Command]

4-308
 sntp-service turn (on | off)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable or disable sntp clock synchronization service. When you need
to configure sntp clock synchronization service, use this command.

[Example]
$Enable sntp clock synchronization service in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# sntp-service turn on

4.7.3 sntp-service unicast-server

[Command]

sntp-service unicast-server ip-address [interval <10-86400>]

[timeout <1-5>]

no sntp-service unicast-

server no sntp-service

interval

no sntp-service timeout

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: clock source server IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

interval <10-86400>: time interval of sending clock synchronization request to the clock
server. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 10-86400; default: 64s.

timeout <1-5>: timeout for clock server replying the response packet. Type: numerical
value; unit: s; range: 1-5; default: 3s.

[Descriptions]

4-309
 The command "sntp-service" is used to configure the clock source server IP address, and
select to configure the time interval and timeout for OLT synchronizing periodically the clock
information. By default, SNTP clock source IP of OLT is not configured (i.e., 0.0.0.0). User can
configure SNTP clock source IP of OLT according to the actual networking and clock source
server IP. interval is the time interval for OLT synchronizing periodically the clock
information. The default value is 64s, i.e., sending the clock synchronization request packet to
the clock source server every 64s. Since sntp uses the unicast UDP packet which is unreliable
transmission, after sending the request packet, if no response from the server is received in
several consecutive seconds, it is deemed as timeout, and will wait for sending the request
packet for clock synchronization next time. The default value of timeout is 3s.

The command "no sntp-service unicast-server" is used to clear the configuration

of clock source server.

The command "no sntp-service interval" is used to restore the default time interval
for OLT periodically synchronizing the clock information.

The command "no sntp-service timeout" is used to restore the default timeout.

[Example]
$Configure sntp server IP address as 1.2.3.4, interval for synchronizing the clock
information as 10s and timeout as 3s in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# sntp-service unicast-server 1.2.3.4 interval 10 timeout 3

4.7.4 sntp-service broadcast-ip

[Command]

sntp-service broadcast-ip ip-address

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: Broadcast network IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255; default: 192.168.254.255.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the ip address for SNTP sending periodic broadcast. It is used
for sending the clock synchronization information periodically among different boards of OLT.
The default value is 192.168.254.255. On MPU, SNTP will send clock information by means of

4-310
broadcast periodically (64s). Unless absolutely necessary, it is recommended not to configure
this broadcast IP manually.

4-311
[Example]
$Configure sntp broadcast IP address as 172.17.3.255 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# sntp-service broadcast-ip 172.17.3.255
 Chapter 5 Port Configuration Management
5.1 OLT Port Configuration Management
5.1.1 broadcast-suppression

[Command]

broadcast-suppression max-pps

no broadcast-suppression

[View]

xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

max-pps: specify the allowed max. number of broadcast packets to be received by the
Ethernet port each second. Type: numerical value; unit: pps. Range: 0-148810; default: 500pps.

[Descriptions]

The command “broadcast-suppression” is used to limit the allowed size of broadcast

traffic to be received by current port.

The command “no broadcast-suppression” is used to restore the allowed default

broadcast traffic to be received by the port.

After the broadcast traffic exceeds the threshold set by the user, the system will discard the
packets beyond the broadcast traffic limit, making the traffic proportion of the broadcast lower
to a reasonable scope to ensure normal operation of network service.set or cancel the allowed
size of broadcast traffic on current Ethernet port to be received.

By default, limit the allowed max. number of broadcast packets on current port to be received as
500.

[Example]
$Configure the allowed max. number of broadcast packets on port 0/1 to be
received each second as 1,000 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#broadcast-suppression 1000

5-311
5.1.2 description

[Command]

description text

no description

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

text: Port descriptions. Type: string; range: 1-64 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “description” is used to set the port descriptions.

The command “no description” is used to cancel the port descriptions.

By default, the port description string is in the form of "PORT-interface type-interface number"
such as "PORT-XE-0/1"

[Example]
$Set the descriptions of port 0/1 as hubei_wuhan in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#description hubei_wuhan

5.1.3 flow-control

[Command]

flow-control

no flow-

control

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command “flow-control” is used to enable the traffic control feature of Ethernet port.

5-312
 The command “no flow-control” is used to disable the traffic control feature of Ethernet
port.

After local switch and peer switch enable the traffic control function, if local switch suffers from
congestion:

 Local switch will send a message to the peer switch and notify it to pause sendign the packets
or slow down the sending of packets.

 After receiving the message, the peer switch will pause sending packets or slow down
sending the packets to local switch, thus avoiding the packet loss and ensuring normal
operation of network service.

By default, the traffic control feature of the port is disabled.

[Example]
$Enable the traffic control feature of Ethernet port 0/1 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#flow-control

5.1.4 interface

[Command]

interface x-ethernet interface-num

[View]

config view, ethernet port view, pon view, onu view

[Parameter]

interface-num: Interface index number. Specify port number for XE port .Type: numerical
value.

[Descriptions]

This command is used for switching between several interface views and the config view. When
you need to switch the interface view, use this command.

[Example]
$Enter the upstream XE port GE0/1 interface view.
FHL2100(config)#interface x-ethernet 0/1
%Enter configuration commands.End with Ctrl+Z or command "quit" & "end"
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#

5-313
5.1.5 jumboframe

[Command]

jumboframe [<64-1536>]

no jumboframe

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

<64-1536>: the allowed max. frame length of the system. Type: numerical value; unit: byte;
range: 64-1536.

[Descriptions]

The command “jumboframe” is used to configure the max. frame allowed by the system to
pass through the current Ethernet port. Without adding any parameter, the system allows the
frame not greater than 9216 bytes to pass through the current Ethernet port. If adding some a
parameter, it supports flexible configuration of <64-1536> frame length. When you need to limit
the max. frame to pass through the Ethernet port, use this command. After successfully
executing this command, the current Ethernet port allows only the frame not greater than the
configured value to pass through.

The command “no jumboframe” is used to configure the system to allow only the frame not
greater than 1536 bytes to pass through current Ethernet port.

[Example]
$Configure the system to allow only the frame not greater than 128 bytes to pass
through the Ethernet port 0/1 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)# jumboframe 128

5.1.6 mac-addr learn

[Command]

mac-addr learn (enable|disable)

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

5-314
 enable: enable the port mac address learning;

disable: disable the port mac address learning.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure enabling or disabling the port mac address learning of the
system. When you need to enable or disable the mac address learning, use this command.

[Example]
$Enable mac address learning of ge port 0/1 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#mac-addr learn enable

5.1.7 mac-limit

[Command]

mac-limit <1-32767>

no mac-limit

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

<1-32767>: number range of mac address learning of the port. Type: numerical value; range:
1-32767; default: 32767.

[Descriptions]

The command “mac-limit” is used to configure the number of mac address learning of the
port; when you need to limit the number of mac address learning of the port, use this
command. After successfully configuring the number of mac address learning of the port, when
the number of mac address learnt by the port reaches this value, the port will not learn new
mac address any more. By default, it is not limited.

The command “no mac-limit” is used to cancel the limit of mac address learning of the
port, i.e., restore to no limit.

[Example]
$Configure the number of mac address learning of port 0/1 as 2000 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#mac-limit 2000

5-315
5.1.8 mdix

[Command]

mdix (across | auto | force-auto |

normal) no mdix

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

across: mdix port mode as across;

auto: mdix port mode as automatic mode, with the port rate to be used in case of auto-
negotiation mode;

force-auto: mdix port mode as mandatorily automatic mode, with the port rate to be used
in case of mandatory mode;

normal: mdix port mode as direct connection.

[Descriptions]

The command “mdix” is used to configure the mdix port mode. When you need to modify the
mdix port mode, use this command. By default, the port mdix mode is auto. When the port rate
is configured as mandatory mode, if peer negotiation is failed, you need to change the port line
sequence. It is recommended to configure mdix as force-auto mode.

The command “no mdix” is used to restore the mdix port mode to the default one.

[Example]
$Configure the mdix mode of ge port 0/1 as across in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)# mdix across

5.1.9 multicast-suppression

[Command]

multicast-suppression max-pps

no multicast-suppression

[View]

xe view, gpon view

5-316
[Parameter]

max-pps: specify the allowed max. number of multicast packets to be received by the Ethernet
port per second. Type: numerical value; unit: pps; range: 0-148800.

[Descriptions]

The command “multicast-suppression” is used to limit the allowed traffic of multicast

to be received by current port.

The command “no multicast-suppression” is used to restore the default allowed

traffic of multicast to be received by the port.

When the multicast traffic exceeds the threshold set by the user, the system will discard the
packets beyond the multicast traffic limit, making the proportion of multicast traffic decrease to
a reasonable scope and ensuring normal operation of network service.

By default, the device doesn’t suppress the multicast traffic.

[Example]
$Set the allowed max. number of multicast packets to be received by ge port 0/1
each second as 1000.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#multicast-suppression 1000

5.1.10 port-bridge

[Command]

port-bridge

no port-

bridge

[View]

xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the port to sent the packet recived by the same port.

[Example]
$Configure the GE0/1 to sent the packet recived by the this port:
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)# port-bridge

5-317
5.1.11 port-isolate group

[Command]

port-isolate group group [description description]

no port-isolate group group description

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

group: the range of the port isolation group. Type: numerical value; range: 1-32.

description description: descriptions of the port isolation group. Type: string; range:
1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to creat the port isolation group.

[Example]
$Creat the port isolation group 2:
FHL2100(config)# port-isolate group 2

5.1.12 port-isolate group ( interface view )

[Command]

port-isolate group <1-32>

no port-isolate group <1-32>

[View]

xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

<1-32>: the range of the port isolation group. Type: numerical value; range: 1-32.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to add the port to the specified port isolation group

[Example]

5-318
 $ Add the port to the group 1:
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)# port-isolate group 1

5.1.13 priority

[Command]

priority <0-7>

no priority

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

<0-7>: untag packet priority. Type: numerical value; range: 0-7

[Descriptions]

The command “priority” is used to configure the priority of untag packets of Ethernet port.
When you need to modify the priority of untag packets, use this command. After successfully
executing this command, the priority of untag packets passing through the Ethernet port will be
identical to the configured value.

The command “no priority” is used to restore to the default priority of untag packets of
the Ethernet port.

[Example]
$Configure the untag packet priority of xe port 0/1 as 5 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#priority 5

5.1.14 rate

[Command]

rate ( in | out ) target-rate

no rate ( in | out )

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

in: Limit the rate of receiving packets of the port.

5-319
 out: Limit the rate of sending packets of the port.

target-rate: Total rate limit of packets of the port. Type: numerical value; unit: Kbps;
granularity of rate limit: 8; range: 64-1000000

[Descriptions]

The command “rate” is used to limit the total rate of receiving or sending packets of the port.
When you need to limit the packet rate of the port in the specified direction, use this command.

The command “no rate” is used to cancel the configuration of speed limit of the port.

[Example]
$Limit the rate of receiving packet of ge port 0/1 as 128Kbps in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#rate in 128

5.1.15 speed-duplex

[Command]

speed-duplex

(1Gfdx|10Gfdx) no

speed-duplex

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

1Gfdx: specify the port rate as 1000Mbit/s, at full duplex status.

10Gfdx: specify the port rate as 10000 Mbit/s, at full duplex status.

[Descriptions]

The command “speed-duplex” is used to set the rate and duplex mode of Ethernet port.
After successful configuration, the Ethernet port will run in the set full duplex or half-duplex
mode and at the set rate.

The command “no speed-duplex” is used to restore the rate and duplex mode of the port
to the default auto-negotiation mode.

By default, the port is in the 10Gfdx state.

The port rates supported by each board uplink ports are shown in the following table(unit:
Mbps)

5-320
 Gigabit Port 10 Gigabit Port Specifications
GE SFP for uplink
Board Copper GE SFP GE SFP Copper GE SFP interface
Type Module Module Module Module XGE SFP+ Module
MGUA 1000 8XE SFP+
MGUB - - 1000 manual manual 10000/1000 manual

When the local port rate is configured in mandatory mode, the end port must be configured in
mandatory mode at the same rate so that both ends can be connected properly.

[Example]
$Set the duplex attribute of xe port 0/1 as 1000M full-duplex.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#speed-duplex 1Gfdx

5.1.16 show port-isolate group

[Command]

show port-isolate group (all|<1-32>)

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

all: all of the port isolation group.

<1-32>: the range of the port isolation group. Type: numerical value; range: 1-32.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the informations of all port isolation groups or specified port
isolation group.

[Example]
$ display the informations of all port isolation groups:
FHL2100(config)# show port-isolate group all
Group ID: 1
Ports : gpon 0/1 gpon 2/2 gpon 0/3 gpon 0/4

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Group ID the port isolation group ID
Ports the range of the port isolation group

5-321
5.1.17 show interface

[Command]

show interface (gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet) slot-id/port-id

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

gigabit-ethernet: the interface type is ge port;

x-ethernet: the interface type is xe port;

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the Ethernet port details. When you need to query the
Ethernet port details, use this command.

[Example]
$View ge port 0/1 details in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show interface x-ethernet
0/1
Description : PORT-XE-0/1
Port priority : 0
Enable status : Enable
Link status : Down
Auto negociate : No
MDIX mode : auto
TX pause mode : disable
RX pause mode : disable
MAC learn limit : no mac limit
Unknown mac drop : Disable
Mac learn : Enable
Broadcast limit : 1000 packets/second
Multicast limit : 1000 packets/second
Unicast limit : 1000 packets/second
Speed max : 10000M
Jumbo frame : disable
Frame max : 1536Bytes
Ingress rate limit : not limited
Egress rate limit : not limited

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

5-322
 Parameter Descriptions
Description Port descriptions
Port priority Port priority, “original” or 0-7
Enable status Enabling status of port: enable or disable
Link status Link status: up or down
Auto negociate Automatic negotiation enabled: yes or no
Working mode Duplex mode and rate, including “auto negociate”, “10Mhalf”,
“10Mfull”, “100Mhalf”, “100Mfull”, “1000Mfull”, “10000Mfull”
TX pause mode Port sending traffic control status: enable or disable
RX pause mode Port receiving traffic control status: enable or disable
MAC learn limit MAC address learning limit
Broadcast limit Broadcast packet rate limit
Multicast limit Multicast packet rate limit
Unicast limit Unicast packet rate limit
Speed max Max. port rate
Jumbo frame Jumbo frame status: enable or disable
Frame max Max. port frame length
Ingress rate limit Ingress port rage limit
Egress rate limit Egress port rage limit

5.1.18 show interface(interfaceview)

[Command]

show interface

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the port details in the interface view. When you need to query
the details of current Ethernet port, use this command.

[Example]
$View the details of ge port 0/1 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show interface
Description : PORT-XE-0/1
Port priority : 0
Enable status : Enable
Link status : Down

5-323
 Auto negociate : No
MDIX mode : auto
TX pause mode : disable
RX pause mode : disable
MAC learn limit : no mac limit
Unknown mac drop : Disable
Mac learn : Enable
Broadcast limit : 1000 packets/second
Multicast limit : 1000 packets/second
Unicast limit : 1000 packets/second
Speed max : 10000M
Jumbo frame : disable
Frame max : 1536Bytes
Ingress rate limit : not limited
Egress rate limit : not limited

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Description Port descriptions
Port priority Port priority, “original” or 0-7
Enable status Enabling status of port: enable or disable
Link status Link status: up or down
Auto negociate Automatic negotiation enabled: yes or no
Working mode Duplex mode and rate, including “auto negociate”, “10Mhalf”,
“10Mfull”, “100Mhalf”, “100Mfull”, “1000Mfull”, “10000Mfull”
TX pause mode Port sending traffic control status: enable or disable
RX pause mode Port receiving traffic control status: enable or disable
MAC learn limit MAC address learning limit
Broadcast limit Broadcast packet rate limit
Multicast limit Multicast packet rate limit
Unicast limit Unicast packet rate limit
Speed max Max. port rate
Jumbo frame Jumbo frame status: enable or disable
Frame max Max. port frame length
Ingress rate limit Ingress port rage limit
Egress rate limit Egress port rage limit

5.1.19 show interface brief

[Command]

show interface ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet) [slot-id | slot-

id/port-id ] brief

[View]

enable view, config view

5-324
[Parameter]

gigabit-ethernet: port type is ge port;

x-ethernet: port type is xe port;

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to display the brief configuration information of the interface. Includes:
port number, management status, connection status, connection rate, duplex attributes, default
VLAN ID, priority, traffic statistics in and out directions, and bandwidth utilization.

[Example]
$View brief information of all xe ports of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show interface x-ethernet brief
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------
Interface State Link Speed Duplex PVID Pri In
Out
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------
XE0/1 enable down 1G full 1 0 --
--
XE0/2 enable down 10G full 1 0 --
--
XE0/3 enable down 10G full 1 0 --
--
XE0/4 enable down 1G full 1 0 --
--
XE0/5 enable down 10G full 1 0 --
--
XE0/6 enable down 10G full 1 0 --
--
XE0/7 enable down 10G full 1 0 --
--
XE0/8 enable down 1G full 1 0 --
--
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Interface Port serial number
State Enabling status of port: enable or disable
Link Link status: up or down

5-325
 Parameter Descriptions
Speed Port rate
Duplex Duplex mode
PVID Default VLAN ID
Pri Port priority

5.1.20 show interface brief(interfaceview)

[Command]

show interface brief

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the brief configuration information of current Ethernet
interface, including management status, connection status, connection rage, duplex attributes,
link type, default VLAN ID and priority.

[Example]
$View the brief information of xe port 0/1 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show interface brief
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------
Interface State Link Speed Duplex PVID Pri In
Out
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------
XE0/1 enable down 1G full 1 0 --
--
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Interface Port serial number
State Enabling status of port: enable or disable
Link Link status: up or down
Speed Port rate
Duplex Duplex mode

5-326
 Parameter Descriptions
PVID Default VLAN ID
Pri Port priority

5.1.21 shutdown

[Command]

shutdown

no

shutdown

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command “shutdown” is used to inactivate the Ethernet port. After successfully
inactivating the Ethernet port, it can not be used for transmission service, and the previous
transmission service on the port will be interrupted.

The command “no shutdown” is used to activate the Ethernet port. When you need to
activate the Ethernet port for transmission service, use this command. After successfully
activating the Ethernet port, it can be used for the transmission service again.

[Example]
$Close Xe port 0/1：
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#shutdown
$ Open Xe port 0/1：
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#no shutdown

5.1.22 unicast-suppression

[Command]

unicast-suppression max-pps

no unicast-suppression

[View]

xe view, gpon view

5-327
[Parameter]

max-pps: Specify the allowed max. number of unkown unitcast packets to be received by the
Ethernet port per second. Type: numerical value; unit: pps; range: 0-148800.

[Descriptions]

The command “unicast-suppression” is used to limit the allowed size of unknown

unitcast traffic to be received by current port.

The command “no unicast-suppression” is used to restore the default allowed unkown
unitcast traffic to be received by the port.

When the unkown unicast traffic exceeds the threshold set by the user, the system will discard
the packets beyond the unkown unicast traffic limit, making the proportion of unkown unicast
traffic decrease to a reasonable scope and ensuring normal operation of network service.

By default, limit the allowed max. number of unkown unicast packets to be received by current
port as 500.

[Example]
$Set the allowed number of unkown unicast packets to be received by xe port 0/1
per second as 1000 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#unicast-suppression 1000

5.1.23 unknown-mac-addr drop

[Command]

unknown-mac-addr drop (enable|disable)

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the port to discard the unkown source mac address.

disable: disable the port to discard the unkown source mac address, i.e., not to discard.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure enabling or disabling the system port to discard the unkown
source mac address. When you need to configure the port to discard or not to discard the
unkown source mac address, use this command.

5-328
[Example]
$Disable the uplink port 0/1 to discard the unkown source mac in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#unknown-mac-addr drop disable

5.2 GPON Port ConfigurationManagement

5.2.1 description

[Command]

description WORD

no description

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

WORD: Port descriptions. Type: numerical value; range: 1-64 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “description” is used to set the port descriptions.

The command “no description” is used to cancel the port descriptions.

By default, the port description is null.

[Example]
$Set the descriptions of pon0/1 port as hubei_wuhan in the pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#description hubei_wuhan

5.2.2 downstream bandwidth

[Command]

downstream bandwidth bandwidth-value

no downstream bandwidth

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

5-329
 bandwidth-value: Bandwidth value. Type: numerical value; unit: kbps; range: 64-2500000
for pon.

[Descriptions]

The command “downstream bandwidth” is used to configure the exit bandwidth of

current GPON port. When you need to modify the exit bandwidth of current GPON port, use this
command. After successfully executing this command, it is allowed to pass the max. bandwidth
of current pon port in downstream direction, i.e., the configured value.

The command “no downstream bandwidth” is used to disable the exit bandwidth limit of
current GPON port, that is to say, restore to the default bandwidth: 1Gbps. This command is not
supported by GPON port.

[Example]
$ Enter gpon view:
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/4
$Configure the exit bandwidth of GPON0/4 port as 20Mbps in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#downstream bandwidth 20000

5.2.3 loop-detect

[Command]

loop-detect (enable|disable)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the loop detection;

disable: disable the loop detection.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable or disable the loop detection function.

[Example]
$Enable the loop detection function。
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)# loop-detect enable

5.2.4 pon dif-distance

[Command]

5-330
 pon dif-distance (default|max)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

default: Default differential ratio, 20km;

max: Max. differential ratio, 60km;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the differential ratio mode under pon port. The default
differential ratio mode supports 20km differential distance, while the max. differential ratio
mode supports 60km differential distance.

[Example]
$Configure the differential ratio mode of PON12/1 as max. differential ratio in the
pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-pon-12/1)#pon dif-distance max

5.2.5 show dif-distance mode

[Command]

show dif-distance mode

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the differential ratio mode under gpon port.

[Example]
$ Enter gpon view:
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/1
$Display the differential ratio mode of PON0/1 port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#show dif-distance mode
Current support dif-distance mode: max.

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

5-331
 Parameter Descriptions
Current support dif-distance mode Currently-supported differential ratio mode: max or
default

5.2.6 show interface(gpon view)

[Command]

show interface

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the details of current port in the pon interface view. When you
need to query the details of pon port, use this command.

[Example]
$View the details of gpon0/1 port in the
pon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#show
interface
Description : PORT-GPON-0/1
Enable status : Enable
Link status : Down
Speed max : 1000M
Ingress rate limit : not limited
Egress rate limit : not limited
Distance support : Default
Loop detect : Disable
Open delay time : 0
encrypt mode : ENCRYPT_NONE : 0
fec up : Disable
fec down : Disable
Support max onu : 64
Online max onu : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Description Port description information
Enable status Port enable situation
Link status Port link situation
Speed max Maximum rate
Ingress rate limit Entry speed limit
5-332
 Parameter Descriptions
Egress rate limit Out direction speed limit
Distance support Difference ratio mode
Loop detect Loop detection enabling condition
Open delay time delay time
encrypt mode Downlink encryption mode
fec up Uplink FEC state
fec down Downlink FEC state
Support max onu Support maximum ONU quantity
Online max onu Maximum number of ONU Online

5.2.7 show loop-detect

[Command]

show loop-detect

[View]

config view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view the status of current pon port or all of the pon port.

[Example]
$View the status of all of the pon port.
FHL2100(config)# show loop-
detect Loop-detect enable
ports :
0/1(not detect)

5.2.8 shutdown

[Command]

shutdown

no

shutdown

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

5-333
 N/A

[Descriptions]

The command “shutdown” is used to shut down the current PON port laser; when you don’t
want the onu under current pon port to be online, use this command. After successfully
executing this command, the pon port laser is shut down. If there’s onu under pon port, all onu
is offline and the service is interrupted.

The command “no shutdown” is used to enable the current PON port laser.

[Example]
$Enter gpon view.
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/4
$Shut down PON port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#shutdown

5.2.9 upstream bandwidth

[Command]

upstream bandwidth bandwidth-value

no upstream bandwidth

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

bandwidth-value: Bandwidth value. Type: numerical value; unit: kbps; range: 64-1250000.

[Descriptions]

The command “upstream bandwidth” is used to configure the entrance bandwidth of

current PON port. When you need to modify the entrance bandwidth of current PON port, use
this command. After successfully executing this command, it is allowed to pass the max.
bandwidth of current pon port in upstream direction, i.e., the configured value.

The command “no upstream bandwidth” is used to disable the entrance bandwidth limit
of current PON port, that is to say, restore to the default bandwidth: 1250000Kbps.This
command is not supported by PON port.

[Example]
$Configure the entrance bandwidth of PON0/4 port as 10Mbps.

5-334
 FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#upstream bandwidth 10000

5.2.10 fec

[Command]

fec up(enable|disable)down(enable|disable)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

enable: to enable the correction function of the port.

disable: to disable the correction function of the port.

[Description]

The fec command is used to enable the upstream correction function and the downstream
correction function of the port. By default, the upstream correction function and the
downstream correction function of the port are not enabled.

[Example]
$ Enable the upstream and downstream correction function of GPON port 0/4:
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/4
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#fec up enable down enable

5.3 ONU Port ConfigurationManagement

5.3.1 show onu mac-address

[Command]

show onu onu-id mac-address( all |eth port-id)

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

all: all the ETH ports of the specified ONU.

port-id: ETH port ID 1-24 of the ONU.

5-335
[Description]

The show onu mac-address all command is used to display all the MAC address
related information of all the ETH ports of the specified ONU.

The show onu mac-address eth command is used to display all the MAC address related
information of specified ETH port of the specified ONU.

[Example]
$ View all the MAC address related information of ONU 1 on GPON board 0/2.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)# show onu 1 mac-address all
----------------------------------------------------------
Onu Uni Mac-address
----------------------------------------------------------
1 1 00: 10: 94: 00: 00: 02
---------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Onu ONU ID
Uni UNI port index ID
Mac-address MAC address

5.3.2 show onu port basicinfo

[Command]

show onu onu-id port(port-id| all)basic info

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

port-id: ONU ETH port ID, the value range is 1-24.

all: all the ETH port IDs of the ONU.

[Description]

The show onu onu-id port(port-id|all)basic info command is used to view

the status of the UNI port of specified ONU. If the ETH port is not specified, it means to query
the status of all the UNI ports of the specified ONU.

5-336
[Example]
$ View the status of ONU 1 port 1 in GPON 0/2.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#show onu 1 port 1 basicinfo
Port : 1
Link-status : up
Admin-status : enable
Portmode : Half-duplex,10Mb/s
Flowcontrol : disable

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Port UNI port index ID
Link-status Link status: up or down
Admin-Status Port status: enable or disable
Portmode Port working mode
Flowcontrol Traffic control: enable or disable

5.3.3 show onu port igmp group

[Command]

show onu onu-id port port-id igmp group

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

port-id: ONU port, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-24.

[Description]

The show onu onu-id port port-id igmp group command is used to view the
multicast group joining status of the specified port of the specified ONU.

[Example]
$ View the multicast group joining status of ONU 1 port 1 on GPON0/2 board.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#show onu 1 port 1 igmp group
Index multicast group ip multicast source ip multicast vlan
1 225.1.1.1 0.0.0.0 100

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:

5-337
 Parameter Description
multicastgroupip The destination IP address of the multicast program
multicastsourceip The source IP address of the multicast program
multicastvlan: Multicast VLAN

5.4 Logical Interface Configuration Management

5.4.1 Loopback Interface ConfigurationManagement
description

[Command]

description desc

[View]

loopback view

[Parameter]

desc: specify the description of the loopback interface. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “description” is used to set the loopback interface descriptions. By default,
the decsription of the loopback interface is “Top,interface”.

[Example]
$Set the decsription of the loopback interface as loopback_1.
FHL2100(config)# interface loopback 1
FHL2100(config-loopback-1)# description
loopback_1

interface loopback

[Command]

interface loopback <1-8>

no interface loopback <1-8>

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

<1-8>: the number of the loopback interface.

5-338
[Descriptions]

The command is used to create the loopback interface. The device support 8 loopback
interfaces.

[Example]
$Create loopback interface 1.
FHL2100(config)# interface loopback
1 FHL2100(config-loopback-1)#
$Delete loopback interface 1.
FHL2100(config)# no interface loopback 1

ip address

[Command]

ip address ip-address mask [sub]

no ip address [ ip-address mask ] [sub]

[View]

loopback view

[Parameter]

ip-address: loopback interface IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

mask: loopback interface mask. When configuring the mask bit, the parameter is of numerical
value type, with range of 0-32; when configuring the mask address, the parameter is of dotted
decimal type, with range of0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

sub: IP address is the sub-IP address.

[Descriptions]

The command "ip address" is used to configure the loopback interface IP and sub IP. Each
interface can be equipped with one primary IP and 20 sub-IP. The loopback interface IP can be
used as Router ID of the device in OSPF and other dynamic routing protocols.

The command "no ip address" is used to delete the loopback interface IP address of the
device. When deleting the primary IP, delete all sub IP under the interface.

[Example]
$Configure the primary IP of loopback interface 1 as 11.11.1.11 and sub IP as
11.11.2.11 in the loopback view.

5-339
 FHL2100(config-loopback-1)#ip address 11.11.1.11 32
FHL2100(config-loopback-1)#ip address 11.11.2.11 32 sub

show interface loopback

[Command]

show interface loopback(<1-8>|all)

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

<1-8>: loopback interface number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-8;

all: all loopback interfaces .

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of the specified loopback interface or all loopback
interfaces of the device. When you need to query the information of loopback interface, use this
command. The IP address marked with (m) in front is the primary IP address, that marked with
(s) is the sub-IP address.

[Example]
$Display the information of IP address of loopback interface 1 configured by the
device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show interface loopback 1
Interface Name : lookback1
Description : Top,interface
Current Admin-status : UP
Current Oper-status : UP
Internet Address : 10.10.10.1/32
Internet Address : 10.10.11.1/32 Sub
IP Frame's Format: PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, MAC Address: 0011.2396.0ac1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Interface Name The name of the loopback interface
Description The description of the loopback interface
Current Admin-status The admin status of the loopback interface
Current Oper-status The operation status of the loopback interface
Internet Address The IP address of the loopback interface
Internet Address The IP address of the loopback sub interface
IP Frame's Format The format of the IP frame
MAC Address The MAC address of the loopback interface

5-340
5.4.2 VLANIF Interface ConfigurationManagement
description

[Command]

description desc

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

desc: specify the description of the VLANIF interface. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “description” is used to set the VLANIF interface descriptions. By default, the
decsription of the loopback interface is “Top,interface”.

[Example]
$Set the decsription of the VLANIF interface as loopback_1.
FHL2100(config)# interface loopback 1
FHL2100(config-loopback-1)# description
loopback_1

interface vlanif

[Command]

interface vlanif vlan-id

no interface vlanif vlan-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: specify the VLAN ID of the VLANIF. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094

[Descriptions]

The command is used to create or delete the VLANIF interface. This command can be take effect
only after VLAN is been created.

[Example]

5-341
 $Create VLANIF 10.
FHL2100(config)# interface vlanif 10
%Enter configuration commands.End with Ctrl+Z or command "quit" & "end"
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)#

ip address

[Command]

ip address ip-address mask [sub]

no ip address [ ip-address mask ] [sub]

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

ip-address: VLANIF IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

mask: VLANIF mask. When configuring the mask bit, the parameter is of numerical value type,
with range of 0-32; when configuring the mask address, the parameter is of dotted decimal
type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

sub: IP address is the sub-IP address.

[Descriptions]

The command "ip address" is used to configure the VLANIF IP and sub IP. Each interface can
be equipped with one primary IP and 20 sub-IP. The VLANIF IP can be used as Router ID of the
device in OSPF and other dynamic routing protocols.

The command "no ip address" is used to delete the VLANIF IP address of the device. When
deleting the primary IP, delete all sub IP under the interface.

[Example]
$Configure the primary IP of VLANIF 10 as 11.11.1.11/24.
FHL2100(config)# interface vlanif 10
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)#ip address 11.11.11.1 24

shutdown

[Command]

shutdown

no

shutdown

5-342
[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command “shutdown” is used to inactivate the VLANIF.

The command “no shutdown” is used to activate the VLANIF.

[Example]
$Activate VLANIF 10.
FHL2100(config)# interface vlanif 10
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)#no shutdown

show interface vlanif

[Command]

show interface vlanif ( vlan-id | all | brief )

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: specify the VLAN ID of the VLANIF. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094

all: display the information of all the VLANIF.

brief: display the brief information of all the VLANIF.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of the specified VLANIF or all VLANIF of the device.
When you need to query the information of VLANIF, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the information of IP address of VLANIF 10 configured by the device in
the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show interface vlanif 10
Interface Name : vlanif10
Description : Top,interface
Current Admin-status : DOWN

5-343
 Current Oper-status : DOWN
Internet Address : 10.10.10.10/24
Internet Address : 2.2.2.2/24 Sub
IP Frame's Format: PKTFMT_ETHNT_2, MAC Address: 0013.1107.0943

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Interface Name The name of the VLANIF
Description The description of the VLANIF
Current Admin-status The admin status of the VLANIF
Current Oper-status The operation status of the VLANIF
Internet Address The IP address of the VLANIF
Internet Address The IP address of the sub VLANIF
IP Frame's Format The format of the IP frame
MAC Address The MAC address of the VLANIF

5-344
 Chapter 6 Link-Aggregation Configuration
Management
6.1 clear lacp statistics
[Command]

clear lacp statistics

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear the statistics information of LACP protocol packets of the port.
When you need to clear the statistics information of LACP protocol packets of the port, use this
command.

[Example]
$Clear the statistics of LACP protocol packets of port 0/1 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)# clear lacp statistics

6.2 lacp long-period

[Command]

lacp long-period long-period-value

no lacp long-period

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

long-period-value: time length of long-period timer. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range:
20-40s; default: 30s.

6-345
[Descriptions]

The command “lacp long-period” is used to set the LACP long period of the system, and
judge the timeout for sending and receiving LACP packets periodically.

The command “no lacp long-period” is used to cancel the setting of LACP long period of
the system, and restore its default as 30s.

[Example]
$Set the long period for lacp sending of the system as 20s in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#lacp long-period 20

6.3 lacp short-period

[Command]

lacp short-period short-period-value

no lacp short-period

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

short-period-value: time length of short-term timer. Type: numerical value; unit: s;

range: 1-10; default: 1s.

[Descriptions]

The command “lacp short-period” is used to set LACP short period of the system, and
judge the timeout for sending and receiving the LACP packets periodically.

The command “no lacp short-period” is used to cancel the setting of LACP short-tern of
the system, with its default value as 1s.

[Example]
$Set the short period of sending lacp as 5s in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#lacp short-period 5

6.4 lacp system-priority

[Command]

lacp system-priority system-priority

6-346
 no lacp system-priority

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

system-priority: system LACP priority. Type: numerical value; range: 0-65535. The smaller
the number, the higher the priority; default: 32768.

[Descriptions]

The command “lacp system-priority” is used to set LACP priority of the system. The
system with higher priority is dominant in LACP protocol. It is subject to the judgment of the
system with higher priority during the selection of the selected port.

The command “no lacp system-priority” is used to cancel the setting of LACP priority
of the port, and restore its default 32768.

[Example]
$Set lacp priority of the system as 234 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# lacp system-priority 234

6.5 lacp timeout

[Command]

lacp timeout

(short|long) no lacp

timeout

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

short: short timeout;

long: long timeout.

[Descriptions]

The command “lacp timeout” is used to set LACP tiemout period of the system. When
using the short timeout, that is to say, requiring the peer terminal to send. By default, the

6-347
 system uses the configuration of long period timeout. When you need to modify the
configuration, use this command.

The command “no lacp timeout” is used to restore the default timeout period of the
system.

[Example]
$Set the lacp timeout of the system as short period in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# lacp timeout short

6.6 lacp port-priority

[Command]

lacp port-priority port-priority

no lacp port-priority

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

port-priority: port LACP priority. Type: numerical value; range: 0-32767.

[Descriptions]

The command “lacp port-priority” is used to set LACP priority of the port. The system
with higher priority will be dominant in LACP protocol. It is subject to the judgment of the
system with higher priority during the selection of the selected port.

The command “no lacp port-priority” is used to cancel the setting of LACP priority of
the port, and restore its default 16384.

[Example]
$Configure the lacp priority of port 0/1 as 64.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#lacp port-priority 64

6.7 Link-aggregation psc

[Command]

link-aggregation psc ( srcmac | destmac | srcdestmac |

srcip | destip | srcdestip )

6-348
 no link-aggregation psc

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

srcmac: port selection strategy based on source MAC.

destmac: port selection strategy based on destination MAC.

srcdestmac: port selection strategy based on source MAC and destination MAC.

srcip: port selection strategy based on source IP.

destip: port selection strategy based on destination IP.

srcdestip: port selection strategy based on source IP and destination IP.

[Descriptions]

The link-aggregation psc command is used to set the port selection policy for all
aggregation groups.

[Example]
$ Set the port selection policy for all aggregation groups to aggregate load sharing
based on destination ip.
FHL2100(config)# link-aggregation psc destip

6.8 link-aggregation group

[Command]

link-aggregation group trunk-id [description desc-str] [mode

(manual | lacp-static)]

no link-aggregation group trunk-id [description]

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

trunk-id: aggregation group id. Type: numerical value; range: 1~32.

desc-str: aggregation group descriptions. Type: string; range: 1-32 characters.

6-349
[Descriptions]

The command “link-aggregation group” is used to configure the aggregation group.

When the aggregation group doesn’t exist, create an aggregation group. If the aggregation
group is available, modify the load-sharing mode or descriptions of aggregation group.

The command “no link-aggregation group” is used to delete the aggregation group.

[Example]
$Create the lacp static aggregation group 1.
FHL2100(config)#link-aggregation group 1 mode lacp-static
$ Create the manual aggregation group 2
FHL2100(config)# link-aggregation group 2 mode manual

6.9 port link-aggregation group

[Command]

port link-aggregation group trunk-id

no port link-aggregation group trunk-id

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

trunk-id: aggregation group id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-32

[Descriptions]

The command “port link-aggregation group” is used to add the Ethernet port to the
aggregation group.

The command “no port link-aggregation group” is used to have the Ethernet port
retreat from the aggregation group.

Notes:

When adding the uplink port to Trunk group, the user shall ensure that the members of Trunk group
have the same properties. Otherwise the configuration or sharing may fail. The required identical
properties include but not limit to:

Link type of the interface.

6-350
 Rate and duplex configuration.

Negotiation rate.

Isolation configuration.

Interface speed limit.

Storm suppression.

Local VLAN configuration.

Interface PVID.

Interface priority.

MAC address learning function.

[Example]
$Add ge port 0/1 to the aggregation group 2 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#port link-aggregation group 2

6.10 show lacp link-aggregation brief

[Command]

show lacp link-aggregation brief

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the summary information of all current aggregation groups,
including local device ID, long/short period, timeout, aggregation gourp ID, peer device ID,
number of selected ports, number of standby port, host port number, etc.

[Example]
$Display summary information of lacp aggregation group of the system in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# show lacp link-aggregation brief

System Priority : 32768

MAC Address : 00: 24: 68: 70: 00: 44

6-351
 Short Period : 1s
Long Period : 30s
Timeout : Long Timeout
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Agg Partner Parnter Master Selected Standby Oper
ID Pri MAC Port PortTotal PortTotal Key
----------------------------------------------------------------------
1 32768 3c: e5: a6: e4: bd: ed 0/1 2 0 258
2 32768 3c: e5: a6: e4: bd: ed 0/3 1 0 514
----------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
System Priority System LACP priority
MAC Address System MAC address
Short Period System LACP short period
Long Period System LACP long period
Timeout System LACP timeout
Agg ID Aggregation group ID
Partner Pri LACP priority of peer device
Partner MAC MAC address of peer device
Master Port Master port in the aggregation group
Selected PortTotal Number of selected ports in the aggregation group
Standby PortTotal Number of standby ports in the aggregation group
Oper Key Operation key

6.11 show lacp link-aggregation verbose

[Command]

show lacp link-aggregation verbose (all|trunk-id)

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

trunk-id: aggregation group ID, which must be the aggregation group ID currently already
existing. Type: numerical value; range: 1-32.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display details of the specified aggregation group or all aggregation
groups, including local device ID, long/short period, local and opposite terminal details, which
including local port ID, port status, port priority, operation key, protocol state flag etc.

6-352
[Example]
$Display details of lacp aggregation group of the system.
FHL2100(config)# show lacp link-aggregation verbose all

System Priority : 234

MAC Address : 00: 24: 68: 70: 00: 44
Short Period : 1s
Long Period : 30s
Timeout : Long Timeout

Agg ID : 1 Agg Master Port : 0/1

Actor Port : 0 /1 Port Role : SELECTED
Port Priority : 16384 Port Number : 1
Oper-key : 258 Port Status : Collecting & Distributing
Parnter System Priority : 32768 MAC Address : 3c: e5: a6: e4: bd: ed
Port Priority : 16384 Port Number : 12
Oper-key : 1 Port Status : Collecting &
Distributing

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
System Priority System LACP priority
MAC Address System MAC address
Short Period System LACP short period
Long Period System LACP long period
Timeout System LACP timeout
Agg ID Aggregation group ID
Agg Master Port Master port in the aggregation group
Actor Local identification; display configuration information of local
device in the following.
Port Local port number
Port Role Port role: selecting interface ror standby port.
Port Priority Port LACP priority
Port Number Port number in the aggregation
Oper-key Operation key of the pport.
Port Status Port status: Non-Collecting & Distributing and Collecting &
Distributing
Parnter Peer identification, display configuration information of peer
device in the following.
System Priority System LACP priority
MAC Address System MAC address

6.12 show lacp port-info

[Command]

6-353
 show lacp port-info [(gigabit-ethernet|x-ethernet|pon)
slotid/portid]

[View]

config view, xe view

[Parameter]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

portid: port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-8. When current slot number is 0, the
range is 1-4.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the details of port aggregation of the specified port, including
enabling LACP protocol, port priority, aggreegation ID, host port; system prioiry, MAC
address,statistics of LACP protocol packets; local and peer device ID, port number, port priority,
operation key, protocol status flag. You need to specify the port in the config view, and neet not
to specify the port in the port view.

[Example]
$Display LACP protocol information of port 0/3 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show lacp port-info x-ethernet 0/3
Lacp Status : enable Port Priority : 123
Selected AggID : 1 Master Port : 0/3
System Priority : 234 MAC Address : 00: 11: 25: 51: 48: 30
Received LACPDU : 2024 Illegal LACPDU : 0
Sent LACPDU : 104
Actor Port : 0 /3 Port Role : SELECTED
Port Priority : 123 Port Number : 51
Oper-key : 258 Port Status : Collecting & Distributing
Parnter System Priority : 32768 MAC Address : 3c: e5: a6: e4: bd: ed
Port Priority : 32768 Port Number : 20
Oper-key : 1 Port Status : Collecting &
Distributing

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Lacp Status LACP enabling status: enable or disable
Port Priority Port LACP priority
Selected AggID Local aggregation group ID of the port
Master Port Master port in the aggregation group
Received LACPDU Total number of LACPDU packets received

6-354
 Parameter Descriptions
Illegal LACPDU Total number of illegal LACPDU packets
Sent LACPDU Total number of LACPDU packets sent
Actor Local identification, display configuration information of local
port.
Port Local port number
Port Role Port role: select a port or standby port
Port Priority Port LACP priority
Port Number Port number in the aggregation
Oper-key Operation key of the pport.
Port Status Port status: Non-Collecting & Distributing and Collecting &
Distributing
Parnter Peer identification, display configuration information of peer
device in the following.
System Priority System LACP priority
MAC Address System MAC address

6.13 show link-aggregation group

[Command]

show link-aggregation group (all|trunk-id)

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

trunk-id: aggregation group id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-32.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the details of a specified aggregation group or all aggregation
groups, including aggregation group ID, aggregation group description string, load-sharing type,
and aggregation group member. When you need to query information of aggregation group, use
this command.

[Example]
$View the details of link aggregation group 1 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show link-aggregation group 1
Trunk ID : 1
Mode : lacp static
Description :
Port select criterion : srcdestmac

6-355
Ports : 1/1 1/2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Trunk ID Aggregation group ID
Mode Aggregation group mode,
Lacp static: static aggregation group mode
Manual: manual aggregation group mode
Description Aggregation group descriptions
Port select criterion Load-sharing mode
Ports List of ports joining the aggregation group

6-356
 Chapter 7 VLAN Configuration Management
7.1 VLAN Basic Management
7.1.1 description

[Command]

description text

no description

[View]

VLAN view

[Parameter]

text: Current VLAN descriptions. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command "description" is used to set the descriptions of current VLAN.

The command "no description" is used to restore the descriptions of current VLAN to the
default value.

The default VLAN description is “VLAN_%d”, with %d as VLAN index number.

[Example]
$Set the descriptions of VLAN100 as hubei_wuhan in the vlan view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-100)# description hubei_wuhan
7.1.2 ip-subnet-vlan ip mask priority board

[Command]

ip-subnet-vlan ip ip-address mask (netmasknum|subnet-mask) priority

priority board slot-id

no ip-subnet-vlan ip ip-address mask (netmasknum|subnet-mask) board

slot-id

no ip-subnet-vlan all

[View]

7-357
 VLAN view

[Parameter]

ip-address : subnet vlan ip address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

netmasknum: number of subnet vlan ip mask bits. Type: numerical value; range: 0-32.

subnet-mask: subnet vlan ip mask, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

priority: subnet vlan priority. Type: numerical value; range: 0-7.

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

The command "ip-subnet-vlan" is used to add the user-configured VLAN ID and VLAN
priority to the untag upstream packets of all ports on the board according to the ip network
segment in the packet.

The command "no ip-subnet-vlan" is used to delete the configuration of subnet VLAN
division of upstream untag packets of all ports on the board and delete the untag configuration
of subnet VLAN in the downstream packets of all ports on the port.

[Example]
$Configure the packet with source IP as 192.168.5.5 and mask as 255.255.255.0 to
have the subnet vlan as 120 and priority as 5 in the vlan view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-120)#ip-subnet-vlan ip 192.168.5.5 mask 255.255.255.0
priority 5 board 1

7.1.3 mac-vlan

[Command]

mac-vlan board slotId mac MAC vid <1-4094> priority <0-7>

no mac-vlan board slotId mac MAC

no mac-vlan [board slotId] all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

7-358
 slotId: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

MAC: mac address, with format as AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB.CCDD.EEFF

<1-4094>: VLAN ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094.

<0-7>: VLAN priority. Type: numerical value; range: 0-7.

all: all mac vlan rules.

[Descriptions]

The command "mac-vlan" is used to configure the specified slot to add vlan tag function to
the untag packet based on mac, which requires specifying the vid and vlan priority. When you
need to add vlan tag to the untag packet based on mac, use this command.

The command "no mac-vlan board mac" is used to delete the mac vlan rules of the
specified entry.

The command "no mac-vlan board all" is used to delete all mac vlan rules of the
specified slot.

The command "no mac-vlan all" is used to delete all the configured mac vlan rules.

[Example]
$Configure slot 3 to add the vlan tag with vid as 100 and priority as 3 to the
untag packet based on mac1111.2222.3333 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# mac-vlan board 3 mac 1111.2222.3333 vid 100 priority 3

7.1.4 multicast-flood

[Command]

multicast flood (all | unknown | none)

[View]

VLAN view

[Parameter]

all: all multicast packets with the VLAN flood in VLAN.

unknown: the unkown multicast packets with the VLAN flood in VLAN.

none: the multicast packets with the VLAN don’t flood.

[Descriptions]

7-359
 This command is used to the flooding policy for multicast in the specified VLAN. The default
flooding policy is unknown multicast flooding. When you need to modify the flooding policy for
multicast in the specified VLAN, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure the unkown multicast to flood in vlan100 in the vlan view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-100)#multicast flood unknown

7.1.5 port

[Command]

port (gigabit-ethernet|x-ethernet) interface-number (tagged |

untagged)

no port (gigabit-ethernet|x-ethernet) interface-number

[View]

VLAN view

[Parameter]

gigabit-ethernet: the interface type as ge port;

x-ethernet: the interface type as xe port;

interface-number: slot/port, slot number/ port nubmer. slotid: slot number,

numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of the
equipment. portid: port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4.

tagged: VLAN is retained when packets of the VLAN exit the port.

untagged: VLAN is not retained when packets of the VLAN exit the port.

[Descriptions]

The command "port" is used to set the action of packets with the specified VLAN exiting the
port. When you need to modify the action of packets with the specified VLAN exiting the port,
use this command.

The command "port" is used to prohibit the packets with the specified VLAN exiting the port.

[Example]
$Add 0/1 to VLAN100 and retain VLAN when exiting the port in the VLAN view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-100)#port x-ethernet 0/1 tagged

7-360
7.1.6 port outer-tpid

[Command]

port outer-tpid WORD

no port outer-tpid

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

WORD: outer TPID of the port, hexadecimal value type, with range of 0x0000-0xFFFF and default
as 0x8100.

[Descriptions]

The command "port outer-tpid" is used to set the outer TPID of the port. When you need
to modify the outer TPID of the port, use this command.

The command "no port outer-tpid" is used to restore the outer TPID of the port to the
default value.

[Example]
$Set the outer tpid value of port 0/1 as 0x8100 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#port outer-tpid 0x8100

7.1.7 port pvid

[Command]

port pvid vlan-id

no port pvid

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

vlan-id : VLAN number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094.

[Descriptions]

7-361
 The command "port pvid" is used to configure the port PVID. The VLAN will be added when
the untag packets entering the port. The VLAN shall be created first. The default PVID is 1. When
you need to modify the port PVID, use this command.

The command "no port pvid" is used to restore the default port PVID.

[Example]
$Configure PVID of port 0/1 as 100 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#port pvid 100

7.1.8 port vlan

[Command]

port vlan vlan-id (tagged|untagged)

port vlan vlan-id to vlan-id (tagged|untagged)

no port vlan vlan-id

no port vlan vlan-id to vlan-id

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: VLAN number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094.

tagged: VLAN Tag is retained when the port forwards the packets with the specified VLAN.

untagged: VLAN Tag is not retained when the port forwards the packets with the specified
VLAN.

[Descriptions]

The command "port vlan" is used to add the port to VLAN, and configure whether VLAN tag
is retained when the packets with the VLAN exit the port, which can be configured in batch.
When you need to configure the processing mode of the port againts the packets with VLAN,
use this command.

The command "no port vlan" is used to delete the port from VLAN.

[Example]
$Add port 0/1 to VLAN 100-110 and not to retain VLAN when exiting the port in the
xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#port vlan 100 to 110 untagged

7-362
7.1.9 port vlan batch

[Command]

port vlan batch vlan-list (tagged|untagged)

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

vlan-list: the list of the VLAN ID, up to 10 groups of VLAN ID can be provided as commas
seperated list. Each group of VLAN ID can be a single VLAN ID or consecutive VLAN IDs ranges
like 5-10.

tagged: VLAN Tag is retained when the port forwards the packets with the specified VLAN.

untagged: VLAN Tag is not retained when the port forwards the packets with the specified
VLAN.

[Descriptions]

The command "port vlan batch" is used to add the port to VLAN in batch.

[Example]
$Create vlan 1-9，11，13-15，17，19，21，23，25-27，29，31-32 in batch in
the config view.
FHL2100(config)# vlan batch 1-9,11,13-15,17,19,21,23,25-27,29,31-32
Info: Please wait for a moment....done.
$ Batch add VLAN in untagged mode under xe view。
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#port vlan batch 1-
9,11,13- 15,17,19,21,23,25-27,29,31-32 untagged
Info: Please wait for a moment....done.
Adding vlan succeeded: 23

7.1.10 show ip-subnet-vlan

[Command]

show ip-subnet-vlan (slot-id |all)

[View]

enable view, config view, vlan view

[Parameter]

7-363
 slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

all: all boards.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration information of subnet VLAN of a specified slot
or all slots. When you need to query the configuration information of subnet VLAN of some a
slot, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the configuration information of all current subnet vlan in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show ip-subnet-vlan all
Slot IP Address Subnet Mask VLAN Id Priority
----------------------------------------------------------------
1 192.168.5.5 255.255.255.0 120 5
2 192.168.6.5 255.255.255.0 120 5

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot Slot number of the board
IP Address Subnet ip address
Subnet Mask Subnet ip mask
VLAN Id Subnet VLAN number
Priority VLAN priority

7.1.11 show mac-vlan

[Command]

show mac-vlan (board slotId| all)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

all: all boards.

[Descriptions]

7-364
 The command "show mac-vlan board" is used to view mac vlan rule of the specified slot.
When you need to view mac vlan rule of the specified slot, use this command.

The command "show mac-vlan all" is used to view all mac vlan rules.

[Example]
$View all mac vlan rules in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show mac-vlan all
Slot MAC Address VLAN Id Priority
-----------------------------------------------------------
3 00: 24: 68: 74: 00: 01 100 7
-----------------------------------------------------------
Total: 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot Slot number of the board
MAC Address mac address
VLAN Id vlan number
Priority vlan priority

7.1.12 show port vlan

[Command]

show port vlan

[View]

xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display relevant information of the port VLAN. When you need to view
relevant information of the port VLAN, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of port VLAN of port 0/1 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show port vlan
Port link-type : hybrid
Tagged VLAN ID : 100, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800,
Untagged VLAN ID : 1,
PVID : 1
TPID : 0x8100

7-365
 Port priority : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Port link-type Port link type: hybrid
Tagged VLAN ID VLAN list with VLAN tag retained
Untagged VLAN ID VLAN list with VLAN tag not retained
PVID Default VLAN ID, with default as 1
TPID TPID value, with default as 0x8100
Port priority Port priority, with default as 0

7.1.13 show vlan

[Command]

show vlan (all| vlan-id)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id : VLAN number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094;

all: all VLAN.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of a specific VLAN ID or all VLAN. When you need
to query relevant information of VLAN, use this comand.

The information includes:

 VLAN ID

 VLAN descriptions

 VLAN multicast packet flooding policy

 VLAN included ports.

[Example]
$Display information of vlan 100 in the enable view.
FHL2100> show vlan 100
VLAN ID : 100
Description : VLAN_100
Multicast flood mode : no flooding
Tagged Ports :

7-366
 XE0/1 XE0/4
Untagged Ports : none

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
VLAN ID VLAN number
Description VLAN descriptions
Multicast flood mode Multicast flooding policy
Tagged Ports Port list with tag retained
Untagged Ports Port list with tag not retained

7.1.14 show vlan reserve

[Command]

show vlan reserve

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id : VLAN number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094;

all: all VLAN.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of a specific VLAN ID or all VLAN. When you need
to query relevant information of VLAN, use this comand.

The information includes:

 VLAN ID

 VLAN descriptions

 VLAN multicast packet flooding policy

 VLAN included ports.

[Example]
$Display information of vlan 100 in the enable view.
FHL2100> show vlan 100
VLAN ID : 100
Description : VLAN_100
Multicast flood mode : no flooding
Tagged Ports :
0/1 0/4

7-367
 Untagged Ports : none

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
VLAN ID VLAN number
Description VLAN descriptions
Multicast flood mode Multicast flooding policy
Tagged Ports Port list with tag retained
Untagged Ports Port list with tag not retained

7.1.15 vlan

[Command]

vlan vlan-id [to vlan-id]

no vlan vlan-id [to vlan-id]

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: VLAN number. Type: numerical value; range at the time of creation: 1-4094; range at
the time of deletion: 2-4094.

[Descriptions]

The command "vlan" is used to create the VLAN. When the parameter specifies some a VLAN,
if the specified VLAN doesn’t exist, the command will be used to create the VLAN first and then
enter the VLAN view. When the parameter specifies a VLAN scope, create VLAN in batch.

The command "no vlan" is used to delete the specified VLAN or the VLAN with specified
scope.

[Example]
$Create VLAN 100 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# vlan 100
FHL2100(config-vlan-100)#
$Delete VLAN 100-110 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#no vlan 100 to
110 Deleting vlan succeeded : 11
Deleting vlan failed : 0

7.1.16 vlan batch

[Command]

7-368
 vlan batch vlan-list

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

vlan-list: the list of the VLAN ID, up to 10 groups of VLAN ID can be provided as commas
seperated list. Each group of VLAN ID can be a single VLAN ID or consecutive VLAN IDs ranges
like 5-10.

[Descriptions]

The command "vlan batch" is used to create VLAN in batch.

[Example]
$Create VLAN 1-9，11，13-15，17，19，21，23，25-27，29，31-32 in the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# vlan batch 1-9,11,13-15,17,19,21,23,25-27,29,31-32
Info: Please wait for a moment....done.

7.1.17 vlan reserve

[Command]

vlan reserve vlan-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: specify the start VLAN ID of the reserve VLAN, and the reserve VLANs are 16 VLANs
form the configured VLAN ID. Type: numerical value; range: 2-4094.

[Descriptions]

The command "vlan reserve" is used to configure the reserve VLAN. By default, ID rangs
from 4079 to 4094 are the reserve VLANs.

[Example]
$Configure the reserve VLAN as 4000 to 4015.
FHL2100(config)#vlan reserve 4000

7-369
7.2 PON Service Management
7.2.1 vlan-map pvid

[Command]

vlan-map pvid vlan-id

no vlan-map pvid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: VLAN ID, range: 1-4094.

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map pvid command is used to configure the port PVID, which is added when the
untag message enters the port.

The no vlan-map pvid command is used to restore the port default PVID.

By default, port PVID is 1.

[Example]
$ Configure the PVID of port 0/1 to 100.
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#vlan-map pvid
100

7.2.2 vlan-map gem onu pvid

[Command]

vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) pvid vlan-id

no vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) pvid

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: VLAN ID, range: 1-4094.

gem-id: ONU GEM PORT ID, range: 1-64.

7-370
 onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

onu-list: batch processing ONU ID list, the format is the same as VLAN-LIST.

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map gem onu pvid command is used to configure the PVID specifying ONU
GEM PORT, which is added to the untag's message entry port, and the VLAN is created first.

The no vlan-map gem onu pvid command is used to restore ONU GEM PORT default
PVID.

By default, port PVID is 1.

[Example]
$ Configure the PVID of ONU 1-5 as 100:
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#vlan-map gem 1 onu 1-5 pvid 100

7.2.3 VLAN Transparent Configuration

vlan-map transparent

[Command]

vlan-map transparent vlan-list

no vlan-map transparent vlan-list

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

vlan-list: VLAN ID list created by batch processing, maximum support for 10 groups of
parameters, each parameter is separated by ” , ”, each group of parameters can be a single
VLAN, or a VLAN range that is represented by the connector "-".

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map transparent command is used to bulk configure VLAN transmissions.

The no vlan-map transparent command is used to bulk delete VLAN transmissions.

By default, VLAN with ID 1 can be passed through.

Create VLAN first, then configure VLAN transmissions.

7-371
[Example]
$ Enter gpon view :
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/1
$ Configure the 10-20 and 30 VLAN ID as transmissions:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# vlan-map transparent 10-20,30

vlan-map gem onu transparent

[Command]

vlan-map gem gem-id onu onu-id transparent vlan-list

no vlan-map gem gem-id onu onu-id transparent vlan-list

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

vlan-list: VLAN ID list, maximum support for batch processing to create 10 groups of
parameters, each group of parameters is separated by " , ", each group of parameters can be a
single VLAN, or a VLAN range that is represented by the connector "-".

gem-id: ONU GEM port ID, range: 1-64.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

onu-list: batch configuration of ONU ID list, the format is the same as VLAN-LIST.

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map gem onu transparent command is used for batch configuration of ONU
GEM PORT VLAN transmissions.

The no vlan-map gem onu transparent command is used to batch delete ONU GEM
PORT VLAN transmissions.

By default, VLAN with ID 1 can be passed through.

Create VLAN first, then configure VLAN transmissions.

[Example]
$ Enter gpon view :
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/1
$ Configure the 10-20 and 30 VLAN ID as transmissions:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# vlan-map gem 1 onu 1-6 transparent 10-20,30

7-372
7.2.4 VLAN Translate Configuration
vlan-map translate

[Command]

vlan-map translate cvlan cvlan-id svlan svlan-id

no vlan-map translate cvlan cvlan-id svlan svlan-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

cvlan-id: User network side VLAN ID range, range: 1-4094.

svlan-id: service provider network side VLAN ID, range: 1-4094.

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map translate command is used to configure the VLAN conversion, Convert
CVLAN in a certain range to SVLAN.

The no vlan-map translat command is used to delete VLAN conversions, or VLAN

conversions corresponding to a particular SVLAN, or VLAN conversions within a CVLAN range
under a particular SVLAN.

By default, the device does not configure VLAN conversion.

[Example]
$ Configure all GEM port VLAN conversions of all ONU under the PON port, CVLAN
200, SVLAN 2000.
FHL2100(config)#interface pon 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#vlan-map translate cvlan 200 svlan 2000

vlan-map gem onu translate

[Command]

vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) translate cvlan

cvlan-id svlan svlan-id

no vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) translate cvlan

cvlan-id svlan svlan-id

[View]

7-373
 gpon view

[Parameter]

cvlan-id: User network side VLAN ID range, range: 1-4094.

svlan-id: service provider network side VLAN ID, range: 1-4094.

gem-id: ONU GEM PORT ID, range: 1-64.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

onu-list: batch configuration of ONU ID list, the format is the same as VLAN-LIST.

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map gem onu translate command is used to configure the ONU GEM PORT
VLAN conversion, Convert CVLAN in a certain range to SVLAN.

The no vlan-map gem onu translate command is used to delete ONU GEM PORT
VLAN conversions, or VLAN conversions corresponding to a particular SVLAN, or VLAN
conversions within a CVLAN range under a particular SVLAN.

By default, the device does not configure VLAN conversion.

[Example]
$ Configure GEM 1 port VLAN conversions of ONU 2-7 under the PON port, CVLAN
200, SVLAN 2000.
FHL2100(config)#interface pon 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#vlan-map gem 1 onu 2-7 translate cvlan 200 svlan
2000

7.2.5 VLAN Aggregation Configuration

vlan-map aggregate

[Command]

vlan-map aggregate cvlan cvlan-id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id

no vlan-map aggregate cvlan cvlan-id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

7-374
 cvlan-id1, cvlan-id2: User network side VLAN ID range, range: 1-4094. If it is the same
as cvlan-id1, it indicates that a single user side VLAN ID is specified.

svlan-id: service provider network side VLAN ID, range: 1-4094.

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map aggregate command is used to configure VLAN aggregation to aggregate

one or more CVLANs in a range into one SVLAN.

The no vlan-map aggregate command is used to delete VLAN aggregation, or VLAN

aggregation corresponding to a particular SVLAN, or VLAN aggregation within a certain CVLAN
range under a particular SVLAN.

By default, the device does not configure VLAN aggregation.

[Example]
$ Configure all GEM port VLAN aggregation of all ONU under the PON port,
CVLAN 200-220, SVLAN 2000.
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#vlan-map aggregate cvlan 200 to 220 svlan 2000

7.2.6 VLAN QinQ Configuration

vlan-map qinq (gpon port)

[Command]

vlan-map qinq cvlan cvlan-id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id [cvlan-

remark cvlan-id3]

no vlan-map qinq cvlan cvlan-id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id

[cvlan-remark cvlan-id3]

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

cvlan-id1, cvlan-id2: User network side VLAN ID range, range: 1-4094. If it is the same as
cvlan-id1, it indicates that a single user side VLAN ID is specified.

cvlan-id3: the range of VLAN after translation, range: 1-4094.

svlan-id: Service provider network side VLAN ID, value range 1-4094.

[Descriptions]

7-375
 The vlan-map qinq cvlan command adds the outer VLAN tag when configuring the
message forwarding from the port, and can also modify the inner VLAN tag at the same time.

The no vlan-map qinq cvlan command is used to delete the configuration of adding an
outer VLAN tag when forwarding packets to a specified VLAN tag from a port.

By default, the device does not add an outer VLAN tag when forwarding messages to a specified
VLAN tag from a port.

[Example]
$ Under GPON 0/1, the outer layer of VLAN 10 to VLAN 20 is added with VLAN
40 message, and the inner layer is modified to 30.
FHL2100(config)# interface gpon 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# vlan-map qinq cvlan 10 to 20 svlan 40
cvlan- remark 30

vlan-map gem onu qinq

[Command]

vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) qinq cvlan cvlan-

id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id

no vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) qinq cvlan

cvlan-id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id

vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) qinq cvlan cvlan-

id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id cvlan-remark cvlan-id3

no vlan-map gem gem-id onu ( onu-id | onu-list ) qinq cvlan

cvlan-id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan svlan-id cvlan-remark cvlan-id3

vlan-map gem gem-id onu onu-list qinq cvlan cvlan-id1 to cvlan-

id2 svlan svlan-id cvlan-remark-base cvlan-id3 [step cvlan-id4]

no vlan-map gem gem-id qinq cvlan cvlan-id1 to cvlan-id2 svlan

svlan-id cvlan-remark-base cvlan-id3

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

cvlan-id1, cvlan-id2: User network side VLAN ID range, range: 1-4094. If it is the same as
cvlan-id1, it indicates that a single user side VLAN ID is specified.

7-376
 cvlan-id3: the range of VLAN after translation, range: 1-4094.

cvlan-id4: range of step size after translation VLAN, range: 1-4094.

svlan-id: the outer layer VLAN ID after the specified VLAN MAP processing

gem-id: ONU GEM PORT ID, range: 1-64.

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

onu-list: batch configuration of ONU ID list, the format is the same as VLAN-LIST.

[Descriptions]

The vlan-map gem onu qinq cvlan command is used to specify that an outer VLAN tag
is added to a VLAN tag when a message is forwarded from a port, and the inner VLAN tag can
also be modified at the same time.

The no vlan-map gem onu qinq cvlan command is used to delete the configuration
of adding an outer VLAN tag when forwarding packets to a specified VLAN tag from a port.

By default, the device does not add an outer VLAN tag when forwarding messages to a specified
VLAN tag from a port.

7-377
[Example]
$ The message VLAN 10 to VLAN20 outer layer plus VLAN40, the inner layer is
modified to 30.
FHL2100(config)# interface pon 0/1
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)# vlan-map gem 1 onu 1-3 qinq cvlan 10 to 20 svlan
40 cvlan-remark 30
 Chapter 8 RSTP Configuration Management
8.1 rstp
[Command]

rstp (enable | disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the global RSTP feature.

disable: disable the global RSTP feature.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable or disable the global RSTP feature. When you need to configure
the global RSTP feature of the device, use this command. By default, the global RSTP feature is
disabled.

[Example]
$Enable the global RSTP feature in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#rstp enable
RSTP enable OK

8.2 rstp bridge-priority

[Command]

rstp bridge-priority

priority no rstp bridge-

priority

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

8-379
 priority: priority for spanning tree. Type: numerical value; range: 0-61440; step length:
4096.

[Descriptions]

The command "rstp bridge-priority" is used to configure the priority for spanning
tree. When you need to modify the priority for spanning tree, use this command.

The command "no rstp bridge-priority" is used to restore the default priority.

By default, the priority value is 32768.

[Example]
$Set the priority of RSTP bridge as 40960 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# rstp bridge-priority 40960

8.3 rstp cost

[Command]

rstp cost cost

no rstp cost

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

cost: Port path cost. Type: numerical value; range: 0-200000000.

[Descriptions]

The command "rstp cost" is used to set the port path cost of current port on the spanning
tree. When you need to set the port path cost of current port on the spanning tree, use this
command.

The command "no rstp cost" is used to restore the default port path cost of current port
on the spanning tree.

By default, OLT calculates the port path cost on the spanning tree according to corresponding
standard.

When the value of port path cost changes, RSTP will recalculate the port role and conduct the
status migration.

8-380
[Example]
$Set the path cost of port 1/1 as 20000 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#rstp cost 20000

8.4 rstp edged-port

[Command]

rstp edged-port (enable |

disable) no rstp edged-port

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

enable: configure current Ethernet port as edge port.

disable: configure current Ethernet port as non-edge port.

[Descriptions]

The command "rstp edged-port enable" is used to configure the current Ethernet port
as edge port. When the port is directly connected to the user terminal instead of connecting to
other switch or the shared network segment, the port is deemed as an edge port. When the
network topology changes, the edge port will not generate temporary loop. Therefore, if
configuring some a port as edge port, it can be quickly migrated to the forwarding status. For
Ethernet port directly connected to the user terminal, to make it quickly migrated to the
forwarding status, set it as the edge port. Since the edge port is not connected to any other
switch, it will not receive the configuration information from any other switch. If the port
receives BPDU, even if user has set it as edge port, its actual running value is that of non-edge
port.

The command "rstp edged-port disable" is used to configure the current Ethernet
port as non-edge port.

The command "no rstp edged-port" is used to restore the current Ethernet port to the
default status.

By default, all Ethernet ports of the device are configured as edge port.

[Example]
$Set port 0/1 as non-edge port in the xe view.

8-381
 FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)# rstp edged-port disable
$Set port 0/1 as edge port in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)# rstp edged-port enable

8.5 rstp mcheck

[Command]

rstp mcheck [(gigabit-ethernet|x-ethernet|pon) AA/BB]

[View]

config view, xe view

[Parameter]

gigabit-ethernet: the port type as ge port;

x-ethernet: the port type as xe port;

pon: the port type as pon port;

AA/BB: slot number/port number. AA : slot number, numerical value type, the range of values
shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value
type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set manually the mCheck variables to force corresponding port to
migrate to RSTP mode for running. When you need to check whether there’s still network bridge
running STP protocol in the network segment connected to current port, use this command.
After setting manually the mCheck variables, the port will run in RSTP mode.

[Example]
$Set the mcheck parameters of port 0/1 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#rstp mcheck

8.6 rstp mode

[Command]

rstp mode (stp |

rstp) no rstp mode

[View]

8-382
 config view

[Parameter]

stp: the running mode for spanning tree protocol is STP mode.

rstp: the running mode for spanning tree protocol is RSTP mode.

[Descriptions]

The command "rstp mode" is used to set the working mode of spanning tree protocol. When
the device docks with another device supporting STP (Spanning Tree Protocol), for compatible
purpose, use this command. After setting the running mode of RSTP protocol, the running mode
of RSTP protocol is the mode set.

The command "no rstp mode" is used to restore the default working mode of spanning tree
protocol.

By default, the working mode of OLT is RSTP mode.

In case of STP mode, OLT sends STP BPDU packets;

In case of RSTP mode, OLT sends RSTP BPDU packets.

[Example]
$Set the spanning tree protocol running in STP mode in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#rstp mode stp

8.7 rstp point-to-point

[Command]

rstp point-to-point (force-true | force-false

| auto) no rstp point-to-point

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

force-true: identify the link connected to current Ethernet port is a point-to-point link.

force-false: identify the link connected to current Ethernet port is not a point-to-point link.

auto: detect autoamtically whether the link connected to current Ethernet port is a point-to-
point link.

8-383
[Descriptions]

The command "rstp point-to-point" is used to set whether the link connected to the
specified port is a point-to-point link in the system view. By default, the point-to-point
parameter is set as auto, and RSTP is used to detect whether the link connected to the specified
port is a point-to-point link.

The command "no rstp point-to-point" is used to set the link connected to current
Ethernet port as the default value, that is to say, RSTP is used to detect whether the link
connected to the specified port is a point-to-point link.

[Example]
$Set port 0/1 connected to the point-to-point link in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#rstp point-to-point force-true

8.8 rstp port

[Command]

rstp port (enable | disable)

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the port RSTP feature.

disable: disable the port RSTP feature.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable or disable the port RSTP feature. When you need to set
enabling or disabling the Ethernet port RSTP feature, use this command. By default, the port
RSTP feature is enabled.

[Example]
$Disable RSTP feature of port 0/1 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#rstp port disable

8.9 rstp port-priority

[Command]

8-384
 rstp port-priority priority

no rstp port-priority

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

priority: port priority. Type: numerical value; range: 0-240; step length: 16. Default: 128.

[Descriptions]

The command "rstp port-priority" is used to set the priority of current port. When you
need to modify the port priority, use this command. By default, the port priority value is 128.

The command "no rstp port-priority" is used to restore the default priority value of
current port.

[Example]
$Set the priority of port 0/1 as 32 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#rstp port-priority 32

8.10 rstp timer forward-delay

[Command]

rstp timer forward-delay centi-seconds

no rstp timer forward-delay

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

centi-seconds: Forward Delay time parameter, i.e., time interval of status migration. The
length of time parameter is related to the network diameter of the switching network. In
general, the larger the network diameter, the longer Forward Delay time to be configured. Type:
numerical value; unit: cs; range: 400-3000; default: 1500cs.

[Descriptions]

8-385
 The command "rstp timer forward-delay" is used to set Forward Delay (status
migration delay) time of the device. To avoid temporary loop, RSTP needs to wait for some time
during the status migration. When you need to set the interval of status migration, use this
command. After setting the Forward Delay time of the device, the status migration will take this
value as time interval.

The command " no rstp timer forward-delay " is used to restore the default value
of Forward Delay parameter of the device. By default, the value of Forward Delay parameter of
the device is 1500cs.

[Example]
$Set Forward Delay of the device as 1800cs in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# rstp timer forward-delay 1800

8.11 rstp timer hello

[Command]

rstp timer hello centi-seconds

no rstp timer hello

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

centi-seconds: Hello Time parameter. A suitable value of Hello Time can ensure the switch
can detect the network link failure in time, without occupying excessive network resources.
Type: numerical value; unit: cs; range: 100-1000; default: 200cs.

[Descriptions]

The command "rstp timer forward-delay" is used to set Forward Delay (status
migration delay) time of the device. The network bridge will send Hello packet to the
surrounding network bridges every a certain time to confirm whether there’s any link failure.
When you need to set this time interval, use this command. After setting Hello Time parameter
of the device, the device will take the set time as interval to send Hello packets to the
surrounding switches. By default, the value of Hello Time parameter of the device is 200cs.

The command "no rstp timer hello" is used to restore the default Hello Time
parameter of the device.

8-386
[Example]
$Set the Hello Time parameter of the device as 400cs in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# rstp timer hello 400

8.12 rstp timer max-age

[Command]

rstp timer max-age cent-iseconds

no rstp timer max-age

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

centi-seconds: value of Max Age parameter, i.e., the max. lifetime threshold of message.
Type: numerical value; unit: cs; range: 600-4000; default: 2000cs.

[Descriptions]

The command "rstp timer max-age" is used to set Max Age (max. lifetime of message)
parameter of the device. When you need to judge whether the configured message is out of
date, use this command. After setting the Max Age parameter of the device, the device will
discard the configured messages exceeding the set value. By default, the value of Max Age
parameter of OLT is 2000cs.

The command "no rstp timer max-age" is used to restore the default time parameter.

[Example]
$Set the max-age parameter of the device as 3000 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# rstp timer max-age 3000

8.13 rstp transmit-limit

[Command]

rstp transmit-limit packetnum

no rstp transmit-limit

[View]

config view

8-387
[Parameter]

packetnum: configure the max. number of message packets (i.e., BPDU) sent in Hello Time.
Type: numerical value; range: 1-10; default: 3.

[Descriptions]

The command "stp transmit-limit" is used to set the max. number of message packets
sent by current port within Hello Time. The larger value configured by the user, the more
packets sent in each Hello time, which however will occupy excessive resources. A suitable value
set can limit the number of BPDU sent within each Hello Time, to avoid RSTP occupying
excessive bandwidth resources in case of unrest network topology. By default, the max. number
of configured message packets sent by OLT within each Hello Time is3.

The command "no stp transmit-limit" is used to restore the default max. number of
packets sent.

[Example]
$Set the number of BPDU packets sent by the port within each Hello Time as 5 in
the config view.
FHL2100(config)# rstp transmit-limit 5

8.14 show rstp

[Command]

show rstp

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the details of all RSTP of the device. According to the RSTP
information of the device, you can analyze and maintain the network topology, or maintain
normal operation of RSTPprotocol.

[Example]
$Display the information of all RSTP of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show rstp

8-388
 Bridge RSTP state : disable
Bridge Priority : 32768
Stp Version : rstp
Max Age : 20s
Hello Time : 2s
Forward Delay : 15s
Transmit Limit : 3packet/s
------------[Slot0 Port XE 1]------------
RSTP State : enable
Port Roles : Designated Port
Port State : Forwarding
Port Priority : 128
Port Cost : Config=auto / Active=200000
Port Edged : Config=enable / Active=rstp
Point to Point : Config=auto / Active=true
…

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Bridge RSTP state RSTP status: enable or disable
Bridge Priority Priority of spanning tree
Stp Version STP protocol version
Max Age Max age parameter
Hello Time Hello Time parameter
Forward Delay Forward delay parameter
Transmit Limit Max. number of message packets (i.e., BPDU) sent
within Hello Time
Slot Slot number
Port Port number
RSTP State Port RSTP status: enable or disable
Port Roles Port role
Port State Port status
Port Priority Port priority
Port Cost Port cost
Port Edged Is edge port or not?
Point to Point Connected to the point-to-point link or not?

8.15 show rstp bridge-info

[Command]

show rstp bridge-info

[View]

enable view, config view

8-389
[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of RSTP bridge of the device. When you need to
query information of RSTP bridge of the device, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the information of RSTP bridge of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show rstp bridge-info
Bridge RSTP state : enable
Local Bridge ID : 40960.00-11-22-33-44-55
Bridge Priority : 40960
Stp Version : rstp
Max Age : 30s
Hello Time : 4s
Forward Delay : 18s
Transmit Limit : 5packet/s
Root Bridge ID : 40960.00-11-22-33-44-55
Root Port : 0
Root PathCost : 0
TC Count : 0
Time since last TC : 6756s

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Bridge RSTP state RSTP status: enable or disable
Local Bridge ID Local bridge ID
Bridge Priority Bridge priority
Stp Version STP version
Max Age Max age parameter
Hello Time Hello Time parameter
Forward Delay Forward delay parameter
Transmit Limit Max. number of message packets (i.e., BPDU) sent
within Hello Time
Root Bridge ID Root bridge ID
Root Port Root bridge port
Root PathCost Root bridge path cost
TC Count Counts of topology change
Time since last TC Time since last topology change

8.16 show rstp brief

[Command]

8-390
 show rstp brief [port-info (slot slotid |(gigabit-
ethernet|x- ethernet|pon) AA/BB)]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

gigabit-ethernet: port type as ge port;

x-ethernet: port type as xe port;

pon: port type as pon port;

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

AA/BB: slot number/port number. AA : slot number, numerical value type, the range of values
shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value
type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC: onu number.
numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display brief information of RSTP of the device or port. When you need
only to query brief information of RSTP of the device or port, use this command.

[Example]
$Display brief information of RSTP of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show rstp brief
If ID RSTP Roles State
-------------------------------------------------------------------
0/2 enable Designated Port Forwarding
0/3 enable Root Port Forwarding
0/4 enable Designated Port Forwarding
15/1 enable Designated Port Forwarding
15/3 enable Designated Port Forwarding
15/4 enable Alternate Port Discarding

(*) means port in aggregation group

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
If ID Interface index
RSTP RSTP status: enable or disable
Roles Port role

8-391
 Parameter Descriptions
State Port status

8.17 show rstp interface-info

[Command]

show rstp interface-info

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display rstp information of the port. When you need to query rstp
information of current port, use this command.

[Example]
$Display rstp information of the port.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show rstp interface-info
------------[Slot0 Port XE 1]------------
RSTP State : enable
Port Roles : Disabled Port
Port State : Disabled
Port Priority : 128
Port Cost : Config=auto / Active=20000000
Port Edged : Config=enable / Active=enable
Point to Point : Config=auto / Active=true
Stp Mode : rstp
Rx RST Count : 0
Tx RST Count : 0
Rx Cfg Count : 0
Tx Cfg Count : 0
Rx TCN Count : 0
Tx TCN Count : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot Slot number
Port Port number
RSTP State RSTP status
Port Roles Port role
Port State Port status

8-392
 Parameter Descriptions
Port Priority Port priority
Port Cost Port path cost
Port Edged Is edge port or not?
Point to Point Connected to the point-to-point link or not?
Stp Mode STP mode
Rx RST Count Number of RST received
Tx RST Count Number of RST sent
Rx Cfg Count Number of Cfg received
Tx Cfg Count Number of Cfg sent
Rx TCN Count Number of TCN received
Tx TCN Count Number of TCN sent

8.18 show rstp port-info

[Command]

show rstp port-info (slot slotid | (gigabit-

ethernet|x- ethernet|pon) AA/BB)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

gigabit-ethernet: port type as ge port;

x-ethernet: port type as xe port;

pon: port type as pon port;

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

AA/BB: slot number/port number. AA : slot number, numerical value type, the range of values
shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value
type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC: onu number.
numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display RSTP details of the device port. When you need to query RSTP
details of the device port, use this command.

8-393
[Example]
$Display RSTP details of ge port 0/1 of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show rstp port-info x-ethernet 0/1
------------[Slot0 Port XE 1]------------
RSTP State : enable
Port Roles : Designated Port
Port State : Forwarding
Port Priority : 128
Port Cost : Config=auto / Active=200000
Port Edged : Config=enable / Active=rstp
Point to Point : Config=auto / Active=true
Stp Mode : rstp
Rx RST Count : 0
Tx RST Count : 816
Rx Cfg Count : 0
Tx Cfg Count : 0
Rx TCN Count : 0
Tx TCN Count : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Slot Slot number
Port Port number
RSTP State RSTP status
Port Roles Port role
Port State Port status
Port Priority Port priority
Port Cost Port path cost
Port Edged Is edge port or not?
Point to Point Connected to the point-to-point link or not?
Stp Mode STP mode
Rx RST Count Number of RST received
Tx RST Count Number of RST sent
Rx Cfg Count Number of Cfg received
Tx Cfg Count Number of Cfg sent
Rx TCN Count Number of TCN received
Tx TCN Count Number of TCN sent

8-394
 Chapter 9 DHCP Configuration Management
9.1 dhcp enable
[Command]

dhcp enable

no dhcp

enable

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

The dhcp enable command is used to enable the DHCP function.

The no dhcp enable command is used to disable DHCP functions.

By default, the system does not enable the DHCP function.

The dhcp enable command is the master switch of DHCP related functions. DHCP Relay,
DHCP Snooping and other functions will not take effect until the dhcp enable command is
executed. After executing the no dhcp enable command, all DHCP functions will fail.

[Example]
$ Enable DHCP function.
FHL2100(config)#dhcp enable

9.2 dhcp mode

[Command]

dhcp mode { snooping | relay ( option60 |

standard ) } no dhcp mode

[View]

vlan view

9-395
[Parameter]

option60：the message in this mode selects the DHCP server based on the Option60 domain.
Option60 is an option in the DHCP message, whose code is 60, which can identify the terminal
type.

standard：DHCP standard mode. In this mode, the DHCP server is selected based on the
VLAN three-tier interface that forwards DHCP messages, which is suitable for the scenario where
different users in the VLAN are assigned their corresponding DHCP server groups.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp mode command is used to set the DHCP forwarding mode.

The no dhcp mode command is used to set the DHCP forwarding mode to the default value.

By default, the forwarding mode of VLAN is snooping, which is valid when global DHCP is turned
on.

[Example]
$ The DHCP mode of configuring vlan10 is relay, and is option60 mode.
FHL2100(config)# vlan 10
FHL2100(config-vlan-10)#dhcp mode relay option60

9.3 dhcp cascade-port

[Command]

dhcp cascade-

port[ transparent ] no dhcp

cascade-port

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

transparent: The upper port is configured as cascading port, and the DHCP message is
transmitted through it.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp cascade-port command configures the upper connection port as the cascade
port.

9-396
 The no dhcp cascade-port command configures the upper connection port as a non
concatenated port.

By default, all the uplink ports of the upper port / aggregate group are not cascaded ports.

[Example]
$ Set port 0/1 to cascade port.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#dhcp cascade-port

9.4 dhcp cascade-port interface link-agg-group

[Command]

dhcp cascade-portinterface link-agg-group

group- number[ transparent ]

no dhcp cascade-portinterface link-agg-group group-number

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

group-number: Polymerization group ID, range: 1-10.

transparent: The upper port is configured as cascading port, and the DHCP message is
transmitted through it.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp cascade-port command configures the aggregation group as cascading ports.

The no dhcp cascade-port command configures the aggregation group as a non cascade
port

Default all port / aggregate group non cascaded ports.

[Example]

$ Set aggregate group 1 to cascade port.

FHL2100(config)# dhcp cascade-port interface link-agg-group 1

9.5 dhcp server-group

[Command]

9-397
 dhcp server-group group-number ip ip_addr1 [ ip_addr2 [ ip_addr3
[ ip_addr4 [ ip_addr5 ] ] ] ]

no dhcp server-group group-number

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

group-number: group number of group DHCP Server, used to identify a server group. Type:
numerical value; range: 1-20.

ip_addr1: the IP address of the first server in this group. IPv4 address, dotted decimal type,
range: 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255.

ip_addr2: the IP address of the second servers in the group. IPv4 address, dotted decimal
type, range: 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255.

ip_addr3: the IP address of the third servers in the group. IPv4 address, dotted decimal type,
range: 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255.

ip_addr4: the IP address of the fourth servers in the group. IPv4 address, dotted decimal
type, range: 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255.

ip_addr5: the IP address of the fifth servers in the group. IPv4 address, dotted decimal type,
range: 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp server-group command is used to configure the IP address of the DHCP Server
group. In order to identify the DHCP Server group, each DHCP Server group needs to configure
one or more IP addresses

The no dhcp server-group command is used to delete the configured DHCP Server
group.

For the same DHCP Server group, this command can be repeated to configure, and the latter will
override the previous configuration.

[Example]
$ The IP addresses of DHCP Server specified for DHCP Server group 1 are 1.1.1.1 and
2.2.2.2, respectively.
FHL2100(config)# dhcp server-group 1 ip 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.2

9-398
9.6 dhcp-relay server-group
[Command]

dhcp-relay server-group group-number [ option60 string ]

no dhcp-relay server-group group-number [ option60 string ]

[View]

VLAN virtual interface view

[Parameter]

group-number : group number of DHCP Server, It is used to identify a server group, Type:
numerical value; range: 1-20.

string: Option60 string, The length of the input string is 1-32 characters.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp-relay server-group command is used to configure the DHCP Server group
number used by the virtual interface.

The no dhcp-relay server-group command is used to delete the DHCP Server group
numbers used by the virtual interface. Each interface supports 10 OPTION60 server
configurations.

[Example]
$ Set the DHCP server group number of virtual interface 10 as 1.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)#dhcp-relay server-group 1

9.7 dhcp-relay agent

[Command]

dhcp-relay agent agent-ip [ option60 string ]

no dhcp-relay agent agent-ip [ option60 string ]

[View]

VLAN IF view

[Parameter]

9-399
 agent-ip: relay IP address. IPv4 address, dotted decimal type, range: 0.0.0.0
255.255.255.255.

string: option60 string, The length of the input string is 1-32 characters.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp-relay agent command is used to set up the DHCP relay IP address.

The no dhcp-relay agent command is used to delete the DHCP relay IP address.

By default, the master IP is used as the relay address.

[Example]
$ Set the DHCP agent address of virtual interface 10 to 10.1.1.1.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)#dhcp-relay agent 10.1.1.1

9.8 no dhcp cpe

[Command]

no dhcp cpe ( all | ip ip-address | mac mac-address | onu onu-

id )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address：the IPv4 address of CPE., dotted decimal type, range: 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255.

mac-address: MAC address of CPE, the format is AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF or AABB.CCDD.EEFF。

onu-id： ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

The no dhcp cpe command is used to clear the specified CPE information.

[Example]
$ Clear the CPE message with IPv4 address of 10.226.0.4:
FHL2100(config)#no dhcp cpe ip 10.226.0.4

9.9 clear dhcp statistics

[Command]

9-400
 clear dhcp statistics

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

The clear dhcp statistics command is used to clean up the DHCP packet statistics.

[Example]
$ Clear DHCP message statistics：
FHL2100(config)#clear dhcp statistics

9.10 dhcp-snooping trusted

[Command]

dhcp-snooping

trusted no dhcp-

snooping trusted

[View]

xe view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

The dhcp-snooping trusted command is used to configure the upper port as the trusted
port.

The no dhcp-snooping trusted command is used to configure the uplink port as a non
trusted port. By default, the port is a trusted port.

When the DHCP server is not connected to the upstream of the upper interface, this port can be
configured as an untrusted port to prevent it from receiving counterfeit DHCP response
messages. The untrusted port will discard the received DHCP response message.

[Example]

9-401
 $ Set port 0/1 to be a trusted port.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#dhcp-snooping trusted

9.11 dhcp-snooping trusted interface link-agg-group

[Command]

dhcp-snooping trusted interface link-agg-group group-number

no dhcp-snooping trusted interface link-agg-group group-

number

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

group-number: Polymerization group ID, range: 1-32.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp-snooping trusted interface link-agg-groupcommand is used to

configure the aggregation group as the trusted port.

The no dhcp-snooping trusted interface link-agg-group command is used

to configure the aggregation group as a non trusted port. When the port is a trusted port, DHCP
messages can be sent and received normally. When the port is a non-trusted port, DHCP
downlink messages received are discarded.

By default, all port / aggregate groups automatically add trusted ports, and all PON ports do not
add trusted ports.

[Example]
$ Set aggregate group 1 as a trusted port.
FHL2100(config)# dhcp-snooping trusted interface link-aggregation-group 1

9-402
9.12 dhcp source-verify
[Command]

dhcp source-

verify no dhcp

source-verify

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

The dhcp source-verify command is used to enable OLT to prevent static IP functions.

The no dhcp source-verify command is used to enable OLT to prevent static IP function.
By default, OLT is not enabled to prevent static IP functions.

With OLT's anti-static IP capability enabled, only DHCP-authenticated clients are allowed to surf
the Internet, while clients with self-configurable static IP addresses are not allowed to surf the
Internet.

[Example]
$ Enable OLT to prevent static IP function：
FHL2100(config)#dhcp source-verify

9.13 dhcp ip-static

[Command]

dhcp ip-static ip-address mask interface onu onu-id

no dhcp ip-static (ip-address mask | all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address：subnet vlan ip address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-

255.255.255.255.

mask：specified mask.
9-403
 onu-id：ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

all：Specify all IP addresses.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp ip-static command is used to add static IP address table entries.

The no dhcp ip-static command is used to delete specified or all static IP address table
entries. By default, no static IP address table items are configured.

9-404
 After configuring the OLT anti static IP function, the client with self configuring static IP address
can not access the Internet. After adding the static IP address table item, the ONU bound to the
static IP address can surf the Internet normally.

[Example]
$ Adding a static IP address table entry, the static IP address is
192.168.100.110/24, and the port number of the bound ONU is 30/3:1:
FHL2100(config)#dhcp ip-static 192.168.100.110 24 interface onu 0/3:1

9.14 show dhcp source-verify

[Command]

show dhcp source-verify slot slot-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

The show dhcp source-verify slot command is used to query the IP table entries of
ONU after anti static IP

[Example]
$ Show the IP table entry of ONU after the static IP is opened:
FHL2100(config)# show dhcp source-verify slot 6
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP address MAC address Interface Flags
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
46.1.1.254 0024.6877.4758 ONU 6/2:1 D
172.17.195.0 0000.0000.0000 ONU 6/2:1 D
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
IP Address Subnet ip address
MAC address System MAC address. The MAC of static IP is all 0.
Interface ONU information
Flags Marking down.

9-405
 Parameter Descriptions
D indicates that it has been sent to the device and become
effective. When the internal resources of the board are tight, it may
not be issued successfully for the time being. When the resources
are released, it will try again.

9.15 dhcp option82 enable

[Command]

dhcp option82

enable no dhcp

option82 enable

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

The dhcp option82 enable command is used to enable the DHCP Option82 insertion
function of the PON port.

The no dhcp option82 enable command is used to close the DHCP Option82 insertion
function of the PON port. By default, the global function is disabled by option82.

[Example]
$ Enable option82 function.
FHL2100(config)#dhcp option82 enable

9.16 dhcp option82 format

[Command]

dhcp option82 format user-defined string

no dhcp option82 format

[View]

config view

9-406
[Parameter]

default: to designate the content format of DHCP option82 as the default format. The default
content format
is: %(AccessNodeIdentifier)/%(ANI_rack)/%(ANI_frame)/%(ANI_slot)/%(ANI_subslot)/%(ANI_por
t)/%(ONU_ID).

user-defined string: to specify the key word selected by the user as the content format
of the DHCP option82. The string format should be with a length of 1-127 characters. The key
words currently supported by the device are as follows:

 AccessNodeIdentifier: the access node’s identifier (OLT devices use sysname).

 ANI_rack: the rack identifier of the access node (corresponds to the shelf number for OLT
devices).

 ANI_frame: the frame identifier of the access node.

 ANI_slot: the slot number of the access node.

 ANI_subslot: the subslot number of the access node (OLT does not support subslot numbers
so this value is always 0).

 ANI_port: the port number of the access node.

 ONU_ID: the ID of the ONU authentication.

 ONU_LOID: the LOID identifier of the ONU.

 SVLAN: the user's SVLAN ID (when 4096 is displayed it means that SVLAN is not used).

 CVLAN: the user's CVLAN ID (when 4096 is displayed it means that CVLAN is not used).

[Descriptions]

The dhcp option82 format command is used to configure the content format of the
option82 inserted by the device. OLT will replace the key word in a string with an actual value;
the no dhcp option82 format command is used to restore the content format of the
device adding option82 to be the default format. By default, the content format of the device
adding option82 is default.

[Example]
$ Configure device to add option82 content format to
ANI_slot/ANI_port/ONU_ID：
FHL2100(config)#dhcp option82 format
user- defined
%(ANI_slot)/%(ANI_port)/%(ONU_ID)
The configuration results can be viewed through the show DHCP config command

9-407
9.17 dhcp option82 policy
[Command]

dhcp option82 policy ( insert |

replace ) no dhcp option82 policy

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

insert: When a circuit-ID suboption already exists in the received DHCP message, the device
inserts the locally generated circuit-ID suboption information before the original information.
When there is no circuit-ID suboption, the circuit-ID suboption generated by the device is used.

replace: When the received DHCP message already has a circuit-ID suboption, the device
replaces the original content of the message with locally generated circuit-ID suboption
information. When there is no circuit-ID suboption, the circuit-ID suboption generated by the
device is used.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp option82 policy command is used to configure the processing policy for the
received DHCP packets that already have option 82. By default, the processing strategy for the
received DHCP message with option82 is insert.

[Example]
$ When the option 82 option already exists in the received DHCP message, the
device adds locally generated option 82 information before the original field:
FHL2100(config)#dhcp option82 policy insert

9.18 show dhcp config

[Command]

show dhcp config

[View]

enable view, config view, xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

9-408
 None

[Descriptions]

The show dhcp config command is used to display configuration parameters for DHCP
related functions.

[Example]
$ Show the configuration parameters of DHCP related functions.
FHL2100(config)# show dhcp config
DHCP : enable
Option82 : enable
Option82 Policy : insert
Option82 Format : user-defined
ANI_slot/ANI_port/ONU_MAC
Cascade port : XE 0/1 (transparent)
XE 0/3 (captured)
Link-aggregation group 1 (captured)
Server group 1 ：192.168.65.8
192.168.65.9
Server group 2 : 192.169.1.1
192.169.2.1
Snooping untrusted : XE 0/2
Link-aggregation group 2
Source Verify : enable
------------------------------------------------------------------
VLAN Relay Agent Server Option60
mode addr group string
------------------------------------------------------------------
20 option60 10.1.1.1 1MSFT_IPTV
20 option6010.1.2.1 2docsis
20 option60 10.1.3.1 1
30 standard10.1.1.1 1 -
------------------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
DHCP Snooping Whether the DHCP snooping is enabled
Option82 Option82 function switch
Option82 Policy The processing strategy for the DHCP messages received with an
existing option82
Option82 Format The content format of the device adding option82
Cascade port DHCP cascade port
Server group HCP server group number
Snooping untrusted Distrust of DHCP Snooping port
Source Verify Whether the OLT anti-static IP function is enabled
VLAN DHCP RelayVLAN
Relay mode DHCP Relay mode, option60 or standard
Agent addr DHCP Relay agent address

9-409
 Parameter Descriptions
Server group Server group number for DHCP Relay
Option60 string Option60 string in DHCP Relay message

9.19 show dhcp statistics

[Command]

show dhcp statistics

show dhcp statistics slot slot-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

[Descriptions]

The show dhcp statistics command is used to query DHCP packet statistics.

[Example]
$ View DHCP message statistics：
FHL2100(config)#show dhcp statistics
--------------------------------------------------
Number of received DHCP packets
discover packets : 32
offer packets : 32
request packets : 2
ack packets : 2
other dhcp packets : 0

Number of sent DHCP packets

discover packets : 32
offer packets : 32
request packets : 2
ack packets : 2
other dhcp packets : 0

Number of dropped DHCP packets

discover packets : 0
offer packets : 0
request packets : 0
ack packets : 0
other dhcp packets : 0
flood packets : 0

9-410
 unknown packets : 0
congestion packets : 0
--------------------------------------------------
 For a description of the echoing parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter
Number of received DHCP
packets
discover packets
offer packets
request packets
ack packets
other dhcp packets
Number of dropped DHCP
packets
discover packets
offer packets
request packets
ack packets
other dhcp packets
Number of sent DHCP packets
discover packets
offer packets
request packets
ack packets
other dhcp packets
Description
Received DHCP packet statistics.
The total number of discover messages received. The
discover message is initiated by the client to find the available
DHCP server.
The total number of offer messages received. The offer
message is the response made by the DHCP server after
receiving the discover message from the client.
The total number of request messages received. The request
message is sent by the client in response to the DHCP server's
offer message or renewal of the assigned IP address.
The total number of ACK messages received. The DHCP server
confirms the request message of the client, and the client
obtains the IP address through the ACK message.
Other DHCP messages received, including NAK,
releaseinform, forcerenew and so on.
Statistics of discarded DHCP packets.
The total number of discarded discover messages.
Total number of discarded offer packets.
The total number of discarded request messages.
The total number of discarded ack messages.
Other DHCP messages sent, including NAK, releaseinform,
forcerenew and so on.
DHCP message statistics sent.
The total number of discover messages sent. The discover
message is initiated by the client to find the available DHCP
server.
The total number of offer messages sent. The offer message
is the response madeby the DHCP server after receiving the
discover message from the client.
The total number of request messages sent. The request
message is sent by the client in response to the DHCP server's
offer message or renewal of the assigned IP address。
The total number of ACK messages sent. The DHCPserver
confirms the request message of the client, and the client
obtains the IP address through the ACKmessage.
Other DHCP messages sent, including NAK, releaseinform,
9-410
 Parameter Description
forcerenew and so on.

9.20 show dhcp cpe ip

[Command]

show dhcp cpe ip ip-address

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: subnet vlan ip address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The show dhcp cpe ip command is used to display the CPE information of the specified
Ipv4 address.

[Example]
$ Query IPv4 address for 10.226.0.4 CPE information:
FHL2100(config)# show dhcp cpe ip 10.226.0.4
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP address MAC address Interface Vlan Expire Remain
time(s)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.226.0.4 0050.bf1c.2d3a ONU 6/2:1 196 2017-12-01 09:26 10
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
IP address CPE IP address obtained through DHCP
MAC address MAC address of CPE
Interface Port information for CPE access
Vlan VLAN for CPE DHCP messages
Expire CPE IP address lease expiration time
Remain time(s) CPE IP address lease remaining time, Unit:s
Total Display number of table entries

9-411
9.21 show dhcp cpe mac
[Command]

show dhcp cpe mac mac-address

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

mac-address: MAC address of CPE. The format is AA:BB:CC:DD:EE:FF or AABB.CCDD.EEFF.

[Descriptions]

The show dhcp cpe mac command is used to display the CPE information of the specified
MAC.

[Example]
$ Query MAC address for 0050.bf1c.2d3a CPE information：
FHL2100(config)# show dhcp cpe mac 0050.bf1c.2d3a
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP address MAC address Interface Vlan Expire Remain time(s)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.226.0.4 0050.bf1c.2d3a ONU 6/2:1 196 2017-12-01 09:26 10
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
IP address CPE IP address obtained through DHCP
MAC address MAC address of CPE
Interface Port information for CPE access
Vlan VLAN for CPE DHCP messages
Expire CPE IP address lease expiration time
Remain time(s) CPE IP address lease remaining time, Unit:s
Total Display number of table entries

9.22 show dhcp cpe

[Command]

show dhcp cpe ( summary | all )

[View]

9-412
 enable view, config view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

The show dhcp cpe ( summary | all ) command is used to display all CPE
information under all ONU.

[Example]
$ Query all CPE information：
FHL2100(config)# show dhcp cpe all
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
IP address MAC address Interface Vlan Expire Remain time(s)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
10.226.0.4 0050.bf1c.2d3a ONU 0/2:1 196 2017-12-01 09:26 10
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Total: 1
$ Query all CPE numbers under ONU:
FHL2100(config)# show dhcp cpe
summary Total: 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
IP address CPE IP address obtained through DHCP
MAC address MAC address of CPE
Interface Port information for CPE access
Vlan VLAN for CPE DHCP messages
Expire CPE IP address lease expiration time
Remain time(s) CPE IP address lease remaining time, Unit:s
Total Display number of table entries

9.23 show dhcp ip-static

[Command]

show dhcp ip-static

[View]

enable view, config view, xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

None

9-413
[Descriptions]

The show dhcp ip-static command is used to display the configured static IP address
table entries.

[Example]
$ Query the configured static IP address table entry:
FHL2100(config)# show dhcp ip-static
IP Address/Mask ONU Interface
--------------------------------
192.168.100.110/24 3/3:1
--------------------------------
The number of ip-static: 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
IP Address Static IP address
Mask Mask
ONU Interface ONU information bound to static IP address

9.24 dhcp ip-df

[Command]

dhcp ip-df ( keep | force-set | force-

unset ) no dhcp ip-df

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

keep: keeps the "don't fragment" in the IP header of the downlink DHCP unchanged.

force-set: Force the "don't fragment" (DF) bit in the IP header of the downlink DHCP to be
set to 1.

force-unset: Force the "don't fragment" (DF) bit in the IP header of the downlink DHCP to
be set to 0.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp ip-d command is used to set the "don't fragment" (DF) bit value in the IP header of
the downlink DHCP.

9-414
 The DF bit value is not changed by default.

[Example]
$ Force the "don't fragment" (DF) bit in the IP header of the downstream DHCP to
be set to 0.
FHL2100(config)#dhcp ip-df force-unset

9.25 dhcp udp-srcport

[Command]

dhcp udp-srcport ( keep | force

value ) no dhcp udp-srcport

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

keep： keep the UDP source port number of the downstream DHCP message unchanged.

force value：the UDP source port number of DHCP is forced to convert to a value.

[Descriptions]

The dhcp udp-srcport command is used to set up the UDP source port number processing
policy for DHCP.

The no dhcp udp-srcport command is used to restore mandatory changes to the UDP
source port number of DHCP.

The UDP source port number of DHCP is not changed by

default.

9-415
[Example]
$ Force the UDP source port number of DHCP to 67.
FHL2100(config)#dhcp udp-srcport force 67
 Chapter 10 ARP Configuration Management
10.1 arp proxy enable
[Command]

arp proxy

enable no arp

proxy enable

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command "arp proxy enable" is used to enable ARP proxy function of VLAN virtual
interface. When you need to enable ARP proxy function of VLAN virtual interface, use this
command.

The command "no arp proxy enable" is used to disable ARP proxy function of VLAN
virtual interface.

Notes:

Before using this command to configure ARP proxy function, configure the VLAN virtual interface first to
ensure the existence of VLAN virtual interface.

[Example]
$Configure VLAN virtual interface 10 with IP address as 192.168.1.124 in the VLAN
view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-10)#vlan-interface ip-address 192.168.1.124
$Enable ARP proxy function of VLAN virtual interface 10 in the VLAN view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-10)#arp proxy enable

10.2 arp static

[Command]

10-417
 arp static ip-address AABB.CCDD.EEFF vid <1-4094> interface
(gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet ) AA/BB

no arp static ip-address AABB.CCDD.EEFF vid <1-4094> interface

(gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet ) AA/BB

no arp static all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: ARP entry IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

AABB.CCDD.EEFF: ARP entry MAC address, with format as AABB.CCDD.EEFF.

<1-4094>: specify the VLAN ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094;

gigabit-ethernet: port type as ge port.

x-ethernet: port type as xe port.

AA/BB: slot number/ port nubmer, AA : slot number, numerical value type, the range of
values shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number , numerical
value type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges.

[Descriptions]

The ”arp static vid” command is used to add a static ARP.

The ”no arp static vid” command is used to delete the static ARP.

By default, device don`t configure the static ARP.

[Example]
$Add a static ARP entry with IP address as 1.1.1.3, MAC address as 00: 00: 00: 00:
00: 02, VLAN ID as 3 and local port as ge port 0/2.
FHL2100(config)# arp static 1.1.1.3 0000.0000.0002 vid 3 interface x-
ethernet 0/2

10.3 arp static(vlanif view)

[Command]

10-418
 arp static ip-address AABB.CCDD.EEFF interface (gigabit-ethernet |
x-ethernet ) AA/BB

no arp static ip-address AABB.CCDD.EEFF interface (gigabit-

ethernet | x-ethernet ) AA/BB

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

ip-address: ARP entry IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

AABB.CCDD.EEFF: ARP entry MAC address, with format as AABB.CCDD.EEFF.

gigabit-ethernet: port type as ge port.

x-ethernet: port type as xe port.

AA/BB: slot number/ port nubmer. AA : slot number, numerical value type, the range of values
shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value
type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges.

[Descriptions]

The ” arp static” command is used to add a static ARP.

The ”no arp static” command is used to delete the static ARP.

By default, device don`t configure the static ARP.

[Example]
$Add a static ARP entry with IP address as 1.1.1.3, MAC address as 00: 00: 00: 00:
00: 02, and local port as ge port 0/2.
FHL2100(config)# interface vlanif 10
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)# arp static 1.1.1.3 0000.0000.0002 interface
x- ethernet 0/2

10.4 no arp
[Command]

no arp (all|ip-address)

[View]

10-419
 config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: ARP entry IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

all: all ARP entries, including those of dynamic learning and static configuration.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to delete all ARP entries or ARP entry of the specified IP.

[Example]
$Clear all ARP entries in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# no arp all

10.5 show arp

[Command]

show arp (summary|verbose) [ static|dynamic ]

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

summary: Simple ARP aging time and statistics.

verbose: Detailed ARP information.

static: Static ARP information.

dynamic: Dynamic ARP information.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the ARP information learnt or configured on the device. When
you need to query the ARP information of the device, use this command.

[Example]
$Display ARP brief of the device in the enable view.
FHL2100# show arp summary
Current ARP aging time is 20 minute(s).(default)
There are 2 arp entries.
$Display ARP details of the device in the enable view.

10-420
 FHL2100# show arp verbose
Current ARP aging time is 20 minute(s).(default)
IP address MAC address Interface name Aging
-----------------------------------------------------------
3.3.3.19 00: 50: bf: 1c: 1c: 61 VLANIF-1 4
10.1.1.19 00: e0: 4c: 80: 1a: 50 OutbandIF 3
-----------------------------------------------------------
There are 2 arp entries.

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
IP address ARP entry IP address
MAC address ARP entry MAC address
Interface name ARP entry virtual interface name
Aging ARP aging time

10.6 show arp proxy

[Command]

show arp proxy

[View]

VLANIF views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display ARP proxy configuration of all vlan virtual interfaces

10-421
[Example]
$Display ARP proxy configuration information in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-100)# show arp proxy
ARP proxy enable
 Chapter 11 Routing Configuration Management
11.1 IP Route Basic Configuration
11.1.1 ip route distance

[Command]

ip route ospf (internal | external) distance distance [ vrf vrf-

name ]

ip route bgp (internal | external) distance distance [ vrf vrf-

name ]

ip route isis (internal-1 | internal-2 | external-1 | external-2)

distance distance [ vrf vrf-name ]

no ip route ospf (internal | external) distance [ vrf vrf-

name ]

no ip route bgp (internal | external) distance [ vrf vrf-

name ]

no ip route isis (internal-1 | internal-2 |

external-1 | external-2) distance [ vrf vrf-name ]

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

internal: designates the internal route of OSPF or BGP route.

external: designates the external route of OSPF or BGP route.

distance distance: designates the distance value. distance is in integer form, and its
value range is 1-255. When configuring an OSPF internal route, default value is 30; when
configuring an OSPF external route, default value is 110; when configuring a BGP internal route,
default value is 200; when configuring a BGP external route, default value is 20; when
configuring an IS-IS level-1 internal route, default value is 115; when configuring an IS-IS level-1
external route, default value is 117; when configuring an IS-IS level-2 internal route, default
value is 116; when configuring an IS-IS level-2 external route, default value is 118.

internal-1: designates IS-IS level-1’s internal route.

internal-2: designates IS-IS level-2’s internal route.

11-423
 external-1: designates IS-IS level-1’s external route.

external-2: designates IS-IS level-2’s external route.

vrf vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long. If this parameter is
not designated, this indicates that the route related to VRF will not be configured.

[Description]

The ip route distance command can be used to configure a distance value for an IPv4
route of a designated condition. The no ip route distance command can be used to
restore the distance value of each route to the default value.

[Example]
$ Configure the OSPF internal route’s distance value to 50:
FHL2100(config)# ip route ospf internal distance 50

11.1.2 ipv6 route distance

[Command]

ipv6 route ospf ( internal | external ) distance distance

[ vrf
vrf-name ]

ipv6 route bgp ( internal | external ) distance distance

[ vrf
vrf-name ]

ipv6 route isis ( internal-1 | internal-2 | external-1 |

external-2 ) distance distance [ vrf vrf-name ]

no ipv6 route ospf ( internal | external ) distance

[ vrf vrf- name ]

no ipv6 route bgp ( internal | external ) distance [ vrf

vrf-name ]

no ipv6 route isis ( internal-1 | internal-2 |

external-1 | external-2 ) distance [ vrf vrf-name ]

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

internal: designates the internal route of OSPF or BGP route.

external: designates the external route of OSPF or BGP route.

11-424
 distance distance: designates the distance value. distance is in integer form, and its
value range is 1-255. When configuring an OSPF internal route, default value is 30; when
configuring an OSPF external route, default value is 110; when configuring a BGP internal route,
default value is 200; when configuring a BGP external route, default value is 20; when
configuring an IS-IS level-1 internal route, default value is 115; when configuring an IS-IS level-1
external route, default value is 117; when configuring an IS-IS level-2 internal route, default
value is 116; when configuring an IS-IS level-2 external route, default value is 118.

internal-1: designates IS-IS level-1’s internal route.

internal-2: designates IS-IS level-2’s internal route.

external-1: designates IS-IS level-1’s external route.

external-2: designates IS-IS level-2’s external route.

vrf vrf-name: designates the VRF name. vrf-name is 1-31 bytes long. If this parameter is
not designated, this indicates that the route related to VRF will not be configured.

[Description]

The ipv6 route distance command can be used to configure a distance value for an
Ipv6 route of a designated condition. The no ip route distancecommand can be used
to restore the distance value of each route to the default value.

[Example]
$ Configure the OSPF internal route’s distance value to 60:
FHL2100(config)# ipv6 route ospf internal distance 60

11.1.3 show ip fib

[Command]

show ip fib (all | bgp | direct | ospf | static | isis)

show ip fib vrf vrf-name (all | direct | static | isis |

ospf)

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

all: all FIB information

bgp: BGP FIB information

11-425
 direct: direct FIB information

ospf: OSPF FIB information

static: static FIB information

isis: IS-IS FIB information

vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Description]

The show ip fib command can show the forwarding table information of the device. The
show ip fib vrf command can display VRF related forwarding table information.

[Example]
$ Display all FIB information on the device.
FHL2100(config)# show ip fib all
Information for ip fib
Destination/Mask Protocol NextHop
-------------------------------------------
172.17.10.0/24 DIRECT 172.17.10.234
-------------------------------------------
Total routes: 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Destination/Mask Displays the destination IP address and mask of the route.
Protocol Displays the protocol that learns this route.
NextHop Displays the next hop of the route.
Total routes Displays the total number of the routes in the FIB table.

11.1.4 show ip fib statistics

[Command]

show ip fib statistics

show ip route vrf vrf-name statistics

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Descriptions]

11-426
 This command is used to display the statistics of fib.

[Example]
$Display the statistics of all hardware routing tables of current device in the enable
view.
FHL2100# show ip fib statistics
Protocol Statistic for ip fib
----------------------------------
DIRECT : 1
STATIC : 1
ISIS : 0
OSPF : 0
BGP : 0
----------------------------------
Total: 2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Protocol Displays the route protocol.
Statistic for ip fib Displays the statisic of the IPv4 FIB.

11.1.5 show ip route

[Command]

show ip route (all | bgp | direct | ospf | static | isis)

show ip route vrf vrf-name (all | direct | static | isis |

ospf)

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

all: display all routes.

bgp: displays a BGP route. direct:

displays the direct route. ospf:

OSPF route.

static: static route.

isis: display an IS-IS route.

vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Description]

11-427
 The show ip route command can show route information on the device. The show ip
route vrf command can be used to display route information relevant to VRF.

[Example]
$ Display all the routes on the device.
FHL2100(config)#show ip route all
Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP,
O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, A - Babel,
> - selected route, * - FIB route

Routing Tables: Global

Type Destination/Mask Distance Cost NextHop
----------------------------------------------------
C>* 1.1.1.1/32 0 0 0.0.0.0
C>* 172.17.10.0/24 0 0 172.17.10.234
C>* 172.17.10.234/32 0 0 0.0.0.0
----------------------------------------------------
Total routes: 3

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Codes Route code:
K: internal route
C: direct route
S: static
R: RIP route
O: OSPF route
I: IS-IS route
B: BGP route
A:
>:
*: to be issued to the FIB table
Routing Tables: Global public network route table
Type Route type that learns this route.
Destination/Mask its destination IP address and mask length
Distance Its distance value
Cost Route cost
NextHop Next hop of the route
Total routes Total number of routes in the route table

11.1.6 show ip route distance

[Command]

show ip route distance [ vrf vrf-name ]

[View]

11-428
 All views

[Parameters]

vrf vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Description]

The show ip route distance command can show the distance information of the route
on the device.

[Example]
$ Display the distance information of the route on the device.
FHL2100(config)# show ip route distance
ospf internal : 30
ospf external : 110
bgp internal : 200
bgp external : 20
isis internal-1 : 115
isis internal-2 : 116
isis external-1 : 117
isis external-2 : 118

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
ospf internal the distance of the OSPF internal route
ospf external the distance of the OSPF external route
bgp internal the distance of the BGP internal route
bgp external the distance of the BGP external route
isis internal-1 the distance of the IS-IS level-1’s internal route
isis internal-2 the distance of the IS-IS level-2’s internal route
isis external-1 the distance of the IS-IS level-1’s external route
isis external-2 the distance of the IS-IS level-2’s external route

11.1.7 show ip route statistics

[Command]

show ip route statistics

show ip route vrf vrf-name statistics

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

11-429
vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the statistics of IPv4 route.

[Example]
$Display the statistics of IPv4 route.
FHL2100(config)# show ip route statistics
Protocol Statistic for ip route
----------------------------------
DIRECT : 2
STATIC : 1
ISIS : 0
OSPF : 0
BGP : 0
----------------------------------
Total : 3

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Protocol Displays the route protocol.
Statistic for ip route Displays the statisic of the IPv4 route.

11.1.8 show ipv6 fib

[Command]

show ipv6 fib ( all | direct | ospfv3 | static | isis )

show ipv6 fib vrf vrf-name ( all | direct | static

| isis | ospfv3 )

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

all: all FIB information direct:

direct FIB information ospfv3:

OSPFv3 FIB information static:

static FIB information isis: IS-IS

FIB information

vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Description]

11-430
 The show ipv6 fib command can show the forwarding table information of the device. The
show ipv6 fib vrf command can display VRF related forwarding table information.

[Example]
$ Display all FIB information on the device.
FHL2100(config)# show ipv6 fib all
Information for ipv6 fib
Destination/Mask Protocol NextHop
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
2000: : /64 DIRECT 2000: : 2
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total routes: 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Destination/Mask Displays the destination IPv6 address and mask of the route.
Protocol Displays the protocol that learns this route.
NextHop Displays the next hop of the route.
Total routes Displays the total number of the routes in the FIB table.

11.1.9 show ipv6 fib statistics

[Command]

show ipv6 fib statistics

show ipv6 fib vrf vrf-name statistics

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the statistics of IPv6 fib.

[Example]
$Display the statistics of all IPv6 hardware routing tables of current device in the
enable view.
FHL2100# show ipv6 fib statistics
Protocol Statistic for ipv6 fib
----------------------------------
DIRECT : 1
STATIC : 1
ISIS : 0

11-431
 OSPF : 0
----------------------------------
Total : 2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Protocol Displays the route protocol.
Statistic for ip fib Displays the statisic of the IPv6 FIB.

11.1.10 show ipv6 route

[Command]

show ipv6 route ( all | direct | ospfv3 | static | isis )

show ipv6 route vrf vrf-name ( all | direct | static

| isis | ospfv3 )

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

all: display all routes.

direct: displays the direct route.

ospfv3: OSPF route.

static: static route. isis:

display an IS-IS route.

vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Description]

The show ipv6 routecommand can show IPv6 route information on the device. The show
ip route vrf command can be used to display IPv6 route information relevant to VRF.

[Example]
$ Display all the IPv6 routes on the device.
FHL2100(config)# show ipv6 route all
Codes: K - kernel route, C - connected, S - static, R - RIP,
O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, A - Babel,
> - selected route, * - FIB route

IPv6 Routing Tables: Global

Type Destination/Mask Distance Cost NextHop

11-432
 ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
O> 2000: : /64 30 1 : :
C>* 2000: : /64 0 0 2000: : 2
C>* 2000: : 2/128 0 0 : :
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total routes: 3

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Codes Route code:
K: internal route
C: direct route
S: static
R: RIP route
O: OSPF route
I: IS-IS route
B: BGP route
A:
>:
*: to be issued to the FIB table
IPv6 Routing Tables: Global public network route table
Type Route type that learns this route.
Destination/Mask its destination IPv6 address and mask length
Distance Its distance value
Cost Route cost
NextHop Next hop of the route
Total routes Total number of routes in the route table

11.1.11 show ipv6 route distance

[Command]

show ipv6 route distance [ vrf vrf-name ]

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

vrf vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Description]

The show ipv6 route distance command can show the distance information of the
route on the device.

11-433
[Example]
$ Display the distance information of the route on the device.
FHL2100(config)# show ipv6 route distance
Route administrative distance information
ospf internal : 30
ospf external : 110
bgp internal : 200
bgp external : 20
isis internal-1 : 115
isis internal-2 : 116
isis external-1 : 117
isis external-2 : 118

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
ospf internal the distance of the OSPF internal route
ospf external the distance of the OSPF external route
bgp internal the distance of the BGP internal route
bgp external the distance of the BGP external route
isis internal-1 the distance of the IS-IS level-1’s internal route
isis internal-2 the distance of the IS-IS level-2’s internal route
isis external-1 the distance of the IS-IS level-1’s external route
isis external-2 the distance of the IS-IS level-2’s external route

11.1.12 show ipv6 route statistics

[Command]

show ipv6 route statistics

show ipv6 route vrf vrf-name statistics

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

vrf-name: VRF instance name, it is 1-31 bytes long.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the statistics of IPv6 route.

[Example]
$Display the statistics of all IPv6 route.
FHL2100(config)# show ipv6 route statistics
Protocol Statistic for ip route

11-434
 ----------------------------------
DIRECT : 2
STATIC : 0
ISIS : 0
OSPF : 0
BGP : 0
----------------------------------
Total : 2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Protocol Displays the route protocol.
Statistic for ip fib Displays the statisic of the IPv6 route.

11.2 Static Routing Configuration

11.2.1 ip route-static

[Command]

ip route-static ip-address (netmasknum|netmask) next-hop[distance

<1-255>] [track bfd]

no ip route-static (ip-address (netmasknum|netmask) next-hop

[track] |all)

ip route-static vrf vrf-name ip-address (netmasknum|netmask)

next-hop [distance <1-255>] [track bfd]

no ip route-static vrf vrf-name (ip-address (netmasknum|netmask)

next-hop [track] |all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: destination IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-

255.255.255.255.

netmasknum: number of subnet mask bit. Type: numerical value; range: 0-32.

netmask: destination IP address subnet mask, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

next-hop: next-hop IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

11-435
 distance <1-255>: Routing priority. Type: numerical value; range: 1-255; 1 indicates the
highest priority; 255 indicates the lowest priority; the highest static routing priority can be
configured as 1.

track bfd: configure detecting the reachability of next-hop IP link of the routing. Currently
suport bfd detection modes. When detecting the next-hop is unreachable, this routing will be
removed automatically from the IP routing table; if the next-hop becomes reachable again, the
IP routing table will regenerate the routing.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command "ip route-static" is used to configure the unicast static routing. When the
network topology is much simple, you can configure only the static routing to ensure normal
operation of network. After creating the static routing, the three-layer communication between
network devices can be achieved. OLT device will send the packets matching with the
destination IP and mask to the next-hop device for forwarding.

The command "no ip route-static" is used to delete the unicast static routing. In case of
the network failure or topology change, the static routing will not change automatically, and this
command is used to delete the static routing. After deleting the static routing, the network
device needs to select other routings for packet forwarding.

Notes:

The next-hop IP address shall be reachable.

If both the destination IP address and mask are 0.0.0.0, the configured routing will be the default
routing. If matching the routing fails, the default routing wil be used for packet forwarding.

[Example]
$Configure the static routing to 192.168.10.10, with next-hop address as
20.20.20.20 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# ip route-static 192.168.10.10 255.255.255.0 20.20.20.20
$ Delete static routes already configured
FHL2100(config)# no ip route-static 192.168.10.10 255.255.255.0 20.20.20.20
ipv6 route-static

11.2.2 ipv6 route-static

[Command]

11-436
 ipv6 route-static ipv6-address prefix-length next-hop [distance
<1-255>]

no ipv6 route-static ( all | ipv6-address prefix-length next-hop )

ipv6 route-static vrf vrf-name ipv6-address prefix-length next-

hop [distance <1-255>]

no ipv6 route-static vrf vrf-name ( all | ipv6-address prefix-

length next-hop )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ipv6-address: specify destination Ipv6 address.

prefix-length: specify the length of an IPv6 prefix.

next-hop: next-hop Ipv6 address.

distance <1-255>: Routing priority. Type: numerical value; range: 1-255; 1 indicates the
highest priority; 255 indicates the lowest priority; the highest static routing priority can be
configured as 1.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command "ipv6 route-static" is used to configure the Ipv6 static routing. When the
network topology is much simple, you can configure only the static routing to ensure normal
operation of network. After creating the static routing, the three-layer communication between
network devices can be achieved. OLT device will send the packets matching with the
destination IPV6 to the next-hop device for forwarding.

The command "no ipv6 route-static" is used to delete the Ipv6 static routing. In case
of the network failure or topology change, the static routing will not change automatically, and
this command is used to delete the Ipv6 static routing. After deleting the Ipv6 static routing, the
network device needs to select other routings for packet forwarding.

[Example]
$Configure the Ipv6 static routing to AC00: 0: 0: 2001: : 1/128, with next-hop
address as AC00: 0: 0: 2002: : 2 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# ipv6 route-static ac00:0:0:2001::1 128 ac00:0:0:2002::2

11-437
11.3 OSPF Configuration Management
11.3.1 area nssa

[Command]

area area-id nssa [no-summary]

no area area-id nssa

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

no-summary: prohibit ABR sending Summary LSA to NSSA area.

[Descriptions]

The command "area nssa" is used to set an area as NSSA area. By default, no area is set as
NSSA area.

The command "no area nssa" is used to cancel the configuration of setting an area as
NSSA area.

[Example]
$Configure Area 55 as nssa area in the ospf view.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# area 55 nssa

11.3.2 area range

[Command]

area area-id range ip-addrass (netmasknum|netmask) [not-

advertise]

no area area-id range ip-addrass (netmasknum|netmask) [not-

advertise]

[View]

ospf view

11-438
[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

ip-address: specified network IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

netmasknum: number of subnet mask bit. Type: numerical value; range: 0-32.

netmask: subnet mask, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

not-advertise: not release the summary routing generated by the aggregation to the
neighbors. This option and substitute are mutually exclusive. One of both can be selected and
the latest configuration will take effect.

[Descriptions]

The command "area range" is used to configure the OSPF protocol aggregation routing.

The command "no area range" is used to delete the OSPF protocol aggregation routing.

[Example]
$Configure the aggregation routing in the ospf view, with area id as 123, the
specified network IP as 1.2.3.4.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# area 123 range 1.2.3.4 24

11.3.3 area stub

[Command]

area area-id stub [no-summary]

no area area-id stub

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

no-summary: prohibit ABR sending summary LSA to Stub area.

11-439
[Descriptions]

The command "area stub" is used to set an area as stub area. All routers connected to the
stub area must use this command to configure the stub attributes of this area. By default, no
area is set as stub area.

The command "no area stub" is used to cancel the setting of the area as stub area.

[Example]
$Configure Area 55 as stub area in the ospf view.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# area 55 stub no-summary

11.3.4 area virtual-link

[Command]

area area-id virtual-link route-id [ ( hello-interval |

retransmit-interval | transmit-delay ) <interval>]

area area-id virtual-link route-id dead-interval <interval>

no area area-id virtual-link route-id [ hello-

interval | retransmit-interval | transmit-delay
| dead-interval ]

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

route-id: virtual-connection neighbor router ID, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

dead-interval: dead interval. The value must be equal to the dead-interval value of the
switch establishing virtual connection with it, and shall be at least 4 times of the hello-interval
value. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 4-262140; default: 40s.

hello-interval: Interval for the interface to send Hello packets. The value must be equal to
the hello-interval value of the switch establishing virtual connection with it. Type:
numerical value; unit: s; range: 1-65535; default: 10s.

11-440
 retransmit-interval: interval for the interface retransmitting LSA packets. Type:
numerical value; unit: s; range: 1-65535; default: 5s.

trans-delay-interval: interval for the interface delaying the sending of LSA packets.
Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 1-65535; default: 1s.

[Descriptions]

The command "area virtual-link" is used to configure the parameters of virtual link in
the area. The parameter of routing ID in the command shall be configured as the router ID of
the other side, and the middle pass-through area can not be the stub area. In addition, generally
the virtual link is configured between the two area border routers.

The command "no area virtual-link" is used to restore the configuration of virtual link
parameters in the area.

[Example]
$Configure the virtual link parameters of area 44 in the ospf view: neighbor routing
ID of the virtual link as 1.2.3.4 and interval for the interface to send Hello packets
as 6s.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# area 44 virtual-link 1.2.3.4 hello-interval 6

11.3.5 area virtual-link authentication-mode

[Command]

areaarea-id virtual-link route-id authentication-mode (null

|text |md5)

no area area-id virtual-link route-id authentication-mode

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

route-id: virtual-connection neighbor router ID, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

null: indicates no authentication mode.

text: indicates to use the simple text authentication mode.

11-441
 md5: indicates to use MD5 cryptograph authentication mode.

[Descriptions]

The command "area virtual-link" is used to configure the authentication mode of

virtual link in OSPF area. No space is allowed in the authentication word. By default, the virtual
link will not auhtenticate the OSPF packets.

The command "no area virtual-link" is used to cancel the authentication mode of
virtual link in OSPF area.

[Example]
$Configure the authentication mode of virtual link neighbor routing 1.2.3.4 in
area 44 as md5 in the ospf view.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# area 44 virtual-link 1.2.3.4 authentication-mode md5

11.3.6 area virtual-link md5-key

[Command]

area area-id virtual-link route-id key-id key-id md5-key password

no area area-id virtual-link route-id key-id key-id

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

route-id: virtual-connection neighbor router ID, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

key-id: authentication work identifier of virtual link cryptograph authentication. Type:

string; range: 1-255 characters. It must be identical to the authentication work identifier of the
opposite terminal.

password: authentication password. Type: string; range: 1-16 characters.

[Descriptions]

11-442
 The command "area virtual-link" is used to configure the authentication password of
MD5 authentication mode of OSPF virtual link. When you need to configure the authentication
password of MD5 authentication mode of OSPF virtual link, use this command.

The command "no area virtual-link" is used to delete the authentication password of
MD5 authentication mode of OSPF virtual link.

[Example]
$Configure the authentication password of md5 mode of virtual link neighbor
routing 1.2.3.4 with key-id as 123 in area 44 to be 12345 in the ospf view.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# area 44 virtual-link 1.2.3.4 key-id 123 md5-key 12345

11.3.7 area virtual-link text-key

[Command]

area area-id virtual-link route-id text-key password

no area area-id virtual-link route-id text-key

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

route-id: virtual-connection neighbor router ID, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

password: authentication password. Type: string; range: 1-18 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command "area virtual-link" is used to configure the authentication password of

text mode of OSPF virtual link.

[Example]
$Configure the authentication password of text mode of virtual link neighbor
routing 1.2.3.4 in area 44 to be 1333.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# area 44 virtual-link 1.2.3.4 text-key 1333

11-443
11.3.8 compatible rfc1583

[Command]

compatible

rfc1583 no

compatible rfc1583

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command "compatible rfc1583" is used to enable the routing selection priority rule
of compatible RFC1583. When there’re more than one AS-external-LSA released to the routing
with the same destination address, RFC1583 and RFC2328 define different priority rules for
selecting the best routing. By default, the routing selection rule of compatible RFC1583 is
enabled.

The command "no compatible rfc1583" is used to disable the routing selection priority
rule of compatible RFC1583.

[Example]
$Enable the routing selection priority rule of compatible RFC1583 in the ospf view.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# compatible rfc1583

11.3.9 import-route

[Command]

import-route ( direct | static | bgp | ospf process-id )

[ cost
cost | tag tag | type type ]

no import-route ( direct | static | bgp | ospf process-id )

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

11-444
 direct: Imports routes from the direct protocol.

static: Imports routes from the static protocol.

bgp: Imports BGP routes.

ospf process-id: Imports OSPF routes. process-id Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

cost cost: Specifies the cost of imported routes. cost Type: numerical value; range: 0-
16777214.

tag tag: Specifies the tag of external LSAs. Type: numerical value; range: 0-4294967295.

type type: Specifies the type of external routes. Type: numerical value; range: 1 or 2.

[Descriptions]

The command "import-route" is used to import routes from other routing protocols.

The command "no import-route" is used to delete configuration about the imported
routes.

[Example]
$Import direct routes to OSPF 1.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# import-route direct

11.3.10 lsa-originate-interval

[Command]

lsa-originate-interval < interval>

no lsa-originate-interval

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for LSA update. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 0-600; default: 5s.

[Descriptions]

The command "lsa-originate-interval" is used to configure the interval for OSPF LSA
update.

11-445
 The command "no lsa-originate-interval " is used to restore the default update
cycle as 5s.

[Example]
$Configure the LSA update time as 500s.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# lsa-originate-internal 500

11.3.11 lsa-arrival-interval

[Command]

lsa-arrival-interval < interval >

no lsa-arrival-interval

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for LSA receive. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 0-600; default: 1s.

[Descriptions]

The command " lsa-arrival-interval " is used to configure the interval for OSPF LSA
receive.

The command "no lsa-arrival-interval " is used to restore the default receive cycle
as 1s.

[Example]
$Configure the LSA receive time as 500s.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# lsa-arrival-interval 500

11.3.12 ospf

[Command]

ospf process-id [ router-id router-id ] [vrf vrf-name]

no ospf process-id

[View]

config view

11-446
[Parameter]

process-id: ospf process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

router-id: Router ID, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf" is used to enable the OSPF process. When you need to enter the OSPF
view to enable OSPF function of the device, and achieve three-layer communication of network
devices in different network segments under OSPF protocol, use this command. After enabling
OSPF process, the network device can enter the OSPF view to configure OSPF functions (such as
configuring OSPF priority). Currently only support the creation of a single process. therefore the
current process can only be configured as 1.

The command "no ospf" is used to delete the specified ospf process.

[Example]
$Enable ospf process 1 in the ospf view.
FHL2100(config)# ospf 1 route-id
10.10.10.1 FHL2100(config-ospf-1)#

11.3.13 ospf authentication-mode

[Command]

ospf authentication-mode (null |text

|md5) no ospf authentication-mode

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

null: indicates no authentication mode.

text: indicates to use the simple text authentication mode.

md5: indicates to use MD5 cryptograph authentication mode.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf authentication-mode" is used to configure the OSPF interface

authentication mode. Under the switch interface with the same network segment, the

11-447
 configured authentiation mode and password must be the same; when the interface
authentication and area authentication are configured at the same time, take the priority of
using the interface authentication to establish OSPF neighborhood; no space is allowed in the
authentication word. By default, the interface will not authenticate the OSPF packets.

The command "no ospf authentication-mode" is used to cancel the OSPF interface
authentication mode.

[Example]
$Configure the OSPF interface authentication mode as text in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf authentication-mode text

11.3.14 ospf cost

[Command]

ospf cost value

no ospf cost

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

value: cost for running OSPF protocol. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf cost" is used to configure the cost for running OSPF protocol on the
interface. OSPF will calculate automatically the cost according to the bandwidth of the interface.
Formula: interface cost=bandwidth reference value /interface bandwidth, where the bandwidth
reference value is configurable, with default as 10M.

The command "no ospf cost" is used to restore the default cost.

[Example]
$Configure the OSPF interface cost as 6555 in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)#ospf cost 6555

11.3.15 ospf enable

[Command]

ospf enable process-id area area-id

11-448
 no ospf enable

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

process-id: ospf process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf enable" is used to enable the OSPF on VLANIF interface.

The command "no ospf enable " is used to disable the OSPF on VLANIF interface.

[Example]
$Enable the OSPF 1 area 1 on VLANIF 100.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-100)# ospf enable 1 area 1

11.3.16 ospf dead-interval

[Command]

ospf dead- interval interval

no ospf dead- interval

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: OSPF neighbor dead interval. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 4-262140;
default: 40s.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf dead-interval" is used to set the neighbor dead interval of OSPF,
which means that if no Hello packet from the neighbor is received within this interval, it will
deem that the neighbor has become invalid. The neighbor dead interval of the interface running

11-449
 OSPF must be larger than the interval for sending Hello packets, and the dead-interval value of
interfaces in the same network segment must be the same.

The command "no ospf dead-interval" is used to restore the default neighbor dead
interval.

[Example]
$Configure the neighbor dead interval of OSPF interface as 234 in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf dead-interval 234

11.3.17 ospf hello-interval

[Command]

ospf hello-interval interval

no ospf hello-interval

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for the interface to send Hello packets. Type: numerical value; unit: s;
range: 1-65535; default: 10s.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf hello-interval" is used to configure the interval for the interface to
send Hello packets. The smaller the interval value is, the faster the network topology change is
found, and the higher routing cost will be. Be sure the parameters of the interface and the
adjacent devices are the same.

The command "no ospf hello-interval" is used to restore the default interval for the
system to send Hello packets as 10s.

[Example]
$Configure the interval for OSPF interface to send hello packets as 11s in the
VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf hello-interval 11

11.3.18 ospf md5-key

[Command]

ospf key-id key-id md5-key password

11-450
 no ospf key-id

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

key-id: authentication work identifier for interface cryptograph authentication. Type: string;
range: 1-255 characters. It must be identical to the authentication work identifier of the
opposite terminal.

password: authentication password. Type: string; range: 1-16 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf md5-key " is used to configure the authentication password of MD5
mode of OSPF interface. When you need to configure the authentication password of MD5
mode of OSPF interface, use this command.

The command "no ospf key-id " is used to delete the authentication password of MD5
mode of OSPF interface.

[Example]
$Configure the authentication password of md5 mode with authentication work
identifier as 22 of OSPF interface to be 132435 in the VLANIF view
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf key-id 22 md5-key 132435

11.3.19 ospf network-type

[Command]

ospf network-type point-to-

point no ospf network-type

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

11-451
 The command "ospf network-type" is used to configure the OSPF protocol running on the
interface to support P2P network type.

The command "no ospf network-type" is used to restore the network type to the default
one (Broadcast).

[Example]
$Configure the OSPF interface as P2P type in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)#ospf network-type point-to-point

11.3.20 ospf priority

[Command]

ospf priority priority

no ospf priority

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

priority: priority for OSPF interface to electing DR/BDR. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.
The larger the value, the higher the priority.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf priority" is used to set the priority for the interface to electing DR.
After setting DR priority of the interface, the router can elect DR according to such priority. If the
priority of the interface is set as 0, it will not be elected as DR or BDR.

The command "no ospf priority" is used to restore its default value. When DR priority is
restored to the default value, the router can elect DR according to the default priority. By
default, the DR priority of the interface is 1.

[Example]
$Configure dr priority of OSPF interface as 255 in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf priority 255

11.3.21 ospf retransmit-interval

[Command]

ospf retransmit-interval interval

11-452
 no ospf retransmit-interval

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for the interface to retransmit LSA. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 3-
65535; default: 5s.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf retransmit-interval" is used to set the interval for the interface
to retransmit LSA. When you need to set the interval for the interface to retransmit LSA, use this
command. When a device sends a “link state broadcast” (LSA) to its neighbor, it needs to wait
for the confirmation packet from the neighbor. If no confirmation packet from the neighbor is
received within the interval for LSA retransmission, this LSA will be retransmitted.

The command "no ospf retransmit-interval" is used to restore the default interval
for the interface to retransmit LSA. When you need to restore the default interval for the
interface to retransmit LSA, use this command. After the interval for the interface to retransmit
LSA is restored to the default value, if no confirmation packet from the neighbor is received
within 5s, this LSA will be retransmitted.

[Example]
$Configure the interval for OSPF interface to retransmit the LSA as 2434s in the
VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf retransmit-interval 2434

11.3.22 ospf text-key

[Command]

ospf text-key password

no ospf text-key

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

password: authentication password. Type: string; range: 1-18 characters.

[Descriptions]

11-453
 The command "ospf text-key" is used to configure the authentication password of text
mode of OSPF interface.

The command "no ospf text-key" is used to delete the authentication password of text
mode of OSPF interface.

[Example]
$Configure the authentication password of text mode of OSPF interface as13233 in
the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf text-key 13233

11.3.23 ospf track

[Command]

ospf track

bfd no ospf

track

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

bfd: track mode as bfd;

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf track" is used to set using the track function after ospf neighborhood
is established.

The command "no ospf track" is used to disable the track function of ospf.

[Example]
$Configure enabling the ospf track function and check the neighbor with bfd
mode in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-30)#ospf track bfd

11.3.24 ospf transmit-delay

[Command]

ospf transmit-delay interval

no ospf transmit-delay

[View]

11-454
 vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: delay interval for the interface to transmit LSA. Type: numerical value; unit: s;
range: 1-65535; default: 1s.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf transmit-delay" is used to set the delay interval for the interface to
transmit LSA. LSA may be aged over time (increasing 1 per second) in the link state database
(LSDB) of local switch, but will not be aged during the network transmission. Therefore it is
necessary to increase a certain period of time set by using this command to LSA aging time
before sending.

The command "no ospf transmit-delay" is used to restore the delay interval to the
default 1s.

[Example]
$Configure the delay interval for OSPF interface to transmit LSA as 2345s in the
VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf transmit-delay 2345

11.3.25 ospf passive-interface

[Command]

ospf passive-

interface no ospf

passive-interface

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The command "ospf passive-interface" is used to set the vlan interface to passive
mode.

The command "no ospf passive-interface " is used to restore the vlan interface from
passive mode to normal mode.

11-455
 In OSPF routing area, setting a interface to passive mode allows it to participate in a routing
process, but prevents that interface from forming neighbor relationships by not sending hello
packets and discarding received hello packets. This command is usually used on interfaces in
stub area.

[Example]
$Configure the OSPF interface to passive mode.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospf passive-interface
$Configure the OSPF interface from passive mode to normal mode.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# no ospf passive-interface

11.3.26 show ospf brief

[Command]

show ospf brief [process-id]

[View]

“view” view, enable view, vlan view, isis view, interface view,config view, etc.

[Parameter]

process-id: OSPF process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query summary information of the configuration of the specified OSPF
process or all OSPF processes. When you need to query summary information of the
configuration of the OSPF process, use this command.

[Example]
$Query summary information of the configuration of all OSPF processes in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)#show ospf brief
OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 2.2.2.2
OSPF Protocol Information

RouterID: 2.2.2.2
This implementation conforms to RFC2328
RFC1583 Compatibility flag is enabled
SPF-schedule-interval: delay 200ms
Lsa Refresh-interval: 5s
Lsa Arrival-interval: 1s

Area ID: 0.0.0.0 (Backbone)

SPF algorithm executed 1 times
Number of LSA 0
Number of router LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000

11-456
 Number of network LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of summary LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of ASBR summary LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of NSSA LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Area ID: 0.0.0.1
SPF algorithm executed 4 times
Number of LSA 0
Number of router LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of network LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of summary LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of ASBR summary LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of NSSA LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
RouterID Current OSPF router ID

Spf-schedule-interval Interval for SPF calculation

Lsa Refresh-interval LSA refresh interval

Lsa Arrival-interval LSA arrival interval

Area ID Area number

Stub Stub area

11.3.27 show ospf default-parameter

[Command]

show ospf default-parameter

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the default configuration information of process-level OSPF.
When you need to query the default configuration information of process-level OSPF, use this
command.

[Example]
$Query the default configuration information of process-level OSPF in the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# show ospf default-parameter
Default Configurations For OSPF Process
--------------------------------------------------

11-457
 SPF Delay-interval(msec) : 200
Lsa Originate-interval(sec) : 5
Lsa Arrival-interval(sec) : 1
Hello-interval(sec) : 10
Dead-interval(sec) : 40
DR Priority : 1
Retransmit-interval(sec) : 5
Transmit-delay(sec) : 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
SPF Delay-interval Delay interval for SPF calculation

Lsa Originate-interval LSA refresh interval

Lsa Arrival-interval LSA arrival interval

Hello-interval Hello timer interval

Dead-interval Router dead interval

DR Priority Priority for the interface to join DR election

Retransmit-interval LSA retransmission interval

Transmit-delay Interface transmission delay

11.3.28 show ospf interface

[Command]

show ospf interface [process-id]

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

process-id: OSPF process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query information of the interface with OSPF enabled of the specified
OSPF process or all OSPF processes. When you need to query information of the interface with
OSPF enabled, use this command.

[Example]
$View information of the interface with OSPF enabled in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show ospf interface
OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Interface Information

11-458
 VLINK-0 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <>
OSPF is enabled, but not running on this interface
VLINK-1 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <>
OSPF is enabled, but not running on this interface
VLANIF-1 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 100000 Kbit
<UP,BROADCAST,NOTRAILERS,RUNNING,PROMISC,MULTICAST>
Interface Address: 5.5.5.5, Area ID: 0.0.0.5, State: Waiting
No designated router on this network
No backup designated router on this network
Hello due in 0.000s
Neighbor Count is 0, Adjacent neighbor count is 0
AuthType: Text, Cost: 1, Priority: 1
Timer intervals configured: Hello 11, Dead 40, Retransmit 2434, Transmit
Delay 2345

VLANIF-11 MTU 1500 bytes, BW 0 Kbit <>

OSPF is enabled, but not running on this interface

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Interface Address Interface IP address

VLINK-0, VLANIF-1 Interface name

Area ID Area ID of the interface

State Current interface status confirmed according to OSPF interface state device

MTU Interface MTU value

BW Interface bandwidth

AuthType Interface authentication type: text, md5

Cost Interface cost value

Priority Interface priority

11.3.29 show ospf lsdb

[Command]

show ospf lsdb [process-id] (all | router | network |

summary | asbr-aummary | external | nssa-external )

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

process-id: OSPF process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

11-459
[Descriptions]

This command is used to display relevant information of LSDB of the OSPF process. There are a
variety of LSDB modes. You can select to display the summary information only, or display LSA of
the specified type, etc. When you need to query relevant information of LSDB of the OSPF
process, use this command.

[Example]
$Display summary information of lsdb of the ospf process in the config view
FHL2100(config)#show ospf lsdb
OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Link State Database Information

Area: 0.0.0.0
Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence
-----------------------------------------------------------------
Router 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 534 24 8000000a

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Area Area ID information

Type LSA type (Router/Network/Sum-Net/ External, etc.)

LinkState ID Link state ID in LSA header

AdvRouter Router for releasing or generating LSA

Age Aging time of LSA

Len LSA size

Sequence LSA serial number (from LSA header)

11.3.30 show ospf neighbor

[Command]

show ospf neighbor [process-id]

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

process-id: OSPF process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

11-460
 This command is used to view information of neighbor relationship established by the interfaces
of the specified OSPF process or all OSPF processes. When you need to query information of
neighbor relationship established by the interfaces of the OSPF process, use this command.

[Example]
$View information of neighbor relationship established by the interfaces of the
OSPF process in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show ospf neighbor
OSPF Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Neighbor Information

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time DR BDR

-----------------------------------------------------------------
1.2.3.4 1 Full 1m18s 112.2.2.2 10.1.1.1
Address Interface Area ID
-------------------------------------
172.17.3.226 VLANIF-10 0.0.0.6

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Neighbor ID Neighbor router ID

Pri Priority of neighbor router

State Neighbor state.

Down: initial state of neighbor.
Attempt: this state exists only on NBMA network, indicating it is attempting
to establish the neighbor relationship.
Init: this state indicates it has received the Hello packets sent by the
neighbor.
2-Way: this state indicates it has received the Hello packets sent by the
neighbor and both parties can communicate with each other.
ExStart: this state is the first step for establishing Adjacency and
implementing the negotiation of master-slave relationship and DD
Sequence Number.
Exchange: implement the LSDB synchronization starting from the state, with
packets for communication including DD packet, LSR packet, and LSU
packet.
Loading: LSDB is implementing the synchronization, with packets for
communication including LSR packet and LSU packet.
Full: this state indicates the synchronization of LSDB of the neighbor has
finished, and Full adjacency relationship has been established.
Dead Time Dead time of neighbor

DR Designated router

BDR Backup designated router

Address Neighbor interface address

11-461
11.3.31 spf-timer

[Command]

spf-timer delay delay-interval

no spf-timer

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

delay-interval: delay interval for SPF calculation. Type: numerical value; unit: ms; range:
0-600000; default: 200ms.

[Descriptions]

The command "spf-timer" is used to configure the delay interval and hold interval of OSPF
routing calculation.

The command "no spf-timer" is used to restore the default interval.

[Example]
$Configure the delay interval for spf calculation as 333ms in the ospf view.
FHL2100(config-ospf-1)# spf-timer delay 333

11.4 OSPFv3 Configuration

11.4.1 area default-cost

[Command]

area area-id default-cost cost

no area area-id default-cost

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

11-462
 cost: the default routing cost for OSPFv3 sending to Type-3 in NSSA/Stub area. Type: numerical
value; range: 0-16777215.

[Descriptions]

The command "area default-cost" is used to configure the default routing cost for
OSPFv3 sending to Type-3 in NSSA/Stub area. It is valid only on the area border router (ABR)
configured connecting to NSSA/Stub area. By default, the default cost of routing sent to
NSSA/Stub area is 1.

The command "no area default-cost" is used to delete the default routing cost for
OSPFv3 sending to Type-3 in NSSA/Stub area.

[Example]
$Configure the default routing cost for OSPFv3 sending to Type-3 in NSSA/Stub area
1 as 2.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# area 1 default-cost 2

11.4.2 area nssa

[Command]

area area-id nssa [no-summary]

no area area-id nssa

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

no-summary: prohibit ABR sending Summary LSA to NSSA area.

[Descriptions]

The command "area nssa" is used to set an area as NSSA area. By default, no area is set as
NSSA area.

The command "no area nssa" is used to cancel the configuration of setting an area as
NSSA area.

11-463
[Example]
$Configure Area 1 as nssa area.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# area 1
nssa

11.4.3 area range

[Command]

area area-id range ipv6-address prefix-length [ not advertise ]

no area area-id range ipv6-address prefix-length

[View]

ospf view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

ipv6-address: specified network IPv6 address, ipv6-address is a 32-digit hexadecimal

number, in the format of X: X: X: X: X: X: X: X.

prefix-length: number of subnet mask bit. Type: numerical value; range: 1-128.

not-advertise: not release the summary routing generated by the aggregation to the
neighbors. This option and substitute are mutually exclusive. One of both can be selected and
the latest configuration will take effect.

[Descriptions]

The command "area range" is used to configure the OSPFv3 protocol aggregation routing.

The command "no area range"is used to delete the OSPFv3 protocol aggregation routing.

[Example]
$Configure the aggregation routing with area id as 1, the specified network IPv6 as
AC00: :
/48.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# area 1 range ac00: : 48

11.4.4 area stub

[Command]

11-464
 area area-id stub [no-summary]

no area area-id stub

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

no-summary: prohibit ABR sending summary LSA to Stub area.

[Descriptions]

The command "area stub" is used to set an area as stub area. All routers connected to the
stub area must use this command to configure the stub attributes of this area. By default, no
area is set as stub area.

The command "no area stub" is used to cancel the setting of the area as stub area.

[Example]
$Configure Area 1 as stub area.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# area 1
stub

11.4.5 area virtual-link

[Command]

area area-id virtual-link router-id [ hello-interval interval |

retransmit-interval interval | dead-interval interval | transmit-
delay interval ] [ instance instance-id ]

no area area-id virtual-link router-id [ hello-

interval | retransmit-interval | dead-interval |
transmit-delay ]

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

11-465
 area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

route-id: virtual-connection neighbor router ID, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255.

dead-interval: dead interval. The value must be equal to the dead-interval value of the
switch establishing virtual connection with it, and shall be at least 4 times of the hello-interval
value. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 4-262140; default: 40s.

hello-interval: Interval for the interface to send Hello packets. The value must be equal to
the hello-interval value of the switch establishing virtual connection with it. Type:
numerical value; unit: s; range: 1-65535; default: 10s.

retransmit-interval: interval for the interface retransmitting LSA packets. Type:

numerical value; unit: s; range: 1-65535; default: 5s.

trans-delay-interval: interval for the interface delaying the sending of LSA packets.
Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 1-65535; default: 1s.

instance instance-id: specify the instance ID of the virtual-link. Type: numerical value;
range: 0-255; default: 0.

[Descriptions]

The command "area virtual-link" is used to configure the parameters of virtual link in
the area. The parameter of routing ID in the command shall be configured as the router ID of
the other side, and the middle pass-through area can not be the stub area. In addition, generally
the virtual link is configured between the two area border routers.

The command "no area virtual-link" is used to delete the configuration of virtual link
in the area.

[Example]
$Configure the virtual link parameters of area 1 in the ospfv3 view: neighbor
routing ID of the virtual link as 1.1.1.1.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# area 1virtual-link 1.1.1.1

11.4.6 auto-cost

[Command]

auto-cost bandwidth-reference value

11-466
 no auto-cost bandwidth-reference

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

value: reference value for calculating the link cost. Type: numerical value; unit: Mbit/s; range:
1-2147483.

[Descriptions]

The command "auto-cost bandwidth-reference" is used to configure the reference

value for calculating the link cost. If no link cost is configured, OSPFv3 will calculate the cost
automatically according to the link bandwidth (cost = reference value (M) /bandwidth). By
default, the reference value of link cost is 100M, i.e., cost = 100000000/bandwidth.

The command "no auto-cost bandwidth-reference" is used to restore the default

reference value.

[Example]
$Configure the reference value for calculating the link cost as 1000Mbit/s in the
ospfv3 view.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# auto-cost bandwidth-reference 1000

11.4.7 default-cost

[Command]

default-cost cost type type

no default-cost type type

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

cost: the default routing cost for OSPFv3 sending to Type-3 in NSSA/Stub area. Type: numerical
value; range: 0-16777215.

type type: Specifies the type of external routes. Type: numerical value; range: 1 or 2.

[Descriptions]

11-467
 The command "default-cost" is used to configure the default routing cost for external
OSPFv3 routes. By default, the default cost for external OSPFv3 routes is 1.

The command "no area default-cost" is used to restore the default routing cost for
external OSPFv3 routes.

[Example]
$Configure the default routing cost for type1 external OSPFv3 routes as 100.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# default-cost 100 type 1

11.4.8 import-route

[Command]

import-route ( direct | static | ospfv3 process-id ) [ cost cost |

tag tag | type type ]

no import-route ( direct | static | ospfv3 process-id )

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

direct: Imports routes from the direct protocol.

static: Imports routes from the static protocol.

ospfv3 process-id: Imports OSPFv3 routes. process-idType: numerical value; range:

1-16.

cost cost: Specifies the cost of imported routes. cost Type: numerical value; range: 0-
16777214.

tag tag: Specifies the tag of external LSAs. Type: numerical value; range: 0-4294967295.

type type: Specifies the type of external routes. Type: numerical value; range: 1 or 2.

[Descriptions]

The command "import-route" is used to import routes from other routing protocols.

The command "no import-route" is used to delete configuration about the imported
routes.

[Example]

11-468
 $Import direct routes to OSPFv3 1.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# import-route direct

11.4.9 lsa-arrival-interval

[Command]

lsa-arrival-interval interval

no lsa-arrival-interval

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for LSA receive. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 0-600; default: 1s.

[Descriptions]

The command " lsa-arrival-interval " is used to configure the interval for OSPFv3 LSA
receive.

The command "no lsa-arrival-interval " is used to restore the default receive cycle
as 1s.

[Example]
$Configure the LSA receive time as 5s.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# lsa-arrival-interval 5

11.4.10 lsa-refresh

[Command]

lsa-refresh interval

no lsa-refresh

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for LSA update. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 0-600; default: 5s.

11-469
[Descriptions]

The command "lsa-refresh" is used to configure the interval for OSPFv3 LSA update.

The command "no lsa-refresh" is used to restore the default update cycle as 5s.

[Example]
$Configure the LSA update time as 10s in the ospfv3 view.
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# lsa-refresh 1800

11.4.11 ospfv3

[Command]

ospfv3 process-id router-id router-id [ vrf vrf-name]

no ospfv3 process-id

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

process-id: ospfv3 process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

router-id: Router ID, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3" is used to enable the OSPFv3 process. When you need to enter the
OSPFv3 view to enable OSPFv3 function of the device, and achieve three-layer communication
of network devices in different network segments under OSPFv3 protocol, use this command.
After enabling OSPFv3 process, the network device can enter the OSPFv3 view to configure
OSPFv3 functions. Currently only support the creation of a single process. therefore the current
process can only be configured as 1.

The command "no ospfv3" is used to delete the specified ospfv3 process.

[Example]
$Enable ospfv3 process 1.
FHL2100(config)# ospfv3 1 router-id 1.1.1.1
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)#

11-470
11.4.12 ospfv3 area

[Command]

ospfv3 process-id area area-id [ instance instance-id ]

no ospfv3 process-id area area-id [ instance instance-id ]

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

process-id: ospfv3 process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

area-id: area identification, which can be a decimal integer or IP address. In case of integer
type, the range is 0-4294967295. In case of IP address, the parameter is of numerical value type;
range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 area" is used to enable the OSPFv3 area on the VLANIF.

The command "no ospfv3 area" is used to disable the OSPFv3 area on the VLANIF.

[Example]
$Enable the OSPFV3 1 area 1 on the VLANIF 10.
FHL2100(config)# interface vlanif 10
%Enter configuration commands.End with Ctrl+Z or command "quit" & "end"
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)# ospfv3 1 area 1

11.4.13 ospfv3 cost

[Command]

ospfv3 cost value

no ospfv3 cost

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

value: cost for running OSPFV3 protocol. Type: numerical value; range: 1-65535.

11-471
[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 cost" is used to configure the cost for running OSPFV3 protocol on
the interface. OSPFV3 will calculate automatically the cost according to the bandwidth of the
interface. Formula: interface cost=bandwidth reference value /interface bandwidth, where the
bandwidth reference value is configurable, with default as 10M.

The command "no ospfv3 cost" is used to restore the default cost.

[Example]
$Configure the OSPFV3 interface cost as 6555 in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)#ospfv3 cost 6555

11.4.14 ospfv3 dead-interval

[Command]

ospfv3 dead-interval interval [ instance instance-id ]

no ospfv3 dead-interval [ instance instance-id ]

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: OSPFV3 neighbor dead interval. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 4-262140;
default: 40s.

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 dead-interval" is used to set the neighbor dead interval of
OSPFV3, which means that if no Hello packet from the neighbor is received within this interval,
it will deem that the neighbor has become invalid. The neighbor dead interval of the interface
running OSPFV3 must be larger than the interval for sending Hello packets, and the dead-
interval value of interfaces in the same network segment must be the same.

The command "no ospfv3 dead-interval" is used to restore the default neighbor dead
interval.

[Example]
$Configure the neighbor dead interval of OSPFV3 interface as 234 in the VLANIF
view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospfv3 dead-interval 234

11-472
11.4.15 ospfv3 hello-interval

[Command]

ospfv3 hello-interval interval [ instance instance-id ]

no ospfv3 hello-interval [ instance instance-id ]

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for the interface to send Hello packets. Type: numerical value; unit: s;
range: 1-65535; default: 10s.

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 hello-interval" is used to configure the interval for the
interface to send Hello packets. The smaller the interval value is, the faster the network
topology change is found, and the higher routing cost will be. Be sure the parameters of the
interface and the adjacent devices are the same.

The command "no ospfv3 hello-interval" is used to restore the default interval for
the system to send Hello packets as 10s.

[Example]
$Configure the interval for OSPFV3 interface to send hello packets as 11s in the
VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospfv3 hello-interval 11

11.4.16 ospfv3 network-type

[Command]

ospfv3 network-type point-to-point [ instance instance-id ]

no ospfv3 network-type [ instance instance-id ]

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

11-473
[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 network-type" is used to configure the OSPFV3 protocol running
on the interface to support P2P network type.

The command "no ospfv3 network-type" is used to restore the network type to the
default one (Broadcast).

[Example]
$Configure the OSPFV3 interface as P2P type in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)#ospfv3 network-type point-to-point

11.4.17 ospfv3 passive-interface

[Command]

ospfv3 passive-interface [ instance instance ]

no ospfv3 passive-interface [ instance instance ]

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 passive-interface " is used to suppresses the specified

interface from sending and receiving OSPFv3 packets.

The command "no ospfv3 passive-interface " is used to restore its default value.

[Example]
$ Suppresses the VLANIF 10 interface from sending and receiving OSPFv3 packets
FHL2100(config)# interface vlanif 10
%Enter configuration commands.End with Ctrl+Z or command "quit" & "end"
FHL2100(config-vlanif-10)# ospfv3 passive-interface

11.4.18 ospfv3 priority

[Command]

ospfv3 priority priority [ instance instance-id ]

no ospfv3 priority [ instance instance-id ]

11-474
[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

priority: priority for OSPFV3 interface to electing DR/BDR. Type: numerical value; range: 0-
255. The larger the value, the higher the priority.

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 priority" is used to set the priority for the interface to electing DR.
After setting DR priority of the interface, the router can elect DR according to such priority. If the
priority of the interface is set as 0, it will not be elected as DR or BDR.

The command "no ospfv3 priority" is used to restore its default value. When DR priority
is restored to the default value, the router can elect DR according to the default priority. By
default, the DR priority of the interface is 1.

[Example]
$Configure dr priority of OSPFV3 interface as 223 in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospfv3 priority 223

11.4.19 ospfv3 retransmit-interval

[Command]

ospfv3 retransmit-interval interval [ instance instance-id ]

no ospfv3 retransmit-interval [ instance instance-id ]

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: interval for the interface to retransmit LSA. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 3-
65535; default: 5s.

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

[Descriptions]

11-475
 The command "ospfv3 retransmit-interval" is used to set the interval for the
interface to retransmit LSA. When you need to set the interval for the interface to retransmit
LSA, use this command. When a device sends a “link state broadcast” (LSA) to its neighbor, it
needs to wait for the confirmation packet from the neighbor. If no confirmation packet from the
neighbor is received within the interval for LSA retransmission, this LSA will be retransmitted.

The command "no ospfv3 retransmit-interval" is used to restore the default

interval for the interface to retransmit LSA. When you need to restore the default interval for
the interface to retransmit LSA, use this command. After the interval for the interface to
retransmit LSA is restored to the default value, if no confirmation packet from the neighbor is
received within 5s, this LSA will be retransmitted.

[Example]
$Configure the interval for OSPFV3 interface to retransmit the LSA as 10s in the
VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospfv3 retransmit-interval 10

11.4.20 ospfv3 transmit-delay

[Command]

ospfv3 transmit-delay interval [ instance instance-id ]

no ospfv3 transmit-delay [ instance instance-id ]

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

interval: delay interval for the interface to transmit LSA. Type: numerical value; unit: s;
range: 1-65535; default: 1s.

instance instance-id: instance ID. Type: numerical value; range: 0-255.

[Descriptions]

The command "ospfv3 transmit-delay" is used to set the delay interval for the interface
to transmit LSA. LSA may be aged over time (increasing 1 per second) in the link state database
(LSDB) of local switch, but will not be aged during the network transmission. Therefore it is
necessary to increase a certain period of time set by using this command to LSA aging time
before sending.

The command "no ospfv3 transmit-delay" is used to restore the delay interval to the
default 1s.

11-476
[Example]
$Configure the delay interval for OSPFV3 interface to transmit LSA as 2345s in the
VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)# ospfv3 transmit-delay 2345

11.4.21 show ospfv3 brief

[Command]

show ospfv3 brief [process-id]

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

process-id: OSPFV3 process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query summary information of the configuration of the specified
OSPFV3 process or all OSPFV3 processes. When you need to query summary information of the
configuration of the OSPFV3 process, use this command.

[Example]
$Query summary information of the configuration of all OSPFV3 processes in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# show ospfv3 brief
OSPFv3 Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
OSPFv3 Protocol Information

RouterID : 1.1.1.1
SPF-schedule-interval : delay 200ms
Lsa Refresh-interval : 5s
Lsa Arrival-interval : 1s
Auto-cost Reference-bandwidth(Mbps): 100
External Type 1 default-cost : 1
External Type 2 default-cost : 1

Area ID : 0.0.0.0 (Backbone)

ABR router in this area : 0
ASBR router in this area : 1
SPF algorithm executed 10 times
Number of LSA 3
Number of router LSA 1. Chksum 0x00001616
Number of network LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of summary LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of ASBR summary LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000
Number of NSSA LSA 0. Chksum 0x00000000

11-477
  In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
RouterID Current OSPFv3 router ID

SPF-schedule-interval Interval for SPF calculation

Lsa Refresh-interval LSA refresh interval

Lsa Arrival-interval LSA receive interval

Auto-cost Reference- Reference value for calculating the link cost.

bandwidth(Mbps)
External Type 1 default-cost Default-cost of external Type 1

External Type 2 default-cost Default-cost of external Type 2

ABR router in this area Number of ABR

ASBR router in this area Number of ASBR

SPF algorithm Times of SPF

Number of LSA Number of LSA

Number of router LSA Number of router LSA

Number of network LSA Number of network LSA

Number of summary LSA Number of summary LSA

Number of ASBR summary LSA Number of ASBR summary LSA

Number of NSSA LSA Number of NSSA LSA

11.4.22 show ospfv3 default-parameter

[Command]

show ospfv3 default-parameter

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the default configuration information of process-level OSPFV3.
When you need to query the default configuration information of process-level OSPFV3, use this
command.

[Example]

11-478
 $Query the default configuration information of process-level OSPFV3 in the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# show ospfv3 default-parameter
Default Configurations For OSPFV3 Process
--------------------------------------------------
SPF Hold-timer(msec) : 1000
SPF Delay-interval(msec) : 200
SPF Max-interval(msec) : 10000
Lsa Refresh-interval(sec) : 10
Auto-cost Reference-bandwidth(Kbps) : 100000
Default Stub-cost : 1
Hello-interval(sec) : 10
Dead-interval(sec) : 40
DR Priority : 1
Retransmit-interval(sec) : 5
Transmit-delay(sec) : 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
SPF Hold-timer Base interval for SPF calculation

SPF Delay-interval Delay interval for SPF calculation

SPF Max-interval Max. interval for SPF calculation

Lsa Refresh-interval LSA refresh interval

Auto-cost Reference-bandwidth Reference value for calculating the link cost.

Default Stub-cost Default Stub area cost

Hello-interval Hello timer interval

Dead-interval Router dead interval

DR Priority Priority for the interface to join DR election

Retransmit-interval LSA retransmission interval

Transmit-delay Interface transmission delay

11.4.23 show ospfv3 interface

[Command]

show ospfv3 interface [process-id]

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

process-id: OSPFV3 process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

11-479
 This command is used to query information of the interface with OSPFV3 enabled of the
specified OSPFV3 process or all OSPFV3 processes. When you need to query information of the
interface with OSPFV3 enabled, use this command.

[Example]
$View information of the interface with OSPFV3 enabled in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show ospfv3 interface
OSPFv3 Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Interface Information

Interface vlanif10, Area ID: 0.0.0.0, Instance-id 1, Network Type:

BROADCAST, State: Backup
MTU 1500 bytes
Designated Router(ID) 2.2.2.2
Backup Designated Router(ID) 1.1.1.1
Cost: 1, Priority: 1
Timer intervals configured: Hello 10, Dead 40, Retransmit 5, Transmit
Delay 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Area ID Area ID of the interface

Network Type Network Type of the interface

State Whether the interface is DR or BDR

MTU Interface MTU value

Designated Router(ID) Designated Router

Backup Designated Router(ID) Backup Designated Router

Cost Interface cost value

Priority Interface priority

Timer intervals configured Timers include hello-interval, dead-interval, retransmit-

interval, transmit-delay.

11.4.24 show ospfv3 lsdb

[Command]

show ospfv3 lsdb [process-id]

[(router|network|summary|asbr-aummary|external|nssa-
external)]

[View]

all views

[Parameter]

11-480
 process-id: OSPFV3 process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display relevant information of LSDB of the OSPFV3 process. There are
a variety of LSDB modes. You can select to display the summary information only, or display LSA
of the specified type, etc. When you need to query relevant information of LSDB of the OSPFV3
process, use this command.

[Example]
$Display summary information of lsdb of the ospfv3 process in the config view
FHL2100(config)# show ospfv3 lsdb all
OSPFv3 Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Link State Database Information

Area: 0.0.0.0
Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Router-LSA 0.0.0.0 1.1.1.1 75 40 80000002
Router-LSA 0.0.0.0 2.2.2.2 76 40 80000002
Network-LSA 0.0.12.10 2.2.2.2 81 32 80000001
Intra-Prefix-LSA 0.1.0.0 2.2.2.2 76 44 80000003

Link-LSA(vlanif10)
Type LinkState ID AdvRouter Age Len Sequence
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Link-LSA 0.0.12.10 1.1.1.1 85 56 80000001
Link-LSA 0.0.12.10 2.2.2.2 85 56 80000001

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Area Area ID information

Type LSA type (Router/Network/Sum-Net/ External, etc.)

LinkState ID Link state ID in LSA header

AdvRouter Router for releasing or generating LSA

Age Aging time of LSA

Len LSA size

Sequence LSA serial number (from LSA header)

11.4.25 show ospfv3 neighbor

[Command]

show ospfv3 neighbor [process-id]

[View]

11-481
 all views

[Parameter]

process-id: OSPFV3 process number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view information of neighbor relationship established by the interfaces
of the specified OSPFV3 process or all OSPFV3 processes. When you need to query information
of neighbor relationship established by the interfaces of the OSPFV3 process, use this command.

[Example]
$View information of neighbor relationship established by the interfaces of
the OSPFV3 process in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show ospfv3 neighbor
OSPFv3 Process 1 with Router ID 1.1.1.1
Neighbor Information

Neighbor ID Pri State Dead Time Interface Area ID Instance ID

--------------------------------------------------------------------------
2.2.2.2 1 Full 37s vlanif10 0.0.0.0 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table.
Parameter Descriptions
Neighbor ID Neighbor router ID

Pri Priority of neighbor router

State Neighbor state.

Down: initial state of neighbor.
Attempt: this state exists only on NBMA network, indicating it is attempting
to establish the neighbor relationship.
Init: this state indicates it has received the Hello packets sent by the
neighbor.
2-Way: this state indicates it has received the Hello packets sent by the
neighbor and both parties can communicate with each other.
ExStart: this state is the first step for establishing Adjacency and
implementing the negotiation of master-slave relationship and DD
Sequence Number.
Exchange: implement the LSDB synchronization starting from the state, with
packets for communication including DD packet, LSR packet, and LSU
packet.
Loading: LSDB is implementing the synchronization, with packets for
communication including LSR packet and LSU packet.
Full: this state indicates the synchronization of LSDB of the neighbor has

11-482
 Parameter Descriptions
finished, and Full adjacency relationship has been established.

Dead Time Dead time of neighbor

Interface interface

Area ID Area ID

Instance ID Instance ID

11.4.26 spf-timer

[Command]

spf-timer delay delay-interval

no spf-timer

[View]

ospfv3 view

[Parameter]

delay-interval: delay interval for SPF calculation. Type: numerical value; unit: ms; range:
0-600000; default: 200ms.

[Descriptions]

The command "spf-timer" is used to configure the delay interval and hold interval of
OSPFV3 routing calculation.

The command "no spf-timer" is used to restore the default interval.

[Example]
$Configure the delay interval for spf calculation as 333ms in the ospfv3 view.
FHL2100(config-ospfv3-1)# spf-timer delay 333

11.5 IS-IS configuration management

11.5.1 isis

[Command]

isis process-id [vrf vrf-name]

no isis process-id

[View]

11-483
 config view

[Parameter]

process-id: IS-IS process ID, numeric, range: 1 - 16.

vrf-name: VRF instance name, string, 1 - 31 bytes long.

[Descriptions]

isis command is used to start the device's corresponding IS-IS process and the specified VRF
instance.

no isis command is used to delete the specified IS-IS process.

One IS-IS process can only be bound to one VRF instance, while one VRF instance can have
multiple IS-IS processes bound. The VRF instance must be bound when creating an IS-IS process;
Otherwise, the user won’t be able to bind an existing IS-IS process to a VRF instance through
configuration; after successful binding, you can only delete the IS-IS process to de-bind it.

Be default, the device does not have an IS-IS process.

[Example]
$ Start IS-IS process 11.
FHL2100(config)# isis
11 FHL2100(config-isis-
11)#
$ Delete IS-IS process 11.
FHL2100(config)# no isis 11

11.5.2 network-entity

[Command]

network-entity net

no network-entity net

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

net: The specified IS-IS process’s Network Entity Title, (NET). Format:
XX.X...X.XXXX.XXXX.XXXX.00, where “XX.X...X” at the beginning is the Area ID; the 12 “X” in the
middle are the router's System ID; and “00” at last is the SEL (NSAP Selector).

NET consists of three parts:

11-484
  Area ID, for which the length can be varied (1 ~ 13 bytes).

 System ID, with a fixed length (6 bytes).

 The last byte SEL, for which the value must be00.

 One IS-IS process can support up to 3 NETs.

[Descriptions]

network-entity command is used to set the NET of the specified IS-IS process.

no network-entity command is used to delete the NET of the specifed IS-IS process.

The system must have a unique ID across the entire area and backbone area. When configuring
multiple NETs, make sure they have the same system ID.

By default, the IS-IS process has not configured NET.

[Example]
$ Configure NET 20.0001.0002.0003.0004.00 Where, the system ID is
0002.0003.0004, and the area ID is 20.0001.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# network-entity 20.0001.0002.0003.0004.00
$ Delete the NET 20.0001.0002.0003.0004.00.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# no network-entity 20.0001.0002.0003.0004.00

11.5.3 isis-level

[Command]

isis-level ( level-1 | level-1-2 |

level-2 ) no isis-level

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

level-1: Configure the current IS-IS process to work at level-1. Calculate the route inside the
area only, and maintain the LSDB of level-1.

level-2: Configure the current IS-IS process to work at level-2. Take part in LSP exchange and
route calculation of level 2 only, and maintain the LSDB of level-2.

level-1-2: Configure the current IS-IS process to work at level-1-2. Take part in the route
calculation of both level 1 and level 2, and maintain the two LSDBs of level-1 and level 2.

11-485
[Descriptions]

is-level command is used to configure the IS-IS level of an IS-IS process in the network
topology.

no is-level command is used to restore the default setting.

By default, the IS-IS process is at level-1-2.

The IS-IS process can be at one of the three levels below:

 Level-1 router: managing the route in the area, can only be adjacent to level-1 and level-1-2
routers in the same area. A level-1 router can be connected to other areas through a level-1-
2 router only.

 Level-2 router: managing the route between areas; can be adjacent to other level-2 routers
in the same area or level-1-2 routers from other areas; all level-2 IS-IS routers form the
backbone network of the route domain, responsible for the communication between
different areas; in a route domain, the level-2 IS-IS routers must be continuous to ensure the
continuity of the backbone network.

 Level-1-2 router: can form level 1-1 adjacent routers with level-1 and level-1-2 routers in the
same area, or level-2 adjacent routers with level-2 and level-1-2 routers from other areas.

In general, level-1 routers are deployed inside the areas, level-2 routers between different areas,
and level-1-2 routers between level-1 and level-2 routers.

[Example]
$ Configure the current IS-IS process to work at level-2.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# isis-level level-2
$ Restore the current IS-IS process to the default setting level-1-2.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# no isis-level

11.5.4 isis-name

[Command]

isis-name name

no isis-name

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

name: The IS-IS process's dynamic host name, string, 1 - 64 bytes long.

11-486
[Descriptions]

isis-name command is used to configure dynamic host name for a local IS-IS process, send
out the host name as LSP package, and enable the recognition of the host name from the LSP
package.

no isis-name command is used to delete the local IS-IS process’ dynamic host name.

By default, the local IS-IS process does not have a dynamic host name.

[Example]
$ Configure the dynamic host name for IS-IS process 1.
FHL2100(config-isis-1)# isis-name wuhan
$ Delete the dynamic host name for IS-IS process 1.
FHL2100(config-isis-1)# no isis-name

11.5.5 authentication-mode

[Command]

authentication-mode (text|md5) password [(level-

1|level-2)] no authentication-mode [(level-1|level-

2)]

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

text: means the verification password is packed into the Hello package as text before sent out.

md5: means the verification password is md5 enciphered and packed into the Hello package
sent out.

password: Password string under different modes, with a length of 1 - 16 characters and can
be letters or numbers.

level-1: means encryption authentication of packages at level-1.

level-2: means encryption authentication of packages at level-2.

[Descriptions]

authentication-mode command is used to set up an IS-IS process’ encryption

authentication mode and verify the password for received route information packages, or
encipher the package to be sent.

11-487
 no authentication-mode command is used to require the IS-IS process not to verify the
received packages above.

If the command does not specify level-1 and level-2, set up the same encryption authentication
mode and password for level-1 and level-2.

By default, the system will not pack certification information for the generated IS-IS route
information package, or verify the received route information package.

[Example]
$ Set IS-IS process 11’s level-1 encryption authentication mode to md5, and the
password to 123456abc.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# authentication-mode md5 123456abc level-1

11.5.6 summary

[Command]

summary ip-address (mask-len| mask-address)

no summary ip-addrass (mask-len| mask-address)

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

ip-address: Address range requiring generating the aggregate routes in the form of dot
decimal notation, such as 123.1.2.0.

mask-len: Subnet mask bits, value range: 0 - 32.

mask-address: Subnet mask in the form of dot decimal notation, such as 255.255.0.0.

[Descriptions]

summary command is used to set up the route-aggregation of the IS-IS process.

no summary command is used to cancel the route-aggregation of the IS-IS process.

By default, the IS-IS process does not perform route-aggregation.

Routes with the same prefix can be aggregated into one route, which on one hand, could reduce
the scale of the route table, and on the other hand, the size of the LSP package generated by the
current switch and the scale of LSDB can also be reduced. This function is used for routes from
level-1 to level-2 only.

11-488
[Example]
$ Set the IS-IS process level-1 route-aggregation to 172.17.10.0/24.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# summary 172.17.10.0 24

11.5.7 import-route

[Command]

import-route ( direct | static | bgp | ospf ospf | isis

isis)
[ cost cost] [ tag tag ] [type type] [level (level-1 |

level-2)] import-route isis level-2 into level-1

no import-route ( direct | static | bgp | ospf ospf |

isis isis) no import-route isis level-2 into level-1

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

direct: Import a direct route.

static: Import a static route.

bgp: Import a BGP route.

ospf: Import the specified process’ OSPF route, numeric, value range: 1 - 16.

isis: Specify the IS-IS route imported to the specified process, numeric type, the value range is
1 - 16.

cost: Specify the cost value imported to the route, the value range is 0-4261412864, and the
default value is 1.

tag: Specify the tag imported to the route, the value range is 0 - 4294967295, and the default
value is 0.

type: Specify the cost type (internal and external) imported to the external route, the value is 1
or 2, and the default type is external(2).

[Descriptions]

For IS-IS, the routes discovered by other routing protocols are always treated as the external
routes. When importing other protocol routes, you can set the cost value and type of the
imported route. When IS-IS imports a route, IS-IS treats all routes in the imported routing

11-489
 domain as the external routes, which describe how to select the routes to the destinations other
than the routing domain.

import-route command is used to configure IS-IS importing external routes.

no import-route command is used to delete the imported external routes.

By default, the IS-IS process does not import external routes.

import-route isis level-2 into level-1command is used to configure the

routes in level-2 area permeating to the level-1 area.

no import-route isis level-2 into level-1 command is used to prohibit the

routes in level-2 area from permeating to the level-1 area.

By default, the routing information of level-2 area does not permeate into level-1 area.

[Example]
$ Set the IS-IS process 11 importing static routes.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# import-route static
$ Set the route information of IS-IS process 11 level-2 permeating into level-1.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# import-route isis level-2 into level-1

11.5.8 lsp-gen-interval

[Command]

lsp-gen-interval interval [( level-1 |

level-2 )] no lsp-gen-interval [( level-1 |

level-2 )]

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

level-1: Indicate the time interval configuration for the LSP packet of level-1.

level-2: Indicate the time interval configuration for the LSP packet of level-2.

interval: The packet transmission time interval, unit: seconds; type: numeric; range: 1 - 120;
default value: 2 seconds.

[Descriptions]

lsp-gen-interval sets the time interval for generating the same Link-state Packet (LSP).

11-490
 When you need to control the generation time of LSP to avoid frequent LSP generation and
transmission which can occupy a large amount of system resources, you can use this command
to set the LSP packet time interval. After successfully set, the system will generate the new LSP
packet of the same link according to the specified time delay.

no lsp-gen-interval command then restores the default time interval to 2 seconds.

If level-1 and level-2 are not specified in the command, set the same time interval for level-1
and level-2.

[Example]
$ Set the time interval for LSP packet of level-1 to 100 seconds.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# lsp-gen-interval 100 level-1
$ Restore the time interval for LSP packet of level-2 to the default value (2 seconds).
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# no lsp-gen-interval level-2

11.5.9 lsp-max-lifetime

[Command]

lsp-max-lifetime lifetime

no lsp-max-lifetime

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

lifetime: The maximum valid time of LSP packet, unit: seconds; type: numeric; range: 350 -
65535; default value: 1200 seconds.

[Descriptions]

lsp-max-lifetime configures the maximum valid time of the Link-state Packet (LSP)
generated by the current IS-IS process.

After successfully configured, the system will make effective judgment for LSP according to the
specified time.

no lsp-max-lifetimecommand restores the valid time of Link-state Packet (LSP)

generated by the current IS-IS process to the default value (1200 seconds).

The maximum valid time of LSP is at least 300 seconds longer than the refresh interval. If the
configured parameter does not meet this constraint, it returns an error and outputs a prompt
message.

11-491
[Example]
$ Configure the valid time of LSP packet for IS-IS process to 5000 seconds:
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# lsp-max-lifetime 5000

11.5.10 lsp-refresh-interval

[Command]

lsp-refresh-interval interval

no lsp-refresh-interval

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

interval: The refresh interval of LSP, unit: seconds; type: numeric; range: 1 - 65235; default
value: 900 seconds.

[Descriptions]

lsp-refresh-interval command is used to set the LSP refresh interval.

no lsp-refresh-interval command is used to restore the default value.

By default, the refresh interval of LSP is 900 seconds.

[Example]
$ Configure the refresh interval of LSP for IS-IS process to 3500 seconds.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# lsp-refresh-interval 3500

11.5.11 spf-interval

[Command]

spf-interval interval

no spf-interval

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

interval: The delay time of route calculation, unit: seconds; type: numeric; range: 1 - 120;
default value: 5.

11-492
[Descriptions]

spf-interval configures the delay time of SPF route calculation.

no spf-interval command then restores the default settings.

By default, the delay time of SPF route calculation is 5 seconds.

[Example]
$ Configure the delay time of SPF route calculation for IS-IS process to 50 seconds.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# spf-interval 50

11.5.12 cost-style

[Command]

cost-style ( narrow | wide |

compatible ) no cost-style

[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

narrow: Receive or send the routes with a narrow cost type.

wide: Receive or send the routes with a wide cost type.

compatible: Receive or send the routes with a narrow or wide cost type.

[Descriptions]

cost-stylecommand is used to set the cost type for IS-IS process for receiving and sending
routes.

no cost-style command is used to restore the default settings.

By default, the cost type of route is narrow.

[Example]
$ Configure the cost type of the current IS-IS process for receiving and sending
routes to wide.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# cost-style wide

11.5.13 clear statistics

[Command]

clear statistics

11-493
[View]

IS-IS view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

clear statisticscommand is used to clear the packet statistics of IS-IS process.

[Example]
$ Clear the packet statistics of current IS-IS process.
FHL2100(config-isis-11)# clear statistics

11.5.14 isis enable

[Command]

isis enable process-id

no isis enable

[View]

VLANIF view, LOOPBACK view

[Parameter]

process-id: Interface associated IS-IS process number, numeric type, and the value range is
1 - 16

[Descriptions]

isis enable command is used to enable the IS-IS capacity of interface and specify the IS-IS
process number to be associated. After the command is executed successfully, the interface will
be associated with this IS-IS process.

no isis enable command is used to cancel this configuration.

By default, the IS-IS routing protocol is not enabled on the interface.

[Example]
$ Enable the IS-IS process 11 on the vlanif 888 virtual interface.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis enable 11

11-494
11.5.15 isis track bfd

[Command]

isis track bfd

no isis track bfd

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

isis track bfd set that after the IS-IS adjacency on the current virtual interface is
established, the track bfd function is used;

no isis track bfd command is used to cancel the isis track bfd function.

By default, the isis track bfd function is not configured on the virtual interface.

[Example]
$ Enable the isis track bfd function on the vlanif 888 virtual interface.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis track bfd

11.5.16 isis circuit-level

[Command]

isis circuit-level ( level-1 | level-1-2 |

level-2 ) no isis circuit-level

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

level-1: By setting the link type of virtual interface to level-1, you can only establish the
adjacency of level-1 on this interface, but not that of level-2.

level-1-2: By setting the link type of virtual interface to level-1-2, you can simultaneously
establish the adjacency of level-1 and level-2 on thisinterface.

11-495
 level-2: By setting the link type of virtual interface to level-2, you can only establish the
adjacency of level-2 on this interface.

[Descriptions]

isis circuit-level command is used to configure the link type of virtual interface.

no isis circuit-level command is used to restore the link type of virtual interface to
default settings.

By default, the link type of virtual interface is level-1-2.

[Example]
$ Configure the IS-IS link type to level-2 on the vlanif 888 virtual interface.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis circuit-level level-2

11.5.17 isis circuit-type

[Command]

isis circuit-type

p2p no isis

circuit-type

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

isis circuit-type p2p command is used to configure the virtual interface to p2p
network type.

no isis circuit-type, after this command is executed, the network type is restored to
the default type (Broadcast).

By default, the network type of virtual interface is Broadcast.

The network types of the IS-IS interfaces at both ends of the link must be consistent, otherwise
the adjacency can not be established between the two parties.

On an IS-IS enabled interface, when the interface type changes, the relevant configuration will
also change, as follows.

11-496
  When using isis circuit-type command to change the broadcast network interface
to a P2P type, hello-interval, hello-multiplier, and authentication-mode under the interface
are restored to the default configuration, while dis-priority, csnp-interval and other
configurations becomeinvalid.

 When using no isis circuit-type command to restore the network type of interface,
hello-interval, hello-multiplier, authentication-mode, dis-priority and csnp-interval under the
interface are restored to the default configuration.

[Example]
$ Configure the vlanif 888 virtual interface to P2P network type.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis circuit-type p2p

11.5.18 isis dis-priority

[Command]

isis dis-priority priority [( level-1 |

level-2 )] no isis dis-priority [( level-1

| level-2 )]

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

priority: DIS priority. Numeric type, the value range is 0 - 127, and the default value is 64.

level-1: Indicate the priority used when electing the level-1 DIS.

level-2: Indicate the priority used when electing the level-2 DIS.

[Descriptions]

isis dis-priority command is used to set the priority for electing DIS (Designated
Intermediate System).

This configuration only makes sense for the networks of broadcast type. The larger the priority
value, the higher the priority. In the case of equal priority, the router with the highest MAC
address is selected as DIS.

no isis dis-priority command is used to restore the default priority.

If level-1 and level-2 are not specified in the command, set the same priority for level-1 and
level-2.

11-497
 By default, the DIS priority of level-1 and level-2 is 64.

[Example]
$ Configure the priority used by the current virtual interface when electing the
level-1 DIS to 120.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis dis-priority 120 level-1

11.5.19 isis hello-interval

[Command]

isis hello-interval interval [(level-

1|level-2)] no isis hello-

interval[(level-1|level-2)]

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

interval: The Hello packet transmission time interval of interface, unit: seconds; type:
numeric; range: 3 - 255; default value: 10 seconds.

level-1: Indicate the transmission time interval configuration for the Hello packet of level-1.

level-2: Indicate the transmission time interval configuration for the Hello packet of level-2.

[Descriptions]

lsp-gen-interval sets the time interval for interface to transmit the Hello packet.

no isis hello-interval command restores the time interval of interface transmitting

the Hello packet to the default configuration.

If level-1 or level-2 is not specified in the command, set the same time interval for level-1 and
level-2.

By default, the time interval for Hello packets of level-1 and level-2 is 10 seconds.

[Example]
$ Configure the time interval for Hello packets of vlanif888 to 50 seconds.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis hello-interval 50 level-1

11.5.20 isis hello-multiplier

[Command]

isis hello-multiplier number [( level-1 | level-2 )]

11-498
 no isis hello-multiplier [( level-1 | level-2 )]

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

number: The number of adjacency's Hello packets not received by IS-IS before the adjacency is
declared to be invalid, type: numeric; range: 3 - 100; default value: 3.

level-1: The number of level-1 adjacency's Hello packets not received by IS-IS before the
adjacency is declared to be invalid.

level-2: The number of level-2 adjacency's Hello packets not received by IS-IS before the
adjacency is declared to be invalid.

[Descriptions]

isis hello-multiplier sets the number of adjacency's Hello packets not received by IS-
IS before the adjacency is declared to be invalid.

no isis hello-multiplier, after the command is executed, the number of Hello

packets not received before the adjacency is invalid is restored to the default value 3.

If level-1 and level-2 are not specified in the command, set the same number of Hello packets
for level-1 and level-2.

By default, the number of adjacency's Hello packets not received by IS-IS before the adjacency is
declared to be invalid on the interfaces of level-1 and level 2 is 3.

[Example]
$ Configure the vlanif888 interface to declare that the number of adjacency's
Hello packets not received by IS-IS level-1 before the adjacency is invalid is 5.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis hello-multiplier 5 level-1

11.5.21 isis csnp-interval

[Command]

isis csnp-interval interval [( level-1 |

level-2 )] no isis csnp-interval [( level-1 |

level-2 )]

[View]

VLANIF view

11-499
[Parameter]

interval: CSNP packet transmission time interval, unit: seconds; type: numeric; range: 1 -
600; default value: 10seconds.

level-1: Indicate the transmission time interval configuration for the CSNP packet of level-1.

level-2: Indicate the transmission time interval configuration for the CSNP packet of level-2.

[Descriptions]

isis csnp-interval sets the time interval for transmitting the complete sequence
packets (CSNP) on the broadcast network.

no isis csnp-interval is used to restore the CSNP packet time interval to the default
value.

If level-1 and level-2 are not specified in the command, set the same time interval for level-1
and level-2.

By default, the time interval for the interfaces of level-1 and level-2 transmitting CSNP packets is
10 seconds.

Only DIS periodically transmits CSNP packets, so this command is only valid for the router
selected as DIS.

[Example]
$ Configure the time interval for CSNP packets of vlanif888 interface level-1 to 30
seconds.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis csnp-interval 30 level-1

11.5.22 isis authentication-mode

[Command]

isis authentication-mode ( text | md5 ) password

[( level-1 | level-2 )]

no isis authentication-mode [( level-1 | level-2 )]

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

text: means the verification password is packed into the Hello package as text before sent out.

11-500
 md5: means the verification password is md5 enciphered and packed into the Hello package
sent out.

password: The password strings in different authentication modes, string type, with the
length of 1 - 16 characters.

level-1: means encryption authentication of packages at level-1.

level-2: means encryption authentication of packages at level-2.

[Descriptions]

isis authentication-mode configures the IS-IS virtual interface encryption

authentication mode, including the authentication mode and authentication password of the IS-
IS virtual interface. When you need to ensure that a correct and effective adjacency is
established between the router and the adjacent router, use this command. After successfully
configured, the router encapsulates the configured authentication mode and password into the
Hello packet for external publishing, and then verifies the received Hello packets. Only the Hello
packets consistent with the authentication mode and password can be received.

no isis circuit-level command is used to restore the default configuration of

encryption authentication for IS-IS virtual interface.

If level-1 or level-2 is not specified in the command, set the same encryption authentication
mode for level-1 or level-2.

By default, the sent packets are not encrypted, and the received packets are also not
authenticated.

[Example]
$ Set the level-1 encryption authentication mode of vlanif 888 interface to md5,
and the password is 123456abc.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis authentication-mode md5 123456abc level-1

11.5.23 isis circuit-cost

[Command]

isis circuit-cost cost [( level-1 |

level-2 )] no isis circuit-cost [( level-

1 | level-2 )]

[View]

VLANIF view

11-501
[Parameter]

cost: Interface link cost value. If the cost type of IS-IS is narrow or compatible style, the range
of cost values is 1 -63; otherwise, the range is 1 - 16777215.

level-1: Set the level-1 link cost value.

level-2: Set the level-2 link cost value.

[Descriptions]

isis circuit-costcommand is used to specify the interface link cost.

no isis circuit-cost command is used to restore the default link cost.

If level-1 or level-2 is not specified in the command, set the same link cost value for level-1 or
level-2.

By default, the link cost of IS-IS virtual interface is 10.

[Example]
$ Configure the level-1 link cost value of vlanif888 interface to 60.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-888)# isis circuit-cost 60 level-1

11.5.24 show isis default-parameter

[Command]

show isis default-parameter

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

None

[Descriptions]

The query displays the default configuration of IS-IS protocol at the process level and port level.

[Example]
$ View the default configuration of IS-IS protocol.
FHL2100(config)# show isis default-parameter
Default Configurations For Process
--------------------------------------------------
Level : level-1-2
Cost-Style : L1 narrow L2 narrow

11-502
 Auth-Mode : L1 none L2 none
LSP-Generation-Interval(s) : L1 2 L2 2
LSP-Max-Lifetime(s) : 1200
LSP-Refresh-Interval(s) : 900
SPF-Interval(s) : 5

Default Configurations For Interface

--------------------------------------------------
Circuit-Level : level-1-2
Circuit-Type : broadcast
Circuit-Cost(s) : L1 10 L2 10
DIS-Priority : L1 64 L2 64
Hello-Interval(s) : L1 10 L2 10
Hello-Multiplier : L1 3 L2 3
CSNP-Interval(s) : L1 10 L2 10
Auth-Mode : L1 none L2 none

 In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:
Parameter Description
Level IS-IS default level
Cost-Style IS-IS default cost type
Auth-Mode IS-IS encryption authentication mode
LSP-Generation-Interval LSP generation interval
LSP-Max-Lifetime LSP maximum effective time
LSP-Refresh-Interval LSP refresh period
SPF-Interval Delay time of SPF route calculation
Circuit-Level Interface link level
Circuit-Type Interface link network type
Circuit-Cost Interface link cost
DIS-Priority The protocol priority of IS-IS enabled interface
Hello-Interval Hello packet transmission interval
Hello-Multiplier The number of Hello packets used to determine whether the
adjacency is invalid
CSNP-Interval CSNP packet transmission interval

11.5.25 show isis brief

[Command]

show isis brief [process-id]

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

11-503
 process-id: IS-IS process number, numeric type, the value range is 1 - 16. If this parameter is
the default value, all the IS-IS process summary information is queried.

[Descriptions]

The query displays the summary information of IS-IS.

[Example]
$ Query the summary information of IS-IS process 1.
FHL2100# show isis brief 1
ISIS Protocol Information for ISIS(1)
--------------------------------------------------
Level: level-1-2 Name: test
NET: 49.0001.0001.0001.00
NET: 11.0001.0001.0001.00
NET: 11.2233.0001.0001.0001.00
Cost-Style : narrow
Auth-Mode : L1 none L2 none
LSP-Generation-Interval(s): L1 2 L2 2
LSP-Max-Lifetime(s) : 350
LSP-Refresh-Interval(s) : 10
SPF-Interval(s) : 5
Interface: vlanif1 vlanif10 loopback7

 In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:
Parameter Description
Level IS-IS level
Name IS-IS dynamic host name
NET IS-IS network entity name
Cost-Style IS-IS default cost type
Auth-Mode IS-IS encryption authentication mode
LSP-Generation-Interval LSP generation interval
LSP-Max-Lifetime LSP maximum effective time
LSP-Refresh-Interval LSP refresh period
SPF-Interval Delay time of SPF route calculation
Interface IS-IS enabled interface

11.5.26 show isis interface

[Command]

show isis interface [process-id]

[View]

All views

11-504
[Parameter]

process-id: IS-IS process number, numeric type, the value range is 1 - 16. If this parameter is
the default value, all the IS-IS process interface information is queried.

[Descriptions]

The query displays the IS-IS enabled interface information.

[Example]
$ Query the interface information of IS-IS process 1.
FHL2100(config)# show isis interface
1
Interface information for ISIS(1)
----------------------------------------------------
Interface: vlanif1
Circuit-Level : level-1-2 DIS: NO/NO
Circuit-Type : broadcast
Circuit-Cost : L1 10 L2 10
DIS-Priority : L1 64 L2 64
Hello-Interval(s) : L1 10 L2 10
Hello-Multiplier : L1 3 L2 3
CSNP-Interval(s) : L1 10 L2 10
Auth-Mode : L1 none L2 none

Interface: vlanif10
Circuit-Level : level-1-2 DIS: YES/NO
Circuit-Type : broadcast
Circuit-Cost : L1 10 L2 10
DIS-Priority : L1 65 L2 64
Hello-Interval(s) : L1 10 L2 10
Hello-Multiplier : L1 3 L2 3
CSNP-Interval(s) : L1 10 L2 10
Auth-Mode : L1 none L2 none

Interface: loopback7

 In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:
Parameter Description
Interface IS-IS enabled interface
Circuit-Level Interface link level
DIS Whether it is DIS
Note: Only the broadcast network interface may be selected as DIS
Circuit-Type Interface link network type
Circuit-Cost Interface link cost
DIS-Priority The DIS priority of IS-IS enabled interface
Hello-Interval Hello packet transmission interval
Hello-Multiplier The number of Hello packets used to determine whether the adjacency
is invalid

11-505
 Parameter Description
CSNP-Interval CSNP packet transmission interval
Auth-Mode The interface encryption authentication mode of IS-IS

11.5.27 show isis lsdb

[Command]

show isis lsdb [process-id process-id] [lsp-id lsp-id]

[(level- 1|level-2)] [verbose]

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

process-id: IS-IS process number, numeric type, the value range is 1 - 16. If this parameter is
the default value, the link-state database information of all IS-IS processes is queried.

lsp-id: Specify the ID of the LSP to be displayed. The form is ####.####.####.##-##, eg.
0010.0200.3004.00-00.

verbose: Display the detailed link-state database information.

level-1: Display the Level-1 link-state database information.

level-2: Display the Level-1 link-state database information.

[Descriptions]

The query displays the link-state database information of IS-IS.

[Example]
$ Query the link-state database information of IS-IS process 1.
FHL2100(config)# show isis lsdb process-id 1
Database information for ISIS(1)--level-1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP ID PduLen SeqNumber Chksum Holdtime ATT/P/OL
test.00-00* 44 0x0000d1ef 0xd951 349 0/0/0
test.00-01* 33 0x0000d200 0x36a0 348 0/0/0
test.00-02* 153 0x0000d1e2 0x75f5 342 0/0/0
test.02-00* 55 0x00006fd6 0x87fb 342 0/0/0
hw-rt001.00-00 114 0x000003fd 0x1249 598 0/0/0

Database information for ISIS(1)--level-2

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
LSP ID PduLen SeqNumber Chksum Holdtime ATT/P/OL
test.00-00* 44 0x0000d1da 0x043c 344 0/0/0
test.00-01* 47 0x0000d1d5 0xd807 344 0/0/0

11-506
 test.00-02* 153 0x0000d1e7 0x0b53 348 0/0/0
hw-rt001.00-00 180 0x00000439 0x1bd4 598 0/0/0
hw-rt001.01-00 55 0x0000014a 0x8b9e 598 0/0/0

 In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:
Parameter Description
LSP ID Link-state packet ID
PduLen LSP packet length
SeqNumber LSP serial number
Chksum LSP checksum
Holdtime LSP hold time, unit: seconds
ATT/P/OL Attach bit (ATT): The attach bit; Partition bit (P): The partition bit;
Overload bit (OL): The overload bit.

11.5.28 show isis neighbor

[Command]

show isis neighbor [process-id process-id] [verbose]

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

process-id: IS-IS process number. Numeric type, the value range is 1 - 16. If this parameter is
set as default, it means the adjacency information of all IS-IS processes is viewed.

verbose: Display the details of adjacency.

[Descriptions]

The query displays the adjacency information established by IS-IS.

[Example]
$ Query the adjacency information of IS-IS process 1.
FHL2100(config)# show isis neighbor process-id 1
Neighbor information for ISIS(1)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
System-Id Interface Circuit-Id State Holdtime Type PRI
0001.0002.0009 vlanif10 0001.0001.0001.02 Up 25 L1(L1L2) 64
0001.0002.0009 vlanif10 0001.0002.0009.01 Up 8 L2(L1L2) 64

 In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:

11-507
 Parameter Description
System-Id The host system ID of adjacency
Interafce Interface type and Interface number
Circuit-Id Link ID
State Interface state: up/down
Holdtime adjacency hold time, unit: seconds
Type IS-IS type (level-1, level-2 or level-1-2)
PRI The priority when electing DIS

11.5.29 show isis statistics

[Command]

show isis statistics [process-id process-id] [interface vlanif]

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

process-id: IS-IS process number, numeric type, and the value range is 1-16. If this
parameter is set as default, it means the packet statistics of all IS-IS processes is viewed.

vlanif: Virtual interface ID, numeric type, and the value range is 1-4094. If this parameter is
set as default, it means the packet statistics of the specified IS-IS process interface is viewed.

[Descriptions]

The query displays the packet transmission statistics of IS-IS process.

[Example]
$ Query and display the packet transmission statistics of IS-IS process interface 10.
FHL2100(config)# show isis statistics interface 10
Statistics information for ISIS(1)
-----------------------------------------------------------
vlanif10 Statistics
------------------------------------------------------------
Packet type Send Packet-Num Receive Packet-Num
------------------------------------------------------------
L1 Hello 38603 10204
L1 LSP 42769 126
L1 CSNP 10162 0
L1 PSNP 0 1501
L2 Hello 11605 51914
L2 LSP 32126 251
L2 CSNP 0 10187
L2 PSNP 2 0

11-508
  In the example, please refer to the table below for the description on the
command echo parameters:
Parameter Description
L1 Hello Level-1 Hello packet
L1 LSP Level-1 LSP packet
L1 CSNP Level-1 CSNP packet
L1 PSNP Level-1 PSNP packet
L2 Hello Level-2 Hello packet
L2 LSP Level-2 LSP packet
L2 CSNP Level-2 CSNP packet
L2 PSNP Level-2 PSNP packet

11.6 BGP Configuration

11.6.1 aggregate

[Command]

aggregate ip-address mask [ as-set ] [ detail ]

no aggregate ip-address mask [ as-set ] [ detail ]

[View]

ipv4-family unicast View

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates the IP address of an aggregated route and it is in dot-decimal

notation.

mask: designates the network mask of an aggregated route, and it is in integer form with a
value range of 0-32;

as-set: designates generation of a route with AS-SET; the AS path of this type of route
includes AS route information of a particular route. If this parameter is not configured, a route
with AS-SET will not be generated;

detail: designates the publishing of a detailed route. If this parameter is not configured,
only the aggregated route will be published.

[Description]

11-509
 Using the aggregate command, user can create an aggregation route in the BGP route table.
Using the no aggregate command, user can delete created aggregation routes from the BGP
route table.

By default, no aggregation route is created in the BGP route table.

Only when the activated detailed route exists in the device, the aggregated route can be
released to the remote BGP peer. Otherwise, the aggregated route can be viewed in IP routing
table and FIB forwarding table, not in BGP routing table.

[Example]
$ In BGP route table, create an aggregation route of 192.168.0.0/24:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)#ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# aggregate 192.168.0.0 24

11.6.2 always-compare-med

[Command]

always-compare-med

no always-compare-

med

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

Using the always-compare-med command, user can compare MED values from different AS
neighbor routes. Using the no always-compare-med command, MED values from different
AS neighbor routes will not be compared. By default, the device compares MED values from
different AS neighbor routes.

Unless user can confirm that different AS use the same IGP and route selection mode, this
command should not be used.

[Example]
$ Enable comparison of MED values from different AS neighbor routes:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp-100)# always-compare-med

11-510
11.6.3 balance

[Command]

balance (ibgp | ebgp) number

no balance (ibgp | ebgp)

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ibgp: designates load sharing of an IBGP route;

ebgp: designates load sharing of an EBGP route;

number: designates the maximum number of equivalent routes and its value range is 1-2.

[Description]

Using the balance command, user can configure load sharing for the route between BGP
neighbors and designate the maximum number of equivalent routes. Using the no balance
command, user can cancel the configuration of load sharing for the route between BGP
neighbors. By default, load sharing is not formed for the route between BGP neighbors.

When load sharing is needed between BGP neighbors, user can configure the maximum number
of equivalent routes to 2.

[Example]
$ Configure the maximum number of equivalent routes for EBGP route to 2:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)#balance ebgp 2

11.6.4 bgp

[Command]

bgp (as-number-plain | as-number-dot) [ router-id ip-address ]

no bgp

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

11-511
 as-number-plain: AS No. in integer form, indicates BGP supports 2-byte AS No. and its
value range is 1-65535;

as-number-dot: AS No. in dot-decimal form, indicates BGP supports 4-byte AS No, and it is
in the format of X.Y, where X and Y are both integers. X value range is 1-65535, and Y value range
is 0-65535;

router-id ip-address: designates BGP’s Router ID. When BGP is started for the first time,
Router ID must be configured. ip-address is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

BGP is a dynamic routing protocol used between AS. When transmission of route information is
needed between AS or inside AS, user can use the bgp command to start BGP and enter the
BGP view. Using the no bgp command, user can close the BGP function. By default, BGP is
closed.

[Example]
$ Start BGP, AS No. is 100, and Router ID is 1.1.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100 router-id 1.1.1.1

11.6.5 dampening

[Command]

dampening [HALFLIFE REUSE SUPPRESS MAX-TIME]

no dampening

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

HALFLIFE: designates the half-life of the reachable route. It is in integer form, and the value
range is 1-45. The unit is minute and default value is 15.

REUSE: designates the threshold for canceling route suppression. When the penalty value is
lower than this value, the route can cancel suppression state.

SUPPRESS: designates the threshold for a route to enter the suppression state. When the
penalty value exceeds this value, the route will be suppressed. During configuration, SUPPRESS
must be greater than REUSE.

11-512
 MAX-TIME: designates the maximum suppression time. It is in integer form, and its value range
is 1-255. The unit is minute, and default value is 60.

[Description]

The dampening command can be used to enable route dampening function for the route
received from the peer based on route dampening parameters. The no dampening command
can be used to disable the route dampening function. By default, the route dampening function
is not enabled.

BGP flapping suppression uses a penalty value to measure the stability of a route. A higher
penalty value indicates the more unstable the route.

After the route dampening function is configured, it will perform dampening control for the
route received from the designated peer. Each time route flapping occurs, BGP will add a certain
penalty value to this route. When the penalty value exceeds this suppression threshold, this
route will be suppressed. In addition, it will not be added to the IP route table and update
packets will be not be sent to other BGP peers. The suppression state can be canceled for
suppressed routes in either of the following ways:

 After a certain period of time, the penalty value of the suppressed route will be reduced by
half. When the value is lowered to the threshold for reuse, suppression will be canceled for
this route;

 The time that the suppressed route has been in the state of suppression reaches the
maximum suppression time. In this case, the suppression state of this route will be canceled.

After the suppression state is canceled, the route will become available and be added to the IP
route table, and update packets will be sent to other BGP peers.

[Example]
$ Enable route dampening for the route received from the peer 192.168.1.1.
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)#dampening

11.6.6 default local-preference

[Command]

default local-preference value

no default local-preference

[View]

11-513
 BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

value: designates the value of the default local preference and its value range is 0-
4294967295. A larger value indicates a higher preference.

[Description]

The default local-preference command can be used to configure the default local
preference value; no default local-preference command can be used to restore the
default local preference to the default value. By default, the default local preference value is
100.

The local preference attribute can be used to determine the optimal route for traffic leaving AS.
When several routes with the same destination but different next hops are obtained through
various IBGP peers, the route with a higher local preference value will be selected.

Local Preference attribute is valid only between IBGP peers and other AS will not be notified.

[Example]
$ Configure the default value of the local preference to 200:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# default local-preference 200

11.6.7 default med

[Command]

default med value

no default med

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

value: designates the MED value carried when publishing the route to peer. It is in integer
form and its value range is 1-4294967295.

[Description]

The neighbor default med command can be used to configure the MED value which is
carried when publishing route to peers. The no neighbor default med command can be

11-514
 used to restore to default. By default, the device does not change the carried MED value when
publishing routes to peers.

The MED attribute is used for selecting optimal BGP routes, and when other conditions remain
the same, the route with smaller MED value will be selected as the optimal one.

[Example]
$ Configure the default MED value carried when publishing routes to the peer
192.168.1.1 as 50.
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)#default med 50

11.6.8 deterministic-med

[Command]

deterministic-med

no deterministic-

med

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The deterministic-medcommand can be used to enable BGP deterministic-med

functionality and eliminate the relevance between route selection results and receiving
sequence. The no deterministic-med command can be used to disable the BGP
deterministic-med function.

By default, BGP deterministic-med function is not enabled. In other words, BGP will compare
the new route with the optimal route in the current route table. If the new route is better, it will
be selected as the preferential option. In this case, the sequence of route learning may affect
the results of optimal route selection.

After enabling the deterministic-med function, the relevance between route selection results
and receiving sequence will be eliminated. At such time, the new route received by the device
will be compared with other routes in the BGP route table and then the optimal route will be
selected.

[Example]

11-515
 $ Enable BGP deterministic-med function:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# deterministic-
med

11.6.9 ebgp-interface-sensitive

[Command]

ebgp-interface-

sensitive no ebgp-

interface-sensitive

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The ebgp-interface-sensitive command can be used to enable the EBGP connection

fast resetting function. The no ebgp-interface-sensitive command can be used to
disable EBGP connection fast resetting function.

When the ebgp-interface-sensitive command is not configured, if a certain interface

is Down, the system cannot select a suboptimal route for message transmission. Instead, after a
period of time (by default, 90 seconds), it will check if it can transmit the message to the original
destination address through other interfaces. This will cause traffic interruption for a certain
period of time.

After configuring the ebgp-interface-sensitive command, when the EBGP link

becomes faulty, BGP can sense this immediately and clear the direct EBGP session that is
established on this interface. It then attempts to use other interfaces to reset the BGP
connection on the original interface.

[Example]
$ Enable EBGP connection fast resetting function:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)#ebgp-interface-sensitive

11.6.10 import-route

[Command]

11-516
 import-route protocol [ protocol-id ] [ med med ] [ default-
route ]

no import-route protocol [ protocol-id ]

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

protocol [ protocol-id ]: designates the imported external routing protocols, including

direct, static, OSPF and IS-IS. When the imported external routing protocols are OSFP and IS-IS, a
process ID should also be designated. protocol-id is in integer form and its value range is 1-
16.

med med: designates the med value of the imported route. It is in integer form and its value
range is 0-4294967295.

default-route: permits importing the default route to the BGP route table. By default, a
BGP route table does not permit importing of a default IGP route.

[Description]

When you must publish the route information learned by IGP to the BGP peer, user can use the
import-route command to import the IGP route to the BGP route table.

Using the no import-route command, user can cancel importing of IGP route to the BGP
route table.

By default, no IGP routes are imported to the BGP route table.

[Example]
$ Import a direct route:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# import-route direct

11.6.11 ipv4-family

[Command]

ipv4-family unicast

ipv4-family vpnv4

unicast ipv4-family

vrf vrf-name

11-517
[View]

BGP view

[Parameters]

unicast: displays ipv4-family unicast view.

vpnv4 unicast: displays ipv4-family VPNv4 view.

vrf vrf-name: displays ipv4 vrf instance view with the specified VRF.

[Description]

When performing related operations for BGP IPv4 unicast address family, user must use the
ipv4-family unicast command to enter the IPv4 unicast address family view, at which
time user are able to perform configuration.

[Example]
$ Enter IPv4 unicast address family view:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast

11.6.12 neighbor advertisement-interval

[Command]

neighbor ip-address advertisement-interval value

no neighbor ip-address advertisement-interval

[View]

BGP view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates the BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

value: designates the interval at which the device sends route update packets of the same
route to the peer. It is in integer form with a value range of 1-600, and the units are seconds.

[Description]

The neighbor advertisement-interval command is used to configure the interval of

which the device sends route update packets of the same route to the peer.

11-518
 The no neighbor advertisement-interval command is used to restore the interval
of which the device sends route update packets of the same route to the default value. By
default, the interval is 30 seconds.

When the route changes, the router will send update packets to inform the peer. However, if the
same route changes frequently, to avoid sending update packets to the peer each time its route
changes, you can use this command to configure the interval of which the device sends route
update packets of the same route.

[Example]
$ Configure the interval of which the device sends route updates to the peer
192.168.1.1 as 60s:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 advertisement-interval 60

11.6.13 neighbor allow-as-loop

[Command]

neighbor ip-address allow-as-loop value

no neighbor ip-address allow-as-loop

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

value: designates the permitted repeat times of the local AS No. It is in integer form, and its
value range is 0-10.

[Description]

The neighbor allow-as-loop command can be used to configure the repeat times of
local AS No.; the no neighbor allow-as-loop command can be used to restore to
default. By default, BGP does not permit local AS No. to repeat and uses this way to detect route
loop.

In specific networking, BGP will receive route update information including local AS No. To
ensure the proper transmission of route information in specific networking, the neighbor
allow-as-loop command should be used for configuration.

[Example]

11-519
 $ Allow the AS No. in the route information published by the peer 192.168.1.1 to
repeat twice.
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 allow-as-loop 2

11.6.14 neighbor as-number

[Command]

neighbor ip-address as-number (as-number-plain | as-number-dot)

no neighbor ip-address

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

as-number-plain: AS No. in integer form, indicates BGP supports 2-byte AS No. and its
value range is 1-65535.

as-number-dot: AS No. in dot-decimal form, indicates BGP supports 4-byte AS No, and it is
in the format of X.Y. X and Y are both integers, X value range is 1-65535, and Y value range is 0-
65535.

[Description]

Using the neighbor command, user can create a BGP peer. Using the no neighbor
command, user can delete the designated BGP peer. By default, no BGP peer is created for BGP.

[Example]
$ Configure the peer AS No. of 192.168.1.1 as 100:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 as-number 100

11.6.15 neighbor capability route-refresh

[Command]

neighbor ip-address capability route-refresh

no neighbor ip-address capability route-refresh

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

11-520
[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

The neighbor capability route-refresh command can be used to enable the route
refresh function with peers. The no neighbor capability route-refresh command
can be used to disable the route refresh function with peers. By default, this function is enabled.

[Example]
$ Enable the route refresh function with the peer 192.168.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 capability route-refresh

11.6.16 neighbor connect-src-ip

[Command]

neighbor ip-address connect-src-ip src-ip

no neighbor ip-address connect-src-ip

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

src-ip: designates the source IP address for sending BGP packets, which is in dot-decimal
notation.

[Description]

The neighbor connect-src-ip command can be used to designate the source address
for sending the BGP packet; no neighbor connect-src-ip command can be used to
restore to default.

BGP uses TCP as its transport layer protocol. By default, BGP uses the outbound interface of the
optimal route leading to the peer as the source interface for establishing TCP connection with
the peer. In other words, the main IP address of the outbound interface of the optimal route is
used for establishing TCP connection with the peer. When using a Loopback interface for
establishing a BGP neighbor, you must designate the source IP address as the IP address of the
Loopback interface.

11-521
 When using a Loopback interface for establishing BGP connection, it is recommended that the
neighbor connect-src-ip command should be configured at both ends of the peer to
ensure the accuracy of the connection. If this command is configured at only one end, the setup
of BGP connection may fail.

[Example]
$ Configure the source IP address that sends the BGP packet to the peer
192.168.1.1 as 192.168.1.2:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 connect-src-ip 192.168.1.2

11.6.17 neighbor default-route

[Command]

neighbor ip-address default-route

no neighbor ip-address default-route

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

The neighbor default-route command can be used to send default routes to the BGP
peer. The no neighbor default-route command can be used to restore to default. By
default, BGP does not send routes to its peer.

Generally, a default route is applied to networks with the following characteristics:

 There are several EBGP neighbors and network-wide routes can be received from each
neighbor;

 There are several route reflectors and network-wide routes can be received from each route
reflector.

When load sharing is not performed on the network, the BGP peer can receive up to one active
network-wide route. When implementing load sharing, the number of routes that can be
received by the BGP peer will double, causing an explosion in the number of routes on the
network. On such a network, by configuring publishing only default routes to the BGP peer, the

11-522
 default route will be used for load sharing. This will significantly cut the number of routes on the
network.

This command does not require the existence of default routes on the route table. Instead, the
default route is that whose next hop is itself to the peer.

[Example]
$ Configure publishing of a default route to the peer192.168.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 default-route

11.6.18 neighbor ebgp-max-hop

[Command]

neighbor ip-address ebgp-max-hop value

no neighbor ip-address ebgp-max-hop

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

value: designates the maximum number of hops between the device and non-direct peer. It is
in integer form and its value range is 1-255.

[Description]

The neighbor ebgp-max-hop command can be used to configure setup of an EBGP

connection between the device and no-direct peer, and also designates the maximum number
of hops allowed; no neighbor ebgp-max-hop command can be used to restore to
default.

By default, the physical link between EBGP peers must be direct. If this requirement cannot be
met, user must use the neighbor ebgp-max-hop command to allow setup of a TCP
connection between them.

When BGP uses a Loopback interface to establish an EBGP neighbor, user must configure the
command peer ebgp-max-hop (value≥2). Otherwise, the neighborhood cannot be setup.

[Example]

11-523
 $ Configure the maximum number of hops for establishing an EBGP connection
with the peer 192.168.1.1 as 2:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 ebgp-max-hop 2

11.6.19 neighbor enable

[Command]

neighbor ip-address enable

no neighbor ip-address enable

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view, ipv4-family VPNv4 view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

The neighbor enablecommand can be used to enable exchange of route information with
the peer of IPv4 unicast address family; the no neighbor enable command can be used to
disable the exchange of route information with the peer of IPv4 unicast address family. By
default, the peer of theIPv4 unicast address family is enabled.

[Example]
$ Enable the exchange of IPv4 unicast route information with the peer 192.168.1.1.
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 enable

11.6.20 neighbor fake-as

[Command]

neighbor ip-address fake-as (as-number-plain | as-number-dot)

no neighbor ip-address fake-as

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

11-524
 as-number-plain: AS No. in integer form, indicates BGP supports 2-byte AS No. and its
value range is 1-65535.

as-number-dot: AS No. in dot-decimal form, indicates BGP supports 4-byte AS No, and it is
in the format of X.Y. X and Y are both integers. X value range is 1-65535, and Y value range is 0-
65535.

[Description]

The neighbor fake-as command can be used to designate the local device to use the fake
AS No. to establish peer relation with other devices; the no neighbor fake-as command
can be used to restore to default. By default, the device uses the authentic AS No. to establish
peer relation with other peers.

Normally, one device supports only one BGP process, in other words, one AS No. But in some
unusual situations, for example, network migration requiring AS No. to change to ensure smooth
network switchover, user can configure the neighbor fake-ascommand so that the device
can still use the fake AS No. to establish connection.

[Example]
$ Configure the device to use the fake AS No. 200 to establish relation with the peer
192.168.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 fake-as 200

11.6.21 neighbor ignore

[Command]

neighbor ip-address ignore

no neighbor ip-address ignore

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

The neighbor ignore command can be used to prohibit establishing a session with the
peer; the no neighbor ignore command can be used to permit establishing a session with
the peer. By default, the device does not prohibit establishing a session with the peer.

11-525
 For reasons such as network upgrades and maintenance, if the BGP session with a certain peer
needs to be interrupted for a period of time, user can prohibit setup of sessions through this
command. After the network recovers, user can use the no neighbor ignore command to
restore the session with the peer. In this way, the network administrator does not need to delete
and perform peer related configuration again, thus reducing the workload of network
maintenance.

[Example]
$ Prohibit establishing of a session with the peer 192.168.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 ignore

11.6.22 neighbor next-hop-local

[Command]

neighbor ip-address next-hop-local

no neighbor ip-address next-hop-local

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

neighbor next-hop-local command can be used to configure the next hop attribute as
its own IP address when publishing a route to the IBGP peer; the no neighbor next-hop-
local command can be used to restore to default. By default, BGP configures the next hop
attribute as its own IP address when providing notification of a route to the EBGP peer.

When the device learns a route through EBGP peer and forwards it to another IBGP peer, the
next hop will not be changed by default. Therefore, user must configure the neighbor
next-hop-local command for the IBGP neighbor on the device so that the next hop of the
route sent to the neighbor is its own address. After receiving such a route (IGP is configured
within each AS), the IBGP neighbor finds the next hop reachable, and the route becomes active.

[Example]
$ Configure the next hop attribute as its own IP address when publishing a route to
the peer 192.168.1.1.
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100

11-526
 FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 next-hop-local

11.6.23 neighbor passive

[Command]

neighbor ip-address passive

no neighbor ip-address passive

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

The neighbor passive command can be used to enable the peer to intercept only
connection requests and to not actively send requests. This avoids connection request conflicts.

The no neighbor passive command can be used to restore to default. By default, the
peer intercepts and sends connection requests.

[Example]
$ Enable the peer 192.168.1.1 to only intercept connection requests:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 passive

11.6.24 neighbor password

[Command]

neighbor ip-address password password

no neighbor ip-address password

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

password: designates the string of the password and its length range is 1-127.

11-527
[Description]

The neighbor password command can be used to configure MD5 authentication for BGP
messages when the BGP peer establishes a TCP connection. Thus, it can improve security.

The no neighbor password command can be used to restore to default. By default, no

MD5 authentication is performed for BGP messages when BGP peer establishes a TCP
connection.

[Example]
$ Configure the password for the peer 192.168.1.1 to perform MD5 authentication
as “encryption”:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 password encryption

11.6.25 neighbor preferred-value

[Command]

neighbor ip-address preferred-value value

no neighbor ip-address preferred-value

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view, ipv4-family VPNv4 view, bgp view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

value: designates the preferred value. It is in integer form and its value range is 0-65535.

[Description]

The neighbor preferred-value command can be used to designate a preferred value

for the peer; the no neighbor preferred-value command can be used to restore to
default. By default, the preferred value of the route received from other BGP peer is 0.

By configuring a preferred value for the peer, all the routes learned from this peer will have this
preferred value. When there are several routes to the same address prefix, the route with a
higher preferred value will be selected.

A preferred value is not an attribute defined in BGP protocol; it is used locally only and will not
be published to other BGP peers together with the route information.

[Example]

11-528
 $ Configure the preferred value of the route received from the peer 192.168.1.1 as
20:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 preferred-value 20

11.6.26 neighbor public-as-only

[Command]

neighbor ip-address public-as-only

no neighbor ip-address public-as-only

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

[Description]

The neighbor public-as-only command can be used to configure not carrying private
AS No. when sending BGP update packets, and only public AS No. should be carried; the no
neighbor public-as-only command can be used to restore to default. By default, the
device carries both private and public AS No. when sending BGP update packets.

Normally, AS No’s value range is 1-4294967295, and the value range for public numbers is 1-
64511, 65536 (x.y form: 1.0) -4294967295 (x.y form: 65535.65535), the value range of private
numbers is 64512-65534,and 65535 is considered as a reserved number for special application.

Public AS No. can be used directly on the Internet, and private AS No. cannot be published to
the Internet. Otherwise, a loop may occur. Therefore, private AS No. can be used only on
internal route domains. After configuring this command, if the AS path attribute of the BGP
route information contains private AS No., these private numbers will be deleted and then
published via route information.

In the following situations, after configuring this command, BGP will not delete private AS No.:

When the AS-Path list of the route received locally contains AS No., deleting private AS No. may
cause a route loop;

When the AS-Path list contains both public and private AS No., and this route has been
propagated via the public network, and deleting private AS No. may cause data forwarding
errors.

11-529
[Example]
$ Configure the BGP update packet published by the device to the peer
192.168.1.1 to carry only public AS No.:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 public-as-only

11.6.27 neighbor route-limit

[Command]

neighbor ip-address route-limit value [ warning-only ]

no neighbor ip-address route-limit

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view, ipv4-family VPNv4 view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

value: designates the maximum number of routes allowed to receive from the peer. It is in
integer form, its value range is 0-5120, and 0 indicates no restriction.

warning-only: designates generation of alarms when the routes received from the peer
exceed the permitted value. By default, the peer connection is disconnected.

[Description]

The neighbor route-limit command can be used to configure the number of routes
allowed to be received from the peer; the no neighbor route-limit command can be
used to restore to default. By default, there is no restriction to the number of routes received
from the peer.

Normally, there are a large number of routes in a BGP route table. To prevent over-consumption
of system resources due to a large number of routes being received from the peer, user can use
this command to control the maximum number of routes received from the peer.

[Example]
$ Configure the maximum number of routes received from the peer 192.168.1.1 as
1024:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 route-limit 1024

11-530
11.6.28 neighbor timer

[Command]

neighbor ip-address timer keepalive keepalive-time holdhold-time

no neighbor ip-address timer

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

keepalive-time: designates the peer’s Keepalive time. It is in integer form, its value range is
0-21845, the units are seconds, and 0 indicates not aged.

hold-time: designates the hold time of the peer. It is in integer form, its value range is 0 and
3-65535, and the units are seconds. Only when the keepalive-time is 0, hold-time can
be and must be configured as 0, indicating the peer relation will never time out.

[Description]

The neighbor timer command can be used to configure the Keepalive time and the hold
time of the designated peer; the no neighbor timer command can be used to restore to
default. By default, the peer’s Keepalive time is 30 seconds and the hold time is 90 seconds.

After BGP connection is set up between peers, they send Keepalive messages to each other
regularly to maintain the effectiveness of the BGP connection. If no Keepalive message or other
types of packets are not received from the peer within the designated period of time, the BGP
connection is considered to broken and this BGP connection will quit.

The actual keepalive-time value and hold-time value are negotiated through both of
the BGP peers. Here, the smaller one of the hold-time values of this open packet of both
parties will be taken as the final hold-time value. The smaller one between negotiated
hold-time value/3 and the locally configured keepalive-time value will be deemed as
the final keepalive-time value.

In actual configuration, the hold time must be as least 3 times that of the Keepalive time.

[Example]
$ Configure the peer 192.168.1.1’s Keepalive time as 60s and the hold time as 180s:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 timer keepalive 60 hold 180

11-531
11.6.29 network

[Command]

network ip-address mask

no network ip-address mask

[View]

ipv4-family unicast view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates the network address published by BGP, which is in dot-decimal

notation.

mask: designates an IP address mask.

[Description]

The network command can be used to configure the local network route published by BGP,
i.e., adding the route in the local IP route table to the BGP route table in static way and
publishing it to the peer. The no networkcommand can delete the route added to the BGP
route table statically.

BGP itself cannot discover routes, so it needs to import the routes of other protocols (such as
IGP or static routes) and input them into the BGP route table. In this way, these routes can be
communicated within and between AS. When importing a route, user can filter route
information based on various routing protocols. When user must add routes of local route table
to the BGP route table statically and publish to the peer, use the network command.

The designated prefix and mask will be injected to the BGP route table with the network
command. This route is the optimal route selected from the routes of each protocol. The
import-route command injects OSPF routes, ISIS routes, static routes and direct routes to
the BGP routing table based on the protocol type.

The network command can be used to publish precisely matched routes. That is to say, the
designated destination address and prefix must be in line with the corresponding items in the
local IP route table so that the route can be published properly. If the route mask has not been
designated, this route will be precisely matched based on natural network segments.

For the route injected into the BGP route table by using the network command, its Origin
attribute is IGP.

11-532
[Example]
$ Import the local route of 10.0.0.0/8:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# ipv4-family unicast
FHL2100(config-bgp-af-ipv4)# network 10.0.0.0 8

11.6.30 refresh bgp neighbor

[Command]

refresh bgp neighbor (ip-address | all)

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

all: designates all the BGP peers.

[Description]

The refresh bgp neighbor command can be used to manually perform soft resetting for
a BGP session.

BGP soft resetting can refresh the BGP route table without interrupting the BGP session and
apply a new policy.

BGP soft resetting requires that all the BGP routes on the network support Route-refresh
function and do not support the peer of Route-refresh. Moreover, BGP soft resetting cannot be
used.

[Example]
$ Perform soft resetting for the BGP peer 192.168.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# refresh bgp neighbor 192.168.1.1

11.6.31 reset bgp

[Command]

reset bgp [ vpnv4 ( all | vrf vrf-name ) ]

[View]

config view

11-533
[Parameters]

vpnv4: resets BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

all: resets all the BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

vrf vrf-name: resets the specified BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

[Description]

In the config view, running the reset bgp command can restart the BGP process.

Note:

After using this command, the TCP connection configured by BGP will reset and the neighborhood
between peers will be configured again. Use this command with caution.

[Example]
$ Restart the BGP process:
FHL2100(config)#reset bgp

11.6.32 reset bgp neighbor

[Command]

reset bgp neighbor (ip-address | all)

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

all: designates all peers.

[Description]

After BGP configuration changes, to make all the new configurations take effect immediately,
you can run the reset bgp neighbor command to reset the designated BGP connection.

Note:

After using this command, the TCP connection configured by BGP will reset and the neighborhood
between peers will be configured again. Use this command with caution.

11-534
[Example]
$ Reset the connection with the peer 192.168.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# reset bgp neighbor 192.168.1.1

11.6.33 reset bgp dampening

[Command]

reset bgp dampening [ ip-address mask ]

[View]

BGP view, ipv4 vrf instance view

[Parameters]

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

mask: designates subnet masks.

[Description]

The reset bgp dampeningcommand can be used to clear the BGP-designated route’s
dampening information and release the suppressed route. If no IP address is designated, the
dampening information of all the routes will be cleared and all the suppressed routes will be
released.

[Example]
$ Clear the dampening information of all the routes and release all the suppressed
routes:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# reset bgp dampening

11.6.34 show bgp brief

[Command]

show bgp [ vpnv4 ( all | vrf vrf-name ) ] brief

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

vpnv4: displays BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

all: displays all the BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

11-535
 vrf vrf-name: displays the specified BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

[Description]

The show bgp brief command can be used to display the basic information of BGP.

[Example]
$ View basic information of BGP:
FHL2100(config)#show bgp brief
BGP Local router ID : 1.1.1.1
Local AS number : 100
BGP Version : 4
Max IBGP-Ecmp : 1
Max EBGP-Ecmp : 1
Default Local-preference : 100
Always-compare-med : disable
Deterministic-med : enable
Ebgp-interface-sensitive : disable
Address family IPv4 Unicast
Synchronization : disable
Suppress-inactive : disable
The total number of IBGP routes received : 0
The total number of EBGP routes received : 0
The total number of routes redistributed : 0
The number of routes received : 0
The number of routes received and eligible : 0
The number of routes received but rejected : 0
The number of routes received flap-suppress : 0
The number of routes sent : 0
The number of routes in loc-rib : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
BGP Local router ID BGP Local router ID
Local AS number Local AS number
BGP Version BGP Version
Max IBGP-Ecmp Max IBGP-Ecmp
Max EBGP-Ecmp Max EBGP-Ecmp
Default Local-preference Default Local-preference
Always-compare-med Compare MED values of routes from different AS neighbors
Deterministic-med Deterministic-med
Ebgp-interface-sensitive EBGP connection fast resetting
Address family IPv4 IPv4 unicast address family information
Unicast
Synchronization BGP and IGP sync
Suppress-inactive Inhibit non routed
The total number of IBGP Total number of IGBP routes received
routes received

11-536
 Parameter Description
The total number of EBGP Total number of EBGP routes received
routes received
The total number of routes Total number of routes reallocated
redistributed
The number of routes Total number of routes received
received
The number of routes Number of received routes that meet criteria
received and eligible
The number of routes Number of routes that are received but are rejected
received but rejected
The number of routes Number of routes that are received but are suppressed
received flap-suppress
The number of routes sent Number of routes sent
The number of routes in Number of routes in Loc-RIB
loc-rib

11.6.35 show bgp default-parameter

[Command]

show bgp default-parameter

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show bgp default-parameter command can be used to display the default
parameters of BGP related configuration.

[Example]
$ View the default parameters of BGP related configuration:
FHL2100(config)#show bgp default-parameter
BGP version : 4
BGP Hold-time : 90 seconds
BGP Keep-alive : 30 seconds
Default Local-preference : 100
Max IBGP-Ecmp : 1
Max EBGP-Ecmp : 1
Default MED : 0
IPv4-family unicast : enable

11-537
Always-compare-med : disable
Deterministic-med : enable
EBGP-interface-sensitive : disable
Neighbor Ebgp-max-hop : 1
Neighbor Allow-as-loop-num : 0
Neighbor Preferred-value : 0
Neighbor Min-adv-interval : 30 seconds
Neighbor TCP Passive : disable
Neighbor Route Refresh : enable
Neighbor Public AS Only : disable
Neighbor Next Hop Local : disable
Neighbor Originate Default : disable
Neighbor Dampening Mode : disable
HalfLife Time (in minutes) : 15
Reuse Value : 750
Suppress-Limit : 2000
Maximum Time (in minutes) : 60
Neighbor Route Limit : disable

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
BGP Version BGP version
BGP Hold-time BGP hold time
BGP Keep-alive BGP keepalive time
Default Local-preference Default Local-preference
Max IBGP-Ecmp Max IBGP-Ecmp
Max EBGP-Ecmp Max EBGP-Ecmp
Default MED Default MEDD value
IPv4-family unicast IPv4 unicate address family
Always-compare-med Compare MED values of routes from different AS neighbors
Deterministic-med Deterministic-med
EBGP-interface-sensitive EBGP connection fast resetting
Neighbor Ebgp-max-hop Max number of hops for EBGP neighbor
Neighbor Allow-as-loop- Number of times the peer allows the local AS No. to appear
num
Neighbor Preferred-value Preferred value of the peer
Neighbor Min-adv-interval Minimum interval for route publishing
Neighbor TCP Passive TCP connection set up by the peer is in passive mode
Neighbor Route Refresh The peer enables route refresh function
Neighbor Public AS Only Only public AS no. carried when the peer publishes a route
Neighbor Next Hop Local The next hop attribute of the route published by the peer is local
interface
Neighbor Originate Default The peer publishes a default route
Neighbor Dampening Dampening mode of the peer
Mode
HalfLife Time (in minutes) Half life
Reuse Value Reuse value

11-538
 Parameter Description
Suppress-Limit Suppression maximum value
Maximum Time (in Maximum suppression time
minutes)
Neighbor Route Limit Peer route restriction

11.6.36 show bgp neighbor

[Command]

show bgp [ vpnv4 ( all | vrf vrf-name ) ] neighbor [ ip-address ]

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

vpnv4: displays BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

all: displays all the BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

vrf vrf-name: displays the specified BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation. If it does not
designate ip-address, and all BGP peer information will be displayed.

[Description]

The show bgp neighbor command can be used to display related information of the BGP
peer.

[Example]
$ View BGP peer's information:
FHL2100(config)#show bgp
neighbor BGP Local router ID :
1.1.1.1 Local AS number : 100
Neighbor AS MsgRcvd MsgSent Up/Down State
10.1.1.2 200 172 173 2m50s Established
20.1.1.2 200 580 581 4h11m25s Established
Total number of neighbors: 2 Neighbors in established state: 2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
BGP Local router ID BGP Local router ID
Local AS number Local AS number
Neighbor Neighbor address
AS Neighbor AS no.

11-539
 Parameter Description
MsgRcvd Number of messages received
MsgSent Number of messages sent
Up/Down Up/Down status time
State Neighborhood status

11.6.37 show bgp network

[Command]

show bgp [ vpnv4 ( all | vrf vrf-name ) ] network

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

vpnv4: displays BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

all: displays all the BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

vrf vrf-name: displays the specified BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

[Description]

The show bgp networkcommand can be used to display route information imported
through the network command.

[Example]
$ View the route information imported via network command:
FHL2100(config)#show bgp
network BGP Local Router ID :
1.1.1.1 Local AS number : 2
Network Mask
------------------------------
172.17.10.0 255.255.255.0
------------------------------
Total Number of Networks : 1

 The description of the command output

Parameter Description
BGP Local router ID BGP Local router ID
Local AS number Local AS number
Network IP address of the imported route
Mask Mask of the imported route
Total Number of Networks Number of imported route

11-540
11.6.38 show bgp route

[Command]

show bgp [ vpnv4 ( all | vrf vrf-name ) ] route [ ip-address

mask ]

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

vpnv4: displays BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

all: displays all the BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

vrf vrf-name: displays the specified BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

ip-address: network address of the route, which is in dot-decimal notation. If it does not
designate ip-address, all BGP route information will be displayed.

Mask: subnet mask of the network address.

[Description]

The show bgp route command can be used to display BGP’s route information.

[Example]
$ View BGP route information:
FHL2100(config)#show bgp
route BGP Routing Tables
BGP local router ID: 1.1.1.1
Local AS number: 100
Status codes: > - best, d - damped,
h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale
Origin: i - IGP, e - EGP,? - incomplete
Network NextHop MED LocPref AsPath/Origin
----------------------------------------------------------------------
> 2.0.0.0/8 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 3.0.0.0/8 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 6.6.6.6/32 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 10.1.1.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 10.10.10.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 99.1.2.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 100.10.1.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 122.1.1.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 135.1.1.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 172.17.10.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 192.168.19.0/25 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 192.168.199.2/32 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?

11-541
 > 192.168.199.3/32 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 192.168.199.4/32 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
> 201.2.3.0/24 2.0.0.1 0 100 1/?
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Number of Routes: 15

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
BGP Routing Tables BGP route table
BGP Local router ID BGP Local router ID
Local AS number Local AS number
Status codes Status codes
Origin BGP Origin
Network BGP route prefix
NextHop Next hop of BGP route
MED MED value of BGP route
LocPref local preference of BGP route
AsPath/Origin BGP route AS_PATH and origin

11.6.39 show bgp route neighbor

[Command]

show bgp [ vpnv4 ( all | vrf vrf-name ) ] route

neighbor ip- address (advertised-routes | received-
routes)

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

vpnv4: displays BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

all: displays all the BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

vrf vrf-name: displays the specified BGP connections associated with VPNv4.

ip-address: designates BGP peer’s IP address, which is in dot-decimal notation.

advertised-routes: displays the route sent to the BGP peer.

received-routes: displays the route received from the BGP peer.

[Description]

The show bgp route neighbor command can be used to display the route sent to, or
received from, the BGP peer.

11-542
[Example]
$ View the route received from the peer 192.168.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# bgp 100
FHL2100(config-bgp)# show bgp route neighbor 192.168.1.1 received-routes
BGP Routing Tables
BGP local router ID: 1.1.1.1
Local AS number: 100
Status codes: > - best, d - damped,
h - history, i - internal, s - suppressed, S - Stale
Origin: i - IGP, e - EGP,? - incomplete
Network NextHop MED LocPref AsPath/Origin
----------------------------------------------------------------------
> 20.1.1.2/32 192.168.1.1 0 100 200/?
> 22.1.1.0/24 192.168.1.1 0 100 200/?
> 22.1.2.0/24 192.168.1.1 0 100 200/?
> 22.1.3.0/24 192.168.1.1 0 100 200/?
----------------------------------------------------------------------
Received routes total: 4

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
BGP Routing Tables BGP route table
BGP Local router ID BGP Local router ID
Local AS number Local AS number
Status codes Status codes
Origin BGP Origin
Network BGP route prefix
NextHop Next hop of BGP route
MED MED value of BGP route
LocPref local preference of BGP route
AsPath/Origin BGP route AS_PATH and origin

11.7 Track Configuration Management

11.7.1 track bfd-param

[Command]

track ip-address bfd-param rx-interval rx-interval tx-interval tx-

interval timeout-multiplier mult

no track ip-address bfd-param

track vrf vrf-name ip-address bfd-param rx-interval rx-interval tx-

interval tx-interval timeout-multiplier mult

no track vrf vrf-name ip-address bfd-param

11-543
[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: destination IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-

255.255.255.255.

rx-interval: Minimum interval for receiving packets. Type: numerical value; unit: ms; range:
500-10000ms; default: 1000ms.

tx-interval: Minimum interval for sending packets. Type: numerical value; unit: ms; range:
500-10000ms; default: 1000ms.

mult: Detection multiplier. Type: numerical value; range: 3-100; default: 5.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “track” is used to configure the track examples, and configure parameters of
track bfd of the designated destination IP address; when you need to configure bfd parameters
of the designated IP address, use this command. If no configuration is available, take the
configurations of corresponding vlan virtual interface.

The command “no track” is used to restore the default parameters of track bfd of the
designated destination IP address.

[Example]
$Configure the bfd parameters of destination IP IP 1.1.1.1 in the config view: the
minimum interval for receiving packets as 1000ms, the minimum interval for
sending packets as 1000ms and the detection multiplier as 5.
FHL2100(config)#track 1.1.1.1 bfd-param rx-interval 1000 tx-interval 1000
timeout-multiplier 5

11.7.2 track bfd-session manual

[Command]

track ip-address bfd-session manual

no track ip-address bfd-session manual

track vrf vrf-name ip-address bfd-session manual

no track vrf vrf-name ip-address bfd-session manual

11-544
[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: destination IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-

255.255.255.255.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “track bfd-sessionmanual” is used to manually create a bfd session with
destination ip as A.B.C.D. When the connected device A configures the static routing track bfd
(next hop as device B), device B will use this command to start the BFD session with device A.
The command can also be configured manually between device A and device B, to start the BFD
session between the two devices.

The command “no track bfd-sessionmanual” is used to delete the BFD session created
manually.

[Example]
$Configure manually the bfd session with destination IP 1.1.1.1 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#track 1.1.1.1 bfd-session manual

11.7.3 track bfd-session local-discr

[Command]

track ip-address bfd-session local-discr <1-8191>

no track ip-address bfd-session local-discr

track vrf vrf-name ip-address bfd-session local-discr <1-8191>

no track vrf vrf-name ip-address bfd-session local-discr

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: destination IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-

255.255.255.255.

<1-8191>: local descriptor of BFD session. Type: numerical value; range: 1-8191.

11-545
 vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “track bfd-session local-discr” is used to manually specify local

descriptor of bfd session with peer ip as A.B.C.D. By default, the local descriptor is generated
automatically by the system, but it may require configuring local descriptor when
communicating with other manufacturers, to ensure identical descriptor of both terminals of
bfd, and the bfd session can be established successfully. If the bfd session has been up,
configuration of its descriptor is will take effect when the bfd session is up the next time .

The command “no track bfd-session local-discr” is used to delete local descriptor
of bfd session already configured. Later local descriptor of bfd session will be generated
automatically by the system. If the bfd session has been up, and local descriptor has not been
configured previously, when you try to delete the configuration, the descriptor will be deleted
when the bfd session is up the next time.

Notes:

This command is designed for communicating with some a manufacturer; unless absolutely necessary,
it is recommended carefully not to configure this command.

[Example]
$Set manually local descriptor of bfd session with destination IP 1.1.1.1 as 102 in
the config view.
FHL2100(config)#track 1.1.1.1 bfd-session local-discr 102

11.7.4 show track

[Command]

show track (all | static | isis | ospf | manual) [verbose]

show track vrf vrf-name (all | static | isis | ospf |

manual) [verbose]

[View]

config view, vlan view

[Parameter]

all: all track information;

static: track information of static routing;

11-546
 isis: track information of ISIS routing;

ospf: track information of ospfrouting;

manual: create manually the track information of bfd;

verbose: optional. If it is selected, display details of track.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the track information. You can specify the types such as static
routing, ISIS, OSPF, manual or all track information. You can display such information as
destination ip of track detection, protocol used (bfd or icmp), session state, running time,
protocol bound and other parameters. When you need to query the track information of the
device, use this command.

[Example]
$Display all track information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show track all
Code: S - STATIC, O - OSPF, I - IS-IS, B - BGP, M – MANUAL

Track relevant information

Track_nhop Type Status Duration_time Flag
-----------------------------------------------------
12.10.10.10 BFD unknown 40m11s S/-/-/-/-
172.17.200.2 ICMP up 40m11s S/-/-/-/-
100.120.130.140 BFD unknown 11m28s -/-/-/-/M

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Track_nhop Destination IP address of track detection
Type Protocol type used for track detection: BFD or ICMP
Status Session state
Duration_time Running time
Flag Protocol bound

11.8 bfd Configuration Management

11.8.1 bfd

[Command]

bfd (min-tx-interval | min-rx-interval) <500-10000>

no bfd (min-tx-interval|min-rx-interval)

11-547
[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

min-tx-interval: Min. interval for sending packets in ctrl mode. Type: numerical value;
unit: ms; range: 500-10000ms; default: 1000ms.

min-rx-interval: Min. interval for receiving packets in ctrl mode.Type: numerical value;
unit: ms; range: 500-10000ms; default: 1000ms.

[Descriptions]

The command “bfd” is used to configure the default parameters of bfd session on the interface.
When you need to modify the default parameters of bfd session on the interface, use this
command. After finishing the configuration, it will be valid for bfd session established next time.
After modifying these parameters, no impact will be available.

The command “no bfd” is used to restore the default parameters of bfd session on the
interface.

[Example]
$Configure the minimum interval for sending packets in ctrl mode as 2000ms in
the vlanif view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-30)#bfd min-tx-interval 2000

11.8.2 bfd detect-multiplier

[Command]

bfd detect-multiplier mult

no bfd detect-multiplier

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

mult: Detection multiplier of bfd session. Type: numerical value; range: 3-100; default: 5.

[Descriptions]

11-548
 The command “bfd detect-multiplier” is used to configure the detection multiplier of
bfd session enabled in local interface. When you need to configure the detection multiplier of
bfd session enabled in current interface, use this command.

The command “no bfd detect-multiplier” is used to restore the default detection
multiplier of bfd session.

[Example]
$Configure the detection multiplier of bfd session as 5 in the VLANIF view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-30)#bfd detect-multiplier 5

11.8.3 show bfd interface config

[Command]

show bfd interface config

[View]

VLANIF view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration information of bfd under vlan virtual
interface. When you need to query the configuration information of bfd under vlan virtual
interface, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the configuration information of bfd under vlan virtual interface in the
vlan view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-30)#show bfd interface
config The bfd interface configuration
information: Interface-id : 30
Detect-multiplier : 5
Timer interval(ms): Min-Tx 1000 Min-Rx 1000

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Interface-id vlan virtual interface index number
Detect-multiplier Detection multiplier of bfd session
Timer interval(ms) Default interval parameer of bfd session

11-549
11.8.4 show bfd interface default-config

[Command]

show bfd interface default-config

[View]

enable view, config view, VLANIF view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the default bfd configuraiton information. When you need to
query default bfd configuraiton information, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the default bfd configuraiton information.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-30)#show bfd interface default-config
The bfd interface default configuration:
Version : 1
Detect-multiplier : 5
Timer interval(ms) : Min-Tx 1000 Min-Rx 1000

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Interface-id Version of bfd session
Detect-multiplier Detection multiplier of bfd session
Timer interval(ms) Default interval parameer of bfd session

11.8.5 show bfd session

[Command]

show bfd session (sessid | all)

[View]

enable view, config view, VLANIF view

[Parameter]

sessid: bfd session id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-64.

all: all bfd sessions.

11-550
[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of the specified bfd session ID or all bfd sessions.
When you need to query information of the bfd session, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of bfd session 2 in the enable view.
FHL2100# show bfd session 2
The bfd session 2 information:
Session State : Up
Session-Type : IPv4
Hop-Type : Single-hop
Interface-id : vlan-10
TTL : 255
Run-Mode : Control
Local Discriminator : 2
Local State : Up
Local Diagnostic : Neighbor Down
Local Mode : Async
Local Detect Multi : 5
Local Address : 40.40.40.4
Local Min Tx-Ctrl interval : 1000
Local Min Rx-Ctrl interval : 1000
Remote Discriminator : 1
Remote State : Up
Remote Diagnostic : Control Time-out
Remote Mode : Async
Remote Detect Multi : 3
Remote Address : 40.40.40.7
Remote Min Tx-Ctrl interval : 100
Remote Min Rx-Ctrl interval : 100

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Session State Session state: up or down
Session-Type Session type
Hop-Type Hop type: single hop or multiple hop
Interface-id vlan virtualinterface ID
TTL TTL value
Admin Status Session management status: enable or disable
Run-Mode Running mode
Role Session role
UDP src-port UDP source port
Echo src-ip Source IP address of echo packet
Local Tx-Echo Interval(ms) Interval for sending echo packets locally
Min Tx-Nego Interval(ms) Interval for sending packets for negotiation in ctrl mode
Local Discriminator Local identifier
Local State Local state

11-551
 Parameter
Local Diagnostic
Local Mode
Local Detect Multi
Local Address
Local Min Tx-Ctrl interval
Local Min Rx-Ctrl interval
Local Min Rx-Echo interval
Remote Discriminator
Remote State
Remote Diagnostic
Remote Mode
Remote Detect Multi
Remote Address
Remote Min Tx-Ctrl interval
Remote Min Rx-Ctrl interval
Remote Min Rx-Echo interval
Descriptions
Local diagnosis information
Local query mode
Local detection multiplier
Local IP address
Min. interval for sending local packets in ctrl mode
Min. interval for receiving local packets in ctrl mode
Min. interval for receiving local packets in echo mode
Remote identifier
Remote state
Remote diagnosis information
Remote query mode
Remote detection multiplier
Remote IP address
Min. interval for sending remote packets in ctrl mode
Min. interval for receiving remote packets in ctrl mode
Min. interval for receiving remote packets in echo mode

11.9 VRF Configuration

11.9.1 ip vrf

[Command]

ip vrf vrf-name

no ip vrf vrf-name

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to create the VRF instance.

[Example]
$Create the VRF instance v123.
FHL2100(config)# ip vrf
v123 FHL2100(config-vrf-
v123)#

11-552
11.9.2 ip vrf forwarding

[Command]

ip vrf forwarding vrf-name

no ip vrf forwarding vrf-name

[View]

vlanif view

[Parameter]

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to bind the VRF instance to the VLAN virtual interface.

[Example]
$Bind the VRF instance v123 to the VLAN virtual interface vlan1.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-1)#ip vrf forwarding v123

11.9.3 net-mgr

[Commands]

net-mgr vrf VRF-NAME

no net-mgr vrf

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

VRF-NAME: to designate the name of a VRF instance. It is in an integer form with a value range
of 1-31.

[Description]

The net-mgr vrf command is used to configure the globally managed VRF. The no net-
mgr vrf command is used to delete the globally managed VRF. The globally managed VRF is
not configured on the device by default.

11-553
 When the management protocol is required to support the VRF, the net-mgr vrf command
is needed to configure the globally managed VRF. The ip vrf command should be used to
configure the VRF instance before the configuration.

[Example]
$ Configure the globally managed VRF to be vrf123:
FHL2100#config terminal
FHL2100(config)#net-mgr vrf vrf23
WARNING: All the manager protocol(ftp/telnet/snmp/ssh) source ip will be
removed! Continue?(y/n) [n]y

11.9.4 route distinguisher

[Command]

route-distinguisher RD<9-21>

[View]

vrf view

[Parameter]

RD<9-21>: VRF route-distinguisher, The forms of RD is IP address: number. The IP address

ranges from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255, and the number rangs from 0 to 65535. The value
0.0.0.0: 0 is invalid.

[Descriptions]

The command is used to configure the VRF RD. The VRF instance can be valid only after
configuring the RD.

To change an RD, you need to delete the VPN instance identified by the RD. Then, reconfigure
the VPN instance and its RD.

[Example]
$Configure the RD as 1.2.3.4: 1110 for VRF instance v123.
FHL2100(config-vrf-v123)#route-distinguisher 1.2.3.4:
1110 FHL2100(config-vrf-v123)#

11.9.5 show net-mgr vrf

[Command]

show net-mgr vrf

[Views]

11-554
 config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show net-mgr vrf command is used to view the configured globally managed VRF.

[Example]
$ View the globally managed VRF on the device:
FHL2100(config)#show net-mgr vrf
Net Manager Vrf: vrf123

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Net Manager Vrf A globally managed VRF instance

11.9.6 show ip vrf

[Command]

show ip vrf [ verbose ] [ vrf-name ]

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

verbose: view detail.

vrf-name: VRF instance name. The value is a string of 1 to 31 case-sensitive characters.

[Descriptions]

The commad is used to display the information of the VRF instance.

[Example]
$Display the information of the VRF instance v123.
FHL2100(config)#show ip vrf v123
VRF-Instance Name : v123
Route-Distinguisher : 1.2.3.4: 1110
Vlan-Interface : 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

11-555
 Parameter Description
VRF-Instance Name VRF instance name
Route-Distinguisher VRF route-distinguisher
Vlan-Interface Bind the VRF instance to which VLAN virtual interface

11.10 Policy Routing Configuration

11.10.1 policy-route

[Command]

policy-route nexthop-ip ip-address match [ protocol protocol ]

[ srcip source-ip mask ] [ dstip dst-ip mask ] [srcport source-
port mask-port] [dstport dst-port mask-port ] [pri pri]

policy-route vrf vrf-name nexthop-ip ip-address match [ protocol

protocol ] [ srcip source-ip mask ] [ dstip dst-ip mask ]
[srcport source-port mask-port] [dstport dst-port mask-port ]
[pri pri]

no policy-route nexthop-ip ip-address match [ protocol protocol ]

[ srcip source-ip mask ] [ dstip dst-ip mask ] [srcport source-
port mask-port] [dstport dst-port mask-port ] [pri pri]

no policy-route vrf vrf-name nexthop-ip ip-address match

[ protocol protocol ] [ srcip source-ip mask ] [ dstip dst-ip
mask ] [srcport source-port mask-port] [dstport dst-port mask-
port ] [pri pri]

no policy-route all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

nexthop-ip ip-address: specify the next-hop IP address of the policy-route, dotted

decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255;

protocol protocol: specify the IP protocol ID, Type: numerical value; range: 1-255;

srcip source-ip mask: specify the source IP address and mask;

dstip dst-ip mask: specify the destination IP address and mask;

11-556
 srcport source-port mask-port: specify the source port;

dstport dst-port mask-port: specify the desination port;

pri pri: specify the priority. Type: numerical value; range: 1-255, default value is 60;

all: all policy routings.

[Descriptions]

The command "policy-route" is used to add a policy routing with the matching conditions
including source ip, destination ip, source port number and destination port number. When you
need to add a policy routing, use this command.

The command "no policy-route" is used to delete a policy routing with the matching
conditions including source ip, destination ip, source port number and destination port number.
When you need to delete the specified policy routing, use this command.

The command "no policy-route all" is used to delete all policy routings configured by
the device.

[Example]
$Add a policy route matching with destination ip 20.1.1.0/24, and next-hop ip
10.1.1.2 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# policy-route nexthop-ip 10.1.1.2 match dstip 20.1.1.1 24

11.10.2 show policy-route

[Command]

show policy-route

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The show policy-route command is used to display configuration information for policy
routing.

[Example]
$ Display configuration information for policy routing:

11-557
FHL2100(config)# show policy-route
Source/Mask Destination/Mask Protocol SrcPort DstPort
NextHop Priority vrf
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------
1.1.1.0/24 0.0.0.0/0 -- -- --
1.2.3.4 60 abc
0.0.0.0/0 22.2.2.2/32 -- -- --
99.9.9.9 60 --
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------
Total routes : 2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Source/Mask The source IP address or network segment of a specified policy
match
Destination/Mask Displays the destination IP address and mask of the route.
Protocol Displays the protocol that learns this route.
SrcPort Specify the source port number for policy matching
DstPort Destination port number of a specified policy match
NextHop Displays the next hop of the route.
Priority Specifies the priority of the policy route.
vrf The specified VRF instance name

11-558
 Chapter 12 ACL Configuration Management
12.1 acl
[Command]

acl list-start [list-end]

no acl (all | list-start [list-end])

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

list-start: acl list start index number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-2000.

list-end: acl list end index number. Type: numerical value; range: 2-2000.

[Descriptions]

The command “acl” is used to create one or a group of acl list. When you need to configure
ACL, use this command to create ACL list. If only creating one acl list, you can enter the acl view
directly.

The command “no acl” is used to delete one or a group of acl list.

The command “no acl all” is used to delete all acl lists.

[Example]
$Create an acl list in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# acl 1
FHL2100(config-acl-1)#

12.2 clear acl rule statistics

[Command]

clear acl <1-2000> rule <1-16> statistics

[View]

config view

12-559
[Parameter]

<1-2000>: acl list id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-2000.

<1-16>: rule id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear the statistical counter in the specified RULE of the specified ACL.
When you need to clear the statistics information of the specified RULE of the specified ACL, use
this command.

[Example]
$Clear the statistics information of rule 1 in acl 8 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# clear acl 8 rule 1 statistics

12.3 clear acl statistics

[Command]

clear acl <1-2000> statistics

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

<1-2000>: acl list id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-2000.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear all statistical counters in the specified acl list. When you need to
clear all statistical counters in the specified ACL rule, use this command.

[Example]
$Clear the statistics information of acl 8 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# clear acl 8 statistics

12.4 description
[Command]

description WORD

no description

12-560
[View]

acl view

[Parameter]

WORD: acl list descriptions. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “description” is used to configure acl list descriptions. By default, the
description information of acl list is “acl_list_id”. For example, the description information of
acl 8 is “acl_list_8”. When you need to modify the description informaiton of acl list, use this
command.

The command “no description” is used to restore the default description information of
acl list.

[Example]
$Configure the description information of acl list as acl_lst_1 in the acl view.
FHL2100(config-acl-1)#description acl_lst_1

12.5 packet-filter
[Command]

packet-filter (ingress|egress) list-start [list-end]

no packet-filter (ingress|egress) list-start [list-end]

no packet-filter (ingress|egress) all

[View]

ge view, xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

ingress: inbound direction of the port;

egress: outbound direction of the port;

list-start: start number of ACL filtering rule. Type: numerical value; range: 1-2000;

list-end: end number of ACL filtering rule. Type: numerical value; range: 2-2000.

[Descriptions]

12-561
 The command “packet-filter” is used to configure ACL filtering rule for the specified port
and make it take effect. When you need to filter the traffic of some a port according to the ACL
rule, use this command. After successfully configuring the filtering rule, the system will filter the
input or output packets of the specified port according to the rule.

The command “no packet-filter” is used to cancel the specified ACL filtering rule or all
ACL filtering rule of the specified port. When you need to modify the ACL filtering rule of the
specified port, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure the ingress ACL filtering rule 1 for port 0/1 in the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#packet-filter ingress 1

12.6 packet-filter slot

[Command]

packet-filter slot slot-id (ingress|egress) list-start [list-end]

no packet-filter slot slot-id (ingress|egress) list-start [list-

end]

no packet-filter slot slot-id (ingress|egress) all

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slot-id：slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

ingress：inbound direction of the PON system;

egress：outbound direction of the PON system;

list-start：start number of ACL filtering rule. Type: numerical value; range: 1-2000;

list-end：end number of ACL filtering rule. Type: numerical value; range: 2-2000.

[Descriptions]

The packet-filter slot command is used to install an ACL list or a set of ACLs in the
direction specified by the PON system (all pons or GPON ports of the box OLT) or the business
board (PON or GPON boards of slots specified by the frame OLT).

12-562
 The no packetfilter command is used to delete one, a group, or all ACLs in the direction
specified by the PON system (all PON or GPON ports of the box olt) or the business board (PON
or GPON boards of slots specified by the frame OLT). By default, no ACL is installed on the PON
system (all PON or GPON ports of the box OLT) or on the business board (PON or GPON boards
for slots specified by the frame OLT).

[Example]
$Install ACL list 1 in the direction of OLT entry.
FHL2100(config)# packet-filter slot 0 ingress 1

12.7 priority
[Command]

priority priority

no priority

[View]

acl view

[Parameter]

priority: acl list priority. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16; default: 1.

[Descriptions]

The command “priority” is used to configure the priority of acl list. When you need to
configure the priority parameter of acl list, use this command.

The command “no priority” is used to restore the default priority of acl list.

[Example]
$Configure the priority of acl list as 3 in the acl view.
FHL2100(config-acl-1)#priority 3

12.8 rule
[Command]

rule rule-start [rule-end]

no rule rule-start [rule-end]

12-563
[View]

acl view

[Parameter]

rule-start : start rule id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

rule-end : end rule id. Type: numerical value; range: 2-16.

[Descriptions]

The command “rule” is used to create one or a group of rules in the acl list. When you need to
add a rule in the acl list, use this command.

The command “no rule” is used to delete one or a group of rules in the acl list.

[Example]
$Add a rule1 to the acl list1 in the acl view.
FHL2100(config-acl-1)#rule 1

12.9 rule action

[Command]

rule rule-id action (permit|deny)

rule rule-id action copy-to-cpu

rule rule-id action new-cos cos

rule rule-id action new-dscp dscp

rule rule-id action new-precedence precedence

rule rule-id action rate-limit rate

rule rule-id action mirror (gigabit-ethernet| x-ethernet) AA/BB

rule rule-idaction redirect (gigabit-ethernet| x-ethernet) AA/BB

rule rule-id action add-cvlan vid

rule rule-id action add-svlan vid pri priority

rule rule-id action add-svlan vid

rule rule-id action replace-svlan vid pri priority

rule rule-id action replace-svlan vid

12-564
 rule rule-id action replace-cvlan vid

rule rule-id action stat-packet

rule rule-id action remove-cvlan

no rule rule-id action [ deny | mirror | redirect |

add-cvlan | add-svlan | copy-to-cpu | new-cos | new-
dscp | new-precedence | rate-limit | replace-svlan |
replace-cvlan | stat-packet | remove-cvlan ]

[View]

acl view

[Parameter]

rule-id: the specified rule id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16;

permit: set the rule action as permit;

deny: set the rule action as deny;

copy-to-cpu: set the rule action as copying the data packet to cpu;

new-cos cos: set the rule action as setting new cos value. Type: numerical value; range: 0-7;

new-tos tos: set the rule action as setting new tos value. Type: numerical value; range: 0-7;

new-dscp dscp: set the rule action as setting new dscp value. Type: numerical value; range:
0-63;

new-precedence precedence: set the rule action as setting new precedence value. Type:
numerical value; range: 0-7;

rate-limit rate: set the rule action as setting the rate limit value. Type: numericla value;
unit: kbps; range: 64-10000000kbps;

mirror: set the rule action as setting the mirror port, with port type as ge port or xe port;

AA/BB: slot number/port nubmer. AA : slot number, numerical value type, the range of values
shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value
type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges.

redirect: set the rule action as redirection, with the port type for redirection as ge port or xe
port;

add-cvlan vid: set the rule action as adding inner-layer vlan id for the packet. Type:
numerical value; range: 1-4094;

12-565
 add-svlan vid pri priority: set the rule action as adding outer-layer vlan id and
priority pri for the packet. vid is of numerical value type; range: 1-4094; priority is of
numerical value type; range: 0-7;

add-svlan vid: set the rule action as adding outer-layer vlan id for the packet. vid is of
numerical value type; range: 1-4094;

replace-svlan vid pri priority: set the rule action as modifying the outer-layer vlan
id and priority pri of the packet. vid is of numerical value type; range: 1-4094; priority is of
numerical value type; range: 0-7;

replace-svlan vid: set the rule action as modifying the outer-layer vlan id of the packet.
vid is of numerical value type; range: 1-4094;

replace-cvlan vid: set the rule action as modifying the inner-layer vlan id of the packet.
vid is of numerical value type; range: 1-4094;

stat-packet: set the rule action as conducting the statistics on the number of packets hit by
the rule;

remove-cvlan: set the rule action as removing the packet cvlan.

[Descriptions]

The command “rule action” is used to configure the implementation action of rule. When
you need to set different actions for different streams, use this command to configure the
actions.

The command “no rule action” is used to cancel the implementation action of rule.

[Example]
$Configure the action of rule1 of acl list as adding the outer-layer vlan100 in the acl
view.
FHL2100(config-acl-1)#rule 1 action add-svlan 100

12.10 rule match

[Command]

rule rule-id match src-mac mac-addr mac-mask

rule rule-id match dst-mac mac-addr mac-mask

rule rule-id match src-ip ip-address/mask-length

rule rule-id match dst-ip ip-address/mask-length

rule rule-id match cvlan <1-4094>

12-566
 rule rule-id match cvlan (any|<1-4094>) pri <0-7>

rule rule-id match svlan (any|<1-4094>) pri <0-7>

rule rule-id match svlan <1-4094> [<2-4094>]

rule rule-id match src-port <0-65535> [<1-65535>]

rule rule-id match dst-port <0-65535> [<1-65535>]

rule rule-id match ether-type WORD

rule rule-id match ip-protocol

(icmp|igmp|tcp|egp|udp) rule rule-id match ip-

class (non-ip|ipv4|ipv6)

rule rule-id match ip-precedence value

rule rule-id match tos <0-15>

rule rule-id match dscp <0-63>

rule rule-id match icmp-code WORD

rule rule-id match icmp-type WORD

rule rule-id match ipv6 src-ip ipv6-address prefix-length

rule rule-id match ipv6 dst-ip ipv6-address prefix-length

rule rule-id match ipv6 flow-label value

rule rule-id match ipv6 next-header value

rule rule-id match ipv6 traffic-class value

no rule rule-id match (src-mac | dst-mac | src-ip |

dst-ip | cvlan | cvlan tag | svlan tag | svlan | src-
port | dst-port | ether-type | ip-protocol | ip-class
| tos | dscp | icmp-code | icmp-type | ip-precedence |
ipv6 (dst-ip | flow-label | next- header | src-ip |
traffic-class ) )

[View]

acl view

[Parameter]

rule-id: rule id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16.

mac-addr: mac address, with format as AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB: CCDD: EEFF.
12-567
mac-mask: mac address mask, with format as AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB: CCDD: EEFF.

ip-address/mask: ip address and mask bits. Ip address is of dotted decimal type, with
range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255; mask bit is of numerical value type; range: 0-32.

ipv6-address prefix-length: IPv6 address and mask.

src-mac: rule matches with the source mac address of the packet;

dst-mac: rule matches with the destination mac address of the packet;

src-ip: rule matches with the source ip address of the packet;

dst-ip: rule matches with the destination ip address of the packet;

cvlan <1-4094>: rule matches with cvlan of the packet; vlan id is of numerical value type;
range: 1-4094;

cvlan (any|<1-4094>) pri <0-7>: rule matches with the cvlan of the packet and its
priority. If cvlan is any, only match with priority of the packet; vlan id is of numerical value type;
range: 1-4094; priority is of numerical value type; range: 0-7;

svlan (any|<1-4094>) pri <0-7>: rule matches with the svlan of the packet and its
priority. If svlan is any, only match with priority of the packet; vlan id is of numerical value type;
range: 1-4094; priority is of numerical value type; range: 0-7;

svlan <1-4094> [<2-4094>]: rule matches with the svlan or svlan field of the packet. The
start vlan id is of numerical value type; range: 1-4094; the end vlan id is of numerical value type;
range: 2-4094;

src-port <0-65535> [<1-65535>]: rule matches with the four-layer source port or
source port scope of the packet. Start port is of numerical value type; range: 0-65535; end port
is of numerical value type; range: 1-65535;

dst-port<0-65535> [<1-65535>]: rule matches with the four-layer desination port or

destination port scope of the packet. Start port is of numerical value type; range: 0-65535; end
port is of numerical value type; range: 1-65535;

ether-type WORD: rule matches with Ethernet frame type of the packet. WORD is of string
type, with value as: IP—0x0800, ARP—0x0806, RARP—0x8035, SNMP—0x814C, IPV6—0x86DD,
PPP—0x880B, PPPoE_DISC—0x8863, PPPoE_SESSION—0x8864;

ip-protocol: rule matches with ip protocol type of the packet, including icmp, igmp, tcp,
egp and udp;

ip-class: rule matches with ip version type of the packet, including non-ip, ipv4 and ipv6;

12-568
 tos <0-7>: rule matches with TOS of the packet. tos is of numerical value type; range: 0-7;

dscp<0-63>: rule matches with DSCP of the packet. dscp is of numerical value type; range: 0-
63.

[Descriptions]

The command “rule match” is used to configure the matching conditions of rule. When you
need to develop the stream rule according to source address information, destination address
information of the packet, protocol type of IP and feature of the protocol, use this command.

The command “no rule match” is used to cancel the matching conditions of rule.

[Example]
$Configure the matching condition of rule1 of acl list1 as matching with the
source mac address of the packet in the acl view.
FHL2100(config-acl-1)#rule 1 match src-mac 00: 00: 00: 00: 00: 05 FF: FF: FF:
FF: FF: FF

12.11 show acl

[Command]

show acl (all| list-range)

[View]

“view” view, enable view, config view

[Parameter]

all: all acl lists.

list-range: acl list id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-2000.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query acl configuration information of the device. When you need to
query acl configuration information of the device, use this command.

[Example]
$Query acl configuration information of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show acl all
+----ACL: 1, rules: 1, prio: 1, desc: ACL_0001, uninstall
| +----Rule 1:
| | +----Action:
| | | +----Permit

12-569
 | | +----Match:
| | +----Inner priority 4
| | +----Cvlan ID 30
| |

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
ACL ACL index
rules Number of rules included in ACL
prio ACL priority
desc ACL descriptions
uninstall Is ACL rule configured to the port?
Rule ACL rule index
Action ACL rule action
Match Matching condition of ACL rule

12.12 show acl (acl view)

[Command]

show acl

[View]

acl view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the configuration information of current acl. When you need to
query the configuration information of current acl, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the configuration information of current acl1 in the acl view.
FHL2100(config)# acl 1
FHL2100(config-acl-1)#show acl
+----ACL: 1, rules: 1, prio: 1, desc: ACL_0001, uninstall
| +----Rule 1:
| | +----Action:
| | | +----Permit
| | +----Match:
| | +----Inner priority 4
| | +----Cvlan ID 30

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
12-570
 Parameter Descriptions
ACL ACL index
rules Number of rules included in ACL
prio ACL priority
desc ACL descriptions
uninstall Is ACL rule configured to the port?
Rule ACL rule index
Action ACL rule action
Match Matching condition of ACL rule

12.13 show acl statistics

[Command]

show acl list-range statistics

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

list-range: acl list id. Type: numerical value; range: 1-2000.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the statistics information of the specified acl. When you need to
query the statistics information of acl, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the statistics information of acl8 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show acl 8 statistics
slot/port direction rule packets bytes
--------------------------------------------------
0/1 ingress 1 0 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
slot/port Port indext configured by ACL
direction Stream direction: ingress or egress
rule ACL rule index
packets Number of packet statistics
bytes Number of byte statistics

12-571
12.14 show packet-filter
[Command]

show packet-filter

[View]

config view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the configuration information of acl list on the port. When you
need to query acl configuration information on the port, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the configuration information of acl list on the port in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show packet-filter
Interface 0/1 installed : ACL_1 Ingress

 In the example, the explanation of the echoing parameters of the commands

is shown in the table below:
Parameter Descriptions
Interface 0/1 installed Interface binding ACL

12.15 show packet-filter slot

[Command]

show packet-filter slot

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

12-572
 The show packet-filter slot command is used to query ACL's drop-down information
on PON systems (all PON or GPON ports in a box OLT) or business boards (PON or GPON boards
with slots specified by the frame OLT).

[Example]
$Inquiring about ACL list's sending information on PON system or business board
FHL2100(config)# show packet-filter slot
slot 0 installed :
ACL_0001 Ingress

Total : 1

 In the example, the explanation of the echoing parameters of the commands

is shown in the table below:
Parameter Descriptions
slot 0 installed ACL for PON system binding

12-573
 Chapter 13 Network Monitoring and
Management
13.1 SNMP Configuration
13.1.1 no snmp config

[Command]

no snmp config ( version | manager-ip | manager-

ipv6 | get- community | set_community | all )

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

version: snmp version.

manager-ip: snmp management station IP address.

manager-ipv6: snmp management station IPv6 address.

get-community: community of get operation of snmp.

set-community: community of set operation of snmp.

all: all configurations of snmp.

[Descriptions]

The command “no snmp config” is used to restore the snmp configurations to the default
value. The default version is v2c; the default manager-ip is null; the default manager-
ipv6 is null; the default get-community is public; the default set_community is
private.

The command “no snmp config all” is used to restore all snmp configurations to the
default configurations.

[Example]
$Restore the snmp configurations to the default ones in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# no snmp config all

13-574
13.1.2 no snmp engine-id remote

[Command]

no snmp engine-id remote ID-STRING

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ID-STRING: Remote engine ID. Type: string; range: 10-62 characters; continuation required.

[Descriptions]

The command “no snmp engine-id remote” is used to delete the remote engine ID by
manual. When you need to delete the remote engine ID by manual, use this command.

[Example]
$Delete the remote engine ID by manual in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# no snmp engine-id remote 8000052301AC110312

13.1.3 no snmp source-ip

[Commands]

no snmp source-

ip no snmp

source-ipv6

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The no snmp source-ip command is used to restore the source IP address of the SNMP
back to its default setting. The no snmp source-ipv6 command is used to restore the
source IPv6 address of the SNMP back to its default setting. The source IP address or source IPv6
address of the SNMP are not configured by default.

[Example]

13-575
 $ Restore the source IP address of the SNMP back to its default setting:
FHL2100(config)# no snmp source-ip
13.1.4 show snmp cpe access-control

[Command]

show snmp cpe access-control

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the access control status for CPE to access to SNMP.

[Example]
$Display CPE SNMP access control status in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp cpe access-control
%Info: Snmp enable connect from cpe.

13.1.5 show snmp engine local

[Command]

show snmp engine local

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display local engine ID. When you need to understand local engine ID
of SNMP user, use this command.

[Example]
$Display local engine ID in the config view.

13-576
 FHL2100(config)# show snmp engine local
Local SNMP engineID:
---------------------------------------------------------
EngineID : 7E1D21980054A0B32C01
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 Local engine

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
EngineID local engine ID

13.1.6 show snmp engine remote

[Command]

show snmp engine remote

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display remote engine ID. When you need to understand the remote
engine ID of SNMP user, use this command.

[Example]
$Display remote engine ID in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp engine remote
Remote SNMP engineID:
---------------------------------------------------------
EngineID : 8000052301AC110312
Ip Address : 1.2.3.4
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 Remote Engines

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
EngineID Remote engine ID

13.1.7 show snmp group

[Command]

show snmp group

13-577
[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp group. When you need to query the
corresponding security mode, read view name, write view name and notify view name of SNMP
group, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the information of snmp group in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show snmp group
---------------------------------------------------------
GroupName : g1
securityModel : v3
securityLevel : authpriv
ReadView : test
WriteView : test
NotifyView : test
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 Groups

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
GroupName Name of snmp group
securityModel Security mode
securityLevel Security level
ReadView Name of read view
WriteView Name of write view
NotifyView Name of notify view

13.1.8 show snmp notify

[Command]

show snmp notify

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

13-578
 N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp notification. When you need to query
information of snmp notification, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of snmp notification in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp notify
---------------------------------------------------------
NotifyName : nf1
TagName : admin
Type : trap
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 Notifies

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
NotifyName Name of Notify table
TagName Tag name
Type Type of notification, trap or inform

13.1.9 show snmp notify-filter

[Command]

show snmp notify-filter

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp notification filter table. When you need to
query information of snmp notification filter table, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of snmp notification filter table in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp notify-filter
NotifyFilter : tt
SubTree : 1.2
Mask :

13-579
 Type : include
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 NotifyFilters

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
NotifyFilter Name of notification filter table
Subtree OID subtree
Mask OID subtree mask value
Type Type: including or excluding

13.1.10 show snmp server

[Command]

show snmp server

[Views]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show snmp server command is used to view the information on an SNMP server,
including the enabled state and the binding access-list rules.

[Example]
$ View the information on an SNMP server:
FHL2100(config)# show snmp server
Snmp server : enable
Snmp Access-list number : 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Snmp server The enabled state of an SNMP server
Snmp Access-list number The SNMP binding access-list rules

13.1.11 show snmp source-ip

[Command]

show snmp source-ip

13-580
[Views]

config view and enable view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show snmp source-ip command is used to view the information on the source IP
address or source IPv6 address of the SNMP.

[Example]
$ View the information on the source IP address or source IPv6 address of the
SNMP:
FHL2100(config)# show snmpsource-ip
snmp ipv6 source : any
snmp ipv4 source : 2.2.2.2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
snmp ipv6 source The source IPv6 address of the SNMP
snmp ipv4 source The source IPv4 address of the SNMP

13.1.12 show snmp target

[Command]

show snmp target

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp address table. When you need to query
information of snmp address table, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of snmp address table in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show snmp target
---------------------------------------------------------

13-581
 AddrName : addr
Ip : 10.10.31.101
mask : <NULL>
port : 162
timeout : 1500
retry : 3
Params : p1
TagList : tt
admin
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 Address

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
AddrName Address table name
Ip IP address
mask IP mask
port Port number
timeout Timeout
retry Retry times
Params Address parameter name
TagList Tag list

13.1.13 show snmp target-params

[Command]

show snmp target-params

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp address parameter table. When you need
to query information of snmp address parameter table, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of snmp address parameter table in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp target-params
---------------------------------------------------------
ParamsName : p1
NotifyProfile : ff
SecurityName : u1
Model : v3

13-582
 Level : authpriv
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 AddressParams

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
ParamsName Name of address parameter
NotifyProfile Notification template
SecurityName Security name. In trap mode, it is local engine user name. In
inform mode, it is remote engine user name.
Model Snmp version model of address parameter
Level Authentication encryption level

13.1.14 show snmp user

[Command]

show snmp user

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp users. When you need to query
information of snmp users, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of snmp users in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show snmp user
---------------------------------------------------------
UserName : u1
GroupName : g1
EngineID : 7E1D2198002468700039
Auth : Md5
Priv : Des
---------------------------------------------------------
Total : 1 Users

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
UserName User name
GroupName Group name

13-583
 Parameter Description
EngineID Engine id
Auth Authentication mode
Priv Encryption mode

13.1.15 show snmp view

[Command]

show snmp view

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp view. When you need to query
information of snmp view, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of snmp view in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp view
---------------------------------------------------------
ViewName : test
SubTree : 1.3.6
mask : 01
Type : include
---------------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
ViewName View name
SubTree OID subtree
mask OID subtree mask
Type Type: excluding or including

13.1.16 show snmp-config

[Command]

show snmp-config

[View]

13-584
 enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp configurations, including snmp version,
management IP, management IP mask, get and set community name and listening port. When
you need to query information of snmp configurations, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the snmp configuration information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp-config
SNMP version : snmpv2c
SNMP manager ip : <NULL>
SNMP manager ip mask : <NULL>
SNMP get access status : enable
SNMP set access status : enable
SNMP get community : public
SNMP set community : private

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
SNMP version SNMP version number
SNMP manager ip SNMP namagement IP
SNMP manager ip mask SNMP namagement IP mask
SNMP get access status SNMP get access status
SNMP set access status SNMP set access status
SNMP get community SNMP get community value
SNMP set community SNMP set community value

13.1.17 show snmp-stat

[Command]

show snmp-stat

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

13-585
[Descriptions]

This command is used to display information of snmp statistics. When you need to query
information of snmp statistics, use this command.

[Example]
$Display information of snmp statistics in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show snmp-stat
snmpInPkts : 218
snmpOutPkts : 219
snmpInGetRequests : 0
snmpOutGetRequests : 0
snmpInGetNexts : 218
snmpOutGetNexts : 0
snmpInSetRequests : 0
snmpOutSetRequests : 0
snmpInTraps : 0
snmpOutTraps : 1
snmpInBadValues : 0
snmpOutBadValues : 0
snmpInGenErrs : 0
snmpOutGenErrs : 0
snmpInBadTypes : 0
snmpUnknownSecurityModels : 0
snmpInvalidMsgs : 0
snmpUnknownPDUHandlers : 0
snmpUnavailableContexts : 0
snmpUnknownContexts : 0
usmStatsUnsupportedSecLevels : 0
usmStatsNotInTimeWindows : 0
usmStatsUnknownUserNames : 0
usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs : 0
usmStatsWrongDigests : 0
usmStatsDecryptionErrors : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
snmpInPkts Number of SNMP inbound packets
snmpOutPkts Number of SNMP outbound packets
snmpInGetRequests Number of inbound Get request packets
snmpOutGetRequests Number of outbound get request packets
snmpInGetNexts Number of inbound get next packets
snmpOutGetNexts Number of outbound get next packets
snmpInSetRequests Number of inbound set request packets
snmpOutSetRequests Number of outbound set request packets
snmpInTraps Number of inbound trap
snmpOutTraps Number of outbound trap
snmpInBadValues Number of inbound wrong values
snmpOutBadValues Number of outbound wrong values

13-586
 Parameter
snmpInGenErrs
snmpOutGenErrs
snmpInBadTypes
snmpUnknownSecurityModels
snmpInvalidMsgs
snmpUnknownPDUHandlers
snmpUnavailableContexts
snmpUnknownContexts
usmStatsUnsupportedSecLevels
usmStatsNotInTimeWindows
usmStatsUnknownUserNames
usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs
usmStatsWrongDigests
usmStatsDecryptionErrors
Descriptions
Number of inbound errors
Number of outbound errors
Number of inbound error type
Number of unknown security model
Number of invalid message
Number of unknown PDU
Number of unavailable context
Number of unknown context
Number of unsupported security level
Number of no timely response
Number of unknown user name
Number of unknown engine ID
Number of error handling
Number of decryption error

13.1.18 snmp acl

[Commands]

snmp acl list-id

no snmp acl

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

list-id: to designate the access-list ID. It is in an integer form with the value range of 1-99
(for standard access-list) or 100-199 (for expanded access-list).

[Description]

The snmp acl command is used to bind the SNMP to a designated access-list. The no snmp
acl command is used to unbind the SNMP from an access-list. By default, the SNMP is not
bound to any access-lists.

The snmp acl command is used to bind a SNMP to a designated access-list, allowing or
forbidding a designated IP address to log on to a device. Before configuring, the access-list
needs to be configured using the access-list command.

[Example]
$ Bind the SNMP to the ACL 2 rule:

13-587
 FHL2100(config)# snmp acl 2

13.1.19 snmp community

[Command]

snmp (get-community|set-community) community

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

get-community: community of get operation;

set-community: community of set operation;

community: Community name. Type: string; range: 1-63 characters.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to obtain or set snmp community. When you need to obtain or set snmp
community name, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure the snmp community name as public in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# snmp set-community public

13.1.20 snmp cpe access-control enable

[Command]

snmp cpe access-control

enable no snmp cpe access-

control enable

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

The snmp cpe access-control enable command is used to obtain access permission
to SNMP from CPE. By default, it is not allowed to access to SNMP from CPE.

13-588
 The no snmp cpe access-control enablecommand is used to restore the access
permission to SNMP from CPE to default.

[Example]
$Configure the snmp access permission from CPE to enable.
FHL2100(config)# snmp cpe access-control enable

13.1.21 snmp engine-id local

[Command]

snmp engine-id local ID-STRING

no snmp engine-id local

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ID-STRING: Local engine ID. Type: string; range: 10-62 characters; continuation required.

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp engine-id local” is used to configure local engine ID. The engine
ID definition must be in line with RFC3411 standard, and generated in local management
domain according to a certain algorithm, and no repetition is allowed. It is recommended to
generate by using the enterprise ID (converted to hexadecimal) designated by IANA plus IP/MAC
address. In the case of restoring to the default ID or system initialization, ID can be generated by
using 32285 (enterprise ID)+8600 (product series)+MAC, among which MAC is generated by
using MAC address of MPU.

The command “no snmp engine-id local” is used to restore the default local engine ID.

[Example]
$Configure local engine ID as 7E1D21980054A0B32C02 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# snmp engine-id local 7E1D21980054A0B32C02

13.1.22 snmp get-access

[Command]

snmp get-access (enable|disable)

[View]

13-589
 config view

[Parameter]

enable: Allow snmp get operation;

disable: Prohibit snmp get operation.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the snmp get access privilege. When you need to configure
the snmp get access privilege, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure to allow snmp get operation in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# snmp get-access enable

13.1.23 snmp group

[Command]

snmp group groupname v3 (noauthnopriv|authnopriv|authpriv) [read-

view VIEW-NAME] [write-view VIEW-NAME] [notify-view VIEW-NAME]

no snmp group groupname (noauthnopriv|authnopriv|authpriv)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

groupname: SNMP V3 group name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

noauthnopriv: the security level of group is no authentication and no encryption. When

you need to set the packet access for the group member as requiring neither identity
authentication nor encryption, use this parameter;

authnopriv: the security level of group is authentication without encryption. When you need
to set the packet access for the group member as requiring identity authentication but requiring
no encryption, use this parameter;

authpriv: the security level of group is both authentication and encryption. The security level
of the group is the highest. When you need to set the packet access for the group member as
requiring both identity authentication and encryption, use this parameter;

read-view: specify the read-only view name, which permits the read-only access;

13-590
 write-view: specify the read/write view name, which permits the read/write access;

notify-view: specify the notify view name, which permits sending an alarm;

VIEW-NAME: View name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp group” is used to configure the user security model-based SNMP V3
group. When SNMP V3 protocol is applied between the device and the server, this command is
used to configure the SNMP V3 group. After the user security model-based SNMP V3 group is
successfully set, the system can take effective control over the access of all users in this group
through the group settings.

The command “no snmp group” is used to delete the user security model-based SNMP V3
group. When SNMP V3 protocol is applied between the device and the server and you need to
modify the information of SNMP V3 group, this command can be used to delete the SNMP V3
group set already. After the user security model-based SNMP V3 group is successfully deleted,
the access of all users in this group is cancelled.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure an SNMP V3 group under the name of g1, security
level as both authentication and encryption, and the read view, write view and
notify view as test.
FHL2100(config)# snmp group g1 v3 authpriv read-view test write-view
test notify-view test

13.1.24 snmp manager-ip

[Command]

snmp manager-ip (ip-address| ip-address/mask)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: snmp management ip address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-
255.255.255.255;

M: number of subnet mask bits. Type: numerical value; range: 0-32.

[Descriptions]

13-591
 This command is used to configure the snmp management IP. When you need to configure the
snmp management IP, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure the snmp management IP as 172.10.10.0/24 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# snmp manager-ip 172.10.10.0/24

13.1.25 snmp notify

[Command]

snmp notify NOTIFYNAME [tag TAGNAME] [type (trap|inform)]

no snmp notify NOTIFYNAME

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

NOTIFY-NAME: Notify table name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

TAG-NAME: Tag name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

trap: snmp report type as trap;

inform: snmp report type as inform.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the snmp report type and tag.

[Example]
$Configure the report type and tag.
FHL2100(config)# snmp notify nf1 tag admin type trap

13.1.26 snmp notify-filter

[Command]

snmp notify-filter FILTERNAME subtree SUBTREE [mask MASK] [mode

(include|exclude)]

no snmp notify-filter FILTERNAME subtree SUBTREE

[View]

config view

13-592
[Parameter]

FILTERNAME: Filter table name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

SUBTREE: Subtree OID. Type: string; range: 3-127 characters;

MASK: Mask, hexadecimal type, whose rule is that the SUBTREE corresponding bit is 1 for exact
match, 0 for arbitrary match. In case of absence, supplement 1 for exact match.

include: Include the associated MIB node;;

exclude: Exclude the associated MIB node;;

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp notify-filter” is used to create a notify filter table, which requires
specifying the filter table name, subtree OID, optional mask and filter mode.

The command “no snmp notify-filter” is used to delete the notify filter table.

[Example]
$In the config view, create the notify filter table ff, with subtree OID as 1.3.6, mask
as 01 and filter mode as including the associated MIB node.
FHL2100(config)#snmp notify-filter ff subtree 1.3.6 mask 01 mode include

13.1.27 snmp port

[Command]

snmp port port

no snmp port

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

port: snmp agent listening port. Type: numerical value; range: 161, 1,025-6,5534; default: 161.

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp port“ is used to set the snmp listening port. When you need to set the
snmp listening port, use this command. The default is 161, and it can be set as a value among
1025-65534 as case may be.

The command “snmp port“ is used to reset the snmp listening port to default.

13-593
[Example]
$Set the snmp agnet listening port as 161 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#snmp port 161

13.1.28 snmp set-access

[Command]

snmp set-access (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: allow the snmp set operation;

disable: prohibit the snmp set operation.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure the snmp set access permissions. When you need to
configure the snmp set access permissions, use this command.

[Example]
$Configure to allow the snmp set operation in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# snmp set-access enable

13.1.29 snmp source-ip

[Command]

snmp source-ip ip-address

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255;

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp source-ip” is used to configure the snmp source IP address.

[Example]

13-594
 $Configure the snmp source IP address.
FHL2100(config)# snmp source-ip 172.17.3.229

13.1.30 snmp target

[Command]

snmp target ADDRNAME ip-address (ip-address|ip-address/M) params

PARAMNAME [taglist TAGLIST] [port PORT] [timeout TIMEOUT ] [retry RETRY]

no snmp target ADDRNAME

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ADDRNAME: snmp address name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

ip-address: IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255;

M: number of subnet mask bits. Type: numerical value; range: 0-32;

PARAMNAME: parameter name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

TAGLIST: tag list. Type: string; format: xx,yy; range: 1-255 characters;

PORT: Port number. Type: numerical value; range: 162, 1,025-65,534; default: 162;

TIMEOUT: Timeout. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 0-180000; default: 1500;

RETRY: retry times. Type: numerical value; range: 0-10; default: 3.

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp target” is used to create the snmp address entry, which requires
specifying the address entry name, IP address, parameters, optional designated tag list, port
number, timeout and retry times, etc;

The command “no snmp target” is used to delete the snmp address entry.

[Example]
$In the config view, create the snmp address entry, with name as addr, ip address
as 10.10.31.101/24, parameter name as p1, tag list as tt, admin, port number as 162,
timeout as 1500s and retry times as 3.
FHL2100(config)# snmp target addr ip-address 10.10.31.101/24 params
p1 taglist tt,admin port 162 timeout 1500 retry 3

13-595
13.1.31 snmp target-params

[Command]

snmp target-params PARAMNAME notify-filter FILTERNAME v3

securityname SECURITYNAME level (noauthnopriv|authnopriv|
authpriv)

no snmp target-params PARAMNAME

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

PARAMNAME: parameter name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

FILTERNAME: Filter table name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

SECURITYNAME: security name. Same as the user name, it is of string type, with range of 1-31
characters. In trap mode, it is local engine user name; while in inform mode, it is remote engine
user name;

noauthnopriv: the security level of group is no authentication and no encryption. When

you need to set the packet access for the group member as requiring neither identity
authentication nor encryption, use this parameter;

authnopriv: the security level of group is authentication without encryption. When you need
to set the packet access for the group member as requiring identity authentication but requiring
no encryption, use this parameter;

authpriv: the security level of group is both authentication and encryption. The security level
of the group is the highest. When you need to set the packet access for the group member as
requiring both identity authentication and encryption, use this parameter.

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp target-params” is used to create the snmp address entry, which
requires specifying the parameter name, filter table name, V3 security name and security level,
etc;

The command “no snmp target-params” is used to delete the snmp address parameter
entry.

[Example]

13-596
 $In the config view, create the snmp address parameter entry, with parameter
name as p1, filter table name as ff, security name as u1 and security level as
both authentication and encryption.
FHL2100(config)# snmp target-params p1 notify-filter ff v3 securityname
u1 level authpriv

13.1.32 snmp user

[Command]

snmp user USERNAME group groupname [remote ID-STRING] [auth (md5|sha)

PASSWORD] [priv (des56|aes128) PASSWORD]

no snmp user USERNAME [remote ID-STRING]

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

USERNAME: snmp user name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

groupname: snmp group name, i.e., group name in VACM. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters.
Here if no group name is configured here when configuring the user, prompt will be given to
prompt that the group has not been created yet; if the group has existed, this user will be added
to the group;

ID-STRING: remote engine ID. Type: string; range: 10-62 characters; continuation required;

auth (md5|sha): authentication algorithm, MD5 or SHA;

priv (des56|aes128): encryption algorithm, des56 or aes128;

PASSWORD: password of authentication and encryption algorithms. Type: string; range: 8-31
characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp user” is used to configure the USM user name, which requires
specifying the working group, optional designated remote engine ID, encryption algorithm and
password, etc. Currently the authentication algorithm supports MD5 and SHA; the encryption
algorithm supports DES56; AES128 is not supported temporily; the password of authentication
and that of encryption can be the same.

The command “no snmp user” is used to delete a user.

[Example]

13-597
 $In the config view, configure the USM user u1, with the specified working group as
g1, authentication algorithm as md5 and password as 123456, encryption algorithm
as des56 and password as 123456.
FHL2100(config)# snmp user u1 group g1 auth md5 123456 priv des56 123456

13.1.33 snmp version

[Command]

snmp version (1|2|3|all)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

1: SNMPv1 version;

2: SNMPv2c version;

3: SNMPv3 version.

all: SNMPv1, V2 and V3 versions exist simultaneously.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the snmp protocol version. When you need to set the snmp
protocol version, use this command.

[Example]
$Set the snmp agnet to use v2c protocol version in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#snmp version 2

13.1.34 snmp view

[Command]

snmp view VIEW-NAME subtree SUBTREE [mask MASK] [mode

(include|exclude)]

no snmp view VIEWNAME subtree SUBTREE

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

VIEW-NAME: view name. Type: string; range: 1-31 characters;

13-598
 SUBTREE: Subtree OID. Type: string; range: 1-127 characters;

MASK: Mask, hexadecimal type, whose rule is that the SUBTREE corresponding bit is 1 for exact
match, 0 for arbitrary match. In case of absence, supplement 1 for exact match.

include: Include the associated MIB node;

exclude: Exclude the associated MIB node;

[Descriptions]

The command “snmp view” is used to configure the access view, which requires specifying
the view name, subtree OID, optional mask and access mode. When you need to configure the
access view, use this command.

The command “no snmp view” is used to delete the access view.

[Example]
$In the config view, configure the access view “test”, with subtree OID as 1.3.6,
mask as 01 and access mode as including the associated MIB node.
FHL2100(config)# snmp view test subtree 1.3.6 mask 01 mode include

13.2 Performance Management

13.2.1 Performance StatisticsManagement
reset statistics

[Command]

reset statistics

[View]

gpon view, xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear the performance statistics information of current interface in
current 15 minutes and current 24 hours.

[Example]
$Clear the performance statistics information of gpon port.

13-599
 FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/1)#reset statistics

reset statistics onu

[Command]

reset statistics onu onuid uni port

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onuid: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

port: UNI port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-24.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear the performance statistics information of specific ONU UNI port
in current 15 minutes and current 24 hours. When you need to clear the performance statistics
information of specific ONU UNI port, use thiscommand.

[Example]
$Clear current performance statistics of onu 1 uni port 1 in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/2)#reset statistics onu 1 uni 1

statistics

[Command]

statistics

enable no

statistics enable

[View]

gpon view, xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

13-600
 The command “statistics enable” is used to set enabling the 15min and 24h
performance acquisition function of the port. When you need to enable the performance
acquisition function of the port, use this command.

The command “no statistics enable” is used to disable the 15min and 24h
performance acquisition function of the port, and delete the performance statistics information
of the port.

[Example]
$Enable the 15min and 24h performance acquisition function of GPON port.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/5)#statistics enable

statistics threshold

[Command]

statistics 15min index (lower|upper) threshold STATTHR

[View]

gpon view, xe view

[Parameter]

15min: 15min statistics;

index: index number for setting threshold, numerical value type. In case of port type as pon
port or onu port, the range is 1-46; In case of port type as ge or xe port, therange is 1-45;

lower: the lower threshold set;

upper: the upper threshold set;

STATTHR: the threshold value set, numerical value type. When the data item set is
performance statistics item, the range is 0-18446744073709551615; when the data item set is
the port utilization, the range is 0-100.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the upper/lower threshold of statistics for the data entries of the
specified performance statistics of the port. When you need to modify the upper/lower
threshold of statistics for the data entries of the performance statistics of the port, use this
command.

Notes:

13-601
 When executing this command, you must ensure that the upper threshold is higher than the lower
threshold at the time of setting. Otherwise the setting will not be successful. This rule shall be followed
for the setting of temperature threshold in the text below

[Example]
$Set the upper threshold of performance statistics items of gpon0/5 port with
15min index 1 as 100000 in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/5)# statistics 15min 1 upper threshold 100000
$Set the lower threshold of performance statistics items of gpon0/5 port with
15min index 1 as 10 in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/5)# statistics 15min 1 lower threshold 10

statistics onu enable

[Commands]

statistics onu onu-id enable

no statistics onu onu-id enable

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Description]

The statistics onu onu-id enable command is used to enable the 15min and 24h
performance collection functions of the PON port of the specified GPON ONU.

The no statistics onu onu-id enable command is used to delete the performance
statistics configuration and data of the PON port of the specified GPON ONU.

By default, the port performance collection function is not enabled.

[Example]
$ Open performance statistics of the PON port with the ONU ID of 2 in GPON 0/4:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#statistics onu 2 enable
$ Check if the ONU performance statistics function in the GPON port is enabled:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show running-config | include statistics onu
2 enable
Filtering...
statistics onu 2 enable

13-602
 statistics onu uni enable

[Commands]

statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id enable

no statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id enable

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

uni-id: UNI index of the GPON ONU, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-32.

[Description]

The statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id enablecommand is used to enable the
15min and 24h performance collection functions of specified UNI port of the specified GPON
ONU.

The no statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id enable command is used to delete
the performance statistics configuration and data of specified UNI port of the specified GPON
ONU.

By default, the port performance collection function is not enabled.

[Example]
$ Open performance statistics of the UNI port (UNI ID: 1) of the ONU (ONU ID: 2) in
GPON 0/4:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#statistics onu 2 uni 1 enable
$ Check if the performance statistics function in the UNI port of the ONU has been enabled:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show running-config | include statistics onu 2
uni 1 enable
Filtering...
statistics onu 2 uni 1 enable

statistics onu15minthreshold

[Command]

statistics onu onu-id 15min threshold-index (lower|upper)

threshold threshold-value

[View]

13-603
 gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

15min: 15-minute statistics.

threshold-index: index of the threshold to be configured, it is in the integer form with a

value range of 1-46.

lower: lower limit of the configured threshold.

upper: upper limit of the configured threshold.

threshold-value: value of the configured threshold, it is in the integer form with a value
range of 0-18446744073709551615.

[Description]

The statistics onu 15min threshold command is used to set the upper and lower
thresholds for the performance statistic items of the specified GPON ONU according to the
threshold-index of related items.

By default, the lower limit of the bandwidth utilization is 0 and the upper limit is 80; for other
fields, the lower limit is 0 and the upper limit is 18446744073709551615.

[Example]
$ Configure the upper warning threshold of the PON port statistic item with the
index of 1 and the ONU ID of 1 in GPON 0/4 to be 1:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#statistics onu 1 15min 1 upper threshold 1
$ Check if corresponding performance statistic warning threshold is configured:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show running-config | include statistics onu
1 15min 1 upper threshold 1
Filtering..
statistics onu 1 15min 1 upper threshold 1

statistics onu uni 15min threshold

[Commands]

statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id 15min threshold-

index(lower|upper) threshold threshold-value

[View]

gpon view

13-604
[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

uni-id: UNI index of the GPON ONU, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-32.

15min: 15-minute statistics.

threshold-index: index of the threshold to be configured, it is in the integer form with a

value range of 1-46.

lower: lower limit of the configured threshold.

upper: upper limit of the configured threshold.

threshold-value: value of the configured threshold, it is in the integer form with a value
range of 0-18446744073709551615.

[Description]

The statistics onu uni 15min (lower|upper) threshold command is used

to set the upper and lower thresholds for the performance statistic items of specified UNI port
of the specified GPON ONU according to the threshold-index of related items.

By default, the lower limit of the bandwidth utilization is 0 and the upper limit is 80; for other
fields, the lower limit is 0 and the upper limit is 18446744073709551615.

[Example]
$ Enter the GPON0/4 view:
FHL2100(config)#interface gpon 0/4
$ Configure the upper warning threshold of the UNI port 1 statistic item with the
index of 1 and the ONU ID of 1 in GPON 0/4 to be 1:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#statistics onu 1 uni 1 15min 1 upper threshold 1
$ Check if corresponding performance statistic warning threshold is configured:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show running-config | include statistics onu
1 uni 1 15min 1 upper threshold 1
Filtering..
statistics onu 1 uni 1 15min 1 upper threshold 1

show statistics

[Command]

show statistics [ (x-ethernet | gpon ) AA/BB ]

( current | current15m | current24h )

show statistics [ onu AA/BB: CC ] ( current |

current15m | current24h )

13-605
[View]

enable view, config view, xe view, , gpon view

[Parameter]

x-ethernet: port type as xe port;

gpon: port type as gpon port;

current: display peformance statistics information within current sampling time;

current15m: display peformance statistics information within current 15min;

current24h: display peformance statistics information within current 24h.

AA/BB: CC: slot number/port number/ONU number. AA : slot number, numerical value type,
the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number ,
numerical value type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC:
onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service
board.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the performance statistics information of the port.

[Example]
$Display the performance statistics information of gpon0/1 port within current
sampling time in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show statistics current
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0
InUnicastPkts : 0
InMulticastPkts : 0
InBroadcastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 0
InPkts128to255Octets : 0
InPkts256to511Octets : 0
InPkts512to1023Octets : 0
InPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
InPkts1519to2047Octets : -
InPkts2048to4095Octets : -
InPkts4096to9216Octets : -
InDiscardsPkts : -
InErrorPkts : 0
InUnkownProtos : -
InUndersizePkts : 0
InOversizePkts : 0
InFragments : 0
InCRCErrorPkts : 0

13-606
 Chapter 13 Network Monitoring and Management

InJabbers : 0
InPause : 0
InDropEvents : -
InCollision : -
OutTotalOctets : 1,441,280
OutTotalPkts : 11,260
OutUnicastPkts : 11,260
OutMulticastPkts : 0
OutBroadcastPkts : 0
OutPkts64Octets : 0
OutPkts65to127Octets : 0
OutPkts128to255Octets : 11,260
OutPkts256to511Octets : 0
OutPkts512to1023Octets : 0
OutPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
OutPkts1519to2047Octets : -
OutPkts2048to4095Octets : -
OutPkts4096to9216Octets : -
OutDiscardsPkts : -
OutErrorPkts : 0
OutPause : 0
OutOversizePkts : -
OutFragments : -
OutCRCErrors : 0
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : -
OutDropEvents : -
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InUnicastPkts Receive unicast frames
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets received
InPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets received
InPkts4096to9216Octets Number of 4096-9216-byre packets received
InDiscardsPkts Receive packet loss
InErrorPkts Receive error packet number

13-607
 Parameter Descriptions
InUnkownProtos Receive unknown protocol packet number
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InPause Receive Pause frames
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutUnicastPkts Sending unicast frames
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets sent
OutPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets sent
OutPkts4096to9216Octets Number of more than 4096-byre packets sent
OutDiscardsPkts Send packet loss
OutErrorPkts Send error packet number
OutPause Send Pause frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutCRCErrors Sending CRC error frames
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics enablement

[Command]

show statistics enablement

13-608
[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the enabled port list of performance statistics function. When
you need to query which ports of the device has enabled to performance statistics function, use
this command.

[Example]
$Display the enabled port list of performance statistics function in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show statistics
enablement Eth Statistics Enable List:
disable EPON Statistics Enable List:
disable
EPON Onu Statistics Enable List: disable
Onu Uni Statistics Enable List: disable
Olt Temperature Enable List:
Slot 1 Slot 2 Slot 3 Slot 4 Slot 5
Slot 6 Slot 7 Slot 8
Onu Temperature Enable List: disable
GPON Statistics Enable List: disable
GPON Onu Statistics Enable List: disable
Olt Cpu Statistics Enable List:
Slot 4
Onu GEM port Enable List: disable

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter
Eth Statistics Enable List
EPON Statistics Enable List
EPON Onu Statistics Enable List
Onu Uni Statistics Enable List
Olt Temperature Enable List
Onu Temperature Enable List
GPON Statistics Enable List
GPON Onu Statistics Enable List
Olt Cpu Statistics Enable List
Onu GEM port Enable List
Descriptions
Ethernet port list with performance statistics enabled
EPON port list with performance statistics enabled
EPON Onu port list with performance statistics enabled
Onu uni port list with performance statistics enabled
Slot list with temperature detection enabled
Onu list with temperature detection enabled
GPON port list with performance statistics enabled
GPON Onu port list with performance statistics enabled
Slot list with cpu statistics enabled
Onu GEM port list enabled

show statistics history15m

[Command]

13-609
 show statistics [(x-ethernet|gpon) AA/BB] history15m index

show statistics [onu AA/BB: CC] history15m index

show statistics [(x-ethernet|gpon) AA/BB]

history15m (detail|graph) [ItemNum]

show statistics [onu AA/BB: CC] history15m (detail|graph) [ItemNum]

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view, xe view

[Parameter]

x-ethernet: port type as xe port;

gpon: port type as gpon port;

AA/BB: CC: slot number/port number/ ONU number. AA : slot number, numerical value type,
the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number ,
numerical value type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC:
onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service
board.

index: history entry index. Type: numerical value; range: 1-96.

detail: history details list of the same data;

graph: history graphical summary display of the same data;

itemNum: data item number, numerical value type. In case the port type is ge port and xe port,
the range is 1-45; in case the port type is pon and onu, the range is 1-46.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the performance statistics of the port in history 15 minutes.

[Example]
$Display the first record of gpon0/3 port in history 15min in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show statistics history15m 1
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0
InUnicastPkts : 0
InMulticastPkts : 0
InBroadcastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 0
InPkts128to255Octets : 0

13-610
 InPkts256to511Octets : 0
InPkts512to1023Octets : 0
InPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
InPkts1519to2047Octets : -
InPkts2048to4095Octets : -
InPkts4096to9216Octets : -
InDiscardsPkts : -
InErrorPkts : 0
InUnkownProtos : -
InUndersizePkts : 0
InOversizePkts : 0
InFragments : 0
InCRCErrorPkts : 0
InJabbers : 0
InPause : 0
InDropEvents : -
InCollision : -
OutTotalOctets : 0
OutTotalPkts : 0
OutUnicastPkts : 0
OutMulticastPkts : 0
OutBroadcastPkts : 0
OutPkts64Octets : 0
OutPkts65to127Octets : 0
OutPkts128to255Octets : 0
OutPkts256to511Octets : 0
OutPkts512to1023Octets : 0
OutPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
OutPkts1519to2047Octets : -
OutPkts2048to4095Octets : -
OutPkts4096to9216Octets : -
OutDiscardsPkts : -
OutErrorPkts : 0
OutPause : 0
OutOversizePkts : -
OutFragments : -
OutCRCErrors : 0
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : -
OutDropEvents : -
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InUnicastPkts Receive unicast frames
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received

13-611
 Parameter Descriptions
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets received
InPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets received
InPkts4096to9216Octets Number of 4096-9216-byre packets received
InDiscardsPkts Receive packet loss
InErrorPkts Receive error packet number
InUnkownProtos Receive unknown protocol packet number
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InPause Receive Pause frames
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutUnicastPkts Sending unicast frames
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets sent
OutPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets sent
OutPkts4096to9216Octets Number of more than 4096-byre packets sent
OutDiscardsPkts Send packet loss
OutErrorPkts Send error packet number
OutPause Send Pause frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutCRCErrors Sending CRC error frames
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent

13-612
 Parameter
InBandWidthUsage(%)
OutBandWidthUsage(%)
InBandWidth(Mbps)
OutBandWidth(Mbps)
Descriptions
Entrance bandwidth utilization
Exit bandwidth utilization
Inbound bandwidth
Transmission bandwidth

show statistics history24h

[Command]

show statistics [(x-ethernet|gpon) AA/BB] history24h index

show statistics [onu AA/BB: CC] history24h index

show statistics [(x-ethernet|gpon) AA/BB]

history24h (detail|graph) [itemNum]

show statistics [onu AA/BB: CC] history24h (detail|graph)

[itemNum]

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view, xe view

[Parameter]

x-ethernet: port type as xe port;

gpon: port type as gpon port;

AA/BB: CC: slot number/port number/ ONU number. AA : slot number, numerical value type,
the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number ,
numerical value type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC:
onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service
board.

index: number of historical records, 24 hours, 1-7

detail: history details list of the same data;

graph: history graphical summary display of the same data;

itemNum: data item number, numerical value type. In case the port type is ge port and xe port,
the range is 1-52; in case the port type is pon and onu, the range is 1-48.

[Descriptions]

13-613
 This command is used to display the performance statistics record of the port in history 24
hours.

[Example]
$Display the first record of pon0/3 port in history 24h in the gpon view.
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/3)#show statistics history24h 1
InTotalOctets : 57,719,213
InTotalPkts : 901,850
InBroadcastPkts : 7
InMulticastPkts : 0
……
OutOAMFrames : 1,857
OutOAMOctets : 122,687
OutCRCErrorPkts : -
OutDropEvents : -
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : -
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics threshold-info

[Command]

show statistics [(x-ethernet | gpon) AA/BB]

threshold-info show statistics [onu AA/BB: CC]

threshold-info

13-614
[View]

enable view, config view, xe view, pon view, onu view

[Parameter]

x-ethernet: port type as xe port;

gpon: port type as gpon port;

AA/BB: CC: slot number/port number/ ONU number. AA : slot number, numerical value type,
the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number ,
numerical value type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC:
onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service
board.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the correspondence relationship between threshold index and
threshold descriptions in the performance statistics of the prot.

[Example]
$Query the correspondence relationship between threshold index and threshold
descriptions in the performance statistics of port 0/1 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show statistics threshold-info
Index Statistics Item Index Statistics Item
----- ----------------------------- ----- ----------------------------
1 InTotalOctets 2 InTotalPkts
3 InUnicastPkts 4 InMulticastPkts
5 InBroadcastPkts 6 InPkts64Octets
7 InPkts65to127Octets 8 InPkts128to255Octets
9 InPkts256to511Octets 10 InPkts512to1023Octets
11 InPkts1024to1518Octets 12 InPkts1519to2047Octets
13 InPkts2048to4095Octets 14 InPkts4096to9216Octets
15 InDiscardsPkts 16 InErrorPkts
17 InUnkownProtos 18 InUndersizePkts
19 InOversizePkts 20 InFragments
21 InCRCErrorPkts 22 InJabbers
23 InPause 24 InDropEvents
25 InCollision 26 OutTotalOctets
27 OutTotalPkts 28 OutUnicastPkts
29 OutMulticastPkts 30 OutBroadcastPkts
31 OutPkts64Octets 32 OutPkts65to127Octets
33 OutPkts128to255Octets 34 OutPkts256to511Octets
35 OutPkts512to1023Octets 36 OutPkts1024to1518Octets
37 OutPkts1519to2047Octets 38 OutPkts2048to4095Octets
39 OutPkts4096to9216Octets 40 OutDiscardsPkts
41 OutErrorPkts 42 OutPause
43 OutOversizePkts 44 OutFragments
45 OutCRCErrors 46 OutJabbers

13-615
 47 OutCollision 48 OutDropEvents
49 InBandWidthUsage(%) 50 OutBandWidthUsage(%)
----- ----------------------------- ----- ----------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Index Performance statistics threshold index
Statistics Item Performance statistics threshold descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InUnicastPkts Receive unicast frames
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets received
InPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets received
InPkts4096to9216Octets Number of 4096-9216-byre packets received
InDiscardsPkts Receive packet loss
InErrorPkts Receive error packet number
InUnkownProtos Receive unknown protocol packet number
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InPause Receive Pause frames
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutUnicastPkts Sending unicast frames
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent

13-616
 Parameter Descriptions
OutPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets sent
OutPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets sent
OutPkts4096to9216Octets Number of more than 4096-byre packets sent
OutDiscardsPkts Send packet loss
OutErrorPkts Send error packet number
OutPause Send Pause frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutCRCErrors Sending CRC error frames
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization

show statistics uni

[Command]

show statistics uni AA/BB:CC/DD

(current|current15m|current24h)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

AA/BB:CC/DD: ONU UNI port index, with format in the config view as AA/BB: CC/DD, AA :
slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of
the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value type, the port numbers of different business
boards have different ranges. CC: onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board. DDis uni port number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-
24. In the onu view, it is of numerical value type; range: 1-24.

current: performance statistics information within current sampling time;

current15m: performance statistics information in current 15min;

current24h: performance statistics information in current 24h.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the performance statistics information of onu uni port.

[Example]

13-617
$Display the performance statistics information of onu0/1: 1 uni port 1 in current
15min in the onu view.
FHL2100(config)# show statistics uni 0/1:1/1 current15m
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0
InBroadcastPkts : 0
InMulticastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 0
InPkts128to255Octets : 0
InPkts256to511Octets : 0
InPkts512to1023Octets : 0
InPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
InPkts1519to1522Octets : -
InUndersizePkts : 0
InOversizePkts : 0
InFragments : -
InMpcpFrames : -
InMpcpOctets : -
InOAMFrames : -
InOAMOctets : -
InCRCErrorPkts : 0
InDropEvents : 0
InJabbers : -
InCollision : -
OutTotalOctets : 4,230
OutTotalPkts : 43
OutBroadcastPkts : 40
OutMulticastPkts : 3
OutPkts64Octets : 0
OutPkts65to127Octets : 43
OutPkts128to255Octets : 0
OutPkts256to511Octets : 0
OutPkts512to1023Octets : 0
OutPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
OutPkts1519to1522Octets : -
OutUndersizePkts : 0
OutOversizePkts : 0
OutFragments : -
OutMpcpFrames : -
OutMpcpOctets : -
OutOAMFrames : -
OutOAMOctets : -
OutCRCErrorPkts : 0
OutDropEvents : 0
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : -
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

13-618
 Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent

13-619
 Parameter Descriptions
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics uni history15m

[Command]

show statistics uni AA/BB:CC/DD history15m index

show statistics uni AA/BB:CC/DD history15m (detail|graph) [<1-48>]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

AA/BB:CC/DD: ONU UNI port index, with format in the config view as AA/BB: CC/DD, AA :
slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of
the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value type, the port numbers of different business
boards have different ranges. CC: onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board. DDis uni port number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-
24. In the onu view, it is of numerical value type; range: 1-24.

index: number of history records. Type: numerical value; range: 1-96;

detail: history details list of the same data;

graph: history graphical summary display of the same data;

<1-48>: number of data items of uni port. Type: numerical value; range: 1-48.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the performance statistics record of onu uni port in history
15min.

[Example]
$Display the first record of onu8/1: 1 uni port 1 in history 15min in the onu view.
FHL2100(config)# show statistics uni 0/1:1/1 history15m 1
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0

13-620
 InBroadcastPkts : 0
InMulticastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
……
OutOAMOctets : -
OutCRCErrorPkts : -
OutDropEvents : -
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : 0
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics uni history24h

[Command]

show statistics uni AA/BB:CC/DD history24h index

show statistics uni AA/BB:CC/DD history24h (detail|graph) [<1-48>]

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

AA/BB:CC/DD: ONU UNI port index, with format in the config view as AA/BB: CC/DD, AA :
slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of
the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value type, the port numbers of different business

13-621
 boards have different ranges. CC: onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board.DD is uni port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-
24. In the onu view, it is of numerical value type; range: 1-24.

index: number of history records. Type: numerical value; range: 1-30.

detail: history details list of the same data;

graph: history graphical summary display of the same data;

<1-48>: number of data items of uni port. Type: numerical value; range: 1-48

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the performance statistics record of onu uni port in history 24h.

[Example]
$Display the first record of onu0/1: 1uni port 1 in history 24h in the onu view.
FHL2100(config)# show statistics uni 0/1:1/1 history24h 1
FHL2100(config)# show statistics uni 0/1:1/1 history24h 1
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0
InBroadcastPkts : 0
InMulticastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 0
InPkts128to255Octets : 0
……
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : 0
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization

13-622
 Parameter Descriptions
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics uni threshold-info

[Command]

show statistics onu AA/BB: CC uni threshold-info

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

AA/BB: CC: slot number/port number/ ONU number. AA : slot number, numerical value type,
the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number ,
numerical value type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC:
onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service
board.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the correspondence relationship between threshold index and
threshold descriptions in performance statistics of ONU UNI port.

[Example]
$Display the correspondence relationship between threshold index and threshold
descriptions in performance statistics of current device.
FHL2100(config)# show statistics onu 0/1:1 uni threshold-info
Index Statistics Item Index Statistics Item
1 InTotalOctets 2 InTotalPkts
3 InBroadcastPkts 4 InMulticastPkts
5 InPkts64Octets 6 InPkts65to127Octets
7 InPkts128to255Octets 8 InPkts256to511Octets
9 InPkts512to1023Octets 10 InPkts1024to1518Octets
11 InPkts1519to1522Octets 12 InUndersizePkts
13 InOversizePkts 14 InFragments
15 InMpcpFrames 16 InMpcpOctets
17 InOAMFrames 18 InOAMOctets
19 InCRCErrorPkts 20 InDropEvents
21 InJabbers 22 InCollision
23 OutTotalOctets 24 OutTotalPkts
25 OutBroadcastPkts 26 OutMulticastPkts
27 OutPkts64Octets 28 OutPkts65to127Octets
29 OutPkts128to255Octets 30 OutPkts256to511Octets
31 OutPkts512to1023Octets 32 OutPkts1024to1518Octets
33 OutPkts1519to1522Octets 34 OutUndersizePkts

13-623
 35 OutOversizePkts 36 OutFragments
37 OutMpcpFrames 38 OutMpcpOctets
39 OutOAMFrames 40 OutOAMOctets
41 OutCRCErrorPkts 42 OutDropEvents
43 OutJabbers 44 OutCollision
45 InBandWidthUsage(%) 46 OutBandWidthUsage(%)
----- ----------------------------- ----- ----------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table: .
Parameter Descriptions
Index Performance statistics threshold index
Statistics Item Performance statistics threshold descriptions
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent

13-624
 Parameter Descriptions
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization

show statistics uni 15min threshold

[Command]

show statistics uni AA/BB:CC/DD 15min (lower|upper|

all) threshold

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

AA/BB:CC/DD: ONU UNI port index, with format in the config view as AA/BB: CC/DD, AA :
slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of
the equipment. BB: port number , numerical value type, the port numbers of different business
boards have different ranges. CC: onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the
specification of the PON service board.DD is uni port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-
24. In the onu view, it is of numerical value type; range: 1-24.

15min: 15min statistics;

lower: lower threshold of performance statistics;

upper: upper threshold of performance statistics.

all: displays the performance thresholds for the upper and lower thresholds.

[Descriptions]

13-625
 This command is used to display the configuration information of upper/lower threshold of
15min performance statistics of ONU UNI port.

[Example]
$Display the configuration information of upper/lower threshold of 15min
performance statistics of onu0/1: 1 uni port 1 in the onu view.
FHL2100# show statistics uni 0/1:1/1 15min upper threshold
Index Threshold Description Threshold Value
-------- ------------------------------- --------------------------
1 InTotalOctets 0xFFFF,FFFF,FFFF,FFFF
2 InTotalPkts 0xFFFF,FFFF,FFFF,FFFF
3 InBroadcastPkts 0xFFFF,FFFF,FFFF,FFFF
4 InMulticastPkts 0xFFFF,FFFF,FFFF,FFFF
5 InPkts64Octets 0xFFFF,FFFF,FFFF,FFFF
……
44 OutCollision 0xFFFF,FFFF,FFFF,FFFF
45 InBandWidthUsage(%) 100
46 OutBandWidthUsage(%) 100

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Index Performance statistics threshold index
Threshold Description Performance statistics threshold descriptions
Threshold Value Performance statistics threshold
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization

show statistics 15min threshold

[Command]

show statistics [(x-ethernet | gpon) AA/BB] 15min

(lower|upper) threshold

show statistics [onu AA/BB: CC] 15min (lower|upper)

threshold

[View]

enable view, config view, xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

13-626
 x-ethernet: port type as xe port;

gpon: port type as pon port;

AA/BB: CC: slot number/port number/ ONU number. AA : slot number, numerical value type,
the range of values shall be based on the actual situation of the equipment. BB: port number ,
numerical value type, the port numbers of different business boards have different ranges. CC:
onu number. numerical value type, range: depends on the specification of the PON service
board.

15min: 15min statistics;

lower: lower threshold of performance statistics;

upper: upper threshold of performance statistics.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configuration information of upper/lower threshold of

15min performance statistics of the port.

[Example]
$Display the upper threshold of 15min performance statistics of port0/1 in
the xe view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show statistics 15min upper
threshold
Index Threshold Description Threshold Value
-------- ------------------------------- --------------------------
1 InTotalOctets 18446744073709551615
2 InTotalPkts 18446744073709551615
3 InUnicastPkts 18446744073709551615
4 InMulticastPkts 18446744073709551615
5 InBroadcastPkts 18446744073709551615
6 InPkts64Octets 18446744073709551615
7 InPkts65to127Octets 18446744073709551615
8 InPkts128to255Octets 18446744073709551615
9 InPkts256to511Octets 18446744073709551615
10 InPkts512to1023Octets 18446744073709551615
11 InPkts1024to1518Octets 18446744073709551615
12 InPkts1519to2047Octets -
13 InPkts2048to4095Octets -
14 InPkts4096to9216Octets -
15 InDiscardsPkts -
16 InErrorPkts 18446744073709551615
17 InUnkownProtos -
18 InUndersizePkts 18446744073709551615
19 InOversizePkts 18446744073709551615
20 InFragments 18446744073709551615
21 InCRCErrorPkts 18446744073709551615
22 InJabbers 18446744073709551615
23 InPause 18446744073709551615
24 InDropEvents -
25 InCollision -

13-627
 26 OutTotalOctets 18446744073709551615
27 OutTotalPkts 18446744073709551615
28 OutUnicastPkts 18446744073709551615
29 OutMulticastPkts 18446744073709551615
30 OutBroadcastPkts 18446744073709551615
31 OutPkts64Octets 18446744073709551615
32 OutPkts65to127Octets 18446744073709551615
33 OutPkts128to255Octets 18446744073709551615
34 OutPkts256to511Octets 18446744073709551615
35 OutPkts512to1023Octets 18446744073709551615
36 OutPkts1024to1518Octets 18446744073709551615
37 OutPkts1519to2047Octets -
38 OutPkts2048to4095Octets -
39 OutPkts4096to9216Octets -
40 OutDiscardsPkts -
41 OutErrorPkts 18446744073709551615
42 OutPause 18446744073709551615
43 OutOversizePkts -
44 OutFragments -
45 OutCRCErrors 18446744073709551615
46 OutJabbers -
47 OutCollision -
48 OutDropEvents -
49 InBandWidthUsage(%) 80
50 OutBandWidthUsage(%) 80

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Index Performance statistics threshold index
Threshold Description Performance statistics threshold descriptions
Threshold Value Performance statistics threshold
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InUnicastPkts Receive unicast frames
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets received
InPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets received
InPkts4096to9216Octets Number of 4096-9216-byre packets received
InDiscardsPkts Receive packet loss
InErrorPkts Receive error packet number
InUnkownProtos Receive unknown protocol packet number
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames

13-628
 InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InPause Receive Pause frames
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutUnicastPkts Sending unicast frames
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to2047Octets Number of 1519-2047-byre packets sent
OutPkts2048to4095Octets Number of 2048-4095-byre packets sent
OutPkts4096to9216Octets Number of more than 4096-byre packets sent
OutDiscardsPkts Send packet loss
OutErrorPkts Send error packet number
OutPause Send Pause frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutCRCErrors Sending CRC error frames
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization

show statistics onu threshold-info

[Commands]

show statistics onu

threshold-info show

statistics uni threshold-info

[View]

gpon view

13-629
[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show statistics onu threshold-info command is used to display the

corresponding relation between threshold index and threshold description in the performance
statistics of the PON port of the GPON ONU.

The show statistics uni threshold-info command is used to display the

corresponding relation between threshold index and threshold description in the performance
statistics of the UNI port of the GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ View performance statistics field description of the PON port in
GPON 0/4:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show statistics uni threshold-
info
Index Statistics Item Index Statistics Item
----- ----------------------------- ----- ----------------------------
1 InTotalOctets 2 InTotalPkts
3 InBroadcastPkts 4 InMulticastPkts
5 InPkts64Octets 6 InPkts65to127Octets
7 InPkts128to255Octets 8 InPkts256to511Octets
9 InPkts512to1023Octets 10 InPkts1024to1518Octets
11 InPkts1519to1522Octets 12 InUndersizePkts
13 InOversizePkts 14 InFragments
15 InMpcpFrames 16 InMpcpOctets
17 InOAMFrames 18 InOAMOctets
19 InCRCErrorPkts 20 InDropEvents
21 InJabbers 22 InCollision
23 OutTotalOctets 24 OutTotalPkts
25 OutBroadcastPkts 26 OutMulticastPkts
27 OutPkts64Octets 28 OutPkts65to127Octets
29 OutPkts128to255Octets 30 OutPkts256to511Octets
31 OutPkts512to1023Octets 32 OutPkts1024to1518Octets
33 OutPkts1519to1522Octets 34 OutUndersizePkts
35 OutOversizePkts 36 OutFragments
37 OutMpcpFrames 38 OutMpcpOctets
39 OutOAMFrames 40 OutOAMOctets
41 OutCRCErrorPkts 42 OutDropEvents
43 OutJabbers 44 OutCollision
45 InBandWidthUsage(%) 46 OutBandWidthUsage(%)
----- ----------------------------- ----- ----------------------------

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Index Performance statistics threshold index
Statistics Item Performance statistics threshold description information

13-630
 Parameter Description
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent

13-631
 Parameter Description
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization

show statistics onu current

[Commands]

show statistics onu onu-id(current|current15m|current24h)

show statistics onu onu-id uni uni-

id(current|current15m|current24h)

show statistics onu onu-id gem gemport-id current

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

uni-id: UNI ID of the ONU, the value range is 1-32.

gemport-id: GEM port ID, the value range is 1-64.

current: current cumulative value. It refers to the cumulative value since the performance
statistics function has been enabled.

current15m: cumulative value of current 15-minute statistic cycle. After 15 minutes, it

becomes history 15-minute statistic value.

current24h: cumulative value of current 24-hour statistic cycle. After 24 hours, it becomes
history 24-hour statistic value.

[Description]

The show statistics onu(current|current15m|current24h) command is

used to view current cumulative value of the PON port performance statistics of the specified
GPON ONU.

The show statistics onu uni(current|current15m|current24h) command

is used to view current cumulative value of specified UNI port performance statistics of the
specified GPON ONU.

13-632
 The show statistics onu gem(current|current15m|current24h) command
is used to view current cumulative value of specified GEM port performance statistics of the
specified GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ View current value of the PON port performance statistics in GPON 0/4:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show statistics onu 1 current
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0
InBroadcastPkts : 0
InMulticastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 0
InPkts128to255Octets : 0
InPkts256to511Octets : 0
InPkts512to1023Octets : 0
InPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
InPkts1519to1522Octets : -
InUndersizePkts : 0
InOversizePkts : 0
InFragments : -
InMpcpFrames : -
InMpcpOctets : -
InOAMFrames : -
InOAMOctets : -
InCRCErrorPkts : 0
InDropEvents : 0
InJabbers : -
InCollision : -
OutTotalOctets : 76,218
OutTotalPkts : 496
OutBroadcastPkts : 496
OutMulticastPkts : 0
OutPkts64Octets : 409
OutPkts65to127Octets : 0
OutPkts128to255Octets : 0
OutPkts256to511Octets : 0
OutPkts512to1023Octets : 1,557
OutPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
OutPkts1519to1522Octets : -
OutUndersizePkts : 0
OutOversizePkts : 0
OutFragments : -
OutMpcpFrames : -
OutMpcpOctets : -
OutOAMFrames : -
OutOAMOctets : -
OutCRCErrorPkts : 0
OutDropEvents : 0
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : -
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0

13-633
 InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent

13-634
 Parameter Description
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics gpon current

[Command]

show statistics gpon slot-id/port-

id(current|current15m|current24h)

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: to designate the port of a slot, please refer to actual device for accurate value
range

current: current cumulative value. It refers to the cumulative value since the performance
statistics function has been enabled.

current15m: cumulative value of current 15-minute statistic cycle. After 15 minutes, it

becomes history 15-minute statistic value.

current24h: cumulative value of current 24-hour statistic cycle. After 24 hours, it becomes
history 24-hour statistic value.

Hourly statistic value.

[Description]

13-635
 The show statistics gpon(current|current15m|current24h) command is
used to view current cumulative value of the performance statistics of the specified GPON port.

[Example]
$ View current value of the PON port performance statistics in GPON 0/4:
FHL2100(config)#show statistics gpon 0/4 current
InTotalOctets : 525,721
InTotalPkts : 1,755
InBroadcastPkts : 195
InMulticastPkts : 1,560
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 131
InPkts128to255Octets : 1,167
InPkts256to511Octets : 52
InPkts512to1023Octets : 405
InPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
InPkts1519to1522Octets : 0
InUndersizePkts : 0
InOversizePkts : 0
InFragments : 0
InMpcpFrames : 0
InMpcpOctets : 0
InOAMFrames : 0
InOAMOctets : 0
InCRCErrorPkts : 0
InDropEvents : 0
InJabbers : 0
InCollision : 0
OutTotalOctets : 0
OutTotalPkts : 0
OutBroadcastPkts : 0
OutMulticastPkts : 0
OutPkts64Octets : 0
OutPkts65to127Octets : 0
OutPkts128to255Octets : 0
OutPkts256to511Octets : 0
OutPkts512to1023Octets : 0
OutPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
OutPkts1519to1522Octets : 0
OutUndersizePkts : 0
OutOversizePkts : 0
OutFragments : 0
OutMpcpFrames : 0
OutMpcpOctets : 0
OutOAMFrames : 0
OutOAMOctets : 0
OutCRCErrorPkts : 0
OutDropEvents : 0
OutJabbers : 0
OutCollision : 0
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

13-636
 OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes

13-637
 Parameter Description
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics onu history 15m

[Commands]

show statistics onu onu-id (history15m|history24h) index

show statistics onu onu-id (history15m|history24h)

(detail|graph) [item-num]

show statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id (history15m|history24h)

index

show statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id (history15m|history24h)

(detail|graph) [item-num]

show statistics onu onu-id gem gemport-id (history15m|history24h)

index

show statistics onu onu-id gem gemport-id (history15m|history24h)

(detail|graph) [item-num]

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

uni-id: UNI index of the GPON ONU, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-32.

gemport-id: GEM port ID, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-64.

history15m: performance statistics record of history 15 minutes.

history24h: performance statistics record of history 24 hours.

13-638
 index: items of history record, up to 96 entries in 15 minutes.

detail: detailed history data list of the same data.

graph: brief history data graphic of the same data.

item-num: number of data items, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-48.

[Description]

The show statistics onu history15m command is used to display performance

statistics record of history 15 minutes of the specified GPON ONU.

The show statistics onu uni history15m command is used to display

performance statistics record of history 15 minutes of the specified UNI port of the specified
GPON ONU.

The show statistics onu gem history15m command is used to display

performance statistics record of history 15 minutes of the specified GEM port of the specified
GPON ONU.

The show statistics onu history24h command is used to display performance

statistics record of history 24 hours of the specified GPON ONU.

The show statistics onu uni history24h command is used to display

performance statistics record of history 24 hours of the specified UNI port of the specified GPON
ONU.

The show statistics onu gem history24h command is used to display

performance statistcs record of history 24 hours of the specified GEM port of the specified
GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ View the 15-minute performance statistics of the GPON ONU port with the index
of 1 in port 0/4:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show statistics onu 1 history15m 1
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0
InBroadcastPkts : 0
InMulticastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 0
InPkts128to255Octets : 0
InPkts256to511Octets : 0
InPkts512to1023Octets : 0
InPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
InPkts1519to1522Octets : -
InUndersizePkts : 0

13-639
 InOversizePkts : 0
InFragments : -
InMpcpFrames : -
InMpcpOctets : -
InOAMFrames : -
InOAMOctets : -
InCRCErrorPkts : 0
InDropEvents : 0
InJabbers : -
InCollision : -
OutTotalOctets : 36,888
OutTotalPkts : 241
OutBroadcastPkts : 241
OutMulticastPkts : 0
OutPkts64Octets : 199
OutPkts65to127Octets : 0
OutPkts128to255Octets : 0
OutPkts256to511Octets : 0
OutPkts512to1023Octets : 1,512
OutPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
OutPkts1519to1522Octets : -
OutUndersizePkts : 0
OutOversizePkts : 0
OutFragments : -
OutMpcpFrames : -
OutMpcpOctets : -
OutOAMFrames : -
OutOAMOctets : -
OutCRCErrorPkts : 0
OutDropEvents : 0
OutJabbers : -
OutCollision : -
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received

13-640
 Parameter Description
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics history 15m

[Commands]

13-641
 show statistics gpon slot-id/port-id( history15m | history24h )
index

show statistics gpon slot-id/port-id( history15m | history24h )

(detail|graph ) [item-num]

show statistics onu slot-id/port-id: onu-id( history15m |

history24h )index

show statistics onu slot-id/port-id: onu-id(history15m |

history24h) (detail|graph) [item-num]

show statistics uni slot-id/port-id: onu-id/uni-

id(history15m|history24h)index

showstatistics uni slot-id/port-id: onu-id/uni-id( history15m |

history24h ) (detail|graph) [item-num]

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: to designate the port of a slot, please refer to actual device for accurate value
range

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

uni-id: UNI ID of the ONU, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-32.

history15m: performance statistics record of history 15 minutes.

history24h: performance statistics record of history 24 hours.

index: items of history record, up to 96 entries in 15 minutes.

detail: detailed history data list of the same data.

graph: brief history data graphic of the same data.

item-num: number of data items, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-48.

[Description]

13-642
 The show statistics gpon history15m command is used to display performance
statistics record of history 15 minutes of the specified GPON port.

The show statistics onu history15m command is used to display performance

statistics record of history 15 minutes of the specified GPON ONU.

The show statistics uni history15m command is used to display performance

statistics record of history 15 minutes of the specified UNI port.

The show statistics gpon history24h command is used to display performance

statistics record of history 24 hours of the specified GPON port.

The show statistics onu history24h command is used to display performance

statistics record of history 24 hours of the specified GPON ONU.

The show statistics uni history24h command is used to display performance

statistics record of history 24 hours of the specified UNI port.

[Example]
$ View the 15-minute performance statistics of the PON port with the index of 1 in
GPON 0/1:
FHL2100(config)#show statistics gpon 0/1 history15m 1
InTotalOctets : 25,284
InTotalPkts : 42
InBroadcastPkts : 42
InMulticastPkts : 0
InPkts64Octets : 0
InPkts65to127Octets : 0
InPkts128to255Octets : 0
InPkts256to511Octets : 0
InPkts512to1023Octets : 42
InPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
InPkts1519to1522Octets : 0
InUndersizePkts : 0
InOversizePkts : 0
InFragments : 0
InMpcpFrames : 0
InMpcpOctets : 0
InOAMFrames : 0
InOAMOctets : 0
InCRCErrorPkts : 0
InDropEvents : 0
InJabbers : 0
InCollision : 0
OutTotalOctets : 0
OutTotalPkts : 0
OutBroadcastPkts : 0
OutMulticastPkts : 0
OutPkts64Octets : 0
OutPkts65to127Octets : 0
OutPkts128to255Octets : 0
OutPkts256to511Octets : 0

13-643
 OutPkts512to1023Octets : 0
OutPkts1024to1518Octets : 0
OutPkts1519to1522Octets : 0
OutUndersizePkts : 0
OutOversizePkts : 0
OutFragments : 0
OutMpcpFrames : 0
OutMpcpOctets : 0
OutOAMFrames : 0
OutOAMOctets : 0
OutCRCErrorPkts : 0
OutDropEvents : 0
OutJabbers : 0
OutCollision : 0
InBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
OutBandWidthUsage(%) : 0
InBandWidth(Mbps) : 0
OutBandWidth(Mbps) : 0

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent

13-644
 Parameter Description
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization
InBandWidth(Mbps) Inbound bandwidth
OutBandWidth(Mbps) Transmission bandwidth

show statistics onu 15min threshold

[Commands]

show statistics onu onu-id 15min ( lower | upper )

threshold

show statistics onu onu-id uni uni-id 15min ( lower |

upper ) threshold

[View]

gpon view

[Parameters]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

uni-id: UNI ID of the ONU, it is in the integer form with a value range of 1-32.

lower: lower limit of the configured threshold.

13-645
 upper: upper limit of the configured threshold.

[Description]

The show statistics onu 15min threshold command is used to view the upper
and lower threshold configuration of the PON port performance statistics of the specified GPON
ONU.

The show statistics onu uni 15min threshold command is used to view the
upper and lower threshold configuration of UNI port performance statistics of the specified
GPON ONU.

[Example]
$ View the lower threshold configuration of the performance statistics for the
PON port with the ONU ID of 1 in GPON 0/4:
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/4)#show statistics onu 1 15min lower threshold
Index Threshold Description Threshold Value
-------- ------------------------------- --------------------------
1 InTotalOctets 0
2 InTotalPkts 0
3 InBroadcastPkts 0
4 InMulticastPkts 0
5 InPkts64Octets 0
6 InPkts65to127Octets 0
7 InPkts128to255Octets 0
8 InPkts256to511Octets 0
9 InPkts512to1023Octets 0
10 InPkts1024to1518Octets 0
11 InPkts1519to1522Octets -
12 InUndersizePkts 0
13 InOversizePkts 0
14 InFragments -
15 InMpcpFrames -
16 InMpcpOctets -
17 InOAMFrames -
18 InOAMOctets -
19 InCRCErrorPkts 0
20 InDropEvents 0
21 InJabbers -
22 InCollision -
23 OutTotalOctets 0
24 OutTotalPkts 0
25 OutBroadcastPkts 0
26 OutMulticastPkts 0
27 OutPkts64Octets 0
28 OutPkts65to127Octets 0
29 OutPkts128to255Octets 0
30 OutPkts256to511Octets 0
31 OutPkts512to1023Octets 0
32 OutPkts1024to1518Octets 0
33 OutPkts1519to1522Octets -

13-646
 34 OutUndersizePkts 0
35 OutOversizePkts 0
36 OutFragments -
37 OutMpcpFrames -
38 OutMpcpOctets -
39 OutOAMFrames -
40 OutOAMOctets -
41 OutCRCErrorPkts 0
42 OutDropEvents 0
43 OutJabbers -
44 OutCollision -
45 InBandWidthUsage(%) 0
46 OutBandWidthUsage(%) 0

 In the example, the description of the echoing parameters of the commands is

shown in the table below:
Parameter Description
Index Performance statistics threshold index
Threshold Description Performance statistics threshold description information
Threshold Value Performance statistics threshold
InTotalOctets Total number of bytes received
InTotalPkts Number of frames received, including error frames.
InBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets received
InMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets received
InPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets received
InPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets received
InPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets received
InPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets received
InPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets received
InPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets received
InPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets received
InUndersizePkts Receive ultra short frames
InOversizePkts Receiving ultra long frames
InFragments Number of fragments received
InMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames received
InMpcpOctets Number of MPCP bytes received
InOAMFrames Number of OAM frames received
InOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes received
InCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets received
InDropEvents Number of drop events received
InJabbers Receiving super long wrong frames
InCollision Receive collision frames
OutTotalOctets Total number of bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Number of frames sent, including error frames.
OutBroadcastPkts Number of broadcast packets sent
OutMulticastPkts Number of multicast packets sent

13-647
 Parameter Description
OutPkts64Octets Number of 64-byre packets sent
OutPkts65to127Octets Number of 65-127-byre packets sent
OutPkts128to255Octets Number of 128-255-byre packets sent
OutPkts256to511Octets Number of 256-511-byre packets sent
OutPkts512to1023Octets Number of 512-1023-byre packets sent
OutPkts1024to1518Octets Number of 1024-1518-byre packets sent
OutPkts1519to1522Octets Number of 1519-1522-byre packets sent
OutUndersizePkts Sending ultra short frames
OutOversizePkts Sending ultra long frames
OutFragments Number of miscellaneous packets sent
OutMpcpFrames Number of MPCP frames sent
OutMpcpOctets Sending MPCP bytes
OutOAMFrames Number of OAM frames sent
OutOAMOctets Number of OAM bytes sent
OutCRCErrorPkts Number of CRC error packets sent
OutDropEvents Number of drop events sent
OutJabbers Sending super long wrong frames
OutCollision Number of collision frames sent
InBandWidthUsage(%) Entrance bandwidth utilization
OutBandWidthUsage(%) Exit bandwidth utilization

13.2.2 Laser Monitoring

show port optical-transceiver

[Command]

show port optical-transceiver

[View]

xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the laser information of current port.

[Example]
$ Display the laser information of GPON port
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/7)#show port optical-transceiver
Identifier : SFP

13-648
 Nominal bit rate(Mb/s) : 2500
Vendor Name : WTD
Wave length(nm) : 1490
Vendor PN : RTXM167-522
Vendor SN : EC155200250556
Date code : 151230
Medium type : Fiber

Temperature(C) : 31.87
Voltage(mV) : 3275.10
Bias current(mA) : 5.89
Tx power(dBm) : 3.72
Rx power(dBm) : -

$ Display the laser information of Ethernet port

FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/8)#show port optical-transceiver
Identifier : SFP
Nominal bit rate(Mb/s) : 1300
Vendor Name : OPWAY
Wave length(nm) : -
Vendor PN : OP3401G
Vendor SN : 1412050133
Date code : 141205
Medium type : Copper

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Identifier Laser identifier
Nominal bit rate(Mb/s) Nominal bit rate, in Mbps
Vendor Name Vendor name
Wave length(nm) Wavelength, in nm
Vendor PN Vendor PN number
Vendor SN Vendor SN number
Date code Laser date code
Medium type Medium type
Temperature(C) Laser temperature
Voltage(mV) Laser voltage
Bias current(mA) Laser bias current
Tx power(dBm) Laser sending optical power
Rx power(dBm) Laser receiving optical power

show port optical-transceiver

[Command]

show port optical-transceiver ( x-ethernet |

gpon ) ( slotid/portid | all )

[View]

13-649
 enable view、config view

[Parameter]

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

portid: PON port number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-8;

all: all the port number of specified type.

[Descriptions]

show port optical-transceiver (x-ethernet | gpon ) slotid/portid

is used to display the laser information of the specified port;

show port optical-transceiver (x-ethernet | gpon ) all is used to

display the laser information of the all port.

[Example]
$ Display the laser information of all x-ethernet port
FHL2100(config)# show port optical-transceiver x-ethernet all
Index State Type Temperature(C) Voltage(mV) Laser Bias(mA)
Tx Optical(dBm) Rx Optical(dBm)
----- ------- ------ -------------- ----------- -------------- --------
------ --------------
XE00/01 online Fiber 36.30 3323.60 0.0
-40.00 -4.13
XE00/02 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
---- ----
XE00/03 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
---- ----
XE00/04 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
---- ----
XE00/05 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
---- ----
XE00/06 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
---- ----
XE00/07 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
---- ----
XE00/08 online Copper ---- ---- ----
---- ----
$ Display the laser information of all GPON port
FHL2100(config)# show port optical-transceiver gpon all
Index State Temperature(C) Voltage(mV) Laser Bias(mA) Tx
Optical(dBm) Rx Optical(dBm)
----- ------- -------------- ----------- -------------- ---------
----- --------------
GPON00/01 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----

13-650
 GPON00/02 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/03 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/04 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/05 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/06 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/07 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/08 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/09 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/10 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/11 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/12 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/13 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/14 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/15 offline ---- ---- ---- ----
----
GPON00/16 online 36.23 3286.50 28.92 3.79
----
$ Display x-ethernet 0/8 port laser information.
FHL2100(config)# show port optical-transceiver x-ethernet 0/8
Identifier : SFP
Nominal bit rate(Mb/s) : 1300
Vendor Name : OPWAY
Wave length(nm) : -
Vendor PN : OP3401G
Vendor SN : 1210130127
Date code : 121013
Medium type : Copper

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Identifier Laser identifier
Vendor Name Vendor name
Wave length(nm) Wavelength, in nm
Vendor PN Vendor PN number
Vendor SN Vendor SN number
Date code Laser date code
Temperature(C) Laser temperature
Voltage(mV) Laser voltage
Bias current(mA) Laser bias current

13-651
 Parameter Descriptions
Tx power(dBm) Laser sending optical power
Rx power(dBm) Laser receiving optical power
Index Slot ID / port ID
State ONU certification status

show onu optical-transceiver

[Command]

show onu optical-transceiver ( onu-id | all )

[View]

gpon view

[Parameter]

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

all: all ONU of the specified port.

[Descriptions]

show onu optical-transceiver onu-id is used to display the laser information of

specified ONU at current port;

show onu optical-transceiver all is used to display the laser information of all
ONU at current port.

[Example]
$ Display the laser information of ONU 1 at GPON port
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/9)# show onu optical-transceiver 1
Temperature(C) : 35.00
Voltage(mV) : 3300.00
Laser Bias Current(mA) : 12.00
Tx Optical Power(dBm) : 2.24
Rx Optical Power(dBm) : -19.39
Olt Rx Optical Power(dBm) : -40.00
$ Display the laser information of GPON ONU/CCMTS at GPON0/9
FHL2100(config-if-gpon-0/9)# show onu optical-transceiver all
Index Type Temperature(C) Voltage(mV) Laser Bias(mA) Tx Optical(dBm)
----- ----- ------------- ----------- ------------- ---------------
Rx Optical(dBm) Olt Rx Optical(dBm)
--------------- -----------------
03/9: 01 110F 36.00 3300.00 12.00 2.27
-19.43 -40.00

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

13-652
 Parameter Descriptions
Index Slot ID / port ID
Type Device type
Temperature(C) Laser temperature
Voltage(mV) Laser voltage
Laser Bias Current(mA) Laser bias current
Tx Optical Power(dBm) Laser sending optical power
Rx Optical Power(dBm) Laser receiving optical power
Olt Rx Optical Power(dBm) Laser receiving optical power of OLT

show onu optical-transceiver

[Command]

show onu optical-transceiver slot-id/port-id: onu-id

show onu optical-transceiver gpon all

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

slot-id: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

port-id: PON port number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-8;

onu-id: ONU ID, range: depends on the specification of the PON service board.

[Descriptions]

show onu optical-transceiver slot-id/port-id: onu-id is used to display

the laser information of the specified ONU.

show onu optical-transceiver gpon ) allis used to display the laser

information of all ONU.

[Example]
$ Display the laser information of ONU 0/1: 1
FHL2100(config)# show onu optical-transceiver 0/1: 1
temperature(C) : 36.13
voltage(mV) : 3382.20
laser bias current(mA) : 11.56
tx optical power(dBm) : 2.07
rxOptical power(dBm) : -8.66
$ Display the laser information of all
GPON ONU

13-653
 FHL2100# show onu optical-transceiver gpon all
Index Type Temperature(C) Voltage(mV) Laser Bias(mA) Tx Optical(dBm)
Rx Optical(dBm) Olt Rx Optical(dBm)
------- ----- -------------- ----------- -------------- ---------------
--------------- -------------------
00/01:01 - - - - -
-

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Index Slot ID / port ID
Type Device type
Temperature(C) Laser temperature
Voltage(mV) Laser voltage
Laser Bias (mA) Laser bias current
Tx Optical (dBm) Laser sending optical power
Rx Optical (dBm) Laser receiving optical power
Olt Rx Optical (dBm) Laser receiving optical power of OLT

13.2.3 CPU Receiving Packet Monitoring

cpu-statistics

[Command]

cpu-statistics slot

enable no cpu-statistics

slot enable

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 1-1.

[Descriptions]

The command “cpu-statistics enable” is used to set enabling the 15min and 24h
performance acquisition function of cpu on the specified slot.

The command “no cpu-statistics enable” is used to set disabling the 15min and 24h
performance acquisition function of cpu on the specified slot, and deleting the 15min and 24h
performance acquisition data of cpu on the board.

[Example]

13-654
 $Enable the 15min and 24h performance acquisition function of CPU on board 4 in
the config view.
FHL2100(config)# cpu-statistics 4 enable

cpu- statistics 15min threshold

[Command]

cpu-statistics slot 15min index (lower|upper) threshold STATTHR

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 0-0.

index: index number for setting threshold. Type: numerical value; range: 1-36;

lower: lower threshold;

upper: upper threshold;

STATTHR: threshold size of data statistics items. Type: numerical value; range: 0-
18446744073709551615.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to set the upper/lower threshold of CPU statistics of the specified
statistics items of the specified slot. When you need to set the upper/lower threshold of CPU
statistics of the specified statistics items of the specified slot, use this command.

[Example]
$Set the upper threshold of CPU statistics of 15min statistics items of board 3 as
123 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# cpu-statistics 4 15min 1 upper threshold 123

reset cpu-statistics

[Command]

reset cpu-statistics slot

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

13-655
 slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 1-1.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to clear CPU acquisition data of the specified board. When you need to
clear CPU acquisition data of the specified board, use this command.

[Example]
$Clear CPU statistics of board 3 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# reset cpu-statistics 3

show cpu-statistics

[Command]

show cpu-statistics slot (current | current15m |

current24h)

[View]

config view, enable view

[Parameter]

slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 1-1.

current: performance statistics information within current sampling time;

current15m: performance statistics information in current 15min;

current24h: performance statistics information in current 24h.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the performance statistics of CPU on the specified board. You
can query the performance statistics information within current sampling time, current 15min or
current 24h. When you need to query the performance statistics information of CPU on the
specified board, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the performance statistics informaation of cpu on board 4 in current
sampling time in the enable view.
FHL2100# show cpu-statistics 4 current
InTotalOctets : 544
InTotalPkts : 83,869
InArpOctets : 34
InArpPkts : 2,176
…
InTotalRates(Kbps) : 0

13-656
 InArpRates(Kbps) : 0
OutTotalOctets : 554
OutTotalPkts : 92,968
OutArpOctets : 28
OutArpPkts : 1,358
…
OutTotalRates(Kbps) : 0
OutArpRates(Kbps) : 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total bytes received
InTotalPkts Total packets received
InArpOctets Number of ARP bytes received
InArpPkts Number of ARP packets received
InTotalRates(Kbps) Total rate of receiving
InArpRates(Kbps) Rate for receiving ARP packets
OutTotalOctets Total bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Total packets sent
OutArpOctets Number of ARP bytes sent
OutArpPkts Number of ARP packets sent
OutTotalRates(Kbps) Total rate of sending
OutArpRates(Kbps) Rate for sending ARP packets

show cpu-statistics history15m

[Command]

show cpu-statistics slot history15m index

show cpu-statistics slot history15min (detail|graph)[itemNum]

[View]

config view, enable view

[Parameter]

slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 1-1.

index: number of history records. Type: numerical value; range: 1-96;

detail: history details list of the same data;

graph: history graphical summary display of the same data;

itemNum: number of data items. Type: numerical value; range: 1-36.

[Descriptions]

13-657
 This command is used to display the performance statistics records of CPU in history 15min. You
can select to display the specified history entries, or the detailed history list, or the graphical
summary. When you need to query the performance statistics records of CPU in history 15min,
use this command.

[Example]
$Display the first performance statistics record of CPU on board 4 in history
15min in the enable view.
FHL2100# show cpu-statistics 4 history15m 1
InTotalOctets : 247
InTotalPkts : 41,322
InArpOctets : 5
InArpPkts : 320
…
InTotalRates(Kbps) : 367
InArpRates(Kbps) : 3
OutTotalOctets : 267
OutTotalPkts : 47,274
OutArpOctets : 5
OutArpPkts : 258
…
OutTotalRates(Kbps) : 420
OutArpRates(Kbps) : 2

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total bytes received
InTotalPkts Total packets received
InArpOctets Number of ARP bytes received
InArpPkts Number of ARP packets received
InTotalRates(Kbps) Total rate of receiving
InArpRates(Kbps) Rate for receiving ARP packets
OutTotalOctets Total bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Total packets sent
OutArpOctets Number of ARP bytes sent
OutArpPkts Number of ARP packets sent
OutTotalRates(Kbps) Total rate of sending
OutArpRates(Kbps) Rate for sending ARP packets

show cpu-statistics history24h

[Command]

show cpu-statistics slot history24h index

show cpu-statistics slot history24h (detail|graph) [itemNum]

13-658
[View]

config view, enable view

[Parameter]

slot: slot number, numerical value type, with range for FHL2100 as 1-1.

index: number of history records. Type: numerical value; range: 1-30;

detail: history details list of the same data;

graph: history graphical summary display of the same data;

itemNum: number of data items. Type: numerical value; range: 1-36.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the performance statistics records of CPU in history 24h. You
can select to display the specified history entries, or the detailed history list, or the graphical
summary. When you need to query the performance statistics records of CPU in history 24h, use
this command.

[Example]
$Display the first performance statistics record of CPU on board 4 in history 24h in
the enable view.
FHL2100# show cpu-statistics 4 history24h
InTotalOctets : 0
InTotalPkts : 0
InArpOctets : 0
InArpPkts : 0
…
InTotalRates(Kbps) : 0
InArpRates(Kbps) : 0
…
OutTotalOctets : 0
OutTotalPkts : 0
OutArpOctets : 0
OutArpPkts : 0
…
OutTotalRates(Kbps) : 0
OutArpRates(Kbps) : 0
…

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
InTotalOctets Total bytes received
InTotalPkts Total packets received
InArpOctets Number of ARP bytes received

13-659
 Parameter Descriptions
InArpPkts Number of ARP packets received
InTotalRates(Kbps) Total rate of receiving
InArpRates(Kbps) Rate for receiving ARP packets
OutTotalOctets Total bytes sent
OutTotalPkts Total packets sent
OutArpOctets Number of ARP bytes sent
OutArpPkts Number of ARP packets sent
OutTotalRates(Kbps) Total rate of sending
OutArpRates(Kbps) Rate for sending ARP packets

show cpu-statistics threshold-info

[Command]

show cpu-statistics threshold-info

[View]

config view, enbale view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the corresponding relation between the threshold index of the
CPU statistics information and the statistics item.

[Example]
$Display the corresponding relation between the threshold index of the CPU
statistics information and the statistics item.
FHL2100(config)#show cpu-statistics threshold-info
Index Statistics Item Index Statistics Item
1 InTotalPkts 2 InTotalOctets
3 InArpPkts 4 InArpOctets
5 InBfdPkts 6 InBfdOctets
7 InBgpPkts 8 InBgpOctets
9 InDhcpPkts 10 InDhcpOctets
11 InIcmpPkts 12 InIcmpOctets
13 InIgmpPkts 14 InIgmpOctets
15 InOspfPkts 16 InOspfOctets
17 InSnmpPkts 18 InSnmpOctets
19 InSshPkts 20 InSshOctets
21 InTelnetPkts 22 InTelnetOctets
23 InTftpPkts 24 InTftpOctets
25 InOtherPkts 26 InOtherOctets
27 InTotalRates(Kbps) 28 InArpRates(Kbps)

13-660
 29 InBfdRates(Kbps) 30 InBgpRates(Kbps)
31 InDhcpRates(Kbps) 32 InIcmpRates(Kbps)
33 InIgmpRates(Kbps) 34 InOspfRates(Kbps)
35 InSnmpRates(Kbps) 36 InSshRates(Kbps)
37 InTelnetRates(Kbps) 38 InTftpRates(Kbps)
39 InOtherRates(Kbps) 40 OutTotalPkts
41 OutTotalOctets 42 OutArpPkts
43 OutArpOctets 44 OutBfdPkts
45 OutBfdOctets 46 OutBgpPkts
47 OutBgpOctets 48 OutDhcpPkts
49 OutDhcpOctets 50 OutIcmpPkts
51 OutIcmpOctets 52 OutIgmpPkts
53 OutIgmpOctets 54 OutOspfPkts
55 OutOspfOctets 56 OutSnmpPkts
57 OutSnmpOctets 58 OutSshPkts
59 OutSshOctets 60 OutTelnetPkts
61 OutTelnetOctets 62 OutTftpPkts
63 OutTftpOctets 64 OutOtherPkts
65 OutOtherOctets 66 OutTotalRates(Kbps)
67 OutArpRates(Kbps) 68 OutBfdRates(Kbps)
69 OutBgpRates(Kbps) 70 OutDhcpRates(Kbps)
71 OutIcmpRates(Kbps) 72 OutIgmpRates(Kbps)
73 OutOspfRates(Kbps) 74 OutSnmpRates(Kbps)
75 OutSshRates(Kbps) 76 OutTelnetRates(Kbps)
77 OutTftpRates(Kbps) 78 OutOtherRates(Kbps)

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Index Performance statistics threshold index
Statistics Item Performance statistics item

13.3 Mirror ConfigurationManagement

13.3.1 mirror-trunk-group

[Command]

mirror-port (ingress|egress|ingress-

egress) no mirror-port

[View]

ge view, xe view, pon view

[Parameter]

ingress: add the ingress port packet to the mirror group;

egress: add the egress port packet to the mirror group;

13-661
 ingress-egress: add the ingress and egress port packets to the mirror group;

[Descriptions]

The command “mirror-port” is used to configure the source mirror port of Ethernet port or
pon port. When you need to copy the traffic of some a port in the system to other port output
for traffic observation, network troubleshooting and data analysis, use this command. After
successfully setting the mirroring function of the port, the packets of source mirror port in the
specified direction will be fully copied to the destination mirror port.

The command “no mirror-port” is used to cancel the configuration of source mirror port.
When you don’t need to analyze the port packets any more, use this comand. After successfully
deleting the mirroring function of the port, the system will stop copying the packets of original
source mirror port to the original destination mirror port.

[Example]
$Configure ge1/2 port as the source mirror port and the observation packet
direction as ingress/egress directions in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-gigabit-ethernet-1/2)#mirror-port ingress-egress

13.3.2 mirror-port

[Command]

mirror-port (ingress|egress|ingress-

egress) no mirror-port

[View]

xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

ingress: add the ingress port packet to the mirror group;

egress: add the egress port packet to the mirror group;

ingress-egress: add the ingress and egress port packets to the mirror group;

[Descriptions]

The command “mirror-port” is used to configure the source mirror port of Ethernet port or
pon port. When you need to copy the traffic of some a port in the system to other port output
for traffic observation, network troubleshooting and data analysis, use this command. After

13-662
 successfully setting the mirroring function of the port, the packets of source mirror port in the
specified direction will be fully copied to the destination mirror port.

The command “no mirror-port” is used to cancel the configuration of source mirror port.
When you don’t need to analyze the port packets any more, use this comand. After successfully
deleting the mirroring function of the port, the system will stop copying the packets of original
source mirror port to the original destination mirror port.

[Example]
$Configure xe0/2 port as the source mirror port and the observation packet
direction as ingress/egress directions in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/2)#mirror-port ingress-egress

13.3.3 monitor-port

[Command]

monitor-port (gigabit-ethernet|x-ethernet) slotid/portid

no monitor-port

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

gigabit-ethernet: the port type is ge port;

x-ethernet: the port type is xe port;

slotid: slot number, numerical value type, the range of values shall be based on the actual
situation of the equipment.

portid: port nubmer. Type: numerical value; range: 1-8.

[Descriptions]

The command “monitor-port” is used to configure the destination mirror port.

The command “no monitor-port” is used to cancel the configuration of destination mirror
port.

[Example]
$Specify ge port 0/1 as the destination mirror port in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# monitor-port x-ethernet 0/1

13-663
13.3.4 show mirror-port

[Command]

show mirror-port

[View]

enable view, config view, gpon view, xe view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the mirror configuration information of the port. When you
need to understand the mirror configuration information of the port, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the mirror configuration information of the port in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#show mirror-port
Mirror Configuration:
---------------------------------------------------
Monitor port : x-ethernet 0/1
Mirror port(s) :

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Monitor port Destination port of mirror group
Mirror port(s) Source port list of mirror group, including source
port index and monitoring packet direction

13.4 Inband Configuration

13.4.1 inband ip-address

[Command]

inband ip-address ip-address (netmasknum|netmask)

no inband ip-address

[View]

VLANIF view

13-664
[Parameter]

ip-address: The designated inband NMS IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

netmasknum: number of netmask bit.Type: numerical value; range: 0-32.

netmask: subnet mask of the designated inband NMS address, dotted decimal type, with
range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The command “inband ip-address” is used to configure the inband NMS address of the
device. The inband network management system will send the management packets, through
the data channel of the uplink port, to the CPU for processing and device management.

The command “no inband ip-address” is used to delete the inband NMS address of the
device.

Note:

The same VLAN supports configuring only one inband NMS address. In a global mode, the device
supports configuring at most two inband NMS addresses.

[Example]
$Set the inband NMS address as 172.3.3.3 in the vlanif 2.
FHL2100(config)#vlan 2
FHL2100(config-vlan-2)# exit
FHL2100(config)# interface vlanif
2
FHL2100(config-vlanif-2)# inband ip-address 172.3.3.3 255.255.255.0
13.4.2 show inband-info

[Command]

show inband-info

[View]

config view, enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

13-665
 This command is used to display the configured inband NMS information of the device. When
you need to query the inband NMS information of the device, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the inband NMS information in the enable view.
FHL2100# show inband-info
Interface name : vlanif100
Ip Address : 192.168.100.1
Ip Mask : 255.255.255.0
Link Status : UP
MAC Address : 00: 11: 22: 33: 44: 55

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Interface name Inband NMS interface name
IP Address Inband NMS IP address
IP Mask Inband NMS IP mask
Link Status Inband NMS link status
MAC Address Inband NMS MAC address

13.5 Outband Configuration

13.5.1 outband ip-address

[Command]

outband ip-address ip-address (netmasknum|netmask)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip-address: The designated outband NMS IP address, dotted decimal type, with range of
0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

netmasknum: number of netmask bit. Type: numerical value; range: 0-32.

netmask: subnet mask of the designated outband NMS address, dotted decimal type, with
range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

13-666
 This command is used to configure the outband NMS address of the device. The outband NMS
will send the management packets, through the Gigabit Ethernet interface on the MPU, to the
CPU for processing and device management.

Notes:

The outband MNS supports configuring only one outband NMS address which can only be modified but
should not be deleted.

[Example]
$Configure the outband NMS IP as 192.168.100.1 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# outband ip-address 192.168.100.1 255.255.255.0

13.5.2 show outband-info

[Command]

show outband-info

[View]

config view, enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the configured outband NMS information of the device. When
you need to query the outband NMS information of the device, use this command.

[Example]
$Display the outband NMS information in the enable view.
FHL2100# show outband-info
Ip Address : 192.168.100.1
Ip Mask : 255.255.255.0
Link Status : UP
MAC Address : 00: 11: 22: 33: 44: 55

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Descriptions
Ip Address Outband NMS IP address
Ip Mask Outband NMS IP mask
Link Status Outband NMS link status

13-667
 Parameter Descriptions
MAC Address Outband NMS MAC address

13-668
 Chapter 14 Multicast Configuration Management
14.1 IGMP Configuration Management
14.1.1 igmp

[Command]

igmp

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The igmp command is used to enter IGMP view.

When configuring the IGMP function, you need to enter IGMP view first.

[Example]
$ Enter IGMP view:
FHL2100(config)# igmp

14.1.2 mode

[Commands]

mode ( router | proxy | snooping |

disable ) no mode

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

router: to designate the IGMP mode as multicast routing mode. In this mode, the OLT forms
and maintains the connection among group members by receiving the IGMP messages sent by
users. The OLT does not inform other multicast routers of the connection among group
members, but informs the adjacent PIMs of the said connection via the OLT's PIM module.

14-669
 proxy: to designate the IGMP mode as proxy mode. In this mode, the OLT re-transmits the
IGMP messages between the user and the multicast router to the upper layer router after
intercepting them and carrying out the relevant processing.

snooping: to designate the IGMP mode as the Snooping mode. The OLT obtains the related
information to maintain the multicast forwarding table by monitoring the IGMP messages
between users and the multicast router. The OLT only transmits the IGMP messages in an
unvarnished manner without carrying out any processing.

disable: to designate the IGMP mode as the Disable mode, namely, closing the OLT multicast
function.

[Description]

The mode command is used to configure the IGMP mode of the OLT. The no mode command is
used to restore the IGMP mode to its default value. IGMP is in Disable mode by default.

When switching into another IGMP mode via the mode command, you first need to configure
the mode as Disable mode before switching to other modes.

[Example]
$ Configure the IGMP mode as proxy mode:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# mode proxy

14.1.3 version

[Commands]

version ( v2 | v3 | v3-

only ) no version

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

v2: to designate the IGMP version as the IGMP V2 version. When running this version, the OLT
can only process IGMP V2 version messages, and will abandon any IGMP V3 messages.

v3: to designate the IGMP version as the IGMP V2/V3 compatible version. When running this
version, the OLT can process both IGMP V2 and IGMP V3 messages.

14-670
 v3-only: to designate the IGMP version as IGMP V3 version. When running this version, the
OLT can only process IGMP V3 messages, and will abandon any IGMP V2 messages.

[Description]

The version command is used to configure the running version of the OLT IGMP. The no
version command is used to restore the running version of the IGMP to its default value. The
operating version of the OLT’s IGMP is set as IGMP V2/V3 compatible by default.

When the IGMP version is configured as IGMP V2/V3 compatible and the IGMP mode is set as
either Proxy or Router, after an OLT's port receives a IGMP V2 message, that port will then be
downgraded to IGMP V2. During the aging time of the port it will not process any IGMP V3
messages.

When switching to another IGMP version via the versioncommand, the IGMP mode must
first be configured to the Disable mode before switching to another IGMP version. Also, when
switching the IGMP version to IGMP V2, all the programs with sources need to be deleted.

[Example]
$ Configure the IGMP version as IGMP V3:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#version v3

14.1.4 query interval

[Commands]

query interval time

no query interval

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

time: to designate the query time interval of the universal group. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 30-5000, with each unit measuring in seconds.

[Description]

The query interval command is used to configure the query time interval of the universal
group. The no query interval command is used to restore the query time interval of the

14-671
 universal group to its default value. The query time interval of the universal group is 125
seconds by default.

The query time interval of the universal group for the configured device must be greater than
the query maximum response time in the universal group.

[Example]
$ Configure the query time interval of the universal group as 200 seconds:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# query interval 200

14.1.5 query response

[Commands]

query response ( v2 | v3 ) time

no query response ( v2 | v3 )

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

v2: to designate the query maximum response time for an IGMP V2 universal group.

v3: to designate the query maximum response time for an IGMP V3 universal group.

time: to designate the query maximum response time for the corresponding version of a
universal group. It is in the integer form, and when it is designated as IGMP V2, the value range
of time is 1-255. When it is designated as IGMP V3, the value range of time is 1-31744, with
each unit with each unit measuring in 0.1 seconds.

[Description]

The query response command is used to configure the query maximum response time for
the designated IGMP version of the universal group. The no query response command is
used to restore the query maximum response time for the designated IGMP version of the
universal group to its default value. The query maximum response time for the universal group
for all IGMP versions is 10 seconds by default.

After configuring the query maximum response time for the universal group, if the OLT receives
a report message from the multicast user within the response time limit, the user is considered
to be online. If the OLT does not receive a report message within the response time limit, N-1 (N
refers to the configured robustness coefficient) times of the universal group query will be resent.

14-672
 If a report message is still not received within the query maximum response time after the last
query, the user is considered to be offline.

The query maximum response time for the universal group of the configured device must be
less than the query time interval for the universal group, and such parameters are only valid in
IGMP Proxy and IGMP Router modes.

[Example]
$ Configure the query maximum response time of the universal group for the
IGMP V2 to be 12 seconds:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# query response v2 120

14.1.6 sp-query-interval

[Commands]

sp-query-interval time

no sp-query-interval

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

time: to designate the query time interval of a specific group. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 2-50000, with each unit measuring in 0.1 seconds.

[Description]

The sp-query-interval command is used to configure the query time interval of a specific
group. The no sp-query-interval command is used to restore the query time interval for
a specific group to its default value. The query time interval for a specific group is 1 second by
default.

The OLT sends a query message for a specific program based on the query time interval of the
specific group to confirm if a user is watching the program. If the OLT does not receive a report
message back from the user, the user is considered to not be watching the program and the OLT
will stop sending the program stream to the user and thus avoid wasting any bandwidth.

The query time interval for a configured specific group must be greater than the query
maximum response time for the specific group, and such parameters are only valid in IGMP
Proxy and IGMP Router modes.

14-673
[Example]
$ Configure the query time interval for a specific group to be 1.5 seconds:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# sp-query-interval 15

14.1.7 sp-query-number

[Commands]

sp-query-number number

no sp-query-number

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

number: to designate the number of query times for a specific group. It is in the integer form
with a value range of 1-10.

[Description]

The sp-query-number command is used to configure the number of query times for a
specific group.

The no sp-query-number command is used to restore the number of query times for a
specific group to its default value. The number of query times for a specific group is 2 by default.

The OLT sends a query message for a specific program to confirm if a user is watching the
program. After the query messages have been sent a designated number of times, if the OLT
does not receive a report message back from the user, the user is considered to not be watching
the program and the OLT will stop sending the program stream to the user, therefore avoiding
any bandwidth being wasted.

The configuration of the number of query times for a specific group is only valid in IGMP Proxy
and IGMP Router modes.

[Example]
$ Configure the number of query times for a specific group to be 3:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# sp-query-number 3

14.1.8 sp-query-response

[Commands]

14-674
 sp-query-response ( v2 | v3 ) time

no sp-query-response ( v2 | v3 )

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

v2: to designate the query maximum response time for a specific IGMP V2 group.

v3: to designate the query maximum response time for a specific IGMP V3 group.

time: to designate the query maximum response time for the corresponding version of a
universal group. It is in the integer form, and when it is designated as IGMP V2, the value range
of time is 1-255. When it is designated as IGMP V3, the value range of time is 1-31744, with
each unit with each unit measuring in 0.1 seconds.

[Description]

The sp-query-response command is used to configure the query maximum response time
for a specific group.

The no sp-query-response command is used to restore the query maximum response

time for a specific group to its default value. The query maximum response time for a specific
group is 0.8 seconds by default.

The OLT sends a query message for a specific program to confirm if a user is watching the
program. After sending the specific group query for the last time, if the OLT does not receive a
report message back from the user within the maximum response time, the user is considered
to be not watching the program. The OLT will then stop sending the program stream to the user
and therefore avoid any bandwidth being wasted.

The query response time for a configured specific group must be less than the query time
interval for the specific group, and such parameters are only valid in IGMP Proxy and IGMP
Router modes.

[Example]
$ Configure the query maximum response time for a specific IGMP V2 group
to be 0.9 seconds.
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# sp-query-response v2 9

14-675
14.1.9 robust-variant

[Commands]

robust-variant number

no robust-variant

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

number: to designate the robustness coefficient. It is in the integer form with a value range of
1-10.

[Description]

The robust-variant command is used to configure the robustness coefficient. The no

robust-variant command is used to restore the robustness coefficient to its default value.
The robustness coefficient is set as 2 by default.

The robustness coefficient refers to the coefficient set to strengthen the robustness of the
system, and this coefficient directly influences the length of the aging time for a multicast user
and the number of times query messages are sent within the universal group. When the
network may be experiencing packet loss, the robustness coefficient can be added to ensure
stability for the multicast user.

The configured robustness coefficient is only valid in IGMP Proxy and IGMP Router modes.

[Example]
$ Configure the robustness coefficient to be 3:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# robust-variant 3

14.1.10 router-proxy ip

[Commands]

router-proxy ip ip-address

no router-proxy ip

[View]

igmp view

14-676
[Parameter]

ip ip-address: to designate the source IP address for the OLT to send the IGMP message to.

[Description]

The router-proxy ip command is used to configure the source IP address for the OLT to
send the IGMP message to. The no router-proxy ip command is used to restore the
source IP address to send the IGMP message to back to its default value. The source IP address
for the OLT to send IGMP messages to is 192.168.1.1 by default.

Configuring the source IP address for the OLT to send the IGMP message to is only valid in IGMP
Proxy or IGMP Router modes.

[Example]
$ Configure the source IP address for the OLT to send the IGMP message to as
192.168.10.1:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# router-proxy ip 192.168.10.1

14.1.11 router-proxy timeout v2

[Commands]

router-proxy timeout v2 time

no router-proxy timeout v2

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

time: the aging time for IGMP V2 version. It is in the integer form with a value range of 1-5000,
with each unit measuring in seconds.

[Description]

The router-proxy timeout v2 command is used to the configure the aging time of the
IGMP V2. The no dhcp-snooping enable command is used to restore the aging time of
IGMP V2 to its default value. The aging time for IGMP V2 is 400 seconds by default.

When the IGMP version is configured as IGMP V2/V3 compatible and the IGMP mode is set as
either Proxy or Router, after an OLT's port receives a IGMP V2 message, that port will then be
downgraded to IGMPV2. During the aging time of the port it will not process any IGMP V3

14-677
 messages. If any message from the IGMP V2 within the aging time is not received any more, the
port will be restored to the IGMP V3 version.

[Example]
$ Configure the aging time for IGMP V2 as 500 seconds:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# router-proxy timeout v2 500

14.1.12 max-bandwidth

[Commands]

max-bandwidth bandwidth

no max-bandwidth

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

bandwidth: to designate the maximum bandwidth of a multicast program. It is in the integer

form with a value range of 0-1000000, with each unit measuring in Kbps.

[Description]

The max-bandwidth command is used to configure the maximum bandwidth of a multicast

program. The no max-bandwidth command is used to restore the maximum bandwidth of a
multicast program to its default value. The maximum bandwidth for a multicast program is
1,000,000 Kbps by default.

The maximum bandwidth of the multicast program is the sum of the multicast bandwidth for all
of the multicast programs in an active state on the current device. When the user requests a
new broadcast program, the device will compare the maximum bandwidth of the received
multicast program to the configured value. If the maximum bandwidth of the received multicast
program is greater than the configured value, the user’s request will be denied. Otherwise, the
user's request will be met, and the maximum bandwidth value of the current multicast program
is also formally added to the bandwidth of the received multicast program.

The maximum bandwidth of the multicast program and the bandwidth of the multicast program
do not limit the rate of the multicast data stream, even though their configured unit is Kbps.
These two parameters are used to control the quantity of the active multicast programs in the
system and guarantee that bandwidth overload does not occur on the OLT port sending the

14-678
 multicast program data stream. This therefore avoids any mosaics, image delays, or other
problems with the multicast program which affect the user's viewing experience.

The maximum bandwidth for a configured multicast program is only valid in IGMP Proxy and
IGMP Router modes.

[Example]
$ Configure the maximum bandwidth for a multicast program to be 900,000 Kbps.
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# max-bandwidth 9000000

14.1.13 cascade-port

[Commands]

cascade-port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet ) interface-num

no cascade-port ( ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet )

interface-num
| all )

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

gigabit-ethernet: to designate the GE port as the multicast cascade port.

x-ethernet: to designate the XE port as the multicast cascade port.

interface-num: to designate a port’s number. Please configure the number based on the
actual situation in which the device will be used.

all: to delete all of the configured multicast cascade ports.

[Description]

The cascade-port command is used to configure the multicast cascade port.

The no cascade-port command is used to delete a designated or all of the configured

multicast cascade ports. The multicast cascade port is not configured by default.

Generally, the OLT multicast data stream flows to the PON port from the multicast uplink port. If
a certain uplink port is configured to the multicast cascade port, the multicast data stream can
flow to this cascade port from the multicast cascade port.

The port configured to be a multicast cascade port must be a legal uplink port.

14-679
[Example]
$ Configure the XE 0/2 port to be the multicast cascade port:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# cascade-port x-ethernet 0/2

14.1.14 snooping age-time

[Commands]

snooping age-time time

no snooping age-time

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

time: to designate the aging time for a multicast. It is in the integer form with a value range of
1-30, with each unit measuring in minutes.

[Description]

The snooping age-time command is used to configure the aging time for a multicast when
in IGMP snooping mode. The no snooping age-time command is used to restore the
aging time for a multicast when in IGMP snooping mode to its default value. The aging time for a
multicast when in IGMP Snooping mode is 30 minutes by default.

[Example]
$ Configure the aging time for a multicast when in IGMP snooping mode to be 20
minutes:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# snooping age-time 25

14.1.15 uplink (IGMP view)

[Commands]

uplink link-aggregation-group group-id

uplink port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet ) interface-num

no uplink

[View]

igmp view

14-680
[Parameters]

link-aggregation-group group-id: to designate the aggregation group as the

multicast's global uplink port. group-id is in integer form with a value range of 1-32.

port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet ) interface-num: to designate the

GE port or XE port as the multicast's global uplink port. Please configure the interface-num
parameter based on the actual situation in which the device will be used.

[Description]

The uplink command is used to configure the multicast’s global uplink port, which can be
used to designate the port which the OLT uses to send the IGMP message to a multicast router.

The no uplink command is used to delete the configured multicast's global uplink port.

The multicast's global uplink port is only valid in IGMP snooping mode, and the port cannot be a
multicast cascade port.

[Example]
$ Configure XE0/1 port as the multicast global uplink port:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# uplink port X-ethernet 0/1

14.1.16 static-join

[Commands]

static-join cascade-port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet )

interface-num group-ip group-ip mvlan vlanid [ source-ip source-
ip ]

static-join pon-port ( pon | epon-10g ) interface-num group-ip

group-ip mvlan vlanid [ source-ip source-ip ]

no static-join cascade-port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet )

interface-num group-ip group-ip mvlan vlanid [ source-ip source-
ip ]

no static-join cascade-port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-

ethernet )
interface-num all

no static-join pon-port ( pon | epon-10g ) interface-num group-ip

group-ip mvlan vlanid [ source-ip source-ip ]

no static-join pon-port ( pon | epon-10g ) interface-num all

14-681
[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

cascade-port: to designate the multicast cascade port to join a program in a static manner.

gigabit-ethernet: to designate the GE port.

x-ethernet: to designate the XE port.

interface-num: to designate the port number of the GE or XE port. Please configure the
number based on the actual device being used.

group-ip group-ip: to designate the destination IP address of a multicast program.

group-ip is in dotted decimal notation.

mvlan vlanid: to designate the multicast program VLAN. vlanid is in integer form with a
value range of 2-4094.

source-ip source-ip: to designate the source IP address of a multicast program.

source-ip is in dotted decimal notation. If the source-ip is not configured, the source IP
address of the multicast program is not designated.

pon-port: to designate the PON port to join a program in a static manner.

pon: to designate the PON port.

epon-10g: to designate the 10G EPON port.

[Description]

The static-join command is used to configure the designated multicast cascade port or
PON port to join a program in a static manner. The no static-join command is used to
delete the configured port to join a program in a static manner. No port is set by default to join a
program in a static manner.

The configuration of the designated multicast cascade port or PON port to join a program in a
static manner is only valid when in IGMP Snooping mode.

[Example]
$ Configure the cascade port XE0/1 to join a program in a static manner with the
destination IP address of the multicast program being 255.1.1.1, the VLAN being
100, and the source IP address being 1.1.1.1.
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# static-join cascade-port x-ethernet 0/1 group-ip
255.1.1.1 mvlan 100 source-ip 1.1.1.1

14-682
14.1.17 multicast-vlan

[Commands]

multicast-vlan vlanid

no multicast-vlan

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

vlanid: to designate the multicast VLAN. It is in the integer form with a value range of 2-4094.

[Description]

The multicast-vlan command is used to configure the multicast VLAN and enter the
multicast VLAN view. The no multicast-vlan command is used to restore the multicast
VLAN to a common VLAN. No VLAN is configured to be the multicast VLAN by default.

Before configuring the multicast VLAN, a corresponding VLAN needs to be created first.

[Example]
$ Configure VLAN 100 to be the multicast VLAN:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# multicast-vlan 100

14.1.18 group group-ip

[Command]

group group-id group-ip group-ip [ source-ip source-ip ] [ desc

desc ] [pre-join] [bandwidth bandwidth]

no group group-id

[View]

Multicast VLAN view

[Parameters]

group-id: to designate the index ID of a multicast program. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 1-2000.

14-683
 group-ip: to designate the destination IP address of a multicast program. It is in dotted
decimal notation. The destination IP address of the multicast program must be globally unique.

source-ip source-ip: to designate the source IP address of a multicast program.

source-ip is in dotted decimal notation. When the IGMP version is IGMP V2, the source IP
address cannot be configured; when the IGMP version is IGMP V3, the source IP address must
be configured. When the IGMP version is IGMP V3, the source IP address of the multicast
program must be globally unique.

desc desc: to designate the description information of a multicast program. desc is in a

character string form with a length of 1-31. If this parameter is not configured, it will be set as
"IGMP_GROUP_XX" by default, where XX is the multicast program index ID.

pre-join: to configure the pre-join function for corresponding multicast program of a

multicast group. If this parameter is not configured, it indicates that the pre-join function is not
configured for all the multicast programs in the multicast group.

bandwidth: to designate the bandwidth of corresponding multicast program of a multicast

group, it is in the integer form with a value range of 0-1000000 measured in kbps. If this
parameter is not configured, the bandwidth of the multicast program will be 500kpbs by default.

[Description]

The group group-ip command is used to configure the multicast program when using the
multicast VLAN; the no group group-ip command is used to delete the configured
multicast program. No multicast programs are created by default.

The configuration of the multicast program when using the multicast VLAN is only valid in IGMP
Proxy and IGMP Router modes.

When the OLT is configured to be in IGMP Router or IGMP Proxy mode and receives an IGMP
request message from the client-side, the OLT will match the configured multicast program
based on the destination IP (or the destination IP and source IP) of the request. If the match is
successful, the access will be allowed and the VLAN where the group membership has been
established will be the multicast VLAN where the multicast program is located. If the match fails,
the access will not be allowed.

[Example]
$ Configure the multicast program when using the VLAN 100 multicast, with the
index ID of the multicast program being 1, the destination IP address being
255.1.1.1, and the source IP address being 1.1.1.1:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#multicast-vlan 100
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-100)#group 1 group-ip 255.1.1.1 source-ip 1.1.1.1

14-684
14.1.19 group bandwidth

[Commands]

group group-id bandwidth bandwidth

no group group-id bandwidth

[View]

Multicast VLAN view

[Parameters]

group-id: to designate the index ID of a multicast program. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 1-2000.

bandwidth: to designate the bandwidth of a multicast program. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 0-1000000, with each unit measuring in Kbps.

[Description]

The group bandwidth command is used to configure the bandwidth of a multicast program.
The no group bandwidth command is used to restore the bandwidth of a multicast
program to its default value. The bandwidth for a multicast program is 500 Kbps by default.

The configuration of the multicast program bandwidth is only valid in IGMP Proxy and IGMP
Router modes, and a multicast program must be configured first.

The maximum bandwidth of the multicast program and the bandwidth of the multicast program
do not limit the rate of the multicast data stream, even though their configured unit is Kbps.
These two parameters are used to control the quantity of the active multicast programs in the
system and guarantee that bandwidth overload does not occur on the OLT port sending the
multicast program data stream. This therefore avoids any mosaics, image delays, or other
problems with the multicast program which affect the user's viewing experience.

[Example]
$ Configure the multicast program bandwidth:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# multicast-vlan 100
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-100)# group 1 bandwidth 1000

14.1.20 group pre-join

[Commands]

14-685
 group group-id pre-join

no group group-id pre-join

[View]

Multicast VLAN view

[Parameter]

group-id: to designate the index ID of a multicast program. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 1-2000.

[Description]

The group pre-join command is used to configure the pre-join function of a multicast
program. The no group pre-join command is used to cancel the pre-join function of a
configured multicast program. A pre-join function for a multicast program is not created by
default.

The pre-join function indicates that a report message is sent upward when the OLT is adding a
program. This leads the program stream to the upstream port and can achieve quick casting of
the program.

The configuration of the multicast program pre-join function is only valid in IGMP Proxy and
IGMP Router modes, and a multicast program must be configured first.

[Example]
$ Configure the pre-join function of a multicast program with an index ID of 1 when
using the multicast VLAN:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# multicast-vlan 100
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-100)# group 1 pre-join

14.1.21 group batch (igmp-ctcprof view)

[Command]

groupbatch group-list

no groupbatch group-list

[View]

igmp-ctcprof view

[Parameters]

14-686
 group-list: list of batch processed multicast group IDs. Up to 5 sets of parameters are
supported and each set of parameters is delimited by comma. A set of parameters can be an
individual group-id as well as a range of consecutive group-ids represented by a hyphen "-", for
example, "1-9, 11, 13-15, 17, 20". Each group-id is in the integer form with a value range of 1-
2000.

[Description]

The groupbatch command is used to batch bind multicast groups in the CTC controllable
multicast template.

The no groupbatch command is used to batch unbind multicast groups in the CTC
controllable multicast template.

[Example]
$ Batch bind multicast groups 1-500:
FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-123)#group batch 1-500
Info: Please wait for a moment........done.
Binding group succeeded : 500
Binding groupfailed : 0
14.1.22 group batch (igmp-mvlan view)

[Command]

group batch group-ip start-ip to end-ip[id-from group-id][source-

ip source-ip][desc description][pre-join][bandwidth bandwidth]

no group batch group-list

[View]

igmp-mvlan view

[Parameters]

start-ip: to designate the starting address for batch configuring the corresponding
multicast programs of a multicast group. start-ip is in dotted decimal notation.

end-ip: to designate the ending address for batch configuring the corresponding multicast
programs of a multicast group. end-ip is in dotted decimal notation.

group-id: to designate the starting value for batch creating the multicast group IDs. It is in
the integer form with a value range of 1-2000.

14-687
 source-ip: to designate the source IPv4 address of corresponding multicast program of a
multicast group. source-ip is in dotted decimal notation. When the IGMP version is IGMPV2, the
source IP address cannot be configured; when the IGMP version is IGMPV3, the source IP
address must be configured and globally unique.

description: to designate the description information of a multicast group. It is in the

character string form with a length of 1-31. If this parameter is not configured, it will be set as
"IGMP_GROUP_XX" by default, where XX is the multicast group index ID, for example,
IGMP_GROUP_10.

pre-join: to configure the pre-join function for corresponding multicast program of a

multicast group. If this parameter is not configured, it indicates that the pre-join function is not
configured for all the multicast programs.

bandwidth: to designate the bandwidth of corresponding multicast program of a multicast

group, it is in the integer form with a value range of 0-1000000 measured in kbps. If this
parameter is not configured, the bandwidth of the multicast program will be 500kpbs by default.

group-list: list of batch processed multicast group IDs. Up to 5 sets of parameters are
supported and each set of parameters is delimited by comma. A set of parameters can be an
individual group-id as well as a range of consecutive group-ids represented by a hyphen "-", for
example, "1-9, 11, 13-15, 17, 20". Each group-id is in the integer form with a value range of 1-
2000.

[Description]

The group batch command is used to batch configure multicast groups.

The no group batch command is used to batch delete multicast groups.

[Example]
$ Batch create multicast groups, with multicast group IDs starting from 1000, the
multicast program addresses of corresponding multicast groups within the range of
224.1.1.1 to 224.1.1.10, description of multicast groups set to test, the pre-join
function of the multicast programs enabled, and the bandwidth of the multicast
program set to 1000 kbps:
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-1000)#group batch group-ip 224.1.1.1 to
224.1.1.10 id-from 1000 desc test pre-join bandwidth 1000
Info: Please wait for a moment....done.
Adding group succeeded : 11
Adding group failed : 0
14.1.23 group batch bandwidth

[Command]

group batch group-list bandwidth bandwidth

14-688
 no group batch group-list bandwidth

[View]

igmp-mvlan view

[Parameters]

group-list: list of batch processed multicast group IDs. Up to 5 sets of parameters are
supported and each set of parameters is delimited by comma. A set of parameters can be an
individual group-id as well as a range of consecutive group-ids represented by a hyphen "-", for
example, "1-9, 11, 13-15, 17, 20". Each group-id is in the integer form with a value range of 1-
2000.

bandwidth: to designate the bandwidth of corresponding multicast program of a multicast

group, it is in the integer form with a value range of 0-1000000 measured in kbps.

[Description]

The group batch bandwidth command is used to batch modify the bandwidth for
corresponding multicast programs of a multicast group.

The no group batch bandwidth command is used to batch restore the bandwidth of
corresponding multicast programs of a multicast group to the default value. The bandwidth for
corresponding multicast program of a multicast group is 500 kbps by default.

[Example]
$ Batch modify the bandwidth for corresponding multicast programs of the
multicast groups with ID 1-100 to 100:
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-1000)#group batch 1-100 bandwidth 1000
Info: Please wait for a moment....done.
Setting group bw succeeded : 100
Setting group bw failed : 0

14.1.24 group batch desc

[Command]

group batch group-list desc description

no group batch group-list desc

[View]

igmp-mvlan view

[Parameters]

14-689
 group-list: list of batch processed multicast group IDs. Up to 5 sets of parameters are
supported and each set of parameters is delimited by comma. A set of parameters can be an
individual group-id as well as a range of consecutive group-ids represented by a hyphen "-", for
example, "1-9, 11, 13-15, 17, 20". Each group-id is in the integer form with a value range of 1-
2000.

description: to designate the description information of a multicast group. It is in the

character string form with a length of 1-31.

[Description]

The group batch desc command is used to batch modify the description information of
multicast groups.

The no group batch desc command is used to batch restore the description
information of multicast groups to the default value. The description information of a multicast
group is "IGMP_GROUP_XX" by default, where XX is the multicast group index ID, for example,
IGMP_GROUP_10.

[Example]
$ Batch modify the description information of the multicast groups with ID 1-100 to
test:
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-1000)#group batch 1-100 desctest
Info: Please wait for a moment....done.
Setting group desc succeeded : 100
Setting group desc failed : 0

14.1.25 group batch pre-join

[Command]

group batch group-list pre-join

no group batch group-list pre-join

[View]

igmp-mvlan view

[Parameters]

group-list: list of batch processed multicast group IDs. Up to 5 sets of parameters are
supported and each set of parameters is delimited by comma. A set of parameters can be an
individual group-id as well as a range of consecutive group-ids represented by a hyphen "-", for
example, "1-9, 11, 13-15, 17, 20". Each group-id is in the integer form with a value range of 1-
2000.

14-690
[Description]

The group batch pre-join command is used to batch modify the pre-join configuration
for corresponding multicast programs of a multicast group.

The no group batch pre-join command is used to batch restore the pre-join
configuration for corresponding multicast programs of a multicast group to the default value.
The pre-join function for the corresponding multicast program of a multicast group is not
configured by default.

[Example]
$ Batch modify the pre-join configuration for the corresponding multicast programs
of the multicast groups with ID 1-100:
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-1000)#group batch 1-100 pre-join
Info: Please wait for a moment....done.
Setting group pre-join succeeded : 100
Setting group pre-joinfailed : 0

14.1.26 uplink (multicast VLAN view)

[Commands]

uplink link-aggregation-group group-id

uplink port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet ) interface-num

no uplink

[View]

Multicast VLAN view

[Parameters]

link-aggregation-group group-id: to designate the aggregation group to act as the

multicast's uplink port. group-idis in integer form with a value range of 1-32.

port ( gigabit-ethernet | x-ethernet ) interface-num: to designate the

GE port or XE port to act as the multicast's uplink port. Please configure the interface-num
parameter based on the actual situation in which the device will be used.

[Description]

The uplink command is used to configure the multicast VLAN uplink port, which can be used
to designate a port for the OLT to send the IGMP message to a multicast router. The no
uplink command is used to delete the configured multicast's VLAN uplink port.

14-691
 The multicast's VLAN uplink port is only valid in IGMP snooping mode, and the port cannot be a
multicast cascade port.

[Example]
$ Configure XE0/2 as the uplink port of multicast VLAN 100:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# multicast-vlan 100
FHL2100(config-igmp-mvlan-100)# uplink port x-ethernet 0/2

14.1.27 ctc enable

[Commands]

ctc enable

no ctc

enable

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The ctc enable command is used to enable the OLT’s controllable multicast function. The no
ctc enable command is used to disable the OLT's controllable multicast function. The OLT's
controllable multicast function is not enabled by default.

[Example]
$ Enable the OLT controllable multicast function:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc enable

14.1.28 ctc auto-reset-time

[Commands]

ctc auto-reset-time time

no ctc auto-reset-time

[View]

igmp view

14-692
[Parameter]

time: to designate the time for automatically resetting the number of multicast preview times
to zero, with a format of HH: MM: SS and a value range of 00: 00: 00-23: 59: 59.

[Description]

The ctc auto-reset-time command is used to configure the time when the number of
multicast previews are automatically reset to zero. The no ctc auto-reset-time
command is used to restore the time when the number of multicast previews is automatically
reset to zero back to its default value. The default time when the number of previews of a
multicast is automatically reset to zero is set as 4: 00: 00.

[Example]
$ Configure the time when the number of times for a multicast preview is
automatically reset to zero as 5: 00: 00:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# ctc auto-reset-time 5: 00: 00

14.1.29 ctc cdr-interval

[Commands]

ctc cdr-interval time

no ctc cdr-interval

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

time: to designate the time interval for CDR initiative reporting. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 60-43200, with each unit measuring in seconds.

[Description]

The ctc cdr-interval command is used to configure the time interval for CDR initiative
reporting. The no ctc cdr-interval command is used to restore the time interval for
CDR initiative reporting back to its default value. The time interval between CDR initiative
reporting is 600 seconds by default.

[Example]
$ Configure the time interval for CDR initiative reporting to be 1000:
FHL2100(config)# igmp

14-693
 FHL2100(config-igmp)# ctc cdr-interval 1000

14.1.30 ctc cdr-number

[Commands]

ctc cdr-number number

no ctc cdr-number

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

number: to designate the number threshold for CDR log initiative reporting. It is in the integer
form with a value range of 100-200.

[Description]

The ctc cdr-number command is used to configure the number threshold for CDR log
initiative reporting. The no ctc auto-reset-time command is used to restore the
number threshold for CDR log initiative reporting back to its default value. The default number
threshold for CDR log initiative reporting is 200.

After configuring the number threshold for CDR log initiative reporting, when the CDR log in the
device reaches the configured initiative reporting number threshold, the device will report the
CDR log to the server.

[Example]
$ Configure the number threshold for CDR log initiative reporting to be 150:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# ctc cdr-number 150

14.1.31 ctc cdr-report

[Command]

ctc cdr-report

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

N/A

14-694
[Description]

The ctc cdr-report command is used to configure the manual reporting of the multicast
CDR log to a server. After using this command, the device will immediately report the CDR log to
a server.

[Example]
$ Configure the manual reporting of the multicast CDR log to a server:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc cdr-report

14.1.32 ctc onu-fw

[Commands]

ctc onu-fw ( mac-vlan | ip-

vlan ) no ctc onu-fw

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

mac-vlan: to designate the multicast transmission manner as MAC+VLAN.

ip-vlan: to designate the multicast transmission manner as IP+VLAN.

[Description]

The ctc onu-fw command is used to configure the multicast re-transmission manner.

The no ctc onu-fw command is used to restore the multicast re-transmission manner to its
default setting. The multicast re-transmission method is IP+VLAN by default.

[Example]
$ Configure the multicast re-transmission manner as MAC+VLAN:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# ctc onu-fw mac-vlan

14.1.33 ctc recognition-time

[Commands]

ctc recognition-time time

no recognition-time

14-695
[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

time: to designate the preview identification time. It is in the integer form with a value range of
1-120, with each unit measuring in seconds.

[Description]

The ctc recognition-time command is used to configure the preview identification

time. The no ctc onu-fwcommand is used to restore the preview identification time to its
default value. The preview identification time is 30 seconds by default.

When the duration of the preview is less than the preview identification time, the preview will
be considered an invalid preview and not be counted in the number of previews.

[Example]
$ Configure the preview identification time to be 40 seconds:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# ctc recognition-time 40

14.1.34 ctc-profile

[Commands]

ctc-profile profile-id

no ctc-profile profile-id

[View]

igmp view

[Parameter]

profile-id: to designate the template ID of a controllable multicast. It is in the integer form

with a value range of 1-256.

[Description]

The ctc-profile command is used to create a controllable multicast, and enter the
controllable multicast template view. The no ctc-profile command is used to delete a
configured controllable multicast template. The controllable multicast template is not
configured by default.

14-696
[Example]
$ Create a controllable multicast template 1:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc-profile
1 FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-1)#

14.1.35 authority

[Commands]

authority ( deny | permit |

preview ) no authority

[View]

Controllable multicast template view

[Parameters]

Deny: to designate the viewing permissions of the multicast program as restricted, so users
cannot watch the multicast program contained in the template.

permit: to designate the viewing permissions of the multicast program as unrestricted, so

users can watch the multicast program contained in the template.

preview: to designate the viewing permissions of the multicast program as preview

unrestricted, so users can watch the multicast program based on the preview parameters set in
the template.

[Description]

The authority command is used to configure the permissions to watch the multicast
program contained in the controllable multicast template. The no authority command is
used to restore the permissions to watch the multicast program contained in the controllable
multicast template to their default settings. The permissions to watch the multicast program in
the controllable multicast template are set to be unrestricted by default.

[Example]
$ Configure the permissions to watch the multicast program in the controllable
multicast template as preview unrestricted:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc-profile 1
FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-1)# authority permit

14-697
14.1.36 desc

[Commands]

desc desc

no desc

[View]

Controllable multicast template view

[Parameter]

desc: to designate the description information in the controllable multicast template: string
type with a length of 1-31.

[Description]

The desc command is used to configure the description information of a controllable multicast
template. The no desc command is used to restore the description information of a
controllable multicast template to its default value. The description information in the
controllable multicast template is set as IGMP_CTCPROF_XX by default, where XX refers to the
index number of the controllable multicast template.

[Example]
$ Configure the description information in the controllable multicast template to be
HBTV:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc-profile 1
FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-1)# desc HBTV

14.1.37 group

[Commands]

group group-id

no group group-id

[View]

Controllable multicast template view

[Parameter]

group-id: to designate the index ID of a multicast program. It is in the integer form with a
value range of 1-2000.

14-698
[Description]

The group command is used to configure the index ID of the multicast program in the
controllable multicast template. The no group command is used to delete the index ID of the
configured multicast program. The index ID in the controllable multicast template is not
configured by default.

[Example]
$ Configure the index ID in the controllable multicast template to be 1:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc-profile 1
FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-1)# group 1

14.1.38 preview-count

[Commands]

preview-count count

no preview-count

[View]

Controllable multicast template view

[Parameter]

count: to designate the maximum number of times a user can view a preview in the
controllable multicast template. It is in the integer form with a value range of 1-255.

[Description]

The preview-count command is used to configure the maximum number of times a user
can view a preview in the controllable multicast template. The no desc command is used to
restore the maximum number of times a user may view a preview in the controllable multicast
template to its default value. The maximum number of previews in the controllable multicast
template is 8 by default.

When the number of times a user has previewed a program is greater than the configured
maximum number of user previews, the user cannot preview the program any more.

[Example]
$ Configure the maximum number of preview times in the controllable multicast
template to be 10:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# ctc-profile 1

14-699
 FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-1)# preview-count 10

14.1.39 preview-duration

[Commands]

preview-duration duration

no preview-duration

[View]

Controllable multicast template view

[Parameter]

duration: to designate the maximum length of time a user may preview a program in the
controllable multicast template. It is in the integer form with a value range of 10-6000, with
each unit measuring in seconds.

[Description]

The preview-duration command is used to configure the maximum length of time a user
may preview a program in the controllable multicast template. The no preview-duration
command is used to restore the maximum length of time a user may preview a program in the
controllable multicast template to its default value. The maximum preview time in the
controllable multicast template is 120 seconds by default.

When the length of time which a user has previewed a program is greater than the configured
maximum preview time, the user cannot preview the program any more.

[Example]
$ Configure the maximum preview time in the controllable multicast template to be
200 seconds:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc-profile 1
FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-1)# preview-duration 200

14.1.40 preview-interval

[Commands]

preview-interval interval

no preview-interval

[View]

14-700
 Controllable multicast template view

[Parameter]

interval: to designate the minimum time interval between two previews in the controllable
multicast template. It is in the integer form with a value range of 0-7650, with each unit
measuring in seconds.

[Description]

The preview-interval command is used to configure the minimum time interval between
two previews in the controllable multicast template. The no preview-interval
command is used to restore the minimum time interval between two previews in the
controllable multicast template to its default value. The minimum interval time between two
previews in the controllable multicast template is 120 seconds by default.

[Example]
$ The minimum time interval between two previews in the controllable multicast
template is 200:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)#ctc-profile 1
FHL2100(config-igmp-ctcprof-1)# preview-interval 120

14.1.41 ctc-profile bind

[Commands]

ctc-profile profile-id bind uni-port

no ctc-profile profile-id bind uni-port

[View]

igmp view

[Parameters]

profile-id: to designate the index ID of a controllable multicast template. It is in the integer

form with a value range of 1-256.

uni-port: to designate the port ID of the ONU UNI. The format is AA/BB: CC/DD.

[Description]

The ctc-profile bind command is used to bind a controllable multicast template to the
ONU UNI port. The no ctc-profile bind command is used to unbind a controllable

14-701
 multicast template from the ONU UNI port. The controllable multicast template is not bound to
an ONU UNI port by default.

Noet:

When a controllable multicast template binds to GPON ONU, it can only support multicast
groups with multicast IDs of 1-1000 in the template, and the multicast group with IDs of more
than 1000 cannot bind successfully.

[Example]
$ Configure controllable multicast template 1 to be bound to the ONU UNI 3/1: 1/1
port:
FHL2100(config)# igmp
FHL2100(config-igmp)# ctc-profile 1 bind 3/1: 1/1

14.1.42 show igmp brief

[Command]

show igmp brief

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show igmp brief command is used to display the basic information of IGMP.

[Example]
$ Query the basic information of IGMP:
FHL2100(config)# show igmp brief
IGMP brief information
============================================================
mode proxy
version v3
v3compat timeout v2 400 second
query interval 125 second
downstream device should response v2query in 10000 millisecond
downstream device should response v3query in 10000 millisecond
specific query interval 1000 millisecond
specific v2query response in 800 millisecond
specific v3query response in 800 millisecond
specific query count 2
robust variant 2

14-702
 igmp query's source ip 192.168.1.1
include multicast vlan:
100
total group 1 active group 0 prejoin group 0
cascade-port:
XE0/1
============================================================

 For a description of the displayed parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter
mode proxy
version v3
v3compat timeout v2 400 second
query interval 125 second
downstream device should response
v2query in 10000 millisecond
downstream device should response
v3query in 10000 millisecond
specific query interval
1000 millisecond
specific v2query response in
800 millisecond
specific v3query response in
800 millisecond
specific query count 2
robust variant 2
igmp query's source ip 192.168.1.1
include multicast vlan
total group 1
active group 0
prejoin group 0
cascade-port
Description
The IGMP Proxy mode
The IGMP v2/v3 compatible mode
The aging time for IGMP v2 version is 400 seconds
The query time interval for a universal group is
125 seconds
The query maximum response time for an IGMP v2
universal group is 10,000 milliseconds
The query maximum response time for an IGMP v2
universal group is 10,000 milliseconds
The query time interval between specific groups is 1000
milliseconds
The query maximum response time for an IGMP v2
specific group is 800 milliseconds
The query maximum response time for an IGMP v3
specific group is 800 milliseconds
The number of times a specific group is queried is 2
The robustness coefficient is 2
The source IP address for the OLT to send IGMP
messages to is 192.168.1.1
The included multicast VLAN list
The total number of multicast programs is 1
The number of active multicast programs is 0
The number of pre-join multicast programs is 0
The list of multicast cascade ports

14.1.43 show igmp ctc brief

[Command]

show igmp ctc brief

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

14-703
 N/A

[Description]

The show igmp ctc brief command is used to show the basic information for the IGMP
controllable multicast.

[Example]
$ Query the basic information for the IGMP controllable multicast:
FHL2100(config)# show igmp ctc brief
IGMP CTC brief information
------------------------------------------------------------
igmp ctc : enable
cdr interval : 600s
cdr number : 200
auto-reset-time : 04: 00: 00
recognition-time : 30s
onu-fwd mode : ip-vlan
profile amount : 1

 For a description of the displayed parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
igmp ctc The enabled state of the IGMP controllable multicast
cdr interval The time interval for CDR initiative reporting
cdr number The number threshold for CDR log initiative reporting
The time when the number of times of a multicast preview is
auto-reset-time
automatically reset to zero
recognition-time The preview identification time
onu-fwd mode The multicast re-transmission mode
profile amount Number of the templates

14.1.44 show igmp ctc cdr

[Command]

show igmp ctc cdr

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show igmp ctc cdr command is used to display the log information for the IGMP CDR.

14-704
[Example]
$ To query the log information on IGMP CDR:
FHL2100(config)# show igmp ctc cdr
Total cdr count: 2000
Index Time UNI Port Req Type Req Time Req Group-id
----------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 20: 34: 30 04/28/2016 3/5: 1/1 JOIN 20: 34: 30 04/28/2016 1
Authority Result Leave Type
----------------------------------
DENY FAILURE --

 For a description of the displayed parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
Index Index ID
Time Log time
UNI Port UNI port ID

14.1.45 show igmp ctc profile

[Command]

show igmp ctc profile ( profile-id | all )

[View]

All views

[Parameter]

profile-id: to show a controllable multicast template with the designated index ID. It is in
the integer form with a value range of 1-256.

all: to show all the controllable multicast templates.

[Description]

The show igmp ctc profile command is used to show the designated or all of the
controllable multicast templates.

[Example]
$ Query the controllable multicast templates with an index of 1:
FHL2100(config)# show igmp ctc profile 1
multicast ctc-profile id 1 configuration:
desc : HBTV
auth : permit
max-mcast-group : 64
preview interval : 120s
preview duration : 120s
preview allow count : 8

14-705
 group : 1
binding uni : 3/5: 1/1

 For a description of the displayed parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
The description information contained in the controllable multicast
desc
template
The permissions to watch the multicast program in the controllable
auth
multicast template
The maximum number of controllable multicast templates in the
max-mcast-group
controllable multicast template
The minimum time interval between two previews in the
preview interval
controllable multicast template
The maximum preview time a user can view a program in the
preview duration
controllable multicast template
The maximum number of times a user can preview a program in the
preview allow count
controllable multicast template
The index ID of the multicast program in the controllable multicast
group
template
binding uni The bound ONU UNI port for the controllable multicast template

14.1.46 show igmp group

[Command]

show igmp group ( group-id | all | active | static |

prejoin )

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

group-id: to show the multicast program for a designated index ID. It is in the integer form
with a value range of 1-2000.

all: to show all the multicast programs.

active: to show all the multicast programs in an active state.

static: to show all the multicast programs joined in a static manner.

prejoin: to show all the pre-joined multicast programs.

[Description]

The show igmp group command is used to show the information for the IGMP multicast
program.

14-706
[Example]
$ Query the information on the multicast program with an index of 1:
FHL2100(config)#show igmp group 1
Multicast Group 1
multicast group ip : 225.1.1.1
multicast source ip : 1.1.1.1
multicast vlan : 100
description : CCTV-1
state :
member port :

 For a description of the displayed parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
multicast group ip The destination IP address of the multicast program
multicast source ip The source IP address of the multicast program
multicast vlan: Multicast VLAN
description The description of the multicast program
state The state of the multicast program: active, static, or pre-join
member port Member port

14.1.47 show igmp mvlan

[Commands]

show igmp mvlan all

show igmp mvlan vlanid group ( group-id | all | active | static |

prejoin )

[View]

All views

[Parameters]

all: to show all the multicast VLANs.

vlanid: to show the multicast program on a designated multicast VLAN. It is in the integer
form with a value range of 2-494.

group group-id: to show a multicast program with the designated index ID on a designated
multicast VLAN. It is in the integer form with a value range of 1-2000.

group all: to show all the multicast programs on a designated multicast VLAN.

group active: to show all the multicast programs in an active state on a designated multicast
VLAN.

14-707
 groupstatic: to show all the multicast programs to join a program in a static manner on a
designated multicast VLAN.

group prejoin: to show all the pre-joined multicast programs on a designated multicast
VLAN.

[Description]

The show igmp mvlan command is used to show the information on the IGMP multicast
VLAN.

[Example]
$ Query the information for all the multicast VLANs on the IGMP:
FHL2100(config)# show igmp mvlan all
Multicast vlan brief information
mvlan uplink totalGroup activeGroup prejoinGroup
-------+---------------+-----------+------------+-------------
100 XE0/2 1 0 0
-------+---------------+-----------+------------+-------------
total multicast vlan 1

 For a description of the displayed parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
mvlan The multicast VLAN ID
uplink The uplink port
totalGroup The total number of multicast programs
activeGroup The number of active multicast programs
prejoinGroup The number of pre-join multicast programs

14-708
 Chapter 15 QoS Configuration Management
15.1 OLT QoS Configuration
15.1.1 qos map-queue

[Command]

qos map-queue queue queue queue queue queue queue queue queue

no qos map-queue

[View]

all views except enable view

[Parameter]

queue: the specified queue number corresponding to the priority. Type: numerical value;
range: 0-7.

[Descriptions]

The command “qos map-queue” is used to set the queue number corresponding to priority
0-7 in turn. When you need to set the queue number corresponding to priority 0-7, use this
command. By default. The queue number corresponding to priority 0-7 is 0-7.

The command “no qos map-queue” is used to restore the default queue priority.

[Example]
$Set the queue number corresponding to priority 0-7 as 0-7.
FHL2100(config)# qos map-queue 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

15.1.2 qos dscp-map-queue

[Command]

qos dscp-map-queue dscplist queue

no qos dscp-map-queue

[View]

all views except enable view

[Parameter]

15-709
 dscplist: list for dscp number to be transformed to priority, range: 0-63, multiple numbers
batch configration supported, such as 1,3-15.

queue: the specified queue number corresponding to the priority. Type: numerical value;
range: 0-7.

[Descriptions]

The command “qos dscp-map-queue” is used to set the transformation rules from dscp
numbers to priority 0-7.

The command “no qos dscp-map-queue” is used to restore the default queue priority. By
default, dscp number 0-7 is transformed to priority queue 0, dscp number 8-15 is transformed
to priority queue 1, dscp number 16-23 is transformed to priority queue 2, dscp number 24-31 is
transformed to priority queue 3, dscp number 32-39 is transformed to priority queue 4, dscp
number 40-47 is transformed to priority queue 5, dscp number 48-55 is transformed to priority
queue 6, dscp number 56-63 is transformed to priority queue7.

[Example]
$Set the dscp number 0-7 to priority queue 0.
FHL2100(config)# qos dscp-map-queue 0-7 1

15.1.3 qos bandwidth

[Command]

qos bandwidth queue-id min-bandwidth max-bandwidth

no qos bandwidth queue-id

[View]

all views except enable view

[Parameter]

queue-id: the priority queue id for the bandwidth setting. Type: numerical value; range: 0-7.

min-bandwidth: minimum bandwidth of the queue. Type: numericla value; unit: kbps;
range: 0-4294967295; when set to 0, there is no bandwidth limit.

max-bandwidth: maximum bandwidth of the queue. Type: numericla value; unit: kbps;
range: 0-4294967295; when set to 0, there is no bandwidth limit.

[Descriptions]

15-710
 The “qos bandwidth” command is used to configure the maximum bandwidth of queues.
When you need to configure the minimum & maximum bandwidth of queues, use this
command.

The “no qos bandwidth” command is used to set the bandwidth limit to default. By
default, there is no limit for minimum & maximum bandwidth for all queues.

[Example]
$Configure the bandwidth limit for queue 1.
FHL2100(config)# qos bandwidth 1 256 1024

15.1.4 qos trust

[Command]

qos trust dscp |

cos no qos trust

[View]

all views except enable view

[Parameter]

dscp: priority queue transformation rule based on dscp number;

cos: priority queue transformation rule based on cos number.

[Descriptions]

The command “qos trust” is used to configure the transformation rule for priority queue.

The command “no qos trust” is used to restore the default scheduling mode of the port.
By default, qos priority rules is based on COS.

[Example]
$Configure the global queue rules o tpriority scheduling in the ge view.
FHL2100(config)# qos trust dscp

15.1.5 qos sched

[Command]

qos sched

(rr|sp) no qos

sched

15-711
[View]

all views except enable view

[Parameter]

rr: round robin scheduling mode;

sp: strict priority scheduling mode.

[Descriptions]

The command “qos sched” is used to configure QoS scheduling modes of the port, including
rr and sp scheduling modes. When you need to modify QoS scheduling modes of the port, use
this command. By default, QoS scheduling mode of the port is sp scheduling.

The command “no qos sched” is used to restore the default scheduling mode of the port.

[Example]
$Configure the scheduling mode of as strict priority scheduling.
FHL2100(config)# qos sched sp

15.1.6 qos sched wrr

[Command]

qos sched wrr weight weight weight weight weight weight weight
weight

[View]

all views except enable view

[Parameter]

weight: corresponding weight value of each queue in wrr scheduling mode. Type: numerical
value; range: 0-15.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure QoS scheduling mode of current port as WRR scheduling,
and set corresponding weight of each queue. When you need to configure QoS scheduling mode
of current port as WRR scheduling, this command can be used to configure and set
corresponding weight of each queue.

[Example]

15-712
 $Configure QoS scheduling mode as WRR and weight of each queue as
1,1,2,2,3,0,0,0 respectively.
FHL2100(config)# qos sched wrr 1 1 2 2 3 0 0 0

15.1.7 show qos

[Command]

show qos

[View]

all views except enable view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the information of QoS configuration of the port. When you
need to query the information of QoS configuration of current port, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the information of QoS configuration of port 0/1 in the ge view.
FHL2100(config)#show qos
QoS configuration:
------------------
Queue number: 8
Mode: 1 (1: Device 2: Port)
Cos map: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Dscp map: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7
Sched mode: 1
Queue weight: 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Queue bandwidth min: 256 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Trust: 1 (1: cos 2: dscp)
Queue bandwidth max: 1024 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:

15-713
 Parameter Description
Queue number per-port The queue number for each port
Priority The queue priority
Queue No The queue number
Bandwidth(kbits/s) The queue bandwidth
QoS schedule mode The QoS scheduling modes
WRR Weight The weight for the WRR schedule mode
 Chapter 16 Security Performance Configuration
Management
16.1 MAC Address Table ConfigurationManagement
16.1.1 age

[Command]

age mac (0|<120-50000>) arp <1-60>

no age

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

0|<120-50000>: mac address aging time, enumerative type. 0 indicates disable, namely, mac
address will not age; the numericla value type indicates mac address aging time, unit: s; range:
120-50000; by default, the address aging time is 2400s.

<1-60>: arp aging time. Type: numerical value; unit: minute; range: 1-60; default: 20 minutes

[Descriptions]

The command “age” is used to set the dynamic table entries of two-layer address and arp aging
time at the same time, with 0 indicating that the dynamic table entries of two-layer address will
not age and the mac aging time shall not be lower than the double arp aging time. When you
need to set the mac address and arp aging time, use this command.

The command “no age” is used to restore the default mac address and arp aging time.

[Example]
$Set the mac address aging time as 60s and arp aging time as 5 minutes in the
config view.
FHL2100(config)# age mac 60 arp 5

16.1.2 mac-addr

[Command]

16-715
 mac-addr ( static | dynamic ) mac mac-address port ( gigabit-
ethernet | x-ethernet | pon | 10geepon | gpon) interface-number
vlan vlan-id

no mac-addr ( static | dynamic ) mac mac-address

no mac-addr ( static | dynamic ) port ( gigabit-

ethernet | x- ethernet | pon | 10gepon | gpon)
interface-number

no mac-addr ( static | dynamic ) vlan vlan-id

no mac-addr dynamic link-aggregation group group-id

no mac-addr (static | dynamic |

all ) no mac-addr dynamic vsi

vsi-name

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: VLAN ID specified by MAC address entries. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094.

static: static MAC address entries.

dynamic: dynamic MAC address entries.

all: static and dynamic MAC address entries.

mac-address: MAC address, with format as AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB: CCDD: EEFF.

gigabit-ethernet: port type as ge port.

x-ethernet: port type as xe port.

pon: port type as pon port.

10gepon: port type as 10ge pon port

interface-number: slot number and port number. When the port type is ge port the slot
number of FHL2100 is 0; the port number is numerical value type, with range as 1-4.
When the port type is xe port the slot number of FHL2100 is 0; the port number is numerical
value type, with range as 1-4.
When the port type is pon port the slot number of FHL2100 is 0; the port number is numerical
value type, with range as 1-16.
When the port type is 10gepon port the slot number of FHL2100 is 0; the port number is numerical
16-716
 value type, with range as 1-16.
vsi vsi-name: to designate the name of the VSI (Virtual Switch Instance). It is in the form of
a character string with a length of 1-31 characters.

[Descriptions]

The command “mac-addr” is used to add dynamic or static mac address entries to the MAC
address forwarding table, which requires specifying MAC address, port number and VLAN ID.
When you need to add mac address entries to MAC address forwarding table, use this
command.

The command “no mac-addr” is used to delete the mac address entries. You can take mac
address, VLAN or port number as index, or delete all mac address entries.

[Example]
$Add the dynamic mac address entries in the config view: with mac as 00: 00: 11:
11: 11: 11, port as pon1/2 and VLAN as 100.
FHL2100(config)# mac-addr dynamic mac 00:00:11:11:11:11 port gpon 0/2
vlan 100

16.1.3 show age

[Command]

show age

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the parameter of current mac address aging time. When you
need to query the parameter of current mac address aging time, use this command.

[Example]
$Display current mac address aging time in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show age
Aging time is 100s.

16.1.4 show mac-addr

[Command]

16-717
 show mac-addr vlan all [ summary ]

show mac-addr vlan vlan-id [ mac mac |summary ]

show mac-addr vsi vsi-name

[ summary ] show mac-addr mac mac

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

vlan all: all VLAN.

vlan vlan-id: the specified VLAN ID. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094.

mac mac: mac address, with format as AA: BB: CC: DD: EE: FF or AABB: CCDD: EEFF.

vsi-name: to designate the name of the VSI (Virtual Switch Instance). It is in the form of a
character string with a length of 1-31 characters.

summary: display the summary information.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to display the information of MAC address table under the specified VLAN
or VSI name.

[Example]
$Query mac address entries with vlan as 100 in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show mac-addr vlan 100
Index MacAddr VLAN/VSI NAME State Egress
-------------------------------------------------------------------
1 0024.6872.89c0 1/- DYNAMIC XE 0/2
-------------------------------------------------------------------

 For a description of the displayed parameters for this command, please see the
below table.
Parameter Description
Index The index of the MAC address table
MacAddr The MAC address
VLAN/VSI NAME The VLAN ID and VSI name
State The state of the MAC address
Egress The output port

16-718
16.2 Anti-DOS Attack Management
16.2.1 anti-dos

[Command]

anti-dos (enable | disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the anti-dos attack function;

disable: disable the anti-dos attack function

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable or disable the anti-DoS attack function of the device. When you
need to prevent a malicious user from sending all kinds of control packets to attack the device,
use this command to enable the anti-DoS attack function of the device. After enabling the anti-
DoS attack function, the device will monitor the control packets sent by each port, and discard
the control packets beyond the limit. You can also use this command to disable the anti-DOS
attack function of the device. After disabling the anti-DOS attack function, the device will not
monitor the control packets any more. Once there’s DOS attack, it will cause too high CPU
occupation of the device, making the device unable to accept the service requests from normal
users, and even lead to system collapse.

[Example]
$Configure enabling the anti-dos attach function in the config view.
FHL2100(config)#anti-dos enable

16.2.2 show anti-dos config

[Command]

show anti-dos config

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

16-719
 N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the configuration status of anti-dos attack. When you need to
understand the current anti-dos attack policy of the device, you can use this command for
query.

[Example]
$Query the configuration of anti-dos attack in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show anti-dos config
Anti-DOS function is enable

16.3 URPF Configuration Management

16.3.1 ip urpf

[Command]

ip urpf (loose | strict) default-route (enable |

disable) ip urpf disable

no ip urpf

[View]

ge view, xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

disable: disable urpf checking the source ip legitimacy.

loose: loose mode.

strict: strict mode.

default-route enable: enable the default routing.

default-route disable: disable the default routing.

[Descriptions]

The command “ip urpf” is used to configure the mode for urpf to check the source ip
legitimacy, with loose for loose mode and strict for strict mode. You can decide whether the
default routing is taken as the condition for urpf check by configuring enabling/disabling the
default routing.

16-720
 The command “no ip urpf” and “ip urpf disable” are used to cancel the mode for
urpf to check the source ip legitimacy.

[Example]
$Configure ip urpf mode under port 0/1 as loose mode and the default routing
enabled in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#ip urpf loose default-route enable

16.3.2 show ip urpf config

[Command]

show ip urpf config

[View]

xe view, gpon view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the configuration mode of ip urpf. When you need to
understand current ip urpf configuration of the device, this command can be used for query.

[Example]
$Query the configuration mode of ip urpf in the ge view.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#show ip urpf config
Urpf function is disable
Default-route is enable

16.4 Anti-ARP Attack Management

16.4.1 arp anti-attack arp-limit

[Command]

arp anti-attack arp-limit value

no arp anti-attack arp-limit

[View]

vlan view

16-721
[Parameter]

value: limit value of interface arp learning. Type: numerical value; range: 1-16000.

[Descriptions]

The command “arp anti-attack” is used to configure the limit value of interface arp
learning. When you need to configure the limit value of interface arp learning, use this
command.

The command “no arp anti-attack” is used to cancel the limit value of interface arp
learning.

[Example]
$Configure the number of arp learning of vlan1 as 1122 in the vlan view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-1)#arp anti-attack arp-limit 1122

16.4.2 arp anti-attackdetect-interval

[Command]

arp anti-attack detect-interval detect-

interval no arp anti-attack detect-

interval

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

detect-interval : interval for arp source detection. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range:
30-300, with the configured parameter as an integer multiplier of 30; default: 60s.

[Descriptions]

The command “arp anti-attack” is used to configure the interval for arp source detection.
When you need to configure the interval for arp source detection, use this command.

The command “no arp anti-attack” is used to restore the interval for arp source
detection to the default 60s.

[Example]
$Configure the interval for arp source detection on the device as 150s in the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# arp anti-attack detect-interval 150

16-722
16.4.3 arp anti-attack mac-check

[Command]

arp anti-attack mac-check (enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

enable: enable the arp mac address checking function;

disable: disable the arp mac address checking function.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure enabling/disabling the arp mac address checking function.
When you need to modify the enabling state of the arp mac address checking function, use this
command. By default, this function is diabled.

[Example]
$Enable the arp mac address checking function of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# arp anti-attack mac-check enable

16.4.4 arp anti-attack restore-time

[Command]

arp anti-attack restore-time restore-time

no arp anti-attack restore-time

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

restore-time: arp restore time. Type: numerical value; unit: s; range: 60-3600, with the
configured parameter as an integer multiplier of 30; default: 600s.

[Descriptions]

The command “arp anti-attack” is used to configure the arp restore time. When you
need to configure the arp restore time, use this command.

16-723
 The command “no arp anti-attack” is used to restore the arp restore time to the default
600s.

[Example]
$Configure the arp restore time on the device as 900s in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# arp anti-attack restore-time 900

16.4.5 arp anti-attack source-suppression

[Command]

arp anti-attack source-suppression (ip | mac)

(enable|disable)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

ip: arp control source as ip;

mac: arp control source as mac;

enable: enable the arp source suppression function;

disable: disble the arp source suppression function.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to configure enabling or disabling the arp source ip or mac suppression
function. When you need to configure the enabling state of the arp source ip or mac
suppression function, use this command. By default, this function is disabled.

[Example]
$Enable the arp source ip suppression function of the device in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# arp anti-attack source-suppression ip enable

16.4.6 arp anti-attack threshold

[Command]

arp anti-attack (src-ip | src-mac) threshold value

no arp anti-attack (src-ip | src-mac) threshold

[View]

config view

16-724
[Parameter]

src-ip: arp suppression source as source IP;

src-mac: arp suppression source as source MAC;

value: source address suppression threshold. Type: numerical value; range: 50-1000; default:
100.

[Descriptions]

The command “arp anti-attack” is used to configure the arp source IP or MAC address
threshold. When you need to configure the arp source IP or MAC address threshold, use this
command.

The command “no arp anti-attack” is used to restore the arp source IP or MAC address
threshold to the default 100.

[Example]
$Configure the arp source ip address suppression threshold of the device as 500 in
the config view.
FHL2100(config)# arp anti-attack src-ip threshold 500

16.4.7 cpu-packet

[Command]

cpu-packet (bfd|dhcp|icmp|igmp|ospf|snmp|telnet) cpu-car cir cir-

value cbs cbs-value

cpu-packet

(bfd|dhcp|icmp|igmp|ospf|snmp|telnet) deny no

cpu-packet

(bfd|dhcp|icmp|igmp|ospf|snmp|telnet)

[View]

config view

[Parameter]

bfd: protocol type as bfd;

dhcp: protocol type as dhcp;

icmp: protocol type as icmp;

igmp: protocol type as igmp;

ospf: protocol type as ospf;

16-725
 snmp: protocol type as snmp;

telnet: protocol type as telnet;

cir-value : committed information rate. Type: numerical value; unit: kbit/s; range: 16-1000
pps;

cbs-value: committed burst size. Type: numerical value; unit: kbits; range: 16-1000;

deny: refuse protocol packets to be reported to CPU.

[Descriptions]

The command “cpu-packet cpu-car” is used to manage the protocol packets to be

reported to CPU and configure the parameter of cpu packet processing. When you need to
configure the protocol packets to be reported to CPU and the parameter of packet processing,
use this command.

The command “cpu-packet deny” is used to configure refusing the specified protocol
packet to be reported to CPU. When you need to refuse some a type of protocol packet to be
reported to CPU, use this command.

The command “no cpu-packet” is used to restore the default configuration of protocol
packets.

The protocol packets are allowed to be reported to CPU by default, and the default CIR & CBR
value of the protocol packets is listed as below:

Protocol Type MPU Board Type CIR CBS

BFD MPUB 125 125
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 128 128
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
DHCP MPUB 250 250
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 512 512
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
ICMP MPUB 60 60
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 256 256
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
IGMP MPUB 16 16
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 8 8
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
OSPF MPUB 250 250
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 512 512
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
SNMP MPUB 500 500
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 512 512

16-726
 Protocol Type MPU Board Type CIR CBS
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
SSH MPUB 125 125
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 128 128
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
TELNET MPUB 250 250
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 256 256
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
SNTP MPUB 32 32
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 128 128
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC
ISIS MPUB 125 125
MEUA/MEUB/MEFA/MEFB/MEFC/MEFD/M 128 128
PUA/GEUA/GEUB/XGUC

[Example]
$Configure the rate parameter for snmp protocol packets to be reported to cpu
for processing in the config view: cir as 128 and cbs as 64.
FHL2100(config)# cpu-packet snmp cpu-car cir 128 cbs 64

16.4.8 show arp anti-attack arp-limit

[Command]

show arp anti-attack arp-limit vlan-if (vlan-id | all)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

vlan-id: vlan id number. Type: numerical value; range: 1-4094.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query information of the maximum number of arp learning of the
specified vlan interface or all vlan interfaces. When you need to query information of the
maximum number of arp learning of the vlan interface, use this command.

[Example]
$Query information of the maximum number of arp learning of vlan1 in the config
view.
FHL2100(config)# show arp anti-attack arp-limit vlan-if 1
Interface ARP limit ARP count
-----------------------------------------
Vlanif204 none 16

16-727
 -----------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Interface The VLANIF
ARP limit The max number of the arp learning

16.4.9 show arp anti-attack configuration

[Command]

show arp anti-attack configuration

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the arp anti-attack global configuration information. When you
need to query the arp anti-attack global configuration information, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the arp anti-attack configuration information in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show arp anti-attack configuration
ARP MAC check : Disabled
Anti source IP : Disabled
Anti source MAC : Disabled
src-IP threshold : 100
src-MAC threshold: 100
Interval time : 60s
Restore time : 600s

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Anti source IP Enable or disable the anti source IP function
Anti source MAC Enable or disable the anti source MAC function
src-IP threshold The threshold of the source IP address
src-MAC threshold The threshold of the source MAC address
Interval time The interval for arp source detection
Restore time The arp restore time
ARP MAC check Enable or disable the arp mac address checking function

16-728
16.4.10 show arp anti-attack deny

[Command]

show arp anti-attack deny (src-ip | src-mac)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

src-ip: arp anti-screening information as source IP;

src-mac: arp anti-screening information as source MAC.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query information of arp anti-attack shielded source IP or source MAC.
When you need to query information of arp anti-attack shielded source IP or source MAC, use
this command.

[Example]
$Query informationof arp anti-attack shielded source IP in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show arp anti-attack deny src-ip
Interval(secs) : 150
Restore(secs) : 900

Index IP address Deny time

-----------------------------------------------
1 172.17.3.254 2013-11-13 16: 25: 21

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Interval(secs) The interval for arp source detection
Restore(secs) The arp restore time
Index The index of arp anti-attack shielded source IP or source MAC
The IP address of arp anti-attack shielded source IP or source
IP address
MAC
The deny time of arp anti-attack shielded source IP or source
Deny time
MAC

16.4.11 show arp anti-attack detect-interval

[Command]

show arp anti-attack detect-interval

16-729
[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query information of arp source detection cycle. When you need to
query information of arp source detection cycle, use this command.

[Example]
$Query information of arp source detection cycle in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show arp anti-attack detect-interval
Arp anti-attack detect-interval 150 s

16.4.12 show arp anti-attack restore-time

[Command]

show arp anti-attack restore-time

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query configuration information of arp restore time. When you need to
query configuration information of arp restore time, use this command.

[Example]
$Query configuration information of arp restore time in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show arp anti-attack restore-time
Arp anti-attack restore-time 900 s

16.4.13 show arp anti-attack source-suppression

[Command]

show arp anti-attack source-suppression (ip | mac)

16-730
[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

ip: arp suppression source as ip;

mac: arp suppression source as mac;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query the state information of arp anti-attack source IP or source MAC
suppression function. When you need to query the state information of arp anti-attack source IP
or source MAC suppression function, use thiscommand.

[Example]
$Query the state of arp source ip suppression function in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show arp anti-attack source-suppression ip
Arp source-suppression ip enable

16.4.14 show arp anti-attack threshold

[Command]

show arp anti-attack (src-ip | src-mac) threshold

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

src-ip: arp suppression source as source IP;

src-mac: arp suppression source as source MAC;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query configuration information of arp source IP or source MAC
address threshold. When you need to query configuration information of arp source IP or source
MAC address threshold, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the configuration of arp source ip address threshold in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show arp anti-attack src-ip threshold
Arp src-ip threshold 500

16-731
16.4.15 show cpu-packet

[Command]

show cpu-packet (bfd|dhcp|icmp|igmp|ospf|snmp|telnet)

[View]

enable view, config view

[Parameter]

bfd: protocol type as bfd;

dhcp: protocol type as dhcp;

icmp: protocol type as icmp;

igmp: protocol type as igmp;

ospf: protocol type as ospf;

snmp: protocol type as snmp;

telnet: protocol type as telnet;

[Descriptions]

This command is used to query configuration information of cpu processing against the specified
protocol packets. When you need to query configuration information of cpu processing against
the specified protocol packets, use this command.

[Example]
$Query the configuration of cpu processing against snmp packets in the config view.
FHL2100(config)# show cpu-packet snmp
CPU deals with SNMP protocol packet: cir 128kbit/s cbs 64kbits

16.5 IP Binding Configuration Management

16.5.1 ip-bind

[Command]

ip-bind (enable|disable)

[View]

vlan view

16-732
[Parameter]

enable: enable the IP binding function;

disable: disable the IP binding function.

[Descriptions]

This command is used to enable or disable the binding IP address and vlan function. When you
need to specify the IP address allowing vlan to access, use this command to enable it.

[Example]
$Configure enabling the ip binding function under vlan100 in the vlanif view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-100)#ip-bind enable

16.5.2 ip-bind ip

[Command]

ip-bind ip ip-address mask

no ip-bind ip ip-address mask

no ip-bind all

[View]

vlan view

[Parameter]

ip-address: ip address, dotted decimal type, with range of 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

mask: ip address mask. When configuring the mask bit, the parameter is of numerical value
type; range: 0-32. When configuring the mask as ip address, the parameter is of numerical value
type; range: 0.0.0.0-255.255.255.255.

[Descriptions]

The command “ip-bind” is used to configure binding vlan with ip network segment. When
you need to specify the ip network segment allowing vlan to access, use this command. After
binding IP address with vlan, the device allows only to pass the upstream packet with the source
IP address as the bound IP address.

The command “no ip-bind” is used to configure unbinding the vlan of the specified entry
with ip network segment. After unbinding IP address with vlan, the device will not filter the
upstream packets any more according to the source IP address.

16-733
 The command “no ip-bind all” is used to delete all rules for binding vlan with ip network
segment.

Notes:

When configuring the three-layer cross-board stream interaction, the soruce IP and the destination IP
must be bound in all VLAN requiring interaction at the same time. If only binding the source IP or bing
only in some of VLAN, it will cause stream interruption. Taking two sets of PC as example, PC 1 is in
VLAN 100, with ip as 1.1.1.1 (mask 255.255.255.0); PC 2 is in VLAN 200, with ip as 2.2.2.2 (mask
255.255.255.0). PC1 is connected to the uplink port and PC2 is connected to ONU. After enabling the Ip
VLAN binding function, only 1.1.1.1 and 2.2.2.2 are bound in VLAN100 and VLAN200 at the same time,
can the communication between the two sets of PC be achieved.

[Example]
$Configure binding vlan100 with ip 192.168.254.3 in the vlanif view.
FHL2100(config-vlan-100)#ip-bind ip 192.168.254.3 24

16.5.3 show ip-bind all

[Command]

show ip-bind all

[View]

config view, enable view, vlan view

[Parameter]

N/A

[Descriptions]

This command is used to view information of the rule for binding vlan with ip network segment.
When you need to query information of the rule for binding vlan with ip network segment, use
this command. If using this command in the config view, query information of the rule for
binding all vlan with ip network segment; if using this command in the vlan view, query
information of rule for binding current vlan with ip network segment.

[Example]
$View the rule for binding vlan100 and ip in the vlanif view.
FHL2100(config-vlanif-100)#show ip-bind all
vlan ip bind: enable

16-734
 VLAN Id IP Address Mask
--------------------------------------------
100 192.168.254.0 255.255.255.0
--------------------------------------------
total vlan ip rules: 1

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
vlan ip bind Enable or disable the VLAN IP bind function
VLAN Id The VLAN ID
IP Address The IP address
Mask The IP mask

16.6 PPPoE+ ConfigurationManagement

16.6.1 pppoe-plus enable

[Command]

pppoe-plus

enable no pppoe-

plus enable

[View]

PON interface view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The pppoe-plus enable command is used to enable the PPPoE plus function of a PON
port; and the no pppoe-plus enable command is used to disable the PPPoE plus function
of a PON port. The PPPoE plus function for PON ports is not enabled by default.

[Example]
$ Enable the PPPoE plus function of PON 3/3:
FHL2100(config)# interface pon 3/3
FHL2100(config-if-pon-3/3)# pppoe-plus
enable

16.6.2 pppoe-plus format

[Command]

pppoe-plus format (default | user defined string)

16-735
 no pppoe-plus format

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

default: to designate the PPPoE plus tag content format as the default format. The default
content format
is: %(AccessNodeIdentifier)/%(ANI_rack)/%(ANI_frame)/%(ANI_slot)/%(ANI_subslot)/%(ANI_por
t)/%(ONU_ID).

user-defined string: to designate the content format of the PPPoE plus tag to match
with the key word selected by the user. The string format should be with a length of 1-127
characters. The key words currently supported by the device are as follows:

 AccessNodeIdentifier: the access node’s identifier (OLT devices use sysname).

 ANI_rack: the rack identifier of the access node (corresponds to the shelf number for OLT
devices).

 ANI_frame: the frame identifier of the access node.

 ANI_slot: the slot number of the access node.

 ANI_subslot: the subslot number of the access node (OLT does not support subslot numbers
so this value is always 0).

 ANI_port: the port number of the access node.

 ONU_ID: the ID of the ONU authentication.

 ONU_LOID: the LOID identifier of the ONU.

 SVLAN: the user's SVLAN ID (when 4096 is displayed it means that SVLAN is not used).

 CVLAN: the user's CVLAN ID (when 4096 is displayed it means that CVLAN is not used).

[Description]

The pppoe-plus format command is used to configure the content format of the device
adding PPPoE plus. OLT will replace the key word in a string with an actual value; and the no
pppoe-plus format command is used to restore the content format of the device adding
PPPoE plus to be the default format. By default, the content format of the device adding PPPoE
plus is default.

16-736
 The pppoe-plus format command is only effective for PAD message of the ONU uplink.
The PPPoE plus function needs to be enabled on the PON port corresponding to the ONU before
configuring this function.

[Example]
$ Configure the content format of the device adding PPPoE Plus to be
ANI_slot/ANI_port/ONU_MAC:
FHL2100(config)# pppoe-plus format user-defined ANI_slot/ANI_port/ONU_MAC

16.6.3 pppoe-plus policy

[Command]

pppoe-plus policy (drop | insert | keep |

replace) no pppoe-plus policy

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

drop: when there is a PPPoE plus tag in the received PAD message, the device will abandon this
message.

insert: when there is a PPPoE plus tag in the received PAD message, the device will insert the
locally generated PPPoE plus information into the front of the original field.

keep: when there is a PPPoE plus tag in the received PAD message, the device will directly
forward this message.

replace: when there is a PPPoE plus tag in the received PAD message, the device will replace
the original content in the message with the locally generated PPPoE plus tag.

[Description]

The pppoe-plus policy command is used to configure the processing strategy for the PAD
messages received with an existing PPPoE plus tag.

The pppoe-plus policy command is only effective for PAD messages of the ONU uplink.
The PPPoE plus function needs to be enabled on the PON port corresponding to the ONU before
configuring this function.

[Example]

16-737
 $ When there is a PPPoE plus tag existing in the received PAD message, the device
will insert the locally generated PPPoE plus information into the front of the
original field: FHL2100(config)# pppoe-plus policy insert
16.6.4 pppoe-plus trusted

[Command]

pppoe-plus

trusted no pppoe-

plus trusted

[View]

xe view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The pppoe-plus trusted command is used to configure the upper port as the trusted
port.

The no pppoe-plus trusted command is used to configure the uplink port as a non
trusted port. By default, the port is a trusted port.

[Example]
$Setting port 0/1 to trust port.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#pppoe-plus trusted

16.6.5 pppoe-plus trusted interface link-agg-group

[Command]

pppoe-plustrusted interface link-agg-groupgroup-number

no pppoe-plus trusted interface link-agg-group group-number

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

group-number: Polymerization group ID, with a range of 1~32.

[Description]

16-738
 The pppoe-plus trusted interface link-agg-group command configures the
aggregate group to be a trusted port.

The no pppoe-plustrusted interface link-agg-group command configures the

aggregation group to be a non trusted port.

By default, all port / aggregate groups automatically add trusted ports.

[Example]
$ Set the aggregate group 1 to the trusted port
FHL2100(config)# pppoe-plus trusted interface link-aggregation-group 1

16.6.6 pppoe-plus cascade-port

[Command]

pppoe-plus cascade-port

[ transparent ] no pppoe-plus

cascade-port

[View]

xe view

[Parameters]

transparent: configuring uplink port as cascading port.

[Description]

The pppoe-plus cascade-port command configures the upper connection port as the
cascade port.

The no pppoe-plus cascade-port command configures the upper connection port as a

non concatenated port.

By default, all the upper port / aggregate groups are not cascaded ports.

[Example]
$Set port 0/1 to cascade port.
FHL2100(config-if-x-ethernet-0/1)#pppoe-plus cascade-port

16.6.7 pppoe-plus cascade-port interface link-agg-group

[Command]

pppoe-plus cascade-port interface link-agg-group group-

number
[ transparent ]
16-739
 no pppoe-plus cascade-port interface link-agg-group group-
number

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

group-number: Polymerization group ID, with a range of 1~32

transparent: Configure the upper port as cascade port.

[Description]

The pppoe-pluscascade-port command configures the aggregation group as cascading

ports.

The no pppoe-pluscascade-port command configures aggregation groups as non

cascaded ports.

Default all port / aggregate group non cascaded ports

[Example]
$ Set the aggregation group 1 to cascade ports.
FHL2100(config)# pppoe-plus cascade-port interface link-agg-group 1

16.6.8 show pppoe-plus config

[Command]

show pppoe-plus config

[View]

enable view, config view, xe view, gpon view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show pppoe-plus config command is used to display the global configuration
parameters of PPPoE+ related functions.

[Example]

$Query the configuration parameters of DHCP related functions:

16-740
 FHL2100(config)# show pppoe-plus config
PPPoE+ : enable
PPPoE+ Policy : insert
PPPoE+ Format : default
: %(AccessNodeIdentifier)/%(ANI_rack)/%(ANI_frame)/%(ANI_s
lot)/%(ANI_subslot)/%(ANI_port)/%(ONU_ID)
Cascade port : XE 0/1 ( transparent )
Untrusted : XE 0/3

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
PPPoE+ PPPoE+ enable or disable
PPPoE+ Policy Processing strategies for receiving existing PPPoE+ Vendor Tag
packets
PPPoE+ Format Device to add PPPoE+ Vendor Tag content format
Cascade port PPPoE+ cascade port
Untrusted PPPoE+ distrust port

16.6.9 show pppoe statistics

[Command]

show pppoe statistics

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The show pppoe statisticscommand is used to query DHCP packet statistics.

[Example]
$View DHCP message statistics：
FHL2100(config)#show pppoe statistics
--------------------------------------------------
Number of received PPPoE packets : 0
Number of dropped PPPoE packets : 0
Number of sent PPPoE packets : 0
--------------------------------------------------

 In the example, the command echo parameters are explained in the following
table:
Parameter Description
Number of received PPPoE packets Received PPPoE packet statistics

16-741
 Parameter Description
Number of dropped PPPoE packets Discarded PPPoE message statistics
Number of sent PPPoE packets PPPoE message statistics sent

16.6.10 clear pppoe statistics

[Command]

clear pppoe statistics

[View]

config view

[Parameters]

N/A

[Description]

The clear pppoe statistics command is used to clean up PPPoE packet statistics.

[Example]
$ Clearing DHCP message statistics:
FHL2100(config)#clear pppoe statistics

16-742
Annex 1 Abbreviations
AAA Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting
ABR Area Border Router
AC Alternating Current
ACK Acknowledge
ACL Access Control List
ACS Auto ConfigurationServer
AGC Automatic Gain Control

AMS Access ManagementSystem

APC Angle Physical Contact

APM Alternate Provisioning Mode

ARP Address Resolution Protocol
AS Autonomous System
ASBR Autonomous System BoundaryRouter
ASCII American Standard Code for Information Interchange
ATC Automatic Temperature Control
AVG Average
AWG American Wire Gage
BaseT Baseband Twisted Pair Cable
BDR Backup Designated Router
BE Best Effort
BFD Bi-directional Forwarding Detection
BGP Border GatewayProtocol
BOSS Business & Operation SupportSystem
BPDU Bridge Protocol DataUnit
BRAS Broadband Remote Access Server
CBS Committed Burst Size
CE Custom Edge
CIDR Classless Inter-Domain Routing
CIR Committed Information Rate
CLI Command-Line Interface
COS Class of Service
CPE Customer Premises Equipment
CPLD Complex Programmable LogicDevice
CPU Central Processing Unit
CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check
CVLAN Customer VLAN
CWDM Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexing
CWMP CPE WAN Management Protocol
DB9 9 pin D-subminiature connector

1
DBA Dynamic Bandwidth Allocation
DBC Dynamic Bonding Change
DD Database Description
DDMI Digital Diagnostics Monitoring Interface
DDNS Dynamic Domain Name Server
DDR Double Data Rate
DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
DNS Domain Name Server
DNS Domain Name System
DR Designated Router
DSCP Differentiated Services Code Point
DSL Digital Subscriber Line
DUT Downstream Unencrypted Traffic
EAE Early Authentication and Encryption
ECMP Equal-cost multi-path routing
EGP Exterior Gateway Protocol
EMS Element Management System
EPON Ethernet Passive Optical Network
EQ Equalizer
ES Elementary Stream
ETH Ethernet
FC Ferrule Connector
FE Fast Ethernet
FEC Forward Error Correction
FIB Forwarding Information Base
FTP File Transfer Protocol
FTTB Fiber To The Building
FTTC Fiber To The Curb
FTTH Fiber To The Home
FTTO Fiber to the Office
FTTW Fiber To The Wlan
GE Gigabit Ethernet
GEM GPON Encapsulation Method
GPON Gigabit-capable Passive Optical Networks
HCS Header Check Sequence
HGU Home Gateway Unit
HT High Throughput
HTTP Hyper Text Transfer Protocol
HTTPS Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure
IAD Integrated Access Device
ICMP Internet Control Messages Protocol
ID Identification
ID Identifier
IEC International Electrotechnical Commission

2
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
IETF Internet Engineering Task Force
IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol
IGP Interior Gateway Protocol
IHL Internet Header Length
IP Internet Protocol
IPDR Internet Protocol Detail Record
IPv4 Internet Protocol Version 4
IPv6 Internet Protocol Version 6
IPX Internetwork Packet Exchange protocol
IS-IS Intermediate System-to-Intermediate System
ITMS Integrated Terminal Management System
L2VPN Layer 2 Virtual Private Network
L3VPN Layer 3 Virtual Private Network
LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol
LAN Local Area Network
LC Lucent Connector
LD Laser Diode
LED Light Emitting Diode
LLC Logical Link Control
LLID Logical Link Identifier
LOID Logical ONU Identifier
LOS Loss of signal
LSDB Link State Database
LSR Link State Request
LSU Link State Update
MDF Multicast DSID Forwarding
MDU Multi-Dwelling Unit
MED Multi-Exit Discriminator
MGC manual gain control
MGMT Management
MIB Management Information Base
MIC Message Integrity Check
MLD Multicast Listener Discover
MPCP Multi-point Control Protocol
MPCPDU MPCP Protocol Data Unit
MPEG Moving Picture Experts Group
MPLS Multiprotocol Label Switch
MPTS Multiple Program Transport Stream
MSTP Multi-Service Transfer Platform
MSTP Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol
MTU Maximum Transmission Unit
MTU Multi-Tenant Unit
NAT Network Address Translation

3
NBMA Non-Broadcast Multi-Access
NGOD Next Generation On Demand
NLRI Network Layer Reachability Information
NMS Network Management System
NRTPS Non-Real-Time Polling Service
NSSA Not-So-Stubby Area
NTP Network Time Protocol
OAM Operation, Administration and Maintenance
ODN Optical Distribution Network
OLT Optical Line Terminal
OMCC ONT Management and Control Channel
OMCI ONT Management and Control Interface
ONT Optical Network Terminal
ONU Optical Network Unit
OSPF Open Shortest Path First
OSS Operation Support System
OUI Organizationally Unique Identifier
P2MP Point-to-Multipoint
P2P Point-to-Point
PAT Program Association Table
PC Physical Contact
PC Personal Computer
PCM Pulse Code Modulation
PCR Program Clock Reference
PDU Protocol Data Unit
PE Provider Edge
PHY Physical Layer
PID Packet Identifier
PIM Protocol Independent Multicast
PIM-DM Protocol Independent Multicast -Dense Mode
PIM-SM Protocol Independent Multicast -Sparse Mode
PIR Peak Information Rate
PLOAM Physical layer OAM
PLR Packet Loss Rate
PMT Program Map Table
PMT Program Map Table
PoE Power over Ethernet
PON Passive Optical Network
PPP Point-to-Point Protocol
PPPoE Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet
PSI Program Specific Information
PSK Pre-Shared Key
PVID Port-base Vlan ID
QAM Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

4
QID Queue Identifier
QoS Quality of Service
QPSK Quadrature Phase Shift Keying
RA Router Advertisement
RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service
RD Route Distinguisher
RFC Request For Comments
RIP Routing Information Protocol
RNG-RSP Ranging Response
ROM Read-Only Memory
ROSA Receiver Optical Subassembly
RP Rendezvous Point
RP_SFID Router Processor Service Flow Identifier
RPF Reverse Path Forwarding
RR Round Robin
RSTP rapid spanning Tree Protocol
RT Route Target
RTPS Real-Time Polling Service
RTSP Real-Time Streaming Protocol
S/N serial/number
SAV Source Address Verification
SBU Single Bussiness Unit
SC Square Connector
SCDMA Synchronous Code Division Multiple Access
SDH Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SDV Switched Digital Video
SFP Small Form-factor Pluggable
SFU Single Family Unit
SID Service Identification
SLA Service-Level Agreement
SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol
SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol
SP Strict-Priority Queue
SPC Super Physical Contact
SPTS Single Program Transport Stream
SSH Secure Shell
STB Set Top Box
SVLAN Service VLAN
TACACS Terminal Access Controller Access-Control System
T-CONT Transmission Container
TCP Transmission Control Protocol
TDM Time Division Multiplexing
TEMP Temperature
TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol

5
TLV Type-Length-Value
TS Transport Stream
TSID Transport Stream ID
UDP User Datagram Protocol
UNI User Network Interface
UPC Ultra Physical Contact
URL Uniform Resource Locator
uRPF Unicast Reverse Path Forwarding
UTC Universal Time Coordinated
VID VLAN Identifier
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
VLANIF Virtual Local Area Network Interface
VOD Video On Demand
VoIP Voice over Internet Protocol
VPN Virtual Private Network
VREP Video Registration Protocol
VRF VPN Routing and Forwarding
VTY Virtual Type Terminal
WAN Wide Area Network
WDM Wavelength Division Multiplexing
WFQ Weighted Fair Queue
WRR Weighted Round Robin